OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide

OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
Part No. 060305-10, Rev D
June 2013
OmniSwitch 6250/6450
CLI Reference Guide
www.alcatel-lucent.com
This user guide documents release 6.6.4 of the OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Series.
The functionality described in this guide is subject to change without notice.
Copyright © 2013 by Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved. This document may not be reproduced in whole
or in part without the express written permission of Alcatel-Lucent.
Alcatel-Lucent® and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are registered trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. Xylan®,
OmniSwitch®, OmniStack®, and Alcatel-Lucent OmniVista® are registered trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent
OmniAccess™, Omni Switch/Router™, PolicyView™, RouterView™, SwitchManager™, VoiceView™,
WebView™, X-Cell™, X-Vision™, and the Xylan logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent
This OmniSwitch product contains components which may be covered by one or more of the following
U.S. Patents:
• U.S. Patent No. 6,339,830
• U.S. Patent No. 6,070,243
• U.S. Patent No. 6,061,368
• U.S. Patent No. 5,394,402
• U.S. Patent No. 6,047,024
• U.S. Patent No. 6,314,106
• U.S. Patent No. 6,542,507
• U.S. Patent No. 6,874,090
26801 West Agoura Road
Calabasas, CA 91301
(818) 880-3500 FAX (818) 880-3505
esd.support@alcatel-lucent.com
US Customer Support—(800) 995-2696
International Customer Support—(818) 878-4507
Internet—eservice.ind.alcatel.com
ii
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Contents
About This Guide ......................................................................................................xxxi
Supported Platforms ...................................................................................................... xxxi
Who Should Read this Manual? ................................................................................... xxxii
When Should I Read this Manual? ............................................................................... xxxii
What is in this Manual? ................................................................................................ xxxii
What is Not in this Manual? ........................................................................................xxxiii
How is the Information Organized? ............................................................................xxxiii
Text Conventions ........................................................................................................xxxiii
Documentation Roadmap ............................................................................................. xxxv
Related Documentation ............................................................................................... xxxvi
User Manual CD ....................................................................................................... xxxviii
Technical Support ..................................................................................................... xxxviii
Documentation Feedback ..........................................................................................xxxviii
Chapter 1
CMM Commands ......................................................................................................... 1-1
reload ........................................................................................................................1-2
reload working .......................................................................................................... 1-4
copy running-config working ................................................................................... 1-6
write memory ........................................................................................................... 1-8
copy working certified ........................................................................................... 1-10
copy flash-synchro ................................................................................................. 1-12
takeover .................................................................................................................. 1-13
show running-directory .......................................................................................... 1-15
show reload ............................................................................................................ 1-17
show microcode ......................................................................................................1-18
show microcode history ......................................................................................... 1-20
usb .......................................................................................................................... 1-21
usb auto-copy ......................................................................................................... 1-22
usb disaster-recovery ..............................................................................................1-24
mount ......................................................................................................................1-26
umount .................................................................................................................... 1-27
show usb statistics .................................................................................................. 1-28
Chapter 2
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands ..........................................2-1
system contact .......................................................................................................... 2-3
system name ............................................................................................................. 2-4
system location ......................................................................................................... 2-5
system date ............................................................................................................... 2-6
system time ............................................................................................................... 2-7
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
iii
Contents
system time-and-date synchro .................................................................................. 2-8
system timezone ....................................................................................................... 2-9
system daylight savings time .................................................................................. 2-12
update .....................................................................................................................2-14
update lanpower ..................................................................................................... 2-16
reload ni .................................................................................................................. 2-17
reload all ................................................................................................................. 2-18
reload pass-through ................................................................................................ 2-20
power ni .................................................................................................................. 2-22
temp-threshold ........................................................................................................ 2-23
stack set slot ........................................................................................................... 2-24
stack set slot mode .................................................................................................. 2-26
stack clear slot ........................................................................................................ 2-28
hash-control mode fdb ............................................................................................ 2-30
show system ........................................................................................................... 2-31
show hardware info ................................................................................................ 2-33
show chassis ........................................................................................................... 2-35
show cmm ..............................................................................................................2-37
show ni ................................................................................................................... 2-39
show module .......................................................................................................... 2-42
show module long .................................................................................................. 2-44
show module status ................................................................................................ 2-46
show power ............................................................................................................ 2-48
show fan ................................................................................................................. 2-50
show temperature ................................................................................................... 2-52
show stack topology ............................................................................................... 2-54
show stack status .................................................................................................... 2-57
show stack mode .................................................................................................... 2-58
show hash-control .................................................................................................. 2-60
license apply ........................................................................................................... 2-61
license remove ........................................................................................................ 2-62
license unlock ......................................................................................................... 2-63
show license info .................................................................................................... 2-64
show license file ..................................................................................................... 2-66
Chapter 3
Chassis MAC Server (CMS) Commands .................................................................3-1
mac-range eeprom .................................................................................................... 3-2
mac-retention status .................................................................................................. 3-4
mac-retention dup-mac-trap ..................................................................................... 3-5
mac release ............................................................................................................... 3-6
show mac-range ........................................................................................................3-7
show mac-range alloc ............................................................................................... 3-9
show mac-retention status ......................................................................................3-11
Chapter 4
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands ................................................................ 4-1
lanpower start ........................................................................................................... 4-2
lanpower stop ........................................................................................................... 4-4
lanpower power ........................................................................................................4-5
lanpower maxpower ................................................................................................. 4-7
lanpower priority ...................................................................................................... 4-9
lanpower priority-disconnect .................................................................................. 4-11
lanpower combo-port ............................................................................................. 4-13
iv
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Contents
show lanpower ........................................................................................................ 4-14
show lanpower capacitor-detection ........................................................................ 4-16
show lanpower priority-disconnect ........................................................................ 4-17
Chapter 5
Network Time Protocol Commands ....................................................................... 5-1
ntp server .................................................................................................................. 5-2
ntp server synchronized ............................................................................................ 5-4
ntp server unsynchronized ........................................................................................5-5
ntp client ................................................................................................................... 5-6
ntp broadcast ............................................................................................................ 5-7
ntp broadcast-delay .................................................................................................. 5-8
ntp key ...................................................................................................................... 5-9
ntp key load ............................................................................................................ 5-11
show ntp client ....................................................................................................... 5-12
show ntp client server-list ......................................................................................5-14
show ntp server status ............................................................................................ 5-16
show ntp keys ......................................................................................................... 5-19
Chapter 6
Session Management Commands .........................................................................6-1
session login-attempt ................................................................................................6-3
session login-timeout ................................................................................................6-4
session banner .......................................................................................................... 6-5
session timeout ......................................................................................................... 6-7
session prompt default .............................................................................................. 6-9
session xon-xoff ..................................................................................................... 6-11
prompt .................................................................................................................... 6-12
show prefix ............................................................................................................. 6-14
alias ......................................................................................................................... 6-15
show alias ............................................................................................................... 6-17
user profile save ..................................................................................................... 6-18
user profile save global-profile ..............................................................................6-19
user profile reset ..................................................................................................... 6-21
history size ..............................................................................................................6-22
show history ........................................................................................................... 6-23
! ............................................................................................................................... 6-25
command-log .......................................................................................................... 6-27
kill ........................................................................................................................... 6-28
exit .......................................................................................................................... 6-29
whoami ................................................................................................................... 6-30
who ......................................................................................................................... 6-33
show session config ................................................................................................ 6-35
show session xon-xoff ............................................................................................ 6-37
more size ................................................................................................................ 6-38
more ........................................................................................................................ 6-39
show more ..............................................................................................................6-40
telnet ....................................................................................................................... 6-41
telnet6 .....................................................................................................................6-43
ssh ........................................................................................................................... 6-45
ssh6 ......................................................................................................................... 6-47
ssh enforce pubkey-auth ......................................................................................... 6-49
show ssh config ......................................................................................................6-50
show command-log ................................................................................................ 6-52
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
v
Contents
show command-log status ......................................................................................6-54
Chapter 7
File Management Commands .................................................................................7-1
cd .............................................................................................................................. 7-3
pwd ........................................................................................................................... 7-5
mkdir ........................................................................................................................7-6
rmdir ......................................................................................................................... 7-8
ls .............................................................................................................................7-10
dir ........................................................................................................................... 7-12
rename .................................................................................................................... 7-14
rm ........................................................................................................................... 7-16
delete ......................................................................................................................7-18
cp ............................................................................................................................ 7-19
scp ........................................................................................................................... 7-21
mv ........................................................................................................................... 7-23
move ....................................................................................................................... 7-25
chmod .....................................................................................................................7-27
attrib ....................................................................................................................... 7-28
freespace ................................................................................................................. 7-29
fsck ......................................................................................................................... 7-30
newfs ......................................................................................................................7-32
rcp ........................................................................................................................... 7-33
rrm .......................................................................................................................... 7-34
rls ............................................................................................................................ 7-35
vi .............................................................................................................................7-37
view ........................................................................................................................ 7-38
tty ............................................................................................................................ 7-39
show tty .................................................................................................................. 7-41
more ........................................................................................................................ 7-42
ftp ...........................................................................................................................7-44
ftp6 ......................................................................................................................... 7-46
scp-sftp ................................................................................................................... 7-48
show ssh config ......................................................................................................7-49
sftp ..........................................................................................................................7-51
sftp6 ........................................................................................................................ 7-53
tftp .......................................................................................................................... 7-55
rz .............................................................................................................................7-57
Chapter 8
Web Management Commands ............................................................................... 8-1
http server ................................................................................................................. 8-2
http ssl ...................................................................................................................... 8-3
http port .................................................................................................................... 8-4
https port ................................................................................................................... 8-5
debug http sessiondb ................................................................................................8-6
show http .................................................................................................................. 8-8
Chapter 9
Configuration File Manager Commands ............................................................. 9-1
configuration apply .................................................................................................. 9-2
configuration error-file limit .................................................................................... 9-4
show configuration status ......................................................................................... 9-6
configuration cancel ................................................................................................. 9-8
configuration syntax check ....................................................................................... 9-9
vi
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Contents
configuration snapshot ........................................................................................... 9-11
show configuration snapshot .................................................................................. 9-14
write terminal ......................................................................................................... 9-17
Chapter 10
SNMP Commands ..................................................................................................... 10-1
snmp station ............................................................................................................ 10-3
snmp source ip preferred ........................................................................................ 10-5
show snmp station .................................................................................................. 10-6
snmp community map ............................................................................................ 10-8
snmp community map mode ................................................................................10-10
show snmp community map .................................................................................10-11
snmp security ........................................................................................................10-12
show snmp security ..............................................................................................10-14
show snmp statistics .............................................................................................10-15
show snmp mib family .........................................................................................10-17
snmp trap absorption ............................................................................................10-18
snmp trap to webview ..........................................................................................10-19
snmp trap replay ...................................................................................................10-20
snmp trap filter .....................................................................................................10-22
snmp authentication trap ......................................................................................10-24
show snmp trap replay ..........................................................................................10-25
show snmp trap filter ............................................................................................10-27
show snmp authentication trap .............................................................................10-29
show snmp trap config .........................................................................................10-30
Chapter 11
DNS Commands ........................................................................................................ 11-1
ip domain-lookup ................................................................................................... 11-2
ip name-server ........................................................................................................ 11-3
ipv6 name-server .................................................................................................... 11-5
ip domain-name ......................................................................................................11-7
show dns ................................................................................................................. 11-8
Chapter 12
Link Aggregation Commands ............................................................................... 12-1
static linkagg size ................................................................................................... 12-3
static linkagg name ................................................................................................. 12-5
static linkagg admin state ....................................................................................... 12-6
static agg agg num .................................................................................................. 12-7
lacp linkagg size ..................................................................................................... 12-9
lacp linkagg name .................................................................................................12-12
lacp linkagg admin state .......................................................................................12-13
lacp linkagg actor admin key ...............................................................................12-15
lacp linkagg actor system priority ........................................................................12-16
lacp linkagg actor system id .................................................................................12-17
lacp linkagg partner system id ..............................................................................12-18
lacp linkagg partner system priority .....................................................................12-20
lacp linkagg partner admin key ............................................................................12-21
lacp agg actor admin key ......................................................................................12-22
lacp agg actor admin state ....................................................................................12-25
lacp agg actor system id .......................................................................................12-27
lacp agg actor system priority ..............................................................................12-29
lacp agg partner admin state .................................................................................12-31
lacp agg partner admin system id .........................................................................12-33
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
vii
Contents
lacp agg partner admin key ..................................................................................12-35
lacp agg partner admin system priority ................................................................12-37
lacp agg actor port priority ...................................................................................12-39
lacp agg partner admin port ..................................................................................12-41
lacp agg partner admin port priority .....................................................................12-43
show linkagg ........................................................................................................12-45
show linkagg port .................................................................................................12-50
dhl num .................................................................................................................12-55
dhl num linka linkb ..............................................................................................12-57
dhl num admin-state .............................................................................................12-59
dhl num vlan-map linkb .......................................................................................12-60
dhl num pre-emption-time ....................................................................................12-62
dhl num mac-flushing ...........................................................................................12-64
show dhl ...............................................................................................................12-66
show dhl num .......................................................................................................12-68
show dhl num link ................................................................................................12-71
Chapter 13
802.1AB Commands ................................................................................................ 13-1
lldp destination mac-address .................................................................................. 13-3
lldp transmit fast-start-count .................................................................................. 13-4
lldp transmit interval ..............................................................................................13-5
lldp transmit hold-multiplier .................................................................................. 13-6
lldp transmit delay .................................................................................................. 13-7
lldp reinit delay ....................................................................................................... 13-8
lldp notification interval ......................................................................................... 13-9
lldp lldpdu ............................................................................................................13-10
lldp notification ....................................................................................................13-12
lldp network-policy ..............................................................................................13-14
lldp med network-policy ......................................................................................13-16
lldp tlv management .............................................................................................13-18
lldp tlv dot1 ..........................................................................................................13-20
lldp tlv dot3 mac-phy ...........................................................................................13-22
lldp tlv med ...........................................................................................................13-24
show lldp config ...................................................................................................13-26
show lldp network-policy .....................................................................................13-28
show lldp med network-policy .............................................................................13-30
show lldp system-statistics ...................................................................................13-32
show lldp statistics ...............................................................................................13-34
show lldp local -system ........................................................................................13-36
show lldp local -port .............................................................................................13-39
show lldp local-management-address ..................................................................13-44
show lldp remote-system ......................................................................................13-45
show lldp remote-system med ..............................................................................13-47
lldp trust-agent ......................................................................................................13-50
lldp trust-agent violation-action ...........................................................................13-52
show lldp trusted remote-agent ............................................................................13-54
show lldp trust-agent ............................................................................................13-56
Chapter 14
Interswitch Protocol Commands ........................................................................... 14-1
amap ....................................................................................................................... 14-2
amap discovery time ............................................................................................... 14-3
amap common time ................................................................................................ 14-5
viii
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Contents
show amap ..............................................................................................................14-7
Chapter 15
802.1Q Commands .................................................................................................. 15-1
vlan 802.1q ............................................................................................................. 15-2
vlan 802.1q frame type ........................................................................................... 15-4
show 802.1q ........................................................................................................... 15-6
Chapter 16
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands .............................................................. 16-1
bridge mode ............................................................................................................ 16-4
bridge protocol ....................................................................................................... 16-6
bridge cist protocol ................................................................................................. 16-8
bridge 1x1 protocol ..............................................................................................16-10
bridge mst region name ........................................................................................16-12
bridge mst region revision level ...........................................................................16-14
bridge mst region max hops .................................................................................16-15
bridge msti ............................................................................................................16-17
bridge msti vlan ....................................................................................................16-19
bridge priority .......................................................................................................16-21
bridge cist priority ................................................................................................16-23
bridge msti priority ...............................................................................................16-25
bridge 1x1 priority ................................................................................................16-27
bridge hello time ...................................................................................................16-29
bridge cist hello time ............................................................................................16-31
bridge 1x1 hello time ............................................................................................16-33
bridge max age .....................................................................................................16-35
bridge cist max age ...............................................................................................16-37
bridge 1x1 max age ..............................................................................................16-39
bridge forward delay ............................................................................................16-41
bridge cist forward delay ......................................................................................16-43
bridge 1x1 forward delay .....................................................................................16-45
bridge bpdu-switching ..........................................................................................16-47
bridge path cost mode ..........................................................................................16-49
bridge auto-vlan-containment ..............................................................................16-51
bridge slot/port .....................................................................................................16-53
bridge cist slot/port ...............................................................................................16-55
bridge 1x1 slot/port ..............................................................................................16-57
bridge slot/port priority ........................................................................................16-59
bridge cist slot/port priority ..................................................................................16-61
bridge msti slot/port priority ................................................................................16-63
bridge 1x1 slot/port priority .................................................................................16-65
bridge slot/port path cost ......................................................................................16-67
bridge cist slot/port path cost ...............................................................................16-71
bridge msti slot/port path cost ..............................................................................16-75
bridge 1x1 slot/port path cost ...............................................................................16-78
bridge slot/port mode ...........................................................................................16-81
bridge cist slot/port mode .....................................................................................16-83
bridge 1x1 slot/port mode ....................................................................................16-85
bridge slot/port connection ...................................................................................16-87
bridge cist slot/port connection ............................................................................16-89
bridge 1x1 slot/port connection ............................................................................16-91
bridge cist slot/port admin-edge ...........................................................................16-93
bridge 1x1 slot/port admin-edge ..........................................................................16-95
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
ix
Contents
bridge cist slot/port auto-edge ..............................................................................16-97
bridge 1x1 slot/port auto-edge ..............................................................................16-99
bridge cist slot/port restricted-role ..................................................................... 16-101
bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-role ..................................................................... 16-103
bridge cist slot/port restricted-tcn ....................................................................... 16-105
bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-tcn ...................................................................... 16-107
bridge cist txholdcount ....................................................................................... 16-109
bridge 1x1 txholdcount ....................................................................................... 16-110
bridge rrstp ......................................................................................................... 16-111
bridge rrstp ring ..................................................................................................16-112
bridge rrstp ring vlan-tag .................................................................................... 16-114
bridge rrstp ring status ........................................................................................ 16-116
show spantree ..................................................................................................... 16-117
show spantree cist ............................................................................................... 16-123
show spantree msti ............................................................................................. 16-127
show spantree 1x1 .............................................................................................. 16-132
show spantree ports ............................................................................................ 16-136
show spantree cist ports ...................................................................................... 16-145
show spantree msti ports .................................................................................... 16-149
show spantree 1x1 ports ..................................................................................... 16-155
show spantree mst region ................................................................................... 16-161
show spantree msti vlan-map ............................................................................. 16-163
show spantree cist vlan-map .............................................................................. 16-165
show spantree map-msti ..................................................................................... 16-167
show spantree mst port ....................................................................................... 16-168
show bridge rrstp configuration ......................................................................... 16-170
show bridge rrstp ring ........................................................................................ 16-171
bridge mode 1x1 pvst+ ....................................................................................... 16-173
bridge port pvst+ ................................................................................................ 16-174
Chapter 17
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands ................................................................. 17-1
erp-ring ................................................................................................................... 17-3
erp-ring protected-vlan ........................................................................................... 17-6
erp-ring rpl-node .................................................................................................... 17-8
erp-ring wait-to-restore ........................................................................................17-10
erp-ring enable ......................................................................................................17-11
erp-ring ethoam-event remote-endpoint ...............................................................17-12
erp-ring guard-timer .............................................................................................17-14
clear erp statistics .................................................................................................17-15
show erp ...............................................................................................................17-17
show erp protected-vlan .......................................................................................17-20
show erp statistics .................................................................................................17-22
Chapter 18
Loopback Detection Commands .......................................................................... 18-1
loopback-detection ................................................................................................. 18-2
loopback-detection port .......................................................................................... 18-3
loopback-detection transmission-timer .................................................................. 18-5
loopback-detection autorecovery-timer .................................................................. 18-6
show loopback-detection ........................................................................................ 18-7
show loopback-detection port ................................................................................ 18-9
show loopback-detection statistics port ................................................................18-11
x
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Contents
Chapter 19
CPE Test Head Commands ..................................................................................... 19-1
test-oam .................................................................................................................. 19-3
test-oam src-endpoint dst-endpoint ........................................................................ 19-5
test-oam port ........................................................................................................... 19-7
test-oam vlan test-frame ......................................................................................... 19-9
test-oam role .........................................................................................................19-11
test-oam duration rate packet-size ........................................................................19-13
test-oam frame ......................................................................................................19-15
test-oam start stop .................................................................................................19-18
show test-oam .......................................................................................................19-20
show test-oam statistics ........................................................................................19-23
clear test-oam statistics .........................................................................................19-25
test-oam group ......................................................................................................19-26
test-oam group tests ..............................................................................................19-28
test-oam feeder .....................................................................................................19-30
test-oam group src-endpoint dst-endpoint ............................................................19-31
test-oam group role ...............................................................................................19-33
test-oam group port ..............................................................................................19-34
test-oam group direction .......................................................................................19-36
test-oam group duration rate ................................................................................19-38
test-oam group start ..............................................................................................19-40
test-oam group stop ..............................................................................................19-41
clear test-oam group statistics ..............................................................................19-42
show test-oam group ............................................................................................19-44
show test-oam group statistics ..............................................................................19-48
Chapter 20
Source Learning Commands ................................................................................. 20-1
mac-address-table ................................................................................................... 20-2
mac-address-table static-multicast ......................................................................... 20-4
mac-address-table aging-time ................................................................................ 20-6
source-learning ....................................................................................................... 20-8
show mac-address-table .......................................................................................20-10
show mac-address-table static-multicast ..............................................................20-13
show mac-address-table count .............................................................................20-16
show mac-address-table aging-time .....................................................................20-18
show source-learning ............................................................................................20-19
Chapter 21
PPPoE Intermediate Agent .................................................................................... 21-1
pppoe-ia .................................................................................................................. 21-2
pppoe-ia {port | linkagg} ....................................................................................... 21-4
pppoe-ia {trust | client} .......................................................................................... 21-6
pppoe-ia access-node-id ......................................................................................... 21-8
pppoe-ia circuit-id ................................................................................................21-10
pppoe-ia remote-id ...............................................................................................21-13
clear pppoe-ia statistics ........................................................................................21-15
show pppoe-ia configuration ................................................................................21-17
show pppoe-ia {port | linkagg} ............................................................................21-20
show pppoe-ia statistics ........................................................................................21-23
Chapter 22
Learned Port Security Commands ....................................................................... 22-1
port-security ........................................................................................................... 22-2
port-security shutdown ........................................................................................... 22-5
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
xi
Contents
port-security maximum .......................................................................................... 22-9
port-security max-filtering ...................................................................................22-11
port-security convert-to-static ..............................................................................22-13
port-security mac ..................................................................................................22-15
port-security mac-range ........................................................................................22-17
port-security violation ..........................................................................................22-19
port-security release .............................................................................................22-21
port-security learn-trap-threshold .........................................................................22-23
show port-security ................................................................................................22-25
show port-security shutdown ...............................................................................22-29
show port-security brief .......................................................................................22-31
Chapter 23
xii
Ethernet Port Commands ....................................................................................... 23-1
trap port link ........................................................................................................... 23-4
interfaces speed ......................................................................................................23-6
interfaces autoneg ................................................................................................... 23-8
interfaces crossover ..............................................................................................23-10
interfaces pause ....................................................................................................23-12
interfaces duplex ..................................................................................................23-14
interfaces admin ...................................................................................................23-16
interfaces alias ......................................................................................................23-17
interfaces ifg .........................................................................................................23-18
interfaces no l2 statistics ......................................................................................23-19
interfaces max frame ............................................................................................23-21
interfaces flood enable .........................................................................................23-22
interfaces flood rate ..............................................................................................23-24
interfaces clear-violation-all .................................................................................23-26
interfaces hybrid autoneg .....................................................................................23-27
interfaces hybrid crossover ...................................................................................23-29
interfaces hybrid duplex .......................................................................................23-31
interfaces hybrid speed .........................................................................................23-33
interfaces hybrid pause .........................................................................................23-35
interfaces tdr-test-start ..........................................................................................23-38
interfaces no tdr-statistics .....................................................................................23-40
interfaces tdr-extended-test-start ..........................................................................23-41
interfaces no tdr-extended-statistics .....................................................................23-43
interfaces transceiver ddm ....................................................................................23-44
interfaces eee ........................................................................................................23-45
show interfaces .....................................................................................................23-47
show interfaces tdr-statistics ................................................................................23-51
show interfaces tdr-extended-statistics .................................................................23-55
show interfaces capability ....................................................................................23-57
show interfaces flow control ................................................................................23-59
show interfaces pause ...........................................................................................23-61
show interfaces accounting ..................................................................................23-63
show interfaces counters ......................................................................................23-66
show interfaces counters errors ............................................................................23-69
show interfaces collisions .....................................................................................23-71
show interfaces status ...........................................................................................23-73
show interfaces port .............................................................................................23-76
show interfaces ifg ...............................................................................................23-79
show interfaces flood rate ....................................................................................23-81
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Contents
show interfaces traffic ..........................................................................................23-83
show interfaces hybrid .........................................................................................23-85
show interfaces hybrid status ...............................................................................23-89
show interfaces hybrid flow control .....................................................................23-91
show interfaces hybrid pause ...............................................................................23-93
show interfaces hybrid capability .........................................................................23-95
show interfaces hybrid accounting .......................................................................23-97
show interfaces hybrid counters ......................................................................... 23-100
show interfaces hybrid counters errors ............................................................... 23-102
show interfaces hybrid collisions ....................................................................... 23-104
show interfaces hybrid traffic ............................................................................. 23-106
show interfaces hybrid port ................................................................................ 23-108
show interfaces hybrid flood rate ....................................................................... 23-110
show interfaces hybrid ifg ..................................................................................23-112
interfaces violation-recovery-time ..................................................................... 23-114
interfaces violation-recovery-maximum ............................................................ 23-116
interfaces violation-recovery-trap ...................................................................... 23-118
interfaces clear-violation-all ............................................................................... 23-119
show interfaces violation-recovery .................................................................... 23-120
show interfaces transceiver ................................................................................ 23-122
show interfaces eee ............................................................................................. 23-125
Chapter 24
Port Mobility Commands ........................................................................................ 24-1
vlan dhcp mac ......................................................................................................... 24-2
vlan dhcp mac range ............................................................................................... 24-4
vlan dhcp port ......................................................................................................... 24-6
vlan dhcp generic ................................................................................................... 24-8
vlan mac ...............................................................................................................24-10
vlan mac range .....................................................................................................24-12
vlan ip ...................................................................................................................24-14
vlan protocol .........................................................................................................24-16
vlan port ................................................................................................................24-18
vlan port mobile ...................................................................................................24-20
vlan port default vlan restore ................................................................................24-22
vlan port default vlan ............................................................................................24-24
vlan port authenticate ...........................................................................................24-26
vlan port 802.1x ....................................................................................................24-28
show vlan rules .....................................................................................................24-30
show vlan port mobile ..........................................................................................24-32
Chapter 25
VLAN Management Commands ........................................................................... 25-1
vlan ......................................................................................................................... 25-2
vlan stp ................................................................................................................... 25-4
vlan mobile-tag ....................................................................................................... 25-6
vlan port default ..................................................................................................... 25-8
vlan source-learning .............................................................................................25-10
show vlan ..............................................................................................................25-12
show vlan port ......................................................................................................25-15
show vlan router mac status .................................................................................25-18
show vlan gvrp .....................................................................................................25-20
show vlan ipmvlan ...............................................................................................25-23
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
xiii
Contents
Chapter 26
GVRP Commands ..................................................................................................... 26-1
gvrp ......................................................................................................................... 26-2
gvrp port ................................................................................................................. 26-3
gvrp transparent switching ..................................................................................... 26-5
gvrp maximum vlan ............................................................................................... 26-6
gvrp registration ..................................................................................................... 26-7
gvrp applicant ......................................................................................................... 26-9
gvrp timer .............................................................................................................26-11
gvrp restrict-vlan-registration ...............................................................................26-13
gvrp restrict-vlan-advertisement ..........................................................................26-15
gvrp static-vlan restrict .........................................................................................26-17
clear gvrp statistics ...............................................................................................26-19
show gvrp statistics .............................................................................................26-20
show gvrp last-pdu-origin ....................................................................................26-23
show gvrp configuration .......................................................................................26-24
show gvrp configuration port ...............................................................................26-26
show gvrp configuration linkagg/port ..................................................................26-28
show gvrp timer ....................................................................................................26-31
Chapter 27
VLAN Stacking Commands .................................................................................... 27-1
ethernet-service ......................................................................................................27-3
ethernet-service custom-L2-protocol ..................................................................... 27-5
ethernet-service source-learning ............................................................................ 27-8
ethernet-service service-name ..............................................................................27-10
ethernet-service svlan nni .....................................................................................27-12
ethernet-service nni ..............................................................................................27-14
ethernet-service sap ..............................................................................................27-17
ethernet-service sap uni ........................................................................................27-19
ethernet-service sap cvlan ....................................................................................27-21
ethernet-service sap-profile ..................................................................................27-23
ethernet-service sap sap-profile ............................................................................27-26
ethernet-service uni-profile ..................................................................................27-28
ethernet-service uni uni-profile ............................................................................27-32
ethernet-service uni-profile custom-L2-protocol .................................................27-34
show ethernet-service custom-L2-protocol ..........................................................27-36
show ethernet-service mode .................................................................................27-38
show ethernet-service vlan ...................................................................................27-39
show ethernet-service ...........................................................................................27-41
show ethernet-service sap .....................................................................................27-44
show ethernet-service port ...................................................................................27-46
show ethernet-service nni .....................................................................................27-49
show ethernet-service nni l2pt-statistics ..............................................................27-51
clear ethernet-service nni l2pt-statistics ...............................................................27-53
show ethernet-service uni .....................................................................................27-55
show ethernet-service uni l2pt-statistics ..............................................................27-57
clear ethernet-service uni l2pt-statistics ...............................................................27-60
show ethernet-service uni-profile .........................................................................27-62
show ethernet-service uni-profile l2pt- statistics .................................................27-64
clear ethernet-service uni-profile l2pt-statistics ...................................................27-67
show ethernet-service sap-profile .........................................................................27-68
loopback-test ........................................................................................................27-70
show loopback-test ...............................................................................................27-73
xiv
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Contents
Chapter 28
Ethernet OAM Commands ..................................................................................... 28-1
ethoam vlan ............................................................................................................ 28-3
ethoam domain ....................................................................................................... 28-5
ethoam domain mhf ................................................................................................ 28-7
ethoam domain id-permission ................................................................................ 28-8
ethoam association ................................................................................................. 28-9
ethoam association mhf ........................................................................................28-11
ethoam association id-permission ........................................................................28-13
ethoam association ccm-interval ..........................................................................28-15
ethoam association endpoint-list ..........................................................................28-17
clear ethoam statistics ...........................................................................................28-19
ethoam default-domain level ................................................................................28-20
ethoam default-domain mhf .................................................................................28-21
ethoam default-domain id-permission ..................................................................28-22
ethoam default-domain primary-vlan ...................................................................28-23
ethoam endpoint ...................................................................................................28-25
ethoam endpoint admin-state ...............................................................................28-27
ethoam endpoint ccm ...........................................................................................28-29
ethoam endpoint priority ......................................................................................28-31
ethoam endpoint lowest-priority-defect ...............................................................28-33
ethoam endpoint domain association direction ....................................................28-35
ethoam loopback ..................................................................................................28-37
ethoam linktrace ...................................................................................................28-39
ethoam fault-alarm-time .......................................................................................28-41
ethoam fault-reset-time ........................................................................................28-43
ethoam one-way-delay .........................................................................................28-45
ethoam two-way-delay .........................................................................................28-47
clear ethoam .........................................................................................................28-49
show ethoam .........................................................................................................28-50
show ethoam domain ............................................................................................28-52
show ethoam domain association .........................................................................28-54
show ethoam domain association end-point .........................................................28-56
show ethoam default-domain ...............................................................................28-59
show ethoam default-domain configuration .........................................................28-61
show ethoam remote-endpoint domain ................................................................28-63
show ethoam cfmstack .........................................................................................28-65
show ethoam linktrace-reply domain association endpoint tran-id ......................28-67
show ethoam linktrace-tran-id ..............................................................................28-70
show ethoam vlan .................................................................................................28-72
show ethoam statistics ..........................................................................................28-73
show ethoam config-error ....................................................................................28-75
show ethoam one-way-delay ................................................................................28-77
show ethoam two-way-delay ................................................................................28-79
Chapter 29
Service Assurance Agent Commands ................................................................. 29-1
saa ........................................................................................................................... 29-3
saa type ip-ping ......................................................................................................29-5
saa type mac-ping ................................................................................................... 29-7
saa type ethoam-loopback ....................................................................................29-10
saa type ethoam-two-way-delay ...........................................................................29-13
saa start .................................................................................................................29-15
saa stop .................................................................................................................29-17
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
xv
Contents
show saa ...............................................................................................................29-19
show saa type config ............................................................................................29-21
show saa statistics .................................................................................................29-25
Chapter 30
LINK OAM Commands ............................................................................................ 30-1
efm-oam ................................................................................................................. 30-3
efm-oam port status ................................................................................................ 30-4
efm-oam port mode ................................................................................................ 30-6
efm-oam port keepalive-interval ............................................................................ 30-8
efm-oam port hello-interval ................................................................................... 30-9
efm-oam port remote-loopback ............................................................................30-11
efm-oam port remote-loopback start ....................................................................30-13
efm-oam port propagate-events ............................................................................30-15
efm-oam errored-frame-period .............................................................................30-17
efm-oam errored-frame ........................................................................................30-19
efm-oam errored-frame-seconds-summary ..........................................................30-21
efm-oam multiple-pdu-count ................................................................................30-23
efm-oam port l1-ping ...........................................................................................30-24
show efm-oam configuration ...............................................................................30-26
show efm-oam port ...............................................................................................30-27
show efm-oam port detail .....................................................................................30-31
show efm-oam port statistics ................................................................................30-34
show efm-oam port remote detail .........................................................................30-38
show efm-oam port history ..................................................................................30-40
show efm-oam port l1-ping detail ........................................................................30-42
clear efm-oam statistics ........................................................................................30-44
clear efm-oam log-history ....................................................................................30-45
Chapter 31
UDLD Commands ..................................................................................................... 31-1
udld ......................................................................................................................... 31-2
udld port ................................................................................................................. 31-3
udld mode ............................................................................................................... 31-5
udld probe-timer ..................................................................................................... 31-7
udld echo-wait-timer ..............................................................................................31-9
clear udld statistics port ........................................................................................31-11
interfaces clear-violation-all .................................................................................31-12
show udld configuration .......................................................................................31-13
show udld configuration port ...............................................................................31-14
show udld statistics port .......................................................................................31-16
show udld neighbor port .......................................................................................31-18
show udld status port ............................................................................................31-20
Chapter 32
Port Mapping Commands ...................................................................................... 32-1
port mapping user-port network-port ..................................................................... 32-2
port mapping .......................................................................................................... 32-4
port mapping .......................................................................................................... 32-6
port mapping dynamic-proxy-arp ........................................................................... 32-8
show port mapping status .....................................................................................32-10
show port mapping ...............................................................................................32-12
xvi
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Contents
Chapter 33
IP Commands ............................................................................................................ 33-1
ip interface ..............................................................................................................33-4
ip managed-interface ..............................................................................................33-7
ip interface dhcp-client ........................................................................................... 33-9
ip router primary-address .....................................................................................33-11
ip router router-id .................................................................................................33-12
ip static-route ........................................................................................................33-13
ip route-pref ..........................................................................................................33-15
ip default-ttl ..........................................................................................................33-17
ping .......................................................................................................................33-18
traceroute ..............................................................................................................33-21
ip directed-broadcast ............................................................................................33-23
ip service ..............................................................................................................33-24
ip redist .................................................................................................................33-26
ip access-list .........................................................................................................33-28
ip access-list address ............................................................................................33-29
ip route-map action ...............................................................................................33-31
ip route-map match ip address .............................................................................33-33
ip route-map match ipv6 address .........................................................................33-35
ip route-map match ip-nexthop ............................................................................33-37
ip route-map match ipv6-nexthop ........................................................................33-39
ip route-map match tag .........................................................................................33-41
ip route-map match ipv4-interface .......................................................................33-43
ip route-map match ipv6-interface .......................................................................33-45
ip route-map match metric ...................................................................................33-47
ip route-map set metric .........................................................................................33-49
ip route-map set tag ..............................................................................................33-51
ip route-map set ip-nexthop ..................................................................................33-53
ip route-map set ipv6-nexthop ..............................................................................33-55
arp .........................................................................................................................33-57
clear arp-cache ......................................................................................................33-59
ip dos arp-poison restricted-address .....................................................................33-60
arp filter ................................................................................................................33-61
clear arp filter .......................................................................................................33-63
icmp type ..............................................................................................................33-64
icmp unreachable ..................................................................................................33-67
icmp echo .............................................................................................................33-69
icmp timestamp ....................................................................................................33-71
icmp addr-mask ....................................................................................................33-73
icmp messages ......................................................................................................33-75
ip dos scan close-port-penalty ..............................................................................33-76
ip dos scan tcp open-port-penalty .........................................................................33-77
ip dos scan udp open-port-penalty .......................................................................33-78
ip dos scan threshold ............................................................................................33-79
ip dos trap .............................................................................................................33-81
ip dos scan decay ..................................................................................................33-82
show ip traffic .......................................................................................................33-83
show ip interface ..................................................................................................33-86
show ip managed-interface ...................................................................................33-91
show ip route ........................................................................................................33-93
show ip route-pref ................................................................................................33-95
show ip redist .......................................................................................................33-96
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
xvii
Contents
show ip access-list ................................................................................................33-98
show ip route-map .............................................................................................. 33-100
show ip router database ...................................................................................... 33-102
show ip config .................................................................................................... 33-104
show ip protocols ............................................................................................... 33-105
show ip service ................................................................................................... 33-107
show arp ............................................................................................................. 33-109
show ip dynamic-proxy-arp ............................................................................... 33-111
show arp filter ..................................................................................................... 33-113
show icmp control .............................................................................................. 33-115
show icmp statistics ............................................................................................ 33-117
show tcp statistics ............................................................................................... 33-119
show tcp ports ..................................................................................................... 33-121
show udp statistics .............................................................................................. 33-123
show udp ports ................................................................................................... 33-124
show ip dos config .............................................................................................. 33-125
show ip dos statistics ..........................................................................................33-127
show ip dos arp-poison ....................................................................................... 33-129
Chapter 34
xviii
IPv6 Commands ........................................................................................................ 34-1
ipv6 interface .......................................................................................................... 34-3
ipv6 address ............................................................................................................ 34-6
ipv6 dad-check ....................................................................................................... 34-8
ipv6 hop-limit ......................................................................................................... 34-9
ipv6 pmtu-lifetime ................................................................................................34-10
ipv6 host ...............................................................................................................34-11
ipv6 neighbor stale-lifetime .................................................................................34-12
ipv6 neighbor ........................................................................................................34-13
ipv6 prefix ............................................................................................................34-15
ipv6 route ..............................................................................................................34-17
ipv6 static-route ....................................................................................................34-18
ipv6 route-pref ......................................................................................................34-20
ping6 .....................................................................................................................34-21
traceroute6 ............................................................................................................34-23
show ipv6 hosts ....................................................................................................34-25
show ipv6 icmp statistics ......................................................................................34-26
show ipv6 interface ..............................................................................................34-29
show ipv6 pmtu table ...........................................................................................34-33
clear ipv6 pmtu table ............................................................................................34-35
show ipv6 neighbors .............................................................................................34-36
clear ipv6 neighbors .............................................................................................34-38
show ipv6 prefixes ...............................................................................................34-39
show ipv6 routes ...................................................................................................34-41
show ipv6 route-pref ............................................................................................34-43
show ipv6 router database ....................................................................................34-44
show ipv6 tcp ports ..............................................................................................34-46
show ipv6 traffic ...................................................................................................34-48
clear ipv6 traffic ...................................................................................................34-51
show ipv6 udp ports .............................................................................................34-52
show ipv6 information .........................................................................................34-54
ipv6 redist .............................................................................................................34-56
ipv6 access-list .....................................................................................................34-58
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Contents
ipv6 access-list address ........................................................................................34-59
show ipv6 redist ...................................................................................................34-61
show ipv6 access-list ............................................................................................34-63
ipv6 load rip .........................................................................................................34-65
ipv6 rip status .......................................................................................................34-66
ipv6 rip invalid-timer ...........................................................................................34-67
ipv6 rip garbage-timer ..........................................................................................34-68
ipv6 rip holddown-timer .......................................................................................34-69
ipv6 rip jitter .........................................................................................................34-70
ipv6 rip route-tag ..................................................................................................34-71
ipv6 rip update-interval ........................................................................................34-72
ipv6 rip triggered-sends ........................................................................................34-73
ipv6 rip interface ..................................................................................................34-74
ipv6 rip interface metric .......................................................................................34-76
ipv6 rip interface recv-status ................................................................................34-77
ipv6 rip interface send-status ................................................................................34-78
ipv6 rip interface horizon .....................................................................................34-79
show ipv6 rip ........................................................................................................34-80
show ipv6 rip interface .........................................................................................34-82
show ipv6 rip peer ................................................................................................34-85
show ipv6 rip routes .............................................................................................34-87
Chapter 35
RDP Commands ........................................................................................................ 35-1
ip router-discovery ................................................................................................. 35-2
ip router-discovery interface .................................................................................. 35-3
ip router-discovery interface advertisement-address .............................................. 35-5
ip router-discovery interface max-advertisement-interval ..................................... 35-7
ip router-discovery interface min-advertisement-interval ...................................... 35-9
ip router-discovery interface advertisement-lifetime ...........................................35-11
ip router-discovery interface preference-level .....................................................35-13
show ip router-discovery ......................................................................................35-15
show ip router-discovery interface .......................................................................35-17
Chapter 36
DHCP Relay Commands .......................................................................................... 36-1
ip helper address ..................................................................................................... 36-3
ip helper address vlan ............................................................................................. 36-5
ip helper standard ................................................................................................... 36-7
ip helper avlan only ................................................................................................ 36-8
ip helper per-vlan only .........................................................................................36-10
ip helper forward delay ........................................................................................36-12
ip helper maximum hops ......................................................................................36-14
ip helper agent-information ..................................................................................36-16
ip helper agent-information policy .......................................................................36-18
ip helper pxe-support ............................................................................................36-20
ip helper traffic-suppression .................................................................................36-21
ip helper dhcp-snooping .......................................................................................36-23
ip helper dhcp-snooping mac-address verification ...............................................36-24
ip helper dhcp-snooping option-82 data-insertion ...............................................36-25
ip helper dhcp-snooping option-82 format ...........................................................36-27
ip helper dhcp-snooping option-82 format ascii circuit-id ...................................36-29
ip helper dhcp-snooping option-82 format ascii remote-id ..................................36-31
ip helper dhcp-snooping bypass option-82-check ................................................36-33
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
xix
Contents
ip helper dhcp-snooping vlan ...............................................................................36-34
ip helper dhcp-snooping port ................................................................................36-36
ip helper dhcp-snooping linkagg ..........................................................................36-38
ip helper dhcp-snooping port traffic-suppression .................................................36-40
ip helper dhcp-snooping port ip-source-filter .......................................................36-42
ip helper dhcp-snooping binding ..........................................................................36-44
ip helper dhcp-snooping ip-source-filter ..............................................................36-46
ip helper dhcp-snooping binding timeout .............................................................36-48
ip helper dhcp-snooping binding action ...............................................................36-49
ip helper dhcp-snooping binding persistency .......................................................36-50
ip helper boot-up ..................................................................................................36-51
ip helper boot-up enable .......................................................................................36-53
ip udp relay ...........................................................................................................36-54
ip udp relay vlan ...................................................................................................36-56
dhcp-server ...........................................................................................................36-58
dhcp-server restart ................................................................................................36-59
show dhcp-server leases .......................................................................................36-60
show dhcp-server statistics ...................................................................................36-62
clear dhcp-server statistics ...................................................................................36-70
show ip helper ......................................................................................................36-71
show ip helper stats ..............................................................................................36-75
show ip helper dhcp-snooping vlan ......................................................................36-77
show ip helper dhcp-snooping port ......................................................................36-79
show ip helper dhcp-snooping binding ................................................................36-81
show ip udp relay service .....................................................................................36-83
show ip udp relay statistics ...................................................................................36-85
show ip udp relay destination ...............................................................................36-87
show ip helper dhcp-snooping ip-source-filter .....................................................36-89
Chapter 37
xx
RIP Commands .......................................................................................................... 37-1
ip load rip ............................................................................................................... 37-2
ip rip status ............................................................................................................. 37-3
ip rip interface ........................................................................................................ 37-4
ip rip interface status ..............................................................................................37-6
ip rip interface metric ............................................................................................. 37-8
ip rip interface send-version ................................................................................... 37-9
ip rip interface recv-version .................................................................................37-11
ip rip force-holddowntimer ..................................................................................37-13
ip rip host-route ....................................................................................................37-15
ip rip route-tag ......................................................................................................37-16
ip rip interface auth-type ......................................................................................37-17
ip rip interface auth-key .......................................................................................37-18
ip rip update-interval ............................................................................................37-19
ip rip invalid-timer ...............................................................................................37-20
ip rip garbage-timer ..............................................................................................37-21
ip rip holddown-timer ...........................................................................................37-22
show ip rip ............................................................................................................37-23
show ip rip routes .................................................................................................37-25
show ip rip interface .............................................................................................37-28
show ip rip peer ....................................................................................................37-30
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Contents
Chapter 38
VRRP Commands ...................................................................................................... 38-1
vrrp ......................................................................................................................... 38-3
vrrp address ............................................................................................................ 38-6
vrrp track ................................................................................................................ 38-7
vrrp track-association ............................................................................................. 38-9
vrrp trap ................................................................................................................38-10
vrrp delay ..............................................................................................................38-11
vrrp interval ..........................................................................................................38-12
vrrp priority ..........................................................................................................38-14
vrrp preempt .........................................................................................................38-16
vrrp all ..................................................................................................................38-18
vrrp set ..................................................................................................................38-20
vrrp group .............................................................................................................38-22
vrrp group all ........................................................................................................38-24
vrrp group set .......................................................................................................38-26
vrrp group-association ..........................................................................................38-28
vrrp3 .....................................................................................................................38-30
vrrp3 address ........................................................................................................38-33
vrrp3 trap ..............................................................................................................38-34
vrrp3 track-association .........................................................................................38-35
show vrrp ..............................................................................................................38-36
show vrrp statistics ...............................................................................................38-39
show vrrp track .....................................................................................................38-42
show vrrp track-association ..................................................................................38-44
show vrrp group ...................................................................................................38-46
show vrrp group-association ................................................................................38-48
show vrrp3 ............................................................................................................38-50
show vrrp3 statistics .............................................................................................38-53
show vrrp3 track-association ................................................................................38-55
Chapter 39
Port Mirroring and Monitoring Commands ...................................................... 39-1
port mirroring source destination ........................................................................... 39-2
port mirroring ......................................................................................................... 39-5
port monitoring source ........................................................................................... 39-7
port monitoring ....................................................................................................... 39-9
show port mirroring status ....................................................................................39-10
show port monitoring status .................................................................................39-12
show port monitoring file .....................................................................................39-14
Chapter 40
RMON Commands .................................................................................................... 40-1
rmon probes ............................................................................................................ 40-2
show rmon probes .................................................................................................. 40-4
show rmon events ................................................................................................... 40-7
Chapter 41
Health Monitoring Commands ............................................................................. 41-1
health threshold ......................................................................................................41-2
health threshold port-trap ....................................................................................... 41-5
health interval ......................................................................................................... 41-7
health statistics reset ............................................................................................... 41-8
show health threshold ............................................................................................. 41-9
show health threshold port-trap ............................................................................41-11
show health interval .............................................................................................41-13
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
xxi
Contents
show health ...........................................................................................................41-14
show health all ......................................................................................................41-16
show health slice ..................................................................................................41-18
Chapter 42
sFlow Commands ...................................................................................................... 42-1
sflow receiver ......................................................................................................... 42-3
sflow sampler ......................................................................................................... 42-5
sflow poller ............................................................................................................. 42-7
show sflow agent .................................................................................................... 42-9
show sflow receiver ..............................................................................................42-11
show sflow sampler ..............................................................................................42-13
show sflow poller .................................................................................................42-15
Chapter 43
QoS Commands ........................................................................................................ 43-1
qos .......................................................................................................................... 43-3
qos trust ports ......................................................................................................... 43-5
qos default servicing mode ..................................................................................... 43-7
qos forward log ....................................................................................................... 43-9
qos log console .....................................................................................................43-10
qos log lines ..........................................................................................................43-11
qos log level .........................................................................................................43-12
qos default bridged disposition ............................................................................43-14
qos default multicast disposition ..........................................................................43-16
qos stats interval ...................................................................................................43-17
qos nms priority ....................................................................................................43-18
qos phones ............................................................................................................43-20
qos user-port .........................................................................................................43-22
qos dei ..................................................................................................................43-24
qos force-yellow-priority ......................................................................................43-26
debug qos ..............................................................................................................43-28
debug qos internal ................................................................................................43-30
qos clear log .........................................................................................................43-32
qos apply ..............................................................................................................43-33
qos revert ..............................................................................................................43-34
qos flush ...............................................................................................................43-35
qos reset ................................................................................................................43-37
qos stats reset ........................................................................................................43-38
qos port reset ........................................................................................................43-39
qos port .................................................................................................................43-40
qos port trusted .....................................................................................................43-42
qos port servicing mode .......................................................................................43-44
qos port q maxbw .................................................................................................43-46
qos port maximum egress-bandwidth ..................................................................43-48
qos port maximum ingress-bandwidth .................................................................43-50
qos port default 802.1p .........................................................................................43-52
qos port default dscp ............................................................................................43-54
qos port default classification ...............................................................................43-56
qos port dei ...........................................................................................................43-58
show qos port .......................................................................................................43-60
show qos queue ....................................................................................................43-63
show qos queue statistics ......................................................................................43-66
show qos slice .......................................................................................................43-69
xxii
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Contents
show qos log .........................................................................................................43-71
show qos config ....................................................................................................43-73
show qos statistics ................................................................................................43-76
Chapter 44
QoS Policy Commands ............................................................................................ 44-1
policy rule ............................................................................................................... 44-5
Policy rule accounting ............................................................................................ 44-9
policy validity period ...........................................................................................44-10
policy network group ...........................................................................................44-13
policy service group .............................................................................................44-15
policy mac group ..................................................................................................44-17
policy port group ..................................................................................................44-19
policy vlan group ..................................................................................................44-21
policy map group ..................................................................................................44-23
policy service ........................................................................................................44-25
policy service protocol .........................................................................................44-28
policy service source tcp port ...............................................................................44-30
policy service destination tcp port ........................................................................44-32
policy service source udp port ..............................................................................44-34
policy service destination udp port .......................................................................44-36
policy condition ....................................................................................................44-38
policy condition source ip ....................................................................................44-42
policy condition source ipv6 ................................................................................44-44
policy condition destination ip .............................................................................44-46
policy condition destination ipv6 .........................................................................44-48
policy condition multicast ip ................................................................................44-50
policy condition source network group ................................................................44-52
policy condition destination network group .........................................................44-54
policy condition multicast network group ............................................................44-56
policy condition source ip port .............................................................................44-58
policy condition destination ip port ......................................................................44-60
policy condition source tcp port ...........................................................................44-62
policy condition destination tcp port ....................................................................44-64
policy condition source udp port ..........................................................................44-66
policy condition destination udp port ...................................................................44-68
policy condition ethertype ....................................................................................44-70
policy condition established .................................................................................44-72
policy condition tcpflags ......................................................................................44-74
policy condition service .......................................................................................44-76
policy condition service group .............................................................................44-77
policy condition icmptype ....................................................................................44-79
policy condition icmpcode ...................................................................................44-81
policy condition ip protocol .................................................................................44-83
policy condition ipv6 ............................................................................................44-85
policy condition tos ..............................................................................................44-87
policy condition dscp ...........................................................................................44-89
policy condition source mac .................................................................................44-91
policy condition destination mac ..........................................................................44-93
policy condition source mac group ......................................................................44-95
policy condition destination mac group ...............................................................44-97
policy condition source vlan ................................................................................44-99
policy condition source vlan group .................................................................... 44-101
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
xxiii
Contents
policy condition destination vlan ....................................................................... 44-103
policy condition 802.1p ...................................................................................... 44-105
policy condition source port ............................................................................... 44-107
policy condition destination port ........................................................................ 44-109
policy condition source port group ..................................................................... 44-111
policy condition destination port group ............................................................. 44-113
policy action ....................................................................................................... 44-115
policy list ............................................................................................................ 44-119
policy action disposition ..................................................................................... 44-122
policy action shared ............................................................................................ 44-124
policy action priority ..........................................................................................44-126
policy action maximum bandwidth .................................................................... 44-128
policy action maximum depth ............................................................................ 44-130
policy action cir ..................................................................................................44-132
policy action tos ................................................................................................. 44-134
policy action 802.1p ........................................................................................... 44-136
policy action dscp ............................................................................................... 44-138
policy action map ............................................................................................... 44-140
policy action permanent gateway ip ...................................................................44-142
policy action port-disable ................................................................................... 44-144
policy action redirect port ..................................................................................44-146
policy action redirect linkagg ............................................................................. 44-148
policy action no-cache ........................................................................................ 44-150
policy action mirror ............................................................................................ 44-151
show policy classify ........................................................................................... 44-153
show policy classify source port ........................................................................ 44-156
show policy classify destination port ................................................................. 44-158
show policy classify source mac ........................................................................ 44-160
show policy classify destination mac ................................................................. 44-162
show policy classify source vlan ........................................................................ 44-164
show policy classify destination vlan ................................................................. 44-166
show policy classify source interface type ......................................................... 44-168
show policy classify destination interface type .................................................. 44-170
show policy classify 802.1p ............................................................................... 44-172
show policy classify source ip ............................................................................ 44-174
show policy classify destination ip ..................................................................... 44-176
show policy classify multicast ip ....................................................................... 44-178
show policy classify tos ...................................................................................... 44-180
show policy classify dscp ................................................................................... 44-182
show policy classify ip protocol ......................................................................... 44-184
show policy classify source ip port .................................................................... 44-186
show policy classify destination ip port ............................................................. 44-188
show policy network group ................................................................................ 44-190
show policy service ............................................................................................ 44-192
show policy service group ..................................................................................44-194
show policy mac group ...................................................................................... 44-196
show policy port group ....................................................................................... 44-198
show policy vlan group ...................................................................................... 44-200
show policy map group ...................................................................................... 44-202
show policy action .............................................................................................. 44-204
show policy list ................................................................................................... 44-207
show policy condition ........................................................................................ 44-209
xxiv
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Contents
show active policy list ........................................................................................ 44-212
show active policy rule ....................................................................................... 44-214
show active policy rule accounting .................................................................... 44-217
show active policy list accounting details .......................................................... 44-219
show active policy rule meter-statistics ............................................................. 44-221
show policy rule ................................................................................................. 44-223
show policy validity period ................................................................................ 44-226
Chapter 45
Policy Server Commands ........................................................................................ 45-1
policy server load ................................................................................................... 45-2
policy server flush .................................................................................................. 45-3
policy server ........................................................................................................... 45-4
show policy server .................................................................................................. 45-6
show policy server long .......................................................................................... 45-8
show policy server statistics .................................................................................45-10
show policy server rules .......................................................................................45-12
show policy server events ....................................................................................45-14
Chapter 46
IP Multicast Switching Commands ....................................................................... 46-1
ip multicast status ................................................................................................... 46-3
ip multicast querier-forwarding ..............................................................................46-5
ip multicast version ................................................................................................ 46-7
ip multicast static-neighbor .................................................................................... 46-9
ip multicast static-querier .....................................................................................46-11
ip multicast static-group .......................................................................................46-13
ip multicast query-interval ...................................................................................46-15
ip multicast last-member-query-interval ..............................................................46-17
ip multicast query-response-interval ....................................................................46-19
ip multicast unsolicited-report-interval ................................................................46-21
ip multicast router-timeout ...................................................................................46-23
ip multicast source-timeout ..................................................................................46-25
ip multicast querying ............................................................................................46-27
ip multicast robustness .........................................................................................46-29
ip multicast spoofing ............................................................................................46-31
ip multicast zapping .............................................................................................46-33
ip multicast proxying ............................................................................................46-35
ipv6 multicast status .............................................................................................46-37
ipv6 multicast querier-forwarding ........................................................................46-39
ipv6 multicast version ..........................................................................................46-41
ipv6 multicast static-neighbor ..............................................................................46-43
ipv6 multicast static-querier .................................................................................46-45
ipv6 multicast static-group ...................................................................................46-47
ipv6 multicast query-interval ...............................................................................46-49
ipv6 multicast last-member-query-interval ..........................................................46-51
ipv6 multicast query-response-interval ................................................................46-53
ipv6 multicast unsolicited-report-interval ............................................................46-55
ipv6 multicast router-timeout ...............................................................................46-57
ipv6 multicast source-timeout ..............................................................................46-59
ipv6 multicast querying ........................................................................................46-61
ipv6 multicast robustness .....................................................................................46-63
ipv6 multicast spoofing ........................................................................................46-65
ipv6 multicast zapping .........................................................................................46-67
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
xxv
Contents
ipv6 multicast proxying ........................................................................................46-69
show ip multicast ..................................................................................................46-71
show ip multicast forward ....................................................................................46-76
show ip multicast neighbor ..................................................................................46-78
show ip multicast querier .....................................................................................46-80
show ip multicast group .......................................................................................46-82
show ip multicast source ......................................................................................46-84
show ipv6 multicast ..............................................................................................46-86
show ipv6 multicast forward ................................................................................46-91
show ipv6 multicast neighbor ..............................................................................46-93
show ipv6 multicast querier .................................................................................46-95
show ipv6 multicast group ...................................................................................46-97
show ipv6 multicast source ..................................................................................46-99
Chapter 47
IP Multicast VLAN Commands .............................................................................. 47-1
vlan ipmvlan ........................................................................................................... 47-2
vlan ipmvlan ctag ................................................................................................... 47-4
vlan ipmvlan address ..............................................................................................47-6
vlan ipmvlan sender-port ........................................................................................ 47-8
vlan ipmvlan receiver-port ...................................................................................47-10
vlan svlan port translate ipmvlan .........................................................................47-12
show vlan ipmvlan c-tag ......................................................................................47-14
show vlan ipmvlan address ..................................................................................47-15
show vlan ipmvlan port-config ............................................................................47-17
show ipmvlan port-config ....................................................................................47-19
show vlan ipmvlan port-binding ..........................................................................47-21
Chapter 48
AAA Commands ........................................................................................................ 48-1
aaa radius-server ..................................................................................................... 48-4
aaa test-radius-server ..............................................................................................48-8
aaa tacacs+-server ................................................................................................48-10
aaa ldap-server ......................................................................................................48-12
aaa ace-server clear ..............................................................................................48-15
aaa authentication .................................................................................................48-16
aaa authentication default .....................................................................................48-19
aaa authentication 802.1x .....................................................................................48-21
aaa authentication mac .........................................................................................48-23
aaa accounting 802.1x ..........................................................................................48-25
aaa accounting mac ..............................................................................................48-27
aaa accounting session .........................................................................................48-29
aaa accounting command .....................................................................................48-31
user .......................................................................................................................48-33
password ...............................................................................................................48-37
user password-size min ........................................................................................48-39
user password-expiration ......................................................................................48-40
user password-policy cannot-contain-username ..................................................48-42
user password-policy min-uppercase ...................................................................48-43
user password-policy min-lowercase ...................................................................48-44
user password-policy min-digit ............................................................................48-45
user password-policy min-nonalpha .....................................................................48-46
user password-history ...........................................................................................48-47
user password-min-age .........................................................................................48-48
xxvi
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Contents
user lockout-window ............................................................................................48-49
user lockout-threshold ..........................................................................................48-51
user lockout-duration ............................................................................................48-53
user lockout unlock ..............................................................................................48-55
aaa admin-logout ..................................................................................................48-56
end-user profile ....................................................................................................48-58
end-user profile port-list .......................................................................................48-60
end-user profile vlan-range ..................................................................................48-62
aaa user-network-profile ......................................................................................48-64
aaa classification-rule mac-address ......................................................................48-68
aaa classification-rule mac-address-range ............................................................48-70
aaa classification-rule ip-address .........................................................................48-72
aaa hic server-name ..............................................................................................48-74
aaa hic allowed-name ...........................................................................................48-76
aaa hic ...................................................................................................................48-78
aaa hic web-agent-url ...........................................................................................48-80
aaa hic custom-proxy-port ....................................................................................48-81
aaa hic redundancy background-poll-interval ......................................................48-82
aaa hic server-failure mode ..................................................................................48-84
aaa hic server-failure policy user-network-profile change ...................................48-85
show aaa server ....................................................................................................48-87
show aaa authentication .......................................................................................48-91
show aaa authentication 802.1x ...........................................................................48-93
show aaa authentication mac ................................................................................48-95
show aaa accounting 802.1x .................................................................................48-96
show aaa accounting mac .....................................................................................48-97
show aaa accounting .............................................................................................48-99
show user ............................................................................................................ 48-101
show user password-size .................................................................................... 48-105
show user password-expiration ..........................................................................48-106
show user password-policy ................................................................................ 48-107
show user lockout-setting ................................................................................... 48-109
debug command-info ..........................................................................................48-111
debug end-user profile ........................................................................................ 48-113
show end-user profile ......................................................................................... 48-115
show aaa user-network-profile ...........................................................................48-117
show aaa classification-rule ............................................................................... 48-119
show aaa hic ....................................................................................................... 48-121
show aaa hic host ................................................................................................ 48-123
show aaa hic server ............................................................................................ 48-125
show aaa hic allowed ..........................................................................................48-127
show aaa hic server-failure policy ...................................................................... 48-129
show aaa-device all-users ................................................................................... 48-131
show aaa-device supplicant-users ...................................................................... 48-134
show aaa-device non-supplicant-users ............................................................... 48-137
show aaa-device captive-portal-users ................................................................. 48-140
show aaa priv hexa ............................................................................................. 48-143
Chapter 49
802.1x Commands .................................................................................................... 49-1
802.1x .....................................................................................................................49-3
802.1x initialize ......................................................................................................49-6
802.1x re-authenticate ............................................................................................ 49-7
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
xxvii
Contents
802.1x supp-polling retry ....................................................................................... 49-8
802.1x supplicant policy authentication ...............................................................49-10
802.1x non-supplicant policy authentication .......................................................49-13
802.1x captive-portal name ..................................................................................49-15
802.1x non-supplicant policy ...............................................................................49-16
802.1x policy default ............................................................................................49-18
802.1x captive-portal policy authentication .........................................................49-20
802.1x captive-portal session-limit ......................................................................49-22
802.1x captive-portal inactivity-logout ................................................................49-24
802.1x captive-portal retry-count .........................................................................49-25
802.1x captive-portal address ...............................................................................49-27
802.1x captive-portal proxy-server-url ................................................................49-28
802.1x captive-portal proxy-server-port ..............................................................49-29
802.1x captive-portal dns-keyword-list ................................................................49-30
802.1x captive-portal success-redirect-url ...........................................................49-32
802.1x captive-portal fail-redirect-url ..................................................................49-34
802.1x auth-server-down ......................................................................................49-36
802.1x auth-server-down policy ...........................................................................49-37
802.1x auth-server-down re-authperiod ...............................................................49-39
802.1x auth-server-down ......................................................................................49-40
802.1x auth-server-down policy ...........................................................................49-41
802.1x auth-server-down re-authperiod ...............................................................49-42
show 802.1x .........................................................................................................49-43
show 802.1x users ................................................................................................49-46
show 802.1x .........................................................................................................49-48
show 802.1x statistics ...........................................................................................49-51
show 802.1x device classification policies ..........................................................49-53
show 802.1x captive-portal configuration ............................................................49-55
show 802.1x non-supplicant .................................................................................49-57
show 802.1x auth-server-down ............................................................................49-59
show 802.1x rate-limit ..........................................................................................49-61
802.1x supplicant bypass ......................................................................................49-63
802.1x non-supplicant allow-eap .........................................................................49-65
802.1x pass-through .............................................................................................49-67
show 802.1x captive-portal configuration ............................................................49-68
Chapter 50
Switch Logging Commands ................................................................................... 50-1
swlog ......................................................................................................................50-2
swlog syslog-facility-id .......................................................................................... 50-3
swlog appid level .................................................................................................... 50-5
swlog remote command-log ................................................................................... 50-8
swlog output ........................................................................................................... 50-9
swlog output flash file-size ..................................................................................50-11
swlog clear ............................................................................................................50-12
show log swlog .....................................................................................................50-13
show swlog ...........................................................................................................50-16
Appendix A
Software License and Copyright Statements ................................................... A-19
Alcatel-Lucent License Agreement .............................................................................. A-19
ALCATEL-LUCENT SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT .......................... A-19
Third Party Licenses and Notices ................................................................................ A-22
xxviii
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Contents
A. Booting and Debugging Non-Proprietary Software ........................................ A-22
B. The OpenLDAP Public License: Version 2.8, 17 August 2003 ...................... A-22
C. Linux ................................................................................................................ A-23
D. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE: Version 2, June 1991 ........................ A-23
E. University of California ................................................................................... A-28
F. Carnegie-Mellon University ............................................................................ A-28
G. Random.c ......................................................................................................... A-28
H. Apptitude, Inc. ................................................................................................. A-29
I. Agranat ............................................................................................................. A-29
J. RSA Security Inc. ............................................................................................ A-29
K. Sun Microsystems, Inc. .................................................................................... A-30
L. Wind River Systems, Inc. ................................................................................ A-30
M. Network Time Protocol Version 4 ................................................................... A-30
N. Remote-ni ......................................................................................................... A-31
O. GNU Zip .......................................................................................................... A-31
P. FREESCALE SEMICONDUCTOR SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT A-31
Q. Boost C++ Libraries ........................................................................................ A-32
R. U-Boot ............................................................................................................. A-32
S. Solaris .............................................................................................................. A-32
T. Internet Protocol Version 6 .............................................................................. A-32
U. CURSES .......................................................................................................... A-33
V. ZModem ........................................................................................................... A-33
W. Boost Software License ................................................................................... A-33
X. OpenLDAP ...................................................................................................... A-33
Y. BITMAP.C ....................................................................................................... A-34
Z. University of Toronto ...................................................................................... A-34
AA.Free/OpenBSD ............................................................................................... A-34
CLI Quick Reference
Index ...................................................................................................................... Index-1
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
xxix
Contents
xxx
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
About This Guide
This OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide is a comprehensive resource to all Command Line
Interface (CLI) commands available on the OmniSwitch 6250 Series and OmniSwitch 6450 Series.
Supported Platforms
This information in this guide applies to the following products:
• OmniSwitch 6250 Series
• OmniSwitch 6450 Series
Note. This OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide covers Release 6.6.4, which is supported on the
OmniSwitch 6250 Series and OmniSwitch 6450-Enterprise Model.
Unsupported Platforms
The information in this guide does not apply to the following products:
• OmniSwitch 9000 Series
• OmniSwitch 6400 Series
• OmniSwitch 6600 Family
• OmniSwitch 6800 Family
• OmniSwitch 6850 Series
• OmniSwitch 6855 Series
• OmniSwitch (original version with no numeric model name)
• OmniSwitch 7700/7800
• OmniSwitch 8800
• Omni Switch/Router
• OmniStack
• OmniAccess
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page xxxi
Who Should Read this Manual?
About This Guide
Who Should Read this Manual?
The audience for this user guide is network administrators and IT support personnel who need to configure, maintain, and monitor switches and routers in a live network. Anyone wishing to gain knowledge on
the details of all CLI commands available on the OmniSwitch benefit from the material in this reference
guide. However, advanced users who have already familiarized themselves with the OmniSwitch CLI
commands benefit most from the detailed content in this guide.
When Should I Read this Manual?
Read this guide whenever you want detailed information on individual CLI commands. Although this
guide provides helpful information during any stage of the configuration process, it is a good idea to first
familiarize yourself with the software features available on the switch before investigating the detailed
command information in this guide.
Overview information, procedures, and live network examples on switch software features is found in the
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Switch Management Guide and the OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Network Configuration Guide. Once you are familiar with the procedures and base CLI commands in these configuration
guides, see the guide to obtain detailed information on the individual commands.
What is in this Manual?
This reference guide includes information on every CLI command available in the switch. The information provided for each CLI command includes:
• Command description.
• Syntax.
• Description of all keywords and variables included in the syntax.
• Default values.
• Usage guidelines, which include tips on when and how to use the command.
• Examples of command lines using the command.
• Related commands with descriptions.
• Release history, which indicates the release when the command was introduced.
• SNMP information, such as the MIB files related to a set of CLI commands. In addition each CLI
command includes the corresponding MIB variables that map to all parameters included in a command.
page xxxii
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
About This Guide
What is Not in this Manual?
What is Not in this Manual?
Primarily a reference, this guide does not provide step-by-step instructions on how to set up particular
features on the switch. It also does not provide overview or application examples on software features. For
comprehensive information on how to configure particular software features in the switch, consult the
appropriate configuration guide.
This guide also does not provide any information on the network management applications, WebView and
OmniVista. Further information on WebView and OmniVista is found in the context-sensitive on-line help
available with those applications.
How is the Information Organized?
Each chapter in this guide includes reference material for all commands related to a single software
feature, such as server load balancing or link aggregation. Commands in a single chapter share a common
prefix.
Text Conventions
The following table contains text conventions and usage guidelines for CLI commands as they are
documented in this guide.
bold text
Indicates basic command and keyword syntax.
Example: show snmp station
italicized text
Indicates user-specific information such as IP addresses, slot numbers,
passwords, names, and so on.
Example: no snmp station ip_address
Italicized text that is not enclosed with straight brackets ([ ]) indicates
required information.
[ ] (Straight Brackets)
Indicates optional parameters for a given command.
Example: show aaa server [server_name]
Here, you can enter either of the following options:
show aaa server
show aaa server server_name (where server_name is the userspecified server name, for example, show aaa server
myserver1)
Note that this example includes italicized text. The optional parameter
in this case is a user-specified server name.
{ } (Curly Braces)
Indicates that the user has to choose between one or more parameters.
Example: port mirroring {enable | disable}
Here, you have to choose one of the following:
port mirroring enable or port mirroring disable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page xxxiii
Text Conventions
| (Vertical Pipes)
About This Guide
Used to separate parameter choices within a command string. For
example, the command string
show health threshold [rx | txrx | memory | cpu]
separates the choices rx, txrx, memory, and cpu.
Examples:
show health threshold rx
show health threshold txrx
show health threshold memory
show health threshold cpu
“ ” (Quotation Marks)
Used to enclose text strings that contain spaces. The quotation marks
are required input on the command line.
Example: vlan 2 “new test vlan”
page xxxiv
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
About This Guide
Documentation Roadmap
Documentation Roadmap
The OmniSwitch user documentation suite was designed to supply you with information at several critical
junctures of the configuration process. The following section outlines a roadmap of the manuals that helps
you at each stage of the configuration process. Under each stage, we point you to the manual or manuals
that is helpful to you.
Stage 1: Using the Switch for the First Time
Pertinent Documentation: Getting Started Guide
Release Notes
A hard-copy Getting Started Guide is included with your switch; this guide provides all the information
you need to get your switch up and running the first time. This guide provides information on unpacking
the switch, rack mounting the switch, installing modules, unlocking access control, setting the switch’s IP
address, and setting up a password. It also includes succinct overview information on fundamental aspects
of the switch, such as hardware LEDs, the software directory structure, CLI conventions, and web-based
management.
At this time you have to also familiarize yourself with the Release Notes that accompanied your switch.
This document includes important information on feature limitations that are not included in other user
guides.
Stage 2: Gaining Familiarity with Basic Switch Functions
Pertinent Documentation: Hardware Users Guide
Switch Management Guide
Once you have your switch up and running, you begin to understand the basic aspects of its hard ware and
software. Information about switch hardware is provided in the platform-specific Hardware Users Guide.
This guide provide specifications, illustrations, and descriptions of all hardware components—chassis,
power supplies, Chassis Management Modules (CMMs), Network Interface (NI) modules, uplink
modules, stacking modules, and cooling fans. It also includes steps for common procedures, such as
removing and installing switch components.
The Switch Management Guide for your switch platform is the primary user guide for the basic software
features on a single switch. This guide contains information on the switch directory structure, basic file
and directory utilities, switch access security, SNMP, and web-based management. It is recommended that
you read this guide before connecting your switch to the network.
Stage 3: Integrating the Switch Into a Network
Pertinent Documentation: Network Configuration Guide
When you are ready to connect your switch to the network, you need to learn how the OmniSwitch implements fundamental software features, such as 802.1Q, VLANs, Spanning Tree, and network routing protocols. The Network Configuration Guide for your switch platform contains overview information,
procedures and examples on how standard networking technologies are configured in the OmniSwitch.
Anytime
The OmniSwitch CLI Reference Guide contains comprehensive information on all CLI commands
supported by the switch. This guide includes syntax, default, usage, example, related CLI command, and
CLI-to-MIB variable mapping information for all CLI commands supported by the switch. Consult thisguide anytime during the configuration process to find detailed and specific information on each CLI
command.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page xxxv
Related Documentation
About This Guide
Related Documentation
User manuals can be downloaded at following
http://enterprise.alcatel-lucent.com/?dept=UserGuides&page=Portal
The following are the titles and descriptions of all the related OmniSwitch 6250, 6450 user manuals:
• OmniSwitch 6250 Getting Started Guide
Describes the hardware and software procedures for getting an OmniSwitch 6250 switch up and
running. Also provides information on fundamental aspects of OmniSwitch software and stacking
architecture.
• OmniSwitch 6250 Hardware Users Guide
Complete technical specifications and procedures for all OmniSwitch 6250 chassis, power supplies,
and fans. Also includes comprehensive information on assembling and managing stacked configurations.
• OmniSwitch 6450 Getting Started Guide
Describes the hardware and software procedures for getting an OmniSwitch 6450 switch up and
running. Also provides information on fundamental aspects of OmniSwitch software and stacking
architecture.
• OmniSwitch 6450 Hardware Users Guide
Complete technical specifications and procedures for all OmniSwitch 6450 chassis, power supplies,
and fans. Also includes comprehensive information on assembling and managing stacked configurations.
• OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
Complete reference to all CLI commands supported on the OmniSwitch 6250, 6450. Includes syntax
definitions, default values, examples, usage guidelines and CLI-to-MIB variable mappings.
• OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Switch Management Guide
Includes procedures for readying an individual switch for integration into a network. Topics include the
software directory architecture, image rollback protections, authenticated switch access, managing
switch files, system configuration, using SNMP, and using web management software (WebView).
• OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Network Configuration Guide
Includes network configuration procedures and descriptive information on all the major software
features and protocols included in the base software package. Chapters cover Layer 2 information
(Ethernet and VLAN configuration), Layer 3 information (routing protocols, such as RIP), security
options (authenticated VLANs), Quality of Service (QoS), and link aggregation.
• OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Transceivers Guide
Includes information on Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFPs) and 10 Gbps Small Form Factor Pluggables (XFPs) transceivers.
• Technical Tips, Field Notices
Includes information published by Alcatel-Lucent’s Customer Support group.
page xxxvi
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
About This Guide
Related Documentation
• AOS Release 6.6.4 Release Notes
Includes critical Open Problem Reports, feature exceptions, and other important information on the
features supported in the current release and any limitations to their support.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page xxxvii
User Manual CD
About This Guide
User Manual CD
Some products are shipped with documentation included on a User Manual CD that accompanies the
switch. This CD also includes documentation for other Alcatel-Lucent data enterprise products.
All products are shipped with a Product Documentation Card that provides details for downloading documentation for all OmniSwitch and other Alcatel-Lucent data enterprise products.
All documentation is in PDF format and requires the Adobe Acrobat Reader program for viewing. Acrobat Reader freeware is available at www.adobe.com.
Note. In order to take advantage of the documentation CD’s global search feature, it is recommended that
you select the option for searching PDF files before downloading Acrobat Reader freeware.
To verify that you are using Acrobat Reader with the global search option, look for the following button in
the toolbar:
Note. When printing pages from the documentation PDFs, de-select Fit to Page if it is selected in your
print dialog. Otherwise pages may print with slightly smaller margins.
Technical Support
An Alcatel-Lucent service agreement brings your company the assurance of 7x24 no-excuses technical
support. You will also receive regular software updates to maintain and maximize your Alcatel-Lucent
product’s features and functionality and on-site hardware replacement through our global network of
highly qualified service delivery partners. Additionally, with 24-hour-a-day access to Alcatel-Lucent’s
Service and Support web page, you’ll be able to view and update any case (open or closed) that you have
reported to Alcatel-Lucent’s technical support, open a new case or access helpful release notes, technical
bulletins, and manuals. For more information on Alcatel-Lucent’s Service Programs, see our web page at
service.esd.alcatel-lucent.com, call us at 1-800-995-2696, or email us at esd.support@alcatel-lucent.com.
Documentation Feedback
Alcatel-Lucent values comments on the quality and usefulness of the documentation. To send comments
on the OmniSwitch documentation use the following email address: feedback.osdocs@alcatel-lucent.com.
For document identification it's helpful to include the Document Title, Part Number and Revision (which
can be found on the title page) with any comments.
page xxxviii
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
1
CMM Commands
The Chassis Management Module (CMM) CLI commands allow you to manage switch software files in
the working directory, the certified directory, and the running configuration.
MIB information for the CMM commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1Chassis.mib
ALCATEL-IND1-CHASSIS-MIB
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1ConfigMgr.mib
ALCATEL-IND1-CONFIG-MGR-MIB DEFINITIONS
A summary of available commands is listed here:
reload
reload working
copy running-config working
write memory
copy working certified
copy working certified
copy flash-synchro
takeover
show running-directory
show reload
show microcode
show microcode history
show usb statistics
usb
usb auto-copy
usb disaster-recovery
mount
umount
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 1-1
reload
CMM Commands
reload
Reboots the CMM to its startup software configuration.
reload [primary | secondary] [with-fabric] [in [hours:] minutes | at hour:minute [month day | day
month]]
reload [primary | secondary] [with-fabric] cancel
Syntax Definitions
primary | secondary
Reboot the primary or secondary CMM to its startup software configuration. If the primary CMM is already running the startup version, a
primary reboot results in a secondary takover.
in [hours:] minutes
Optional syntax. Schedules a reload of the software to take effect in the
specified minutes or hours and minutes within the next 24 hours.
at hour:minute
Optional syntax. Schedules a reload of the software to take place at the
specified time using a 24-hour clock. If you do not specify the month
and day, the reload takes place at the specified time on the current day
provided the specified time is later than the time when the CLI
command is issued. If the specified time is earlier than the current time,
the reload takes place on the following day.
month day | day month
The name of the month and the number of the day for the scheduled
reload. Specify a month name and the day number. It is unimportant if
the month or day is first. See examples below for further explanation.
cancel
Cancels a pending time delayed reboot.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command causes the specified CMM to reboot. If no CMM is specified, the primary CMM
reboots.
• If a reload command is issued, and another reload is currently scheduled, a message appears informing
the user of the next reload time and asks for confirmation to change to the new reload time.
• If the switch has a redundant CMM and the primary CMM is rebooted, the switch fails over to the
secondary CMM. For more information on CMM failover, see “Managing CMM Directories” in the
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Switch Management Guide.
• If the switch is part of a stacked configuration consisting of three or more switches, the next switch in
“idle” mode becomes the secondary CMM, and the original primary CMM becomes “idle.” For more
information on stacks, see “Managing Stacks” in the appropriate Hardware Users Guide.The cancel
keyword stops a pending reboot.
page 1-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CMM Commands
reload
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
->
->
->
->
->
reload
reload
reload
reload
reload
primary
primary in 15:25
primary at 15:25 august 10
primary at 15:25 10 august
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
reload working
Immediate primary CMM reboot to the working software configuration
without secondary CMM takeover.
MIB Objects
chasEntPhysicalTable
csEntPhysicalIndex
chasEntPhysAdminStatus
chasControlRedundantTable
chasControlDelayedRebootTimer
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 1-3
reload working
CMM Commands
reload working
Immediately reboots the primary CMM from the working directory. There is no CMM fail over during this
reboot, causing a loss of switch functionality during the reboot. All NIs reboot as well, including the
secondary CMM.
reload working {rollback-timeout minutes | no rollback-timeout} [in [hours:] minutes | at hour:minute]
Syntax Definitions
rollback-timeout minutes
Sets a timeout period, in minutes. The switch immediately reboots from
the working directory and then at the end of this time period, automatically reboots again from the certified directory. The range is 1–15.
no rollback-timeout
Specifies no timeout to rollback. If the command is issued with this
keyword, then the switch continues to run from the working directory
until manually rebooted.
in [hours:] minutes
Optional syntax. Schedules a reload of the working directory to take
effect in the specified minutes or hours and minutes within the next 24
hours.
at hour:minute
Optional syntax. Schedules a reload of the working directory to take
place at the specified time using a 24-hour clock. If you do not specify
the month and day, the reload takes place at the specified time on the
current day provided the specified time is later than the time when the
CLI command is issued. If the specified time is earlier than the current
time, the reload takes place on the following day.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is used to reload the primary CMM from the working directory as opposed to the certified CMM. The working directory reload takes place immediately unless a time frame is set using the
in or at keywords.
• The in or at keywords allow you to schedule a working reload sometime in the future. A schedule
working reboot is called an activate.
• If a reload or an immediate working reload is initiated before a scheduled activate is enacted, a
message appears displaying the number of seconds until the scheduled activate and if it has to be overridden.
• If a timeout is set, the switch reboots again after the set number of minutes, from the certified directory. The reboot can be halted by issuing a cancel order as described in the reload command.
page 1-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CMM Commands
reload working
• If the switch is a part of a stacked configuration, using this command synchronizes the working directories of all the switches in the stack to the working directory of the primary CMM switch.
Examples
->
->
->
->
reload
reload
reload
reload
working
working
working
working
rollback-timeout 5
no rollback-timeout
no rollback-timeout in 50
rollback-timeout 10 at 12:50
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
reload
Reboots the CMM to its startup software configuration.
MIB Objects
chasControlModuleTable
csEntPhysicalIndex
chasControlActivateTimeout
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 1-5
copy running-config working
CMM Commands
copy running-config working
Copies the running configuration (RAM) to the working directory.
[configure] copy running-config working
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is used to copy the changes made using the CLI commands from the running
configuration (RAM) to the working directory. A trap is raised to enforce a poll whenever a
configuration file is saved. The configuration changes that are not committed are not detected by the
switch until write memory or copy running-config working is applied.
• This command is only valid if the switch is running from the working directory. Use the show
running-directory command to check from where the switch is running.
• This command performs the same function as the write memory command.
Note. The saved boot.cfg file is overwritten if the takeover command is executed after the copy runningconfig working or write memory commands, in an OmniSwitch set up with redundant CMMs.
Examples
-> configure copy running-config working
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 1-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CMM Commands
copy running-config working
Related Commands
write memory
Copies the running primary RAM version of the CMM software to the
working primary flash.
copy flash-synchro
Copies the startup primary flash version of the CMM software to the
startup secondary flash version of the CMM software.
MIB Objects
chasControlModuleTable
csEntPhysicalIndex
chasControlVersionMngt
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 1-7
write memory
CMM Commands
write memory
Copies the running configuration (RAM) to the working directory.
[configure] write memory
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is used to copy the changes made using the CLI commands from the running
configuration (RAM) to the working directory. A trap is raised to enforce a poll whenever a
configuration file is saved. The configuration changes that are not committed are not detected by the
switch until write memory or copy running-config working is applied.
• This command is only valid if the switch is running from the working directory. Use the show
running-directory command to check from where the switch is running.
• This command performs the same function as the copy running-config working command.
Note. The saved boot.cfg file is overwritten if the takeover command is executed after the copy runningconfig working or write memory commands, in an OmniSwitch set up with redundant CMMs.
Examples
-> configure write memory
-> write memory
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
copy running-config working
Copies the running primary RAM version of the CMM software to the
working primary flash. Or copy the startup primary flash version of the
CMM software to the working primary flash.
copy flash-synchro
Copies the startup primary flash version of the CMM software to the
startup secondary flash version of the CMM software.
page 1-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CMM Commands
write memory
MIB Objects
configManager
configWriteMemory
configSaveSucceededTrapReason
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 1-9
copy working certified
CMM Commands
copy working certified
Copies the working directory version of the CMM software to the certified directory, on the primary
CMM. This command also allows you to synchronize the primary and secondary CMMs.
[configure] copy working certified [flash-synchro]
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is used to overwrite the contents of the certified directory with the contents of the working directory. This has to be done only if the contents of the working directory have been verified as
the best version of the CMM files.
• The flash-synchro keyword, when used with the copy certified working command, synchronizes the
files between the primary and secondary CMMs by overwriting the contents of the secondary CMM
certified directory with the contents of the primary CMM certified directory. If the switch is part of a
stacked configuration, all switches in the stack are updated with the primary CMM files.
• In order for this command to work, the amount of free space in flash must equal the size of the files
being copied. If there isn’t enough free space, the copy attempt fails and an error message is generated.
Only image files, the boot.cfg file, and the certs.pem file has to be kept in the working directory.
• This command does not work if the switch is running from the certified directory. To view where the
switch is running from, see the show running-directory command.
Examples
-> copy working certified
-> copy working certified flash-synchro
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 1-10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CMM Commands
copy working certified
Related Commands
copy working certified
Copies the running primary RAM version of the CMM software to the
working primary flash. Or copy the startup primary flash version of the
CMM software to the working primary flash.
copy flash-synchro
Copies the startup primary flash version of the CMM software to the startup secondary flash version of the CMM software.
MIB Objects
chasControlModuleTable
csEntPhysicalIndex
chasControlVersionMngt
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 1-11
copy flash-synchro
CMM Commands
copy flash-synchro
Copies the certified directory version of the primary CMM software to the certified directory of the
secondary CMM.
[configure] copy flash-synchro
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is used to synchronize the certified directories of the primary and secondary CMMs.
The two CMMs must be in synchronization if a fail over occurs, otherwise switch performance is lost.
• If the switch is part of stackable configuration, all switches in the stack are updated with the primary
CMM files.
Examples
-> copy flash-synchro
-> configure copy flash-synchro
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
copy working certified
Copies the running primary RAM version of the CMM software to the
working primary flash. Or copies the startup primary flash version of
the CMM software to the working primary flash.
copy working certified
Copies the working primary flash version of the CMM software to certified primary flash. Or copies the working primary flash version of the
CMM software to startup secondary flash.
MIB Objects
chasControlModuleTable
csEntPhysicalIndex
chasControlVersionMngt
page 1-12
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CMM Commands
takeover
takeover
The current secondary CMM assumes the role of primary CMM.
takeover
Syntax Definitions
with-fabric
Performs a complete CMM reload.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command causes the secondary CMM to take over the functions of the primary CMM. After this
command, the old primary CMM is the new secondary CMM.
• Before issuing the takeover command, be sure that the secondary CMM has all software (that is,
image and configuration files) required to continue CMM operations.
• For information on synchronizing the primary and secondary CMM software before issuing the
takeover command, see the copy flash-synchro command.
• When the CMM modules switch primary and secondary roles, the console session to the new primary
CMM is disconnected. To continue managing the switch, be sure that you have physical connections to
both CMMs or local access to the switch in order to move your Ethernet or serial cable from one CMM
to the other.
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
• If the switch is part of an a stackable configuration consisting of three or more switches, the next
switch in “idle” mode becomes the secondary CMM, and the original primary CMM becomes “idle.”
For more information on stacks, see “Managing Stacks” in the Hardware Users Guide.
Note. The saved boot.cfg file is overwritten if the takeover command is executed after the copy runningconfig working or write memory commands, in an OmniSwitch set up with redundant CMMs. Refer to
the “NIs Reload On Takeover” description on page 1-16 for more information on the takeover command
and redundant management modules.
Examples
-> takeover
-> takeover with-fabric
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 1-13
takeover
CMM Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Command
reload
Reboots the CMM to its startup software configuration.
MIB Objects
chasEntPhysicalTable
csEntPhysicalIndex
chasEntPhysAdminStatus
page 1-14
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CMM Commands
show running-directory
show running-directory
Shows the directory from where the switch was booted.
show running-directory
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Once a switch has booted and is running, it runs either from the working or certified directory. If
running from the certified, changes made to the running configuration using CLI commands cannot be
saved. A switch must be running from the working directory in order to save the current running
configuration.
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> show running-directory
CONFIGURATION STATUS
Running CMM
:
CMM Mode
:
Current CMM Slot
:
Running configuration
:
Certify/Restore Status
:
SYNCHRONIZATION STATUS
Flash Between CMMs
:
Running Configuration
:
Stacks Reload on Takeover:
PRIMARY,
DUAL CMMs,
1,
WORKING,
CERTIFY NEEDED
SYNCHRONIZED,
NOT AVAILABLE,
ALL STACKs (SW Activation)
output definitions
Running CMM
The CMM currently controlling the switch, either PRIMARY or
SECONDARY.
CMM Mode
Displays whether the primary and secondary CMMs are synchronized.
In the case that there is no secondary CMM, MONO-CMM-CHASSIS
is shown.
Current CMM Slot
The slot number of the primary CMM.
Running Configuration
Where the switch is running from, either WORKING or CERTIFIED.
A switch running from the certified directory is unable to manipulate
files in the directory structure.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 1-15
show running-directory
CMM Commands
output definitions (continued)
Certify/Restore Status
Indicates if the CM has been certified (that is, the Working directory
matches the Certified directory).
Flash Between CMMs
Displays whether the Working and Certified directories are the same.
NIs Reload On Takeover
Stacks Reload on Takeover
Displays how many Network Interface (NI) modules or switches in a
stack is reloaded in the event of a management module takeover.
Options include NONE, ALL, or a list of specific NIs.
If there are no unsaved configuration changes and the flash directories
on both the primary and secondary management modules have been
synchronized via the copy flash-synchro command, no NIs is reloaded
if a management module takeover occurs. As a result, data flow is not
interrupted on the NIs during the takeover.
If a configuration change is made to one or more NI modules (for
example, a VLAN is configured on several different interfaces), and the
changes are not saved via the write memory command, the corresponding NIs are automatically reload if a management module takeover occurs. Data flow on the affected NIs is interrupted until the reload
is complete. Note that the NIs reload whether or not the flash synchronization status shows SYNCHRONIZED. This is because the unsaved
changes have occurred in the running configuration
(that is, RAM), and have not been written to the flash directory’s configuration file. In this case, a list of only the affected NIs displays in the
table output (for example, 1 6 9 12).
If the flash directories on the primary and secondary management modules are not synchronized (for example, a copy flash-synchro command has not been issued recently), all NIs are reloaded automatically
if a management module takeover occurs. Data flow is interrupted on
all NIs until the reload is complete.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
reload
Reboots the CMM to its startup software configuration.
write memory
Copies the running configuration (RAM) to the working directory.
copy flash-synchro
Copies the certified directory version of the primary CMM software to
the certified directory of the secondary CMM.
MIB Objects
chasControlModuleTable
chasControlRunningVersion
chasControlActivateTimeout
chasControlVersionMngt
chasControlDelayedActivateTimer
chasControlCertifyStatus
chasControlSynchronizationStatus
page 1-16
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CMM Commands
show reload
show reload
Shows the status of any time delayed reboot(s) that are pending on the switch.
show reload [status]
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• It is possible to preset a reboot on a CMM by using the reload command. If this is done, use the show
reload command to see when the next scheduled reboot occurs.
• If the reload working command was used, and a rollback timeout was set, the time the rollback occurs
is shown using the show reload command.
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> show reload status
Primary
Control Module Reload Status: No Reboot Scheduled,
Secondary Control Module Reload Status: No Reboot Scheduled
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
reload
Reboots the primary or secondary CMM to its startup software configuration.
reload working
Immediate primary CMM reboot to the working software configuration
without secondary CMM takeover.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 1-17
show microcode
CMM Commands
show microcode
Displays microcode versions installed on the switch.
show microcode [working | certified | loaded]
Syntax Definitions
working
Specifies the switch’s working directory; only microcode information
from the working directory is displayed.
certified
Specifies the switch’s certified directory; only microcode information
from the certified directory is displayed.
loaded
Specifies that only loaded (that is, currently-active) microcode versions
is displayed. Idle microcode versions is not displayed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If no additional parameters are entered (that is, working, certified, or loaded), microcode information
for the running configuration is displayed.
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> show microcode
Package
Release
Size
Description
-----------------+---------------+--------+----------------------------------Jbase.img
6.1.1.403.R01
10520989 Alcatel-Lucent Base Software
Jos.img
6.1.1.403.R01
1828255 Alcatel-Lucent OS
Jadvrout.img
6.1.1.403.R01
1359435 Alcatel-Lucent Advanced Routing
page 1-18
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CMM Commands
show microcode
output definitions
Package
File name.
Release
Version number.
Size
File size.
Description
File description.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show microcode history
Displays the archive history for microcode versions installed on the
switch.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 1-19
show microcode history
CMM Commands
show microcode history
Displays the archive history for microcode versions installed on the switch.
show microcode history [working | certified]
Syntax Definitions
working
The history for the working directory’s microcode is displayed.
certified
The history for the certified directory’s microcode is displayed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
If no additional parameters are entered (that is, working or certified), the microcode history for the
running directory is displayed.
Examples
-> show microcode history
Archive Created 8/27/05 23:45:00
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show microcode
page 1-20
Displays microcode versions installed on the switch.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CMM Commands
usb
usb
Enables access to the device connected to the USB port.
usb {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Must use an Alcatel-Lucent certified USB device.
• If a Alcatel-Lucent certified USB device is connected after enabling the USB interface, the device is
automatically mounted as /uflash.
• Once mounted, common file and directory commands can be used for file managment.
Examples
-> usb enable
-> cp /flash/working/boot.cfg /uflash/boot.cfg
-> ls /uflash
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
usb auto-copy
Allows backup image files from the USB device to be automatically
copied to the /flash/working directory on the switch immediately after
the USB device is connected
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesUsbEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 1-21
usb auto-copy
CMM Commands
usb auto-copy
Upgrades the image files from the USB device to the /flash/working directory on the switch immediately
after the USB device is connected.
usb auto-copy {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The USB device must contain the proper file structure and image files mentioned below and the USB
root directory must contain a signature file named aossignature. The aossignature file can be a blank
text file transferred to the switch.
• This operation enables all of the image files from the /uflash/6250/working or /uflash/6450/working,,
based upon the platform performing the operation, to be copied to the /flash/working directory and then
reboot the switch.
• If the auto-copy is successful, the auto-copy feature is disabled before rebooting the switch and must be
re-enabled by the administrator for the next auto-copy process to execute. This prevents running the
same auto-copy multiple times.
Examples
-> usb auto-copy enable
-> usb auto-copy disable
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
page 1-22
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CMM Commands
usb auto-copy
Related Commands
usb
Enables access to the device connected to the USB interface.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesUsbAutoCopyEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 1-23
usb disaster-recovery
CMM Commands
usb disaster-recovery
Enables the disaster-recovery access to the USB device connected to the USB port when the switch is
unable to boot properly.
usb disaster-recovery {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
enable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The USB device must contain the proper file structure and image files mentioned below.
• If miniboot is unable to load AOS from the KFos.img file then the disaster-recovery operation begins.
The disaster recovery operation formats the switch flash, copy all of the files from the /uflash/6250/
certified or /uflash/6450/certified directory, based upon the platform performing the operation, to
the /flash/certified directory and reboot the switch.
• Disaster recovery has to be run on a standalone unit so that it does not affect any other units in a stack.
• A minimum 6.6.3 version of uboot/miniboot is required.
Examples
-> usb disaster-recovery enable
-> usb disaster-recovery disable
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
page 1-24
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CMM Commands
usb disaster-recovery
Related Commands
usb
Enables access to the device connected to the USB interface.
show usb statistics
Displays the status USB setting and features.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesUsbDisasterRecoveryEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 1-25
mount
CMM Commands
mount
Mounts a USB device on /uflash.
mount [/uflash]
Syntax Definitions
/uflash
The name of the file-system to mount.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Once the USB device is mounted most file and directory commands associated with the /flash file
system can be used with /uflash such as: mkdir, rmdir, cd, rm, cp, ls.
Examples
-> mount /uflash
-> ls /uflash
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
umount
Unmounts the /uflash file system from AOS.
MIB Objects
systemServicesAction
systemServicesArg1
page 1-26
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CMM Commands
umount
umount
Unmounts the /uflash file system from AOS.
umount /uflash
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command unmounts the USB drive and has to be used prior to unplugging the USB drive to
prevent possible data corruption.
Examples
-> umount /uflash
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
mount
Mounts the /uflash file system from AOS.
MIB Objects
systemServicesAction
systemServicesArg1
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 1-27
show usb statistics
CMM Commands
show usb statistics
Displays the status USB setting and features.
show usb statistics
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show usb statistics
USB:
Disabled
USB auto-copy:
Enabled
USB disaster-recovery: Disabled
/uflash is not mounted
output definitions
USB
Status of USB device interface.
USB auto-copy
Status of USB auto-copy feature.
USB disaster-recovery
Status of USB auto-copy feature.
/uflash
Whether the USB device is mounted or unmounted.
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
usb
Enables access to the device connected to the USB interface.
usb auto-copy
Allows backup files from the USB device to be automatically copied to
the /flash/working directory on the switch immediately after the USB
device is connected.
usb disaster-recovery
Enables the disaster-recovery access to the USB device connected to the
interface.
page 1-28
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
2
Chassis Management and
Monitoring Commands
Chassis Management and Monitoring commands allow you to configure and view hardware-related
operations on the switch. Topics include basic system information, as well as Network Interface (NI)
module and chassis management.
Additional Information. Refer to your separate OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Hardware Users Guide for
detailed information on chassis components as well as managing and monitoring hardware-related
functions.
MIB information for the Chassis Management and Monitoring commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1Chassis.mib
ALCATEL-IND1-CHASSIS-MIB
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1System.MIB
ALCATEL-IND1-SYSTEM-MIB
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1StackManager.MIB
ALCATEL-IND1-STACK-MANAGER-MIB
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-1
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
A summary of available commands is listed here:
Management Commands
system contact
system name
system location
system date
system time
system time-and-date synchro
system timezone
system daylight savings time
update
update lanpower
reload ni
reload all
reload pass-through
power ni
temp-threshold
stack set slot
stack set slot mode
stack clear slot
hash-control mode fdb
Monitoring Commands
show system
show hardware info
show chassis
show cmm
show ni
show module
show module long
show module status
show power
show fan
show temperature
show stack topology
show stack status
show stack mode
show hash-control
Licensing Commands
license apply
license remove
license unlock
show license info
show license file
page 2-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
system contact
system contact
Specifies the administrative contact of the switch. An administrative contact is the person or department in
charge of the switch. If a contact is specified, users can easily find the appropriate network administrator if
they have questions or comments about the switch.
system contact text_string
Syntax Definitions
text_string
The administrative contact being specified for the switch. The system
contact can range from 1 to 254 characters in length. Text strings that
include spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks. For example,
“Jean Smith Ext. 477 jsmith@company.com”.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> system contact "Jean Smith Ext. 477 jsmith@company.com"
-> system contact engineering-test@company.com
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
system name
Modifies the current system name of the switch.
system location
Specifies the current physical location of the switch.
show system
Displays the basic system information for the switch.
MIB Objects
system
systemContact
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-3
system name
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
system name
Modifies the current system name of the switch. The system name can be any simple, user-defined text
description for the switch.
system name text_string
Syntax Definitions
text_string
The new system name. The system name can range from 1 to 254
characters in length. Text strings that include spaces must be enclosed in
quotation marks. For example, “OmniSwitch 6250”.
Defaults
By default, the system name is set to ‘VxTarget’.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
The OmniSwitch can be configured with a DHCP Client interface that allows the switch to obtain the
system name (DHCP Option-12) from a DHCP server dynamically. The user-defined system name
configuration (through CLI, WebView, SNMP) always gets priority over the DHCP server values.
For more information on DHCP client options, refer to the “Configuring DHCP” chapter of the
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Network Configuration Guide.
Examples
-> system name "OmniSwitch 6250"
-> system name OS-6250
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
system contact
Specifies the administrative contact details of the switch (for example,
an individual or a department).
system location
Specifies the current physical location of the switch.
show system
Displays the basic system information for the switch.
MIB Objects
system
systemName
page 2-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
system location
system location
Specifies the current physical location of the switch. If you need to determine the location of the
switch.from a remote site, entering a system location can be useful.
system location text_string
Syntax Definitions
text_string
The physical location of the switch. For example, TestLab. The system
location can range from 1 to 254 characters in length. Text strings that
include spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks. For example,
“NMS Test Lab”.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> system location "NMS Test Lab"
-> system location TestLab
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced
Related Commands
system contact
Specifies the administrative contact of the switch (for example, an
individual or a department).
system name
Modifies the current system name of the switch.
show system
Displays the basic system information for the switch.
MIB Objects
system
systemLocation
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-5
system date
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
system date
Displays or modifies the current system date of the switch.
system date [mm/dd/yyyy]
Syntax Definitions
mm/dd/yyyy
The new date being specified for the system. Enter the date in the
following format: mm/dd/yyyy, where mm is the month, dd is the day,
and yyyy is the year. For example, 08/08/2005.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If you do not specify a new system date in the command line, the current system date is displayed.
• For more information on setting time zone parameters (for example, Daylight Savings Time), refer to
the system timezone command on page 2-9.
Examples
-> system date 08/08/2005
-> system date
08/08/2005
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
system time
Displays or modifies the current system time of the switch.
system timezone
Displays or modifies the time zone for the switch.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesDate
page 2-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
system time
system time
Displays or modifies the current system time of the switch.
system time [hh:mm:ss]
Syntax Definitions
hh:mm:ss
The new time being specified for the system. To set this value, enter the
current time in 24-hour format, where hh is the hour, mm is the minutes,
and ss is the seconds. For example, 14:30:00.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
If you do not specify a new system time in the command line, the current system time is displayed.
Examples
-> system time 14:30:00
-> system time
15:48:08
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
system date
Displays or modifies the current system date of the switch.
system timezone
Displays or modifies the time zone for the switch.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesTime
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-7
system time-and-date synchro
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
system time-and-date synchro
Synchronizes the time and date settings between primary and secondary Chassis Management Module
(CMM).
system time-and-date synchro
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The system time-and-date synchro command applies only to switches with redundant CMM
configurations.
• Synchronizing date and time settings is an important step in providing effective CMM failover for
switches in redundant configurations. Be sure to periodically synchronize the primary and secondary
CMMs using this command.
• For detailed redundancy information refer to “Managing Stacks” in addition to “Managing CMM
Directory Content” in the OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Switch Management Guide.
Examples
-> system time-and-date synchro
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
copy flash-synchro
Copies the certified directory version of the primary CMM software to
the certified directory of the secondary CMM.
MIB Objects
systemServices
page 2-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
system timezone
system timezone
Displays or modifies the time zone for the switch.
system timezone [timezone_abbrev | offset_value | time_notation]
Syntax Definitions
timezone_abbrev
Specifies a time zone for the switch and sets the system clock to run on
UTC or GMT. Refer to the table in the “Usage Guidelines” section for a
list of supported time zones. If you specify a time zone abbreviation, the
hours offset from UTC is automatically calculated by the switch.
offset_value
Specifies the number of hours offset from UTC. Values can range
from -13 through +12. The switch automatically enables UTC. If you do
not want your system clock to run on UTC, enter the offset value as
‘+0’. This sets UTC to run on the local time.
time_notation
Specifies a non-integer time-notation offset for areas that are offset from
UTC by increments of 15, 30, or 45 minutes (for example, 05:30).
Defaults
By default, the timezone is set to ‘GMT’.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• To view the current time zone for the switch, enter the command system timezone.
• If Daylight Saving Time (DST), also referred to as summertime, is enabled, the clock automatically
sets the default DST parameters for the local time zone. See “system daylight savings time” on
page 2-12
• The OmniSwitch can be configured with a DHCP Client interface that allows the switch to
dynamically obtain the time zone (DHCP Option-2) from a DHCP server. The user-defined time zone
configuration (through CLI, WebView, SNMP) always gets priority over the DHCP server values.
For more information on DHCP client options, refer to the “Configuring DHCP” chapter of the
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Network Configuration Guide.
• Refer to the following table for a list of supported time zone abbreviations:
Abbreviation
Name
Hours from DST Start
UTC
nzst
New Zealand
+12:00
1st Sunday in Oct. at 3rd Sunday in Mar.
2:00 a.m.
at 3:00 a.m.
1:00
zp11
No standard name
+11:00
No default
No default
No default
aest
Australia East
+10:00
Last Sunday in Oct.
at 2:00 a.m.
Last Sunday in Mar.
at 3:00 a.m.
1:00
gst
Guam
+10:00
No default
No default
No default
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
DST End
DST Change
page 2-9
system timezone
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
Abbreviation
Name
Hours from DST Start
UTC
DST End
DST Change
acst
Australia Central
Time
+09:30
Last Sunday in Mar.
at 3:00 a.m.
1:00
jst
Japan
+09:00
No default
No default
No default
kst
Korea
+09:00
No default
No default
No default
awst
Australia West
+08:00
No default
No default
No default
zp8
China;
Manila, Philippines
+08:00
No default
No default
No default
zp7
Bangkok
+07:00
No default
No default
No default
zp6
No standard name
+06:00
No default
No default
No default
zp5
No standard name
+05:00
No default
No default
No default
zp4
No standard name
+04:00
No default
No default
No default
msk
Moscow
+03:00
Last Sunday in Mar.
at 2:00 a.m.
Last Sunday in Oct.
at 3:00 a.m.
1:00
eet
Eastern Europe
+02:00
Last Sunday in Mar.
at 2:00 a.m.
Last Sunday in Oct.
at 3:00 a.m.
1:00
cet
Central Europe
+01:00
Last Sunday in Mar.
at 2:00 a.m.
Last Sunday in Oct.
at 3:00 a.m.
1:00
met
Middle Europe
+01:00
Last Sunday in Mar.
at 2:00 a.m.
Last Sunday in Oct.
at 3:00 a.m.
1:00
bst
British Standard
Time
+00:00
Last Sunday in Mar.
at 1:00 a.m.
Last Sunday in Oct.
at 3:00 a.m.
1:00
wet
Western Europe
+00:00
Last Sunday in Mar.
at 1:00 a.m.
Last Sunday in Oct.
at 3:00 a.m.
1:00
gmt
Greenwich Mean
Time
+00:00
No default
No default
No default
wat
West Africa
-01:00
No default
No default
No default
zm2
No standard name
-02:00
No default
No default
No default
zm3
No standard name
-03:00
No default
No default
No default
nst
Newfoundland
-03:30
1st Sunday in Apr. at Last Sunday in Oct.
2:00 a.m.
at 2:00 a.m.
1:00
ast
Atlantic Standard
Time
-04:00
1st Sunday in Apr. at Last Sunday in Oct.
2:00 a.m.
at 2:00 a.m.
1:00
est
Eastern Standard
Time
-05:00
1st Sunday in Apr. at Last Sunday in Oct.
2:00 a.m.
at 2:00 a.m.
1:00
cst
Central Standard
Time
-06:00
1st Sunday in Apr. at Last Sunday in Oct.
2:00 a.m.
at 2:00 a.m.
1:00
mst
Mountain Standard
Time
-07:00
1st Sunday in Apr. at Last Sunday in Oct.
2:00 a.m.
at 2:00 a.m.
1:00
pst
Pacific Standard
Time
-08:00
2nd Sunday in Mar.
at 2:00 a.m.
akst
Alaska
-09:00
1st Sunday in Apr. at Last Sunday in Oct.
2:00 a.m.
at 2:00 a.m.
1:00
hst
Hawaii
-10:00
No default
No default
No default
zm11
No standard name
-11:00
No default
No default
No default
page 2-10
Last Sunday in Oct.
at 2:00 a.m.
1st Sunday in Nov. at 1:00
2:00 a.m.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
system timezone
Examples
->
->
->
->
->
->
->
system
system
system
system
system
system
system
timezone
timezone
timezone
timezone
timezone
timezone
timezone
mst
-7
+0
+12
12
05:30
00:00 hour from UTC
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
system date
Displays or modifies the current system date of the switch.
system time
Displays or modifies the current system time of the switch.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesTimezone
systemServicesTimezoneStartWeek
systemServicesTimezoneStartDay
systemServicesTimezoneStartMonth
systemServicesTimezoneStartTime
systemServicesTimezoneOffset
systemServicesTimezoneEndWeek
systemServicesTimezoneEndDay
systemServicesTimezoneEndMonth
systemServicesTimezoneEndTime
systemServicesEnableDST
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-11
system daylight savings time
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
system daylight savings time
Enables or disabled Daylight Savings Time (DST) on the switch.
system daylight savings time [{enable | disable} | start {week} {day} in {month} at {hh:mm} end {week}
{day} in {month} at {hh:mm} [by min]]
Syntax Definitions
enable
Enables DST. The switch clock automatically adjusts for DST as
specified by one of the default time zones or by the specifications set
with the system daylight savings time start command.
disable
Disables DST. The switch clock does not change for DST.
start
For non-default time zone, specify the week, day, month, and hour for
DST to start. (Specify the week, day, month, and hour for DST to end.)
end
For non-default time zone, if you specify the week, day, month, and
hour for DST to end, you have to specify the week, day, month, and
hour for DST to end.
week
Indicate whether first, second, third, fourth, or last.
day
Indicate whether Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
Friday, or Saturday.
month
Indicate whether January, February, March, April, May, June, July,
August, September, October, November, or December.
hh:mm
Use two digits between 00 and 23 to indicate hour. Use two digits
between 00 and 59 to indicate minutes. Use as for a 24 hour clock.
by min
Use two digits to indicate the number of minutes switch clock will be
offset for DST. The range is from 00 to 50.
Defaults
• By default, DST is disabled.
• Unless a different value is set with the by syntax, the system clock offsets one hour for DST.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If your timezone shows a default value in the DST Start and DST End columns of the “Time Zone and
DST Information Table” found in Chapter 2, “Managing System Files,” of the OmniSwitch 6250/6450
Switch Management Guide, you do not need to set a start and end time. Your switch clock
automatically adjusts for DST as shown in the table.
• You must enable DST whether you use a default DST timezone or if you specify your offset using the
daylight savings time start syntax.
page 2-12
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
system daylight savings time
Examples
->
->
->
in
->
in
system daylight savings
system daylight savings
system daylight savings
November at 10:00
system daylight savings
November at 10:00 by 45
time enable
time disable
time start first Sunday in May at 23:00 end last Sunday
time start first Sunday in May at 23:00 end last Sunday
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
system time
Displays or modifies the current system time of the switch.
system timezone
Displays or modifies the timezone for the switch.
system date
Displays or modifies the current system date of the switch.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesTimezone
systemServicesEnableDST
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-13
update
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
update
Updates the versions of Uboot, FPGA, BootROM, or Miniboot. Refer to the Release Notes and any
available Upgrade Instructions for the new release before performing this type of update on the switch.
update {uboot {cmm | ni {all | slot}} uboot-miniboot | fpga cmm | bootrom {all | slot} | [default |
backup] miniboot [all | slot] }
Syntax Definitions
uboot
Updates the Uboot version.
ni
Specifies that the update is performed for the NI Module.
all
Specifies that the update is performed for all slots within a chassis or all
switches within a stack.
slot
Specifies the number of the NI module within a chassis or the switch
number within a stack for which the update is performed.
uboot-miniboot
Updates the Uboot and the miniboot version on all available slots on all
available switches within a stack.
miniboot
Updates the miniboot version.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• When performing an update, it is important that the correct update file is used and that the file is
located in the /flash directory on the switch. Specifying the wrong file can affect the operation of the
switch.
• A different update file is required depending on the type of switch and the type of update. The
following table provides a list of the required update files:
Platform
Update Type
Update File
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Uboot
kfu-boot.bin
Miniboot
kfminiboot.bs
Uboot and Miniboot
kfu-boot.bin
kfminiboot.bs
FPGA
KFfpga.upgrade_kit
page 2-14
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
update
Examples
->
->
->
->
update
update
update
update
uboot 2
uboot-miniboot
fpga cmm
miniboot 3
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
reload all
Reloads all the NIs and CMMs in a chassis.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-15
update lanpower
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
update lanpower
Uploads new firmware to the POE controller. Contact Alcatel-Lucent support representative before using
this command.
update lanpower {lanpower_num | all}
Syntax Definitions
lanpower_num
The POE unit number to update.
all
Updates all POE units in the switch.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> update lanpower 3
-> update lanpower all
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
update
page 2-16
Updates the versions of Uboot, FPGA, BootROM, or Miniboot.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
reload ni
reload ni
Reloads (that is, reboots) a specified NI module.
reload ni [slot] number
Syntax Definitions
slot
Optional command syntax.
number
Slot (that is, switch) number within a stack that represents the NI
module to be reloaded.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
The reload ni command reboots only the specified switch. If you use this command on a switch that has a
primary CMM role in a stack, it will no longer be primary. Instead, it will be secondary in a two-switch
stack and idle in a stack consisting of three or more switches.
Examples
-> reload ni slot 2
-> reload ni 2
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
reload all
Reloads all the NIs and CMMs in a chassis.
power ni
Turns the power on or off for a specified NI module.
show ni
Shows the hardware information and the status for NI modules currently running in the chassis.
MIB Objects
chasEntPhysicalTable
chasEntPhysAdminStatus
reset
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-17
reload all
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
reload all
Reloads all NIs and CMMs.
reload all [in [hours:] minutes | at hour:minute [month day | day month]]
reload all cancel
Syntax Definitions
in [hours:] minutes
Optional syntax. Schedules a reload of all modules to take effect in the
specified minutes or hours and minutes within the next 24 hours.
at hour:minute
Optional syntax. Schedules a reload of all modules to take place at the
specified time using a 24-hour clock. If you do not specify the month
and day, reload takes place at the specified time on the current day
provided the specified time is later than the time the CLI command was
issued. If the specified time is earlier than the current time, the reload
takes place on the following day.
month day | day month
The name of the month and the number of the day for the scheduled
reload. Specify a month name and the day number. It is unimportant if
the month or day is first.
cancel
Cancels a pending time delayed reload.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> reload all
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 2-18
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
reload all
Related Commands
reload ni
Reloads a specific NI module.
power ni
Turns the power on or off for a specified NI module.
show ni
Shows the hardware information and status for NI modules currently
running in the chassis.
MIB Objects
chasEntPhysicalTable
chasEntPhysAdminStatus
reset
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-19
reload pass-through
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
reload pass-through
Reloads a switch in a stacked configuration that has been forced into the pass-through mode. The
pass-through mode is a state in which a switch is assigned a slot number that is not available in the current
stacked configuration. When a switch is in the pass-through mode, its Ethernet ports are brought down
(they cannot pass traffic). However, its stacking ports are fully functional and can pass traffic through to
other switches in the stack. In this way, pass-through mode provides a mechanism to prevent the stack ring
from being broken.
Note. If a switch is forced into the pass-through mode, the rest of the virtual chassis (stack) is not
disrupted. Any elements in the stack not operating in pass-through mode continue to operate normally.
reload pass-through slot-number
Syntax Definitions
slot-number
The virtual chassis slot number of the switch currently in the
pass-through mode (1001–1008). For more information on pass-through
slot numbering, refer to the “Usage Guidelines” section.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Switches in the pass-through mode are given distinct slot numbers. These slot numbers are not related
to their position in the stack. Instead, they are assigned the prefix “100,” followed by the numerical
order in which they were forced into pass-through. In other words, if only one switch in a stack is
forced into the pass-through mode, it is given the slot number 1001. If multiple switches in a stack are
forced into pass-through, the first switch in pass-through is given the slot number 1001, the second
switch is given the slot number 1002, the third switch is given the slot number 1003, and so on.
• Before issuing the reload pass-through command, be sure that the corresponding switch has been
given a unique saved slot number. The saved slot number is the slot number the switch assumes after it
has been rebooted. If the saved slot number is not unique, the switch returns to pass-through mode. To
view the current and saved slot numbers for all switches in a stack, use the show stack topology
command. To assign a unique saved slot number to a switch before rebooting, use the stack set slot
command.
Examples
-> reload pass-through 1001
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 2-20
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
reload pass-through
Related Commands
show stack topology
Displays the current operating topology of switches within a stack.
stack set slot
Assigns a new saved slot number to a switch in a stacked configuration.
MIB Objects
alaStackMgrChassisTable
alaStackMgrSlotNINumber
alaStackMgrCommandAction
reloadPassThru
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-21
power ni
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
power ni
Turns the power on or off for a specified NI module.
power ni [slot] slot-number
no power ni [slot] slot-number
Syntax Definitions
slot
Optional command syntax.
slot-number
The chassis slot number containing the NI module being powered
on or off.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the no form of this command to power off the corresponding switch in a stacked configuration.
Examples
-> power ni slot 1
-> power ni 7
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
reload ni
Reloads a specified NI module.
show ni
Shows the hardware information and status for NI modules currently
running in the chassis.
MIB Objects
chasEntPhysicalTable
chasEntPhysAdminStatus
powerOn
powerOff
page 2-22
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
temp-threshold
temp-threshold
Sets the CPU warning temperature threshold for the switch.
temp-threshold temp slot slot-number
Syntax Definitions
temp
The new temperature threshold value, in Celsius (0–105; 0–91 on
OS6250-P24).
slot-number
The chassis slot number for which the CPU warning temperature
threshold is set.
Defaults
parameter
default
temp
95
86 (OS6250-P24)
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the show temperature command to display the current value for the temperature warning threshold.
Do not use the show health threshold command as it does not display temperature threshold information.
Examples
-> temp-threshold 45
-> temp-threshold 55 slot 2
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show temperature
Displays the current operating chassis ambient temperature, as well as
current temperature threshold settings.
MIB Objects
chasChassisTable
chasTempThreshold
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-23
stack set slot
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
stack set slot
Sets the saved slot number for a switch in a stacked configuration. The saved slot number is the slot
position the switch assumes following a reboot. The stack set slot command also provides syntax for
immediately rebooting the corresponding switch.
stack set slot slot-number saved-slot saved-slot-number [reload]
Syntax Definitions
slot-number
The current slot position used by the switch (1–8; 1001–1008). The
valid slot number range also includes slot positions 1001 through 1008,
reserved for switches in pass-through mode.
saved-slot-number
The new (that is, saved) slot number (1–8). The saved slot number is the
slot position the switch assumes following a reboot.
reload
Optional command syntax. When reload is entered in the command
line, a confirmation prompt is issued. If the user approves the reload, the
corresponding switch reboots immediately and the new (saved) slot
number takes effect when the switch comes back up barring any
pass-though mode conditions, such as duplicate slot numbers.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• When the stack set slot command is issued, the new saved slot value is written to the boot.slot.cfg file.
This file is located in the /flash directory of the switch and is used when assigning a slot number for the
switch during the boot process.
• To avoid duplicate slot numbers within the virtual chassis (that can force one or more switches into
pass-though mode), be sure that the saved slot number being configured is not already being used by
another switch in the stack. To view the saved slot numbers currently assigned, use the show stack
topology command. For detailed information on assigning saved slot numbers, as well as information
on pass-through mode, refer to the OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Hardware Users Guide.
Examples
-> stack set slot 2 saved-slot 3
-> stack set slot 1001 saved-slot 4 reload
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 2-24
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
stack set slot
Related Commands
stack clear slot
Clears the current saved slot information for a switch within a stacked
configuration.
show stack topology
Displays the current operating topology of switches within a stack.
MIB Objects
alaStackMgrChassisTable
alaStackMgrSlotNINumber
alaStackMgrSavedSlotNINumber
alaStackMgrCommandAction
alaStackMgrCommandStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-25
stack set slot mode
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
stack set slot mode
Sets the switch to either stackable or standalone mode. The stack set slot mode command also provides
syntax for immediately rebooting the corresponding switch.
stack set slot slot-number mode {stackable | standalone} [reload]
Syntax Definitions
slot-number
The current slot position used by the switch (1–8; 1001–1008). The
valid slot number range also includes slot positions 1001 through 1008,
reserved for switches in pass-through mode.
stackable
Sets the switch to stackable mode allowing the switch to be stacked into
a virtual chassis using the fixed fiber ports.
standalone
Sets the switch to standalone mode allowing the fixed fiber ports to be
used as uplink ports.
reload
Optional command syntax. When reload is entered in the command
line, a confirmation prompt is issued. If the user approves the reload, the
corresponding switch reboots immediately and the new mode takes
effect when the switch comes back up.
Defaults
parameter
default
mode
Standalone
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250-Metro model, OmniSwitch 6450-10
Usage Guidelines
Reboot the switch for the new mode to take effect.
Examples
-> stack set slot 2 mode stackable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Release 6.6.4;command introduced on OS6450
page 2-26
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
stack set slot mode
Related Commands
show stack mode
Displays the current mode of the switches.
MIB Objects
alaStackMgrChassisTable
alaStackMgrSlotNINumber
alaStackMgrCommandAction
alaStackMgrCommandStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-27
stack clear slot
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
stack clear slot
Clears the current saved slot information for a switch within a stacked configuration. When the saved slot
information is cleared using the stack clear slot command, the corresponding switch is automatically
assigned a unique slot number following a reboot. The command also provides optional syntax for
immediately forcing the corresponding switch into pass-though mode.
stack clear slot slot-number [immediate]
Syntax Definitions
slot-number
The current slot position used by the switch (1–8; 1001–1008). The
valid slot number range also includes slot positions 1001 through 1008,
reserved for switches in pass-through mode.
immediate
Optional command syntax. When immediate is entered in the command
line, the corresponding switch is manually forced into pass-through
mode at the time the command is entered. All traffic on the Ethernet
ports of the switch is stopped. Unprocessed traffic (if applicable)
continue to pass through the stacking cables to other switches in the
stack. A limited number of management commands on the switch are
also supported.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• When the stack clear slot command is issued, the boot.slot.cfg file is immediately removed from the
/flash directory of the switch. As a result, no slot assignment information is found the next time the
switch is booted. The switch is automatically assigned a unique slot number during the boot process.
• Primary and secondary management modules cannot be forced into pass-through mode using the
stack clear slot command. If the user attempts to force the secondary management module into
pass-through, the secondary switch reboots and assumes idle status when it comes back up.
Meanwhile, an idle switch within the stack is selected and rebooted; when it comes up it assumes the
secondary role.
Examples
-> stack clear slot 1002
-> stack clear slot 3 immediate
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 2-28
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
stack clear slot
Related Commands
stack set slot
Sets the saved slot number for a switch in a stacked configuration.
show stack topology
Displays the current operating topology of switches within a stack.
MIB Objects
alaStackMgrChassisTable
alaStackMgrSlotNINumber
alaStackMgrSavedSlotNINumber
alaStackMgrCommandAction
alaStackMgrCommandStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-29
hash-control mode fdb
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
hash-control mode fdb
Configures the hash control method on the switch. Depending on this configuration, hashing algorithm
used by various applications for Layer 2 table lookup is affected.
hash-control mode fdb { xor | crc }
Syntax Definitions
xor
Sets hash control lookup to XOR mode.
crc
Sets hashing to extended mode.
Defaults
parameter
default
fdb
xor
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The hash control setting impacts the fabric load balancing for chassis based products.
• Changing the hash control mode affects the hashing algorithm for Link Aggregation and EMCP.
• Changing the hash mode requires a switch or stack reboot.
Examples
-> hash-control mode fdb xor
-> hash-control mode fdb crc
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
show hash-control
Displays the current hash control setting for the switch.
MIB Objects
alaChasHashMode
alachasFdbHashMode
page 2-30
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show system
show system
Displays basic system information for the switch. Information includes a user-defined system description,
name, administrative contact, and location, as well as object ID, up time, and system services.
show system
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used when logged in to the switch that performs either the primary or secondary
CMM role in a stack.
Examples
-> show system
System:
Description: Alcatel-Lucent OS6250-24 6.6.2.63.R02 February 21, 2010.,
Object ID:
1.3.6.1.4.1.6486.800.1.1.2.1.6.1.2,
Up Time:
0 days 5 hours 20 minutes and 49 seconds,
Contact:
Alcatel-Lucent, www.alcatel-lucent.com/enterprise/en,
Name:
OmniSwitch 6250,
Location:
NMS_LABORATORY,
Services:
72,
Date & Time: FRI FEB 24 2010 16:21:30 (PST)
Flash Space:
Primary CMM:
Available (bytes):
Comments
:
31266816,
None
output definitions
System Description
The description for the current system. This description shows the
current software version and the system date.
System Object ID
The SNMP object identifier for the switch.
System Up Time
The amount of time the switch has been running since the last system
reboot.
System Contact
An user-defined administrative contact for the switch. This field is
modified using the system contact command.
System Name
A user-defined text description for the switch. This field is modified
using the system name command.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-31
show system
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
output definitions (continued)
System Location
The user-defined physical location of the switch. This field is modified
using the system location command.
System Services
The number of current system services.
System Date & Time
The current system date and time. This field is modified using the
system date and system time commands.
Flash Space: Primary CMM:
Available (bytes)
The available flash memory space available on the primary
management module of the switch.
Flash Space: Primary CMM:
Comments
Comments regarding the available flash memory space available on the
primary management module of the switch, if applicable.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
system contact
Specifies the administrative contact of the switch (for example, an
individual or a department).
system name
Modifies the current system name of the switch.
system location
Specifies the current physical location of the switch.
MIB Objects
system
systemContact
systemName
systemLocation
page 2-32
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show hardware info
show hardware info
Displays the current system hardware information. Includes CPU, flash, RAM, NVRAM battery, jumper
positions, BootROM, and miniboot and FPGA information.
show hardware info
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used when logged in to the switch that performs either as the primary or secondary
CMM role in a stack.
Examples
-> show hardware info
CPU Type
Flash Manufacturer
Flash size
RAM Manufacturer
RAM size
NVRAM Battery OK ?
BootROM Version
Backup Miniboot Version
Default Miniboot Version
Product ID Register
Hardware Revision Register
CPLD Revision Register
XFP Module ID
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
PowerPC 8245,
TOSHIBA,
67108864 bytes (64 MB),
(null),
268435456 bytes (256 MB),
YES,
6.1.2.20.R02 ,
6.1.2.20.R02,
6.1.2.20.R02,
54
00
06
02
output definitions
CPU Type
The manufacturer and model number of the CPU used on the CMM.
Flash Manufacturer
The manufacturer of the flash memory used on the CMM.
Flash size
The total amount of flash memory (that is, file space) on the CMM.
This field specifies the total flash memory size only and does not
indicate the amount of memory free or memory used.
RAM Manufacturer
The manufacturer of the RAM memory used on the CMM.
RAM size
The total amount of RAM memory on the CMM. This field specifies
the total RAM memory only and does not indicate the amount of
memory free or memory used.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-33
show hardware info
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
output definitions (continued)
NVRAM Battery OK
The status of the NVRAM battery. If the battery is OK, YES is
displayed in this field. If the battery charge becomes low, NO is
displayed in this field.
BootROM Version
The current BootROM version.
Backup Miniboot Version
The current backup miniboot version.
Default Miniboot Version
The current default miniboot version.
Product ID Register
The register number of the product ID.
Hardware Revision Register
The register number of the hardware revision.
CPLD Revision Register
The register number of the CPLD revision.
XFP Module ID
The ID number of the XFP module.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show chassis
Displays the basic configuration and status information for the switch
chassis.
show cmm
Displays the basic hardware and status information for CMM modules
running in the chassis.
MIB Objects
systemHardware
systemHardwareBootCpuType
systemHardwareFlashMfg
systemHardwareFlashSize
systemHardwareMemoryMfg
systemHardwareMemorySize
systemHardwareNVRAMBatteryLow
systemHardwareJumperInterruptBoot
systemHardwareJumperForceUartDefaults
systemHardwareJumperRunExtendedMemoryDiagnostics
systemHardwareJumperSpare
systemHardwareBootRomVersion
systemHardwareBackupMiniBootVersion
systemHardwareDefaultMiniBootVersion
systemHardwareFpgaVersionTable
systemHardwareFpgaVersionEntry
systemHardwareFpgaVersionIndex
page 2-34
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show chassis
show chassis
Displays the basic configuration and status information for the switch chassis.
show chassis [number]
Syntax Definitions
number
Specifies the slot (that is, switch) number within a stack of switches.
The valid range of slot numbers is 1–8, depending on the size of the
stack.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used when logged into either the primary or secondary CMM.
Examples
-> show chassis
Chassis 1
Model Name:
Description:
Part Number:
Hardware Revision:
Serial Number:
Manufacture Date:
Admin Status:
Operational Status:
Number Of Resets:
OS6250-24,
10/100/1000,
902274-10,
002,
E23L9052,
JUN 09 2004,
POWER ON,
UP,
115
Chassis 2
Model Name:
Description:
Part Number:
Hardware Revision:
Serial Number:
Manufacture Date:
Admin Status:
Operational Status:
Number Of Resets:
OS6250-24,
10/100/1000,
902274-10,
004,
432L0008,
SEP 08 2004,
POWER ON,
UP,
115
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-35
show chassis
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
Chassis 3
Model Name:
Description:
Part Number:
Hardware Revision:
Serial Number:
Manufacture Date:
Admin Status:
Operational Status:
Number Of Resets:
OS6250-24,
10/100/1000,
902274-10,
002,
E23L9037,
JUN 09 2004,
POWER ON,
UP,
115
output definitions
Model Name
The factory-set model name for the switch. This field cannot be
modified.
Description
The factory-set description for the switch. This field cannot be
modified.
Part Number
The Alcatel-Lucent part number for the chassis.
Hardware Revision
The hardware revision level for the chassis.
Serial Number
The Alcatel-Lucent serial number for the chassis.
Manufacture Date
The date the chassis was manufactured.
Admin Status
The current power status of the chassis. Admin status is always
POWER ON as the chassis information is obtained from a running
CMM.
Operational Status
The current operational status of the chassis.
Number of Resets
The number of times the CMM has been reset (that is, reloaded or
rebooted) since the last cold boot of the switch.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show hardware info
Displays the current system hardware information.
show power
Displays the hardware information and status for chassis power supplies.
show fan
Displays the current operating status of chassis fans.
MIB Objects
chasChassisTable
chasFreeSlots
chasPowerLeft
page 2-36
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show cmm
show cmm
Displays basic hardware and status information for the CMM modules in a standalone switch or the
switches that perform the CMM role running in a stack.
show cmm [number]
Syntax Definitions
number
Specifies the CMM slot number within a standalone switch or the CMM
switch number within a stack switches.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• A switch with a secondary CMM role in a stack also displays the hardware and the status information
for the primary switch in the stack.
• This command can be used when logged in to the switch that performs either the primary or secondary
CMM role in a stack.
Examples
-> show cmm
CMM in slot 1
Model Name:
Description:
Part Number:
Hardware Revision:
Serial Number:
Manufacture Date:
Firmware Version:
Admin Status:
Operational Status:
Power Consumption:
Power Control Checksum:
MAC Address:
OS6250-24,
10/100/1000,
902271-10,
002,
E23L9059,
JUN 08 2004,
N/A,
POWER ON,
UP,
0,
0x0,
00:d0:95:a3:e5:09,
output definitions
Model Name
The model name of the switch.
Description
A factory-defined description of the associated board (for example,
BBUS Bridge, or PROCESSOR).
Part Number
The Alcatel-Lucent part number for the board.
Hardware Revision
The hardware revision level for the board.
Serial Number
The Alcatel-Lucent serial number for the board.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-37
show cmm
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
output definitions (continued)
Manufacture Date
The date the board was manufactured.
Firmware Version
The firmware version for the ASIC of the board.
Admin Status
The current power status of the CMM. Admin status value is always
POWER ON as the information is obtained from a running CMM.
Operational Status
The current operational status of the CMM.
Power Consumption
The current power consumption for the CMM.
Power Control Checksum
The current power control checksum for the corresponding CMM.
MAC Address
The MAC address assigned to the chassis. This base chassis MAC
address is a unique identifier for the switch and is stored on an
EEPROM card in the chassis. It is not tied to the CMM. Therefore, it
does not change if the CMM is replaced or becomes secondary. The
MAC address is used by the Chassis MAC Server (CMS) for allocation
to various applications. Refer to the “Managing MAC Addresses and
Ranges” chapter of the OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Switch Management
Guide for more information.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show chassis
Displays the basic configuration and status information for the switch
chassis.
show ni
Displays the basic hardware and status information for Network
Interface (NI) modules currently installed in the switch.
show module
Displays the basic information for either a specified module or all the
modules installed in the chassis.
show module long
Displays the detailed information for either a specified module or all
modules installed in the chassis.
show module status
Displays the basic status information for either a specified module or all
modules installed in the chassis.
show system
Displays basic system information for the switch.
page 2-38
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show ni
show ni
Displays the basic hardware and status information for NI modules currently installed in a standalone
switch or in a stack.
show ni [number]
Syntax Definitions
number
The slot number for a specific NI module installed in a standalone
chassis or the switch number within a stack. If no slot number is
specified, information for all the NI modules is displayed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used when logged in to the switch that performs either the primary or secondary
CMM role in a stack.
Examples
-> show ni 1
Module in slot 1
Model Name:
Description:
Part Number:
Hardware Revision:
Serial Number:
Manufacture Date:
Firmware Version:
Admin Status:
Operational Status:
Power Consumption:
Power Control Checksum:
CPU Model Type
:
MAC Address:
ASIC - Physical 1:
FPGA - Physical 1:
UBOOT Version :
UBOOT-miniboot Version :
POE SW Version :
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
6250 24 PORT COPPER FE,
6250 24 PORT COPPER FE,
902734-90,
03,
K2182393,
JUN 27 2009,
,
POWER ON,
UP,
43,
0x6b36,
ARM926 (Rev 1),
00:e0:b1:c2:ee:89,
MV88F6281 Rev 2,
0010/00,
n/a,
6.6.1.602.R01,
n/a
June 2013
page 2-39
show ni
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
output definitions
Model Name
The module name of NI. For example, OS9-GNI-C24 indicates a
twenty four-port 10/100/1000BaseT Ethernet module.
Description
A general description of the NI. For example, 24pt 10/100/1000BaseT
Mod indicates a twenty four-port 10/100/1000BaseT Ethernet module.
Part Number
The Alcatel-Lucent part number for the NI.
Hardware Revision
The hardware revision level for the NI.
Serial Number
The Alcatel-Lucent serial number for the printed circuit board (PCB) of
the NI.
Manufacture Date
The date the NI was manufactured.
Firmware Version
The firmware version for the ASIC of the NI.
Admin Status
The current power status of the NI. Options include POWER ON or
POWER OFF.
Operational Status
The operational status of the NI. Options include UP or DOWN. The
operational status can be DOWN while the power status is on,
indicating a possible software issue.
Power Consumption
The current power consumption for the CMM.
Power Control Checksum
The current power control checksum for the corresponding NI.
MAC Address
The MAC address assigned to the NI.
ASIC - Physical
General information regarding the NI ASIC of the module.
CPLD - Physical
General information regarding the CPLD.
UBOOT Version
UBOOT version of the NI.
UBOOT-miniboot Version
UBOOT-miniboot version of the NI.
POE SW Version
POE software version of the NI (POE modules only).
C20L Upgd FailCount
The number of failed upgrade attempts (C20L modules that have
attempted to be upgraded only).
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 2-40
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show ni
Related Commands
reload ni
Reloads a specified NI module.
power ni
Turns the power on or off for a specified NI module.
show module
Displays the basic information for either a specified module or all
modules installed in the chassis.
show module long
Displays the detailed information for either a specified module or all
modules installed in the chassis.
show module status
Displays the basic status information for either a specified module or all
modules installed in the chassis.
MIB Objects
chasEntPhysOperStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-41
show module
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show module
Displays the basic information for either a specified module or all modules installed in a standalone switch
chassis or a stack. Modules include switches performing the primary and secondary CMM roles and NI in
a stack.
show module [number]
Syntax Definitions
number
The slot number for a specific module installed in a standalone switch
chassis or the switch number within a stack. If no slot number is
specified, information for all modules is displayed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used when logged in to the switch that performs either the primary or secondary
CMM role in a stack.
Examples
-> show module
HW
Mfg
Slot
Part-Number
Serial #
Rev
Date
Model Name
-------+--------------+------------+---+-----------+---------------------------CMM-1
902271-10
E23L9059
002 JUN 08 2004 OS6250-24
NI-1
902271-10
E23L9059
002 JUN 08 2004 OS6250-24
output definitions
Slot
The chassis slot position of the module. For detailed slot numbering
information, refer to the “Chassis and Power Supplies” chapter of the
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Hardware Users Guide. Refer to page 2-37 for
additional information on CMM location callouts.
Part-Number
The Alcatel-Lucent part number for the module.
Serial #
The Alcatel-Lucent serial number for the module.
Rev
The hardware revision level for the module.
Date
The date the module was manufactured.
Model Name
The descriptive name for the module. For example, OS9-GNI-U24
indicates a twenty four-port Gigabit Ethernet module.
page 2-42
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show module
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show module long
Displays the detailed information for either a specified module or all
modules installed in the chassis.
show module status
Displays the basic status information for either a specified module or all
modules installed in the chassis.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-43
show module long
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show module long
Displays the detailed information for either a specified module or all the modules installed in a standalone
switch chassis or a stack. Modules include switches performing the primary and secondary CMM roles
and NI in a stack.
show module long [number]
Syntax Definitions
number
The slot number for a specific module installed in a standalone switch
chassis or the switch number within a stack. If slot number is not
specified, detailed information for all the modules is displayed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• When a particular NI module is specified in the command line, output is the same as that of the
show ni command.
• This command can be used when logged in to the switch that performs either the primary or secondary
CMM role in a stack.
Examples
-> show module long
CMM in slot 1
Model Name:
Description:
Part Number:
Hardware Revision:
Serial Number:
Manufacture Date:
Firmware Version:
Admin Status:
Operational Status:
Power Consumption:
Power Control Checksum:
MAC Address:
OS6250-24,
10/100/1000,
902271-10,
002,
E23L9059,
JUN 08 2004,
N/A,
POWER ON,
UP,
0,
0x0,
00:d0:95:a3:e5:09,
Module in slot 1
Model Name:
Description:
Part Number:
Hardware Revision:
Serial Number:
Manufacture Date:
Firmware Version:
OS6250-24,
10/100/1000,
902271-10,
002,
E23L9059,
JUN 08 2004,
N/A,
page 2-44
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
Admin Status:
Operational Status:
Power Consumption:
Power Control Checksum:
MAC Address:
ASIC - Physical 1 (hex):
ASIC - Physical 2 (hex):
ASIC - Physical 3 (hex):
CPLD - Physical 1 (hex):
show module long
POWER ON,
UP,
200,
0x0,
00:d0:95:a3:e5:0b,
BCM5695_A1,
BCM5695_A1,
BCM5670_A1
0006/00
output definitions
Model Name
The module name of NI. For example, OS9-GNI-C24 indicates a
twenty four-port 10/100/1000BaseT Ethernet module.
Description
A general description of the NI. For example, 24pt 10/100/1000BaseT
Mod indicates a twenty four-port 10/100/1000BaseT Ethernet module.
Part Number
The Alcatel-Lucent part number for the NI.
Hardware Revision
The hardware revision level for the NI.
Serial Number
The Alcatel-Lucent serial number for the printed circuit board (PCB) of
NI.
Manufacture Date
The date the NI was manufactured.
Firmware Version
The firmware version for ASIC of NI.
Admin Status
The current power status of the NI. Options include POWER ON or
POWER OFF.
Operational Status
The operational status of the NI. Options include UP or DOWN. The
operational status can be DOWN while the power status is on,
indicating a possible software issue.
Power Control Checksum
The current power control checksum for the corresponding NI.
MAC Address
The MAC address assigned to the NI.
ASIC - Physical
General information regarding the ASIC of NI.
CPLD - Physical
General information regarding the CPLD.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show module
Displays the basic information for either a specified module or all
modules installed in the chassis.
show module status
Displays the basic status information for either a specified module or all
modules installed in the chassis.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-45
show module status
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show module status
Displays the basic status information for either a specified module or all modules installed in a standalone
switch chassis or a stack. Modules include switches performing the primary and secondary CMM roles
and NI in a stack.
show module status [number]
Syntax Definitions
number
The slot number for a specific module installed in a standalone switch
chassis or the switch number within a stack. If no slot number is
specified, status information for all modules is displayed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used when logged in to the switch that performs either as the primary or secondary
CMM role in a stack.
Examples
-> show module status
Operational
Firmware
Slot
Status
Admin-Status
Rev
MAC
------+-------------+------------+---------+----------------CMM-1
UP
POWER ON
N/A
00:d0:95:a3:e5:09
NI-1
UP
POWER ON
N/A
00:d0:95:a3:e5:0b
output definitions
Slot
The chassis slot position of the module. For detailed slot numbering
information, refer to the “Chassis and Power Supplies” chapter of the
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Hardware Users Guide. Refer to page 2-37 for
additional information on CMM callouts.
Operational Status
The operational status of the module. Options include UP or DOWN.
For NI and secondary CMM modules, the operational status can be
DOWN while the power status is on, indicating a possible software
issue.
Admin-Status
The current power status of the module. Options include POWER ON
or POWER OFF.
page 2-46
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show module status
output definitions (continued)
Firmware Rev
The firmware version for module’s ASICs.
MAC
For the CMM, the base chassis MAC address is displayed. For detailed
information on this base chassis MAC address, refer to the “Managing
MAC Addresses and Ranges” chapter of the OmniSwitch 6250/6450
Switch Management Guide. For NI modules, the MAC address for the
corresponding NI is displayed.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show module
Displays the basic information for either a specified module or all the
modules installed in the chassis.
show module long
Displays the detailed information for either a specified module or all the
modules installed in the chassis.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-47
show power
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show power
Displays the hardware information and status for chassis power supplies.
show power [supply] [number]
Syntax Definitions
supply
Optional command syntax.
number
The single-digit number for a specific power supply installed in the
chassis. If no power supply number is specified, information for all
power supplies is displayed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
When the show power command is entered on stackable switches, information is displayed only for power
supplies that are installed in the chassis and powered on. If a power supply is present in a power supply
bay, but the power supply is unplugged or its on/off switch is in the off position, the power supply is not
listed in the command output.
Examples
-> show power
Slot PS
Wattage
Type
Status
Location
----+----+---------+------+-----------+---------1
600
AC
UP
Internal
2
600
AC
UP
Internal
3
----4
600
IP
UP
External
5
600
IP
UP
External
6
600
IP
UP
External
7
600
IP
UP
External
-> show power 5
Module in slot PS-5
(Power Shelf slot 5)
Model Name:
Description:
Part Number:
Hardware Revision:
Serial Number:
Manufacture Date:
Operational Status:
Power Provision:
page 2-48
OS-IPS-600A,
ILPS AC,
902252-10,
A01,
E51P4078,
JAN 07 2005,
UP,
600
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show power
output definitions
Model Name
The model number of the power supply.
Description
A description of the associated power supply. This field reflects the
model name in most cases.
Part Number
The Alcatel-Lucent part number for the power supply.
Hardware Revision
The hardware revision level for the power supply.
Serial Number
The Alcatel-Lucent serial number for the power supply.
Manufacture Date
The date the power supply was manufactured.
Type
The type of power supply. Options include AC or IP.
Location
The location of the power supply. Options include Internal or External.
Operational Status
The operational status of the power supply. Options include UP or
DOWN.
Power Provision
The number of Watts used by this power supply.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show chassis
Displays the basic configuration and status information for the switch
chassis.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-49
show fan
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show fan
Displays the current operating status of chassis fans.
show fan [number]
Syntax Definitions
number
Specifies the switch (slot) number of the chassis.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This parameter specifies the switch (slot) number of the chassis. If no switch number is specified, then all
the switches in a stack is displayed.
Examples
-> show fan
Chassis Fan Status
-------+---+----------1
1
Running
1
2
Running
1
3
Running
1
4
Not Running
1
5
Not Running
1
6
Not Running
2
1
Running
2
2
Running
2
3
Running
2
4
Not Running
2
5
Not Running
2
6
Not Running
3
1
Running
3
2
Running
3
3
Running
3
4
Not Running
3
5
Not Running
3
6
Not Running
output definitions
Chassis
The number of the switch in a stack.
Fan
The fan number describing the fan position.
Status
The current operational status of the corresponding fan.
page 2-50
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show fan
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show temperature
Displays the current operating chassis ambient temperature, as well as
current temperature threshold settings.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-51
show temperature
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show temperature
Displays the current operating chassis ambient temperature, as well as current temperature threshold
settings.
show temperature [number]
Syntax Definitions
number
Specifies the slot (that is, switch) number within the stack. The valid
range of slot numbers is 1–8, depending on the size of the stack.
Defaults
If a slot number is not specified with this command, temperature information for all switches operating in
the stack is displayed by default.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
The number parameter is not an option when using this command on a standalone switch.
Examples
-> show temperature
Temperature for chassis 1
Hardware Board Temperature (deg C)
Hardware Cpu Temperature (deg C)
Temperature Upper Threshold Range (deg C)
Temperature Upper Threshold (deg C)
Temperature Status
Temperature Danger Threshold (deg C)
Temperature for chassis 2
Hardware Board Temperature (deg C)
Hardware Cpu Temperature (deg C)
Temperature Upper Threshold Range (deg C)
Temperature Upper Threshold (deg C)
Temperature Status
Temperature Danger Threshold (deg C)
Temperature for chassis 3
Hardware Board Temperature (deg C)
Hardware Cpu Temperature (deg C)
Temperature Upper Threshold Range (deg C)
Temperature Upper Threshold (deg C)
Temperature Status
Temperature Danger Threshold (deg C)
page 2-52
=
=
=
=
41,
N/A,
15 to 80,
57,
= UNDER THRESHOLD,
= 80
=
=
=
=
40,
N/A,
15 to 80,
57,
= UNDER THRESHOLD,
= 80
=
=
=
=
40,
N/A,
15 to 80,
57,
= UNDER THRESHOLD,
= 80
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show temperature
output definitions
Hardware Board
Temperature
The current chassis temperature as determined by the built-in
temperature sensor. The temperature is displayed in degrees Centigrade
(Celsius). This temperature is checked against the upper threshold
value. If the threshold is exceeded, a warning is sent to the user.
Hardware Cpu Temperature
The current CPU temperature. The temperature is displayed in degrees
Centigrade (Celsius).
Temperature Upper
Threshold Range
The supported threshold range. When you specify a threshold for the
switch using the temp-threshold command, values range from 31–94.
Temperature Upper
Threshold
The warning temperature threshold, in degrees Celsius. If the switch
reaches or exceeds this temperature, the primary switch or TEMP LED
of the CMM displays amber, and a warning is sent to the user. Values
range from 15–94. The default value is 60. For information on
changing the upper threshold value, refer to the
temp-threshold command on page 2-23.
Temperature Range
The current threshold status of the switch. Displays whether the switch
is UNDER THRESHOLD or OVER THRESHOLD. If the status is
OVER THRESHOLD, the primary TEMP LED of the CMM displays
amber, and a warning is sent to the user.
Temperature Danger
Threshold
The factory-defined danger threshold. This field is not configurable. If
the chassis temperature rises above 80 degrees Centigrade, the switch
powers off all NI modules until the temperature conditions (for
example, chassis air flow obstruction or ambient room temperature) is
addressed and the switch is manually booted.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
temp-threshold
Sets the chassis warning temperature threshold.
show fan
Shows the hardware information and status for the chassis fans.
MIB Objects
chasChassisTable
chasHardwareBoardTemp
chasHardwareCpuTemp
chasTempRange
chasTempThreshold
chasDangerTempThreshold
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-53
show stack topology
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show stack topology
Displays the current operating topology of switches within a stack.
show stack topology [slot-number]
Syntax Definitions
slot-number
Optional syntax specifying a single slot number within the stack (1–8).
When a slot number is specified, topology information for only the
corresponding slot displays.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show stack topology
Link A Link A
Link B Link B
Saved Link A Remote Remote Link B Remote Remote
Slot
State
NI
Port
State
NI
Port
----+-----------+--------+------+-------+-------+-------+-------+-------+------1 PRIMARY
RUNNING
1
UP
3
StackB UP
2
StackA
2 IDLE
RUNNING
2
UP
1
StackB UP
3
StackA
3 SECONDARY
RUNNING
3
UP
2
StackB UP
1
StackA
NI
Role
State
output definitions
NI
The current slot position for each switch in the virtual chassis (stacked
configuration). The order of the slot numbers does not
necessarily correspond with the physical positions of switches within
the stack. In other words, slot position 1 may not be the uppermost (top)
switch in the stack. To assign these slot numbers, use the stack set slot
command.
Role
The current management role of the corresponding switch within the
stack. Options include PRIMARY (the switch is the primary
management module in the stack; standalone switches also display this
role), SECONDARY [the switch is the secondary (or backup)
management module in the stack], IDLE (the switch does not have a
management role but is operating normally as a network interface
module within the stack), PASS-THRU (the switch is operating in
pass-through mode), UNDEFINED (the current role of the switch is not
known).
page 2-54
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show stack topology
output definitions (continued)
State
The current operational state of the corresponding switch. Options
include RUNNING (the switch is up and operating normally),
DUP-SLOT (the switch has a duplicate saved slot number and has
automatically entered pass-through mode), CLR-SLOT (the switch has
been manually “cleared” through the stack clear slot command and is
now in pass-through mode), OUT-SLOT (the current stacked
configuration already has eight switches and therefore cannot accommodate this switch), OUT-TOK (there are not enough unused tokens
remaining in the current stacked configuration to accommodate this
switch), UNKNOWN (the current state of the switch is not known).
Saved Slot
The designated saved slot number for the corresponding switch. The
saved slot number is the slot position the switch assumes following a
reboot. A value of zero (0) indicates that the switch has been “cleared”
and, as a result, is designated for pass-through mode. To assign saved
slot numbers, use the stack set slot command. To clear a switch and
designate it for pass-though mode, use the stack clear slot command.
Link A State
The status of the stacking cable link at the stacking port A of the switch.
Options include UP, DOWN, or UNKNOWN.
Link A Remote NI
The slot number of the switch to which remote end of the stacking
cable A is connected. In other words, if a switch in slot position 1
displays a Link A Remote NI value of 3, this indicates that the stacking
cable plugged into slot 1 stacking port A is connected to the slot 3
switch. If no stacking cable link exists, the value 0 displays.
Link A Remote Port
The specific stacking port to which remote end of the stacking cable A
is connected. Options include StackA, StackB, and 0. If the remote end
of the stacking cable A is connected to stacking port B on the other
switch, the value displays StackB. If no stacking cable link exists, the
value 0
displays.
Link B State
The status of the stacking cable link at the stacking port B of the switch.
Options include UP, DOWN, or UNKNOWN.
Link B Remote NI
The slot number of the switch to which remote end of the stacking
cable B is connected. In other words, if a switch in slot position 6
displays a Link A Remote NI value of 7, this indicates that the stacking
cable plugged into slot 6 stacking port B is connected to the slot 7
switch.
Link B Remote Port
The specific stacking port to which remote end of the stacking cable B
is connected. Options include StackA, StackB, and 0. If the remote end
of the stacking cable B is connected to stacking port B on the other
switch, the value displays StackB. If there are no stacking cable links,
the value 0
displays.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-55
show stack topology
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
Related Commands
show stack status
Displays the current redundant stacking cable status and token availability for a stacked configuration.
MIB Objects
alaStackMgrChassisTable
alaStackMgrSlotNINumber
alaStackMgrSlotCMMNumber
alaStackMgrChasRole
alaStackMgrLocalLinkStateA
alaStackMgrRemoteNISlotA
alaStackMgrRemoteLinkA
alaStackMgrLocalLinkStateB
alaStackMgrRemoteNISlotB
alaStackMgrRemoteLinkB
alaStackMgrChasState
alaStackMgrSavedSlotNINumber
alaStackMgrCommandAction
alaStackMgrCommandStatus
page 2-56
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show stack status
show stack status
Displays the current redundant stacking cable status and token availability for a stacked configuration.
show stack status
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show stack status
Redundant cable status
: present
output definitions
Redundant cable status
Indicates whether a redundant stacking cable is currently installed.
Options include present and not present. To provide added resiliency
and redundancy, it is recommended that a redundant stacking cable is
connected from the top switch in the stack to the bottom switch in the
stack at all times. For more information on stack redundancy, refer to
the “Managing OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Series Stacks” chapter in the
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Hardware Users Guide.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show stack topology
Displays the current operating topology of switches within a stack.
MIB Objects
alaStackMgrStackStatus
alaStackMgrTokensUsed
alaStackMgrTokensAvailable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-57
show stack mode
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show stack mode
Displays the current stacking or standalone mode of the switch.
show stack mode
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show stack mode
NI
Role
State
Running
Saved
Mode
Mode
----+-----------+--------+----------+--------------1
PRIMARY
RUNNING stackable
stackable
2
SECONDARY RUNNING stackable
stackable
output definitions
NI
The current slot position for each switch in the virtual chassis (stacked
configuration). The order of the slot numbers does not necessarily
correspond with the physical positions of switches within the stack. In
other words, slot position 1 may not be the uppermost (top) switch in
the stack. To assign these slot numbers, use the stack set slot
command.
Role
The current management role of the corresponding switch:
PRIMARY (the switch is the primary management module in the stack;
standalone switches also display this role)
SECONDARY [the switch is the secondary (or backup) management
module in the stack].
page 2-58
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show stack mode
output definitions (continued)
State
The current operational state of the switch:
UNKNOWN: the state of the element cannot be determined
RUNNING: element is up and running
DUP SLOT: this element has a duplicate slot number
CLR SLOT: the slot number of the element has been cleared using the
management command after the last reboot
OUT SLOT: the element cannot initialize because there are no slot IDs
left to be assigned
Running Mode
The current mode of the switch.
Saved Mode
The mode of the switch after reboot. The output is based on contents of
"boot.slot.cfg" file.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
stack set slot mode
Changes the stacking/standalone mode of the switch.
MIB Objects
alaStackMgrChassisTable
alaStackMgrSlotNINumber
alaStackMgrSlotCMMNumber
alaStackMgrChasRole
alaStackMgrChasState
alaStackMgrCommandAction
alaStackMgrCommandStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-59
show hash-control
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show hash-control
Displays the current hash control settings for the switch.
show hash-control {mode fdb}
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show hash-control
FDB Hash Mode = XOR-Mode
-> show hash-control mode fdb
FDB Hash Mode = XOR-Mode
output definitions
FDB Hash Mode
The current hash mode activated (XOR-Mode or CRC-Mode).
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
hash-control mode fdb
Configures the hash control method on the switch. Depending on this configuration, hashing algorithm used by various applications for Layer 2
table lookup is affected.
MIB Objects
alaChasHashMode
alachasFdbHashMode
page 2-60
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
license apply
license apply
Activates the license for licensed protocols on the switch.
license apply
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
By default, licensed features are not activated on the switch.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Ensure the license file lmLicense.dat is placed in the /flash directory of the primary CMM.
• When the license apply command is issued, the switch displays a message to ensure the installation.
Enter ‘Y’ to apply the license and reboot the switch.
• Use show license file command to verify the installed license.
Examples
-> license apply
The switch will reboot after the license is applied.
Are you sure you want to proceed(Y/N)?
Y
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
license remove
Displays all the licensed applications installed on the switch.
show license file
Displays the license file information of the switch.
MIB Objects
aluLicenseManagerApplyLicense
aluLicensedFileName
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-61
license remove
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
license remove
Activates the license for licensed protocols on the switch.
license remove feature {metro | gig | 10G} ni number
Syntax Definitions
number
The slot number of the NI.
metro
Metro features.
gig
Removes Gigabit interfaces on lite models.
10G
Removes 10-Gigabit interfaces.
Defaults
By default, licensed features are not activated on the switch.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Ensure the license file lmLicense.dat is placed in the /flash directory of the primary CMM.
• Use show license file command to verify the installed license.
Examples
-> license remove feature metro ni 1
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
license remove
Displays all the licensed applications installed on the switch.
show license file
Displays the license file information of the switch.
MIB Objects
aluLicenseManagerRemoveTable
aluLicenseRemoveFeatureID
aluLicenseRemoveSlotID
page 2-62
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
license unlock
license unlock
Temporarily activates the license feature on the switch.
license unlock feature {metro | gig | 10G} ni number
Syntax Definitions
number
The slot number of the NI.
metro
Temporarily the metro license features.
gig
Temporarily activates the Gigabit interface license feature.
10G
Temporarily activates the 10-Gigabit license feature.
Defaults
By default, licensed protocols are not activated on the switch.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• When the license apply command is issued, the switch displays a message to ensure the installation.
Enter ‘Y’ to apply the license and reboot the switch.
• Use show license file command to verify the installed license.
Examples
-> license unlock feature metro ni 1
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
license remove
Displays all the licensed applications installed on the switch.
show license file
Displays the license file information of the switch.
MIB Objects
aluLicenseManagerDemoLicenseTable
aluLicenseDemoFeatureID
aluLicenseDemoSlotID
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-63
show license info
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show license info
Displays all the licensed applications installed on the switch.
show license info
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use this command to verify the licenses installed on the switch.
• The number of days remaining is determined only by the switch up time. If a switch is turned off, the
time remaining is not decremented.
Examples
->show license info
(* indicates primary NI)
Chassis: METRO
NI
Application
License Type
Time Left (In Days)
----+-------------+-------------+----------------1(*)
METRO
Permanent
1 (*) GIG
Temporary
10
1002
GIG
Temporary
5
3
METRO
Permanent
3
GIG
Temporary
12
output definitions
Application
Displays the name of the licensed applications installed on the switch.
License Type
The type of license; Permanent or Temporary.
Time Left
Number of days remaining for temporary license.
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
page 2-64
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show license info
Related Commands
show license file
Displays the license file information of the switch.
MIB Objects
aluLicenseManagerInfoTable
aluLicensedApplication
aluLicenseType
aluLicenseTimeRemaining
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-65
show license file
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show license file
Displays the information contained in the license file.
show license file [filename | local]
Syntax Definitions
filename
The path and name of the license file.
local
Displays the file on the local switch only.
Defaults
parameter
default
filename
/flash/lmLicense.dat
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use this command to display the contents of the license file.
• The lmLicense.dat file can contain licenses for other switches.
Examples
-> show license file
MAC Address
Application
------------------+------------00:d0:95:d5:e6:01*
METRO
00:d0:95:d5:e6:0a
GIG
00:d0:95:d5:e6:0b
GIG
00:d0:95:d5:e6:0c*
METRO
* - indicates entry applicable for local switch
output definitions
MAC Address
Displays the base MAC address of the switch. An asterisk indicates the
MAC address of the local switch.
Application
Displays the name of the licensed application.
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
page 2-66
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
show license file
Related Commands
license remove
Displays all the licensed applications installed on the switch.
MIB Objects
aluLicenseManagerLicenseInfoTable
aluSwitchMacAddress
aluLicensedFileApplication
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 2-67
show license file
page 2-68
Chassis Management and Monitoring Commands
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
3
Chassis MAC Server (CMS)
Commands
The Chassis MAC Server (CMS) manages MAC addresses on the switch. The MAC addresses managed
through the CMS are used as identifiers for the following functions:
• Base chassis MAC address
• Ethernet Management Port (EMP)
• VLAN router ports
Similar to IP addresses, MAC addresses are assigned by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA)
and distributed to users in sequential blocks. A sequential block of MAC addresses is referred to as a MAC
address range.
The MAC address range is stored on the switch’s EEPROM. The switch supports one MAC address range
only. By default, this MAC address range contains thirty-two (32) factory-installed, contiguous MAC
addresses. Users may add additional MAC addresses; the maximum capacity for the switch’s default range
is 256 MAC addresses.
In stackable switches, CMS is responsible for sharing the base MAC address of the primary switch with all
the other switches in the stack. This helps the secondary switch to retain the same MAC address during
takeover.This is called MAC Address Retention.
MIB information for the Chassis MAC Server commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1MacServer.MIB
Alcatel-IND1-MAC-SERVER-MIB
A summary of the available commands is listed here:
mac-range eeprom
mac-retention status
mac-retention dup-mac-trap
mac release
show mac-range
show mac-range alloc
show mac-retention status
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 3-1
mac-range eeprom
Chassis MAC Server (CMS) Commands
mac-range eeprom
Modifies the default MAC range on the switch’s EEPROM.
Note. Use caution when modifying the default MAC range. Improper use of this command can disable
your system and adversely affect your network. Contact Alcatel-Lucent Customer Support for further
assistance.
mac-range eeprom start_mac_address count
Syntax Definitions
start_mac_address
The first MAC address in the modified range. Enter the MAC address in
the following format: xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx, where x is a hex value (0–f).
count
Specifies the number of MAC addresses in the range (1–256).
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Because the factory-installed 32 MAC addresses are sufficient for most network configurations, this
command has to be used only by qualified network administrators for special network requirements.
• After modifying a MAC address range by using the mac-range eeprom command, you must reboot
the switch. Otherwise, MAC addresses for existing VLAN router ports is not be allocated properly.
• All MAC addresses in a range must be contiguous (that is, there cannot be any gaps in the sequence of
MAC addresses).
Examples
-> mac-range eeprom 00:20:da:23:45:35 32
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 3-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis MAC Server (CMS) Commands
mac-range eeprom
Related Commands
show mac-range
Displays the MAC range table.
MIB Objects
chasMacAddressRangeTable
chasMacRangeIndex
chasGlobalLocal
chasMacAddressStart
chasMacAddressCount
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 3-3
mac-retention status
Chassis MAC Server (CMS) Commands
mac-retention status
Enables or disables the MAC retention status.
mac-retention status {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Enables the administrative status of MAC retention.
disable
Disables the administrative status of MAC retention.
Defaults
Parameter
Status
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• When MAC retention is enabled, the stack uses the MAC address of the primary switch even after it
has failed.
• When the administrative status of MAC retention is enabled, the stack performance is enhanced.
Examples
-> mac-retention status enable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show mac-retention status
Displays the MAC retention status.
MIB Objects
chasMacAddrRetentionObjects
chasMacAddrRetentionStatus
page 3-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis MAC Server (CMS) Commands
mac-retention dup-mac-trap
mac-retention dup-mac-trap
Enables or disables the duplicate MAC address trap status.
mac-retention dup-mac-trap {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Enables the duplicate MAC address trap status.
disable
Disables the duplicate MAC address trap status.
Defaults
Parameter
Status
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
If the old primary switch is not detected and included in the stack within a pre-defined time period, an
SNMP trap is generated.
Examples
-> mac-retention dup-mac-trap enable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show mac-retention status
Displays the MAC retention status.
MIB Objects
chasMacAddrRetentionObjects
chasPossibleDuplicateMacTrapStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 3-5
mac release
Chassis MAC Server (CMS) Commands
mac release
Releases the MAC address currently being used as the primary base MAC address.
mac release
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
The MAC address is released only if the address has not been derived from the EEPROM (that is, it has to
be a retained MAC address of the old primary switch).
Examples
-> mac release
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Release 6.6.1; mac-retention keyword was replaced with the mac keyword.
Related Commands
N/A
MIB Objects
chasMacAddrRetentionObjects
chasMacAddrRetentionStatus
page 3-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis MAC Server (CMS) Commands
show mac-range
show mac-range
Displays the MAC range table.
show mac-range [index]
Syntax Definitions
index
Identifies the MAC range by referring to its position in the MAC range
table.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Because the switch currently supports one MAC address range only, index position 1 displays.
Examples
-> show mac range
Mac
Local/
Range Row Status
Global
Start Mac Addr
End Mac Addr
-----+----------------+--------+------------------+-----------------01
ACTIVE
GLOBAL
00:d0:95:6a:79:6e
00:d0:95:6a:79:8d
output definitions
Mac Range
The MAC range index number (1). Because the switch currently supports one MAC address range only, index position 1 displays.
Row Status
The current status of the MAC range. The status ACTIVE refers to
MAC addresses that are available for allocation to VLAN router ports
and other applications.
Local/Global
The Local/Global status for MAC addresses in the range. Local MAC
addresses have the local bit set in the first byte of the address. Global
MAC addresses (also referred to as EEPROM MAC addresses) have
the global bit set in the first byte of the address and are stored on the
switch’s EEPROM. Because the switch’s default MAC range is stored
on EEPROM, the status GLOBAL displays.
Start Mac Addr
The first MAC address in the MAC address range.
End Mac Addr
The last MAC address in the MAC address range.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 3-7
show mac-range
Chassis MAC Server (CMS) Commands
Related Commands
mac-range eeprom
Modifies the default MAC range on the switch’s EEPROM.
MIB Objects
chasMacAddressRangeTable
chasMacRangeIndex
chasGlobalLocal
chasMacAddressStart
chasMacAddressCount
chasMacRowStatus
page 3-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis MAC Server (CMS) Commands
show mac-range alloc
show mac-range alloc
Displays all allocated addresses from the MAC range table.
show mac-range [index] alloc
Syntax Definitions
index
Identifies the MAC range by referring to its position in the MAC range
table. Currently, index position 1 only is supported.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
If you are assigning VLAN router ports while the switch is in single MAC router mode, all VLAN router
ports uses the base chassis MAC address (ID value 0).
Examples
-> show mac-range alloc
Range
Mac Address
Application
Id
-----+-----------------+--------------------+--01
00:d0:95:6b:09:40 CHASSIS
0
01
00:d0:95:6b:09:41 802.1X
0
01
00:d0:95:6b:09:5f CHASSIS
1
output definitions
Range
The MAC range’s index number. The index number refers to the position of the range in the MAC range table. Values may range from
1–20. MAC ranges are divided by index number into four distinct categories. Refer to page 3-7 for more information.
Mac Address
Current MAC address allocated for a specific application.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 3-9
show mac-range alloc
Chassis MAC Server (CMS) Commands
output definitions (continued)
Application
The application for which the allocated MAC address is being used.
Current options include VLAN, 802.1X, and CHASSIS. VLAN refers
to MAC addresses allocated to VLAN router ports in multiple MAC
router mode. CHASSIS refers to MAC addresses used for the base
chassis MAC address and the Ethernet Management Port (EMP).
Id
An ID number used to identify an allocated MAC address. ID numbers
are used for the base chassis MAC address and Ethernet Management
Port (EMP), as well as VLAN router ports. The ID value 0 is reserved
for the switch's base chassis MAC address. The ID value 1 is reserved
for the EMP MAC address. Router ports assigned to VLANs 2 through
4094 are given corresponding MAC IDs. For example, a router port
configured on VLAN 44 receives an allocated MAC ID of 44. Because
default VLAN 1 router ports use the base chassis MAC address by
default, any router port configured on VLAN 1 is assigned the ID
value 0.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
mac-range eeprom
Modifies the default MAC range on the switch’s EEPROM.
MIB Objects
ChasMacAddressAllocTable
chasAppId
chasObjectId
chasAllocMacRangeIndex
chasAllocMacAddress
page 3-10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Chassis MAC Server (CMS) Commands
show mac-retention status
show mac-retention status
Displays the MAC retention status.
show mac-retention status
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If the administrative status of MAC retention is not configured, it is displayed as disabled by default.
• If the administrative status of the duplicate MAC address trap is not configured, it is displayed as
disabled by default.
• If the source of the currently used MAC address is not configured, it is displayed as EEPROM by
default.
Examples
-> show mac-retention status
MAC RETENTION STATUS
==============================================================================
Admin State
: Enabled
Trap admin state
: Enabled
Current MAC address : 00:0a:0b:0c:0d:0e
MAC address source : Retained
Topology Status
: Ring present
output definitions
Admin State
Displays the administrative status of MAC retention (Enabled or Disabled).
Trap admin state
Displays the administrative status of the duplicate MAC address trap
(Enabled or Disabled).
Current MAC address
Displays the MAC address currently used by the switch.
MAC address source
Displays the source of the currently used MAC address. Options
include EEPROM and Retained.
Topology Status
Displays the topology status of the stack. Options include Ring present
and Ring Not Present.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 3-11
show mac-retention status
Chassis MAC Server (CMS) Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Release 6.6.1; EEPROM MAC Address field was deleted.
Related Commands
mac-retention status
Enables or disables the MAC retention status.
mac-retention dup-mac-trap
Enables or disables the duplicate MAC address trap status.
MIB Objects
chasMacAddrRetentionObjects
chasMacAddrRetentionStatus
chasPossibleDuplicateMacTrapStatus
chasRingStatus
chasBaseMacAddrSource
chasBaseMacAddr
page 3-12
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
4
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
Commands
The Power over Ethernet (PoE) feature is supported on the OmniSwitch 6250-P24 switch. See the
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Hardware Users Guide for further details.
Note on Terminology. There are several general terms used to describe this feature. The terms Power
over Ethernet (PoE), Power over LAN (PoL), Power on LAN (PoL), and Inline Power are synonymous
terms used to describe the powering of attached devices through Ethernet ports. For consistency in this
chapter and in the OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide , the feature is termed as Power over
Ethernet (PoE).
Additional terms, such as Powered Device (PD) and Power Source Equipment (PSE) are terms that are not
synonymous, but are directly related to PoE.
• PD refers to any attached device that uses a PoE data cable as its only source of power. Examples
include access points such as IP telephones, Ethernet hubs, wireless LAN stations, and so on.
• PSE refers to the actual hardware source of the electrical current for PoE. In the case of OS6250-P24Enterprise Model, the PSE is contained within the chassis and is augmented by the backup inline power
supply.
PoE commands documented in this section comply with IEEE 802.3 and 802.af.
MIB information for the PoE commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1InLinePowerEthernet_mib
ALCATEL-IND1-INLINE-POWER-MIB
Filename:
Module:
AaIETF_HUBMIB_POWER_ETHERNET_DRAFT_mib
POWER-ETHERNET-MIB
A summary of the available commands is listed here:
lanpower start
lanpower stop
lanpower power
lanpower maxpower
lanpower priority
lanpower priority-disconnectl
lanpower combo-port
show lanpower
show lanpower capacitor-detections
show lanpower priority-disconnect
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 4-1
lanpower start
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
lanpower start
Activates Power over Ethernet on a single specified PoE port or on all PoE ports in a specified slot.
lanpower start {slot/port[-port2] | slot}
Important. Inline power is not activated until the lanpower start slot syntax is issued for the applicable
PoE slot(s).
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Activates inline power on the specified PoE port only. This syntax is
used to re-enable power to an individual port that has been manually
turned off through the lanpower stop command.
port2
The last port number in a range of ports that you want to configure on
the same slot (for example, 3/1-4 specifies ports 1-4 on slot 3).
slot
Activates inline power on all PoE ports in the corresponding slot.
Defaults
Power over Ethernet operational status is globally disabled by default.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the slot/port syntax to activate power on a particular port. When all ports in a slot are manually turned
off, use only the slot syntax in the command line. This activates power on all ports in the specified slot. As
noted above, inline power is not active until the lanpower start slot syntax is issued for the applicable
PoE slot(s).
Examples
-> lanpower start 5/11
-> lanpower start 5
-> lanpower start 5/11-14
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 4-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
lanpower start
Related Commands
lanpower stop
Manually disconnects power on a single specified PoE port
or on all PoE ports in a specified slot.
show lanpower
Displays current inline power status and related statistics for
all PoE ports in a specified slot.
MIB Objects
alaPethMainPseGroup
alaPethMainPseAdminStatus
pethPsePortTable
pethPsePortAdminEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 4-3
lanpower stop
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
lanpower stop
Manually disables power on a single specified PoE port or on all PoE ports in a specified slot.
lanpower stop {slot/port[-port2] | slot}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Disables inline power on the specified PoE port only.
port2
The last port number in a range of ports that you want to configure on
the same slot (for example, 3/1-4 specifies ports 1-4 on slot 3).
slot
Disables inline power on all PoE ports in the corresponding slot.
Defaults
Power over Ethernet operational status is globally disabled by default.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> lanpower stop 5/22
-> lanpower stop 5
-> lanpower stop 5/22-27
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
lanpower start
Activates inline power on a single specified PoE port or on
all PoE ports in a specified slot.
lanpower combo-port
Displays current inline power status and related statistics for
all PoE ports in a specified slot.
MIB Objects
alaPethMainPseGroup
alaPethMainPseAdminStatus
pethPsePortTable
pethPsePortAdminEnable
page 4-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
lanpower power
lanpower power
Specifies the maximum amount of inline power, in milliwatts, allocated to a specific PoE port. The value
specified is used to supply inline power to devices such as IP telephones and wireless LAN devices.
lanpower {slot/port | slot} power milliwatts
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
A PoE port on which the maximum amount of inline power is being
allocated.
milliwatts
The maximum amount of inline power, in milliwatts, being allocated to
the corresponding port (3000–16000 or 3000-31000).
Defaults
parameter
default
milliwatts (802.3af ports)
milliwatts (802.3at ports)
16000
31000
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• To globally specify the amount of inline power allocated to all ports in a slot, see the lanpower
maxpower command on page 4-7.
• Be sure that the value specified complies with specific power requirements for all attached IP telephones and wireless LAN devices.
• Note that the power value for the lanpower power command is specified in milliwatts (mW); the
related command, lanpower maxpower, is specified in watts (W).
Examples
-> lanpower 3/1 power 3025
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 4-5
lanpower power
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
Related Commands
lanpower maxpower
Specifies the maximum amount of inline power, in watts,
allocated to all PoE ports in a specified slot.
lanpower combo-port
Displays current inline power status and related statistics for
all PoE ports in a specified slot.
MIB Objects
alaPethPsePortTable
alaPethPsePortPowerMaximum
page 4-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
lanpower maxpower
lanpower maxpower
Specifies the maximum amount of inline power, in watts, allocated to all PoE ports in a specified slot.
lanpower slot maxpower watts
Syntax Definitions
slot
The slot containing PoE ports on which the maximum amount of inline
power allowed is being allocated.
watts
The maximum amount of inline power, in watts, allocated to all PoE
ports in the corresponding slot.
Defaults
parameter
default
watts
Will vary based on model and
power supply.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Before changing the maximum slot-wide power allowance, you have to disable PoE for the slot
through the lanpower stop command. Once the new value is assigned, re-enable PoE for the slot
through the lanpower start command.
• To specify the maximum amount of inline power allocated to a single port, see the lanpower power
command on page 4-5.
• Note that the power value for the lanpower maxpower command is specified in watts (W); the related
command, lanpower power, is specified in milliwatts (mW).
Examples
-> lanpower 3 maxpower 200
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 4-7
lanpower maxpower
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
Related Commands
lanpower power
Specifies the maximum amount of inline power, in milliwatts, allocated to a specific PoE port.
lanpower combo-port
Displays current inline power status and related statistics for
all PoE ports in a specified slot.
MIB Objects
alaPethMainPseGroup
alaPethMainPseMaxPower
page 4-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
lanpower priority
lanpower priority
Specifies an inline power priority level to a port. Levels include critical, high, and low.
lanpower slot/port priority {critical | high | low}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
The particular port on which a priority level is being configured.
critical
Intended for ports that have mission-critical devices attached, and therefore require top (that is, critical) priority. In the event of a power
management issue, inline power to critical ports is maintained as long as
possible.
high
Intended for ports that have important, but not mission-critical, devices
attached. If other ports in the chassis have been configured as critical,
inline power to high-priority ports is given second priority.
low
Intended for ports that have low-priority devices attached. In the event
of a power management issue, inline power to low-priority ports is
interrupted first (that is, before critical- and high-priority ports).
Defaults
parameter
default
low | high | critical
low
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> lanpower 2/16 priority low
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 4-9
lanpower priority
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
Related Commands
lanpower combo-port
Displays current inline power status and related statistics for
all PoE ports in a specified slot.
MIB Objects
pethPsePortGroup
pethPsePortPowerPriority
page 4-10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
lanpower priority-disconnect
lanpower priority-disconnect
Enables or disables the priority disconnect function on all ports in a specified slot. Priority disconnect is
used by the system software in determining whether an incoming PD is granted or denied power when
there are too few watts remaining in the PoE power budget for an additional device. For detailed information on this function, see the “Managing Power over Ethernet (PoE)” chapter in the OmniSwitch 6250/
6450 Hardware Users Guide.
lanpower slot priority-disconnect {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot
The particular slot on which the priority disconnect function is being
enabled or disabled.
enable
Enables priority disconnect on a specified port. When this function is
enabled and a power budget deficit occurs in which there is inadequate
power for an incoming device, the system software uses priority disconnect rules to determine whether an incoming device is granted or denied
power. For information on priority disconnect rules, see the “Managing
Power over Ethernet (PoE)” chapter in the OmniSwitch 6250/6450
Series.
disable
Disables priority disconnect on a specified port. When priority disconnect is disabled and there is inadequate power in the budget for an additional device, power is denied to any incoming PD, regardless of its
priority status.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
enable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> lanpower 2 priority-disconnect disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 4-11
lanpower priority-disconnect
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
Related Commands
lanpower priority
Specifies an inline power priority level to a port. Levels
include critical, high, and low.
show lanpower priority-disconnect
Displays the priority disconnect function status on all ports in
a specified slot.
MIB Objects
alaPethMainPseTable
alaPethMainPsePriorityDisconnect
page 4-12
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
lanpower combo-port
lanpower combo-port
Enables or disables PoE capability on the copper combo ports.
lanpower slot combo-port {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot
The particular slot on which to enable or disable PoE capability on the
copper combo ports.
enable
Enables PoE capability on the copper combo ports 25/26 and disables
PoE capability on ports 23/24.
disable
Disables PoE capability on the copper combo ports 25/26 and enables
PoE capability on ports 23/24.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250
Usage Guidelines
Port pairs 23/24 and 25/26 cannot have PoE enabled at the same time. Use this command to choose which
port pairs support PoE.
Examples
-> lanpower 1 combo-port enable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show lanpower
Displays current inline power status and related statistics for
all PoE ports in a specified slot.
MIB Objects
N/A
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 4-13
show lanpower
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
show lanpower
Displays current inline power status and related statistics for all PoE ports in a specified slot.
show lanpower slot
Syntax Definitions
slot
The slot for which current inline power status and related statistics are to
be displayed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show lanpower 1
Port Maximum(mW) Actual Used(mW)
Status
Priority On/Off
Class
----+-----------+---------------+-----------+---------+------+------1
31000
0
Undefined
Low
OFF
2
31000
0
Undefined
Low
OFF
3
31000
0
Undefined
Low
OFF
4
31000
0
Undefined
Low
OFF
5
31000
0
Undefined
Low
OFF
6
31000
0
Undefined
Low
OFF
7
16000
0
Undefined
Low
OFF
-
(Output truncated)
22
23
24
16000
31000
31000
0
0
0
Undefined
Undefined
Undefined
Low
Low
Low
OFF
OFF
OFF
-
Slot 1 Max Watts 225
1 Power Supplies Available
output definitions
Port
A PoE port for which current status and related statistics are being
displayed.
Maximum (mW)
The current maximum amount of power allocated to the corresponding
PoE port, in milliwatts. The default value is 15400. To change this setting, use the lanpower power command.
Actual Used (mW)
The actual amount of power being used by an attached device (if applicable), in milliwatts. If no device is attached to the corresponding port,
this row displays a value of 0.
page 4-14
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
show lanpower
output definitions (continued)
Status
Displays the current operational status. Options include Powered On,
Powered Off, and Undefined.
Priority
The current priority level for the corresponding PoE port. Options
include Critical, High, and Low. Critical has to be reserved for ports
that have mission-critical devices attached, and therefore require top
(that is, critical) priority. In the event of a power management issue,
inline power to critical ports is maintained as long as possible. High
indicates ports that have important, but not mission-critical, devices
attached. If other ports in the chassis have been configured as critical,
inline power to high-priority ports is given second priority. Low priority is for ports that have low-priority devices attached. In the event of a
power management issue, inline power to low-priority ports is interrupted first (that is, before critical and high-priority ports).
The default value is Low. Priority levels is changed using the lanpower
priority command.
On/Off
Displays whether a port has been manually turned on or off by the user.
ON indicates that the port has been turned on by the user through the
lanpower start command. OFF indicates that the port has been turned
off by the user through the lanpower stop command.
Max Watts
The maximum watts allocated to the corresponding slot. The maximum
watts value for a slot is changed using the lanpower maxpower command.
Class
??? Need Info.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
N/A
MIB Objects
alaPethMainPseGroup
alaPethMainPseAdminStatus
pethPsePortTable
pethPsePortAdminEnable
alaPethPsePortTable
alaPethPsePortPowerMaximum
alaPethMainPseGroup
alaPethMainPseMaxPower
pethMainPsePower
pethPsePortGroup
pethPsePortPowerPriority
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 4-15
show lanpower capacitor-detection
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
show lanpower capacitor-detection
Displays the capacitor detection method status.
show lanpower capacitor-detection slot
Syntax Definitions
slot
The particular slot on which the capacitor detection method status is
being displayed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show lanpower capacitor-detection 2
Capacitor Detection enabled on Slot 2
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
lanpower capacitor-detection
Enables or disables the capacitor detection method.
MIB Objects
alaPethMainTable
alaPethMainPseCapacitorDetect
page 4-16
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
show lanpower priority-disconnect
show lanpower priority-disconnect
Displays the priority disconnect function status on all ports in a specified slot.
show lanpower priority-disconnect slot
Syntax Definitions
slot
The particular slot on which the priority disconnect function status you
want to display.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show lanpower priority-disconnect 2
Slot 2 Priority Disconnect Enabled!
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
lanpower priority-disconnect
Enables or disables the priority disconnect function on all
ports in a specified slot.
MIB Objects
alaPethMainPseTable
alaPethMainPsePriorityDisconnect
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 4-17
show lanpower priority-disconnect
page 4-18
Power over Ethernet (PoE) Commands
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
5
Network Time Protocol
Commands
The Network Time Protocol (NTP) is used to synchronize the time of a computer client or server to
another server or reference time source, such as a radio or satellite receiver. It provides client time accuracies within a millisecond on LANs, and up to a few tens of millisecond on WANs. Typical NTP configurations utilize multiple redundant servers and diverse network paths in order to achieve high accuracy and
reliability.
It is important for networks to maintain accurate time synchronization between network nodes. The standard timescale used by most nations of the world is based on a combination of Universal Coordinated
Time (UTC) (representing the Earth’s rotation about its axis) and the Gregorian Calendar (representing the
Earth’s rotation about the Sun). UTC time is disseminated by various means, including radio and satellite
navigation systems, telephone modems, and portable clocks.
The MIB information for NTP is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1Ntp.mib
alcatelIND1NTPMIB
A summary of available commands is listed here:
ntp server
ntp server synchronized
ntp server unsynchronized
ntp client
ntp broadcast
ntp broadcast-delay
ntp key
ntp key load
show ntp client
show ntp server status
show ntp client server-list
show ntp keys
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 5-1
ntp server
Network Time Protocol Commands
ntp server
Specifies an NTP server from which the switch receives updates.
ntp server {ip_address | domain_name} [key key | version version | minpoll exponent | prefer]
no ntp server {ip_address | domain_name}
Syntax Definitions
ip_address
The IP address of the NTP server to be added or deleted to the client’s
server list.
domain_name
The domain name of the NTP server to be added or deleted to the
client’s server list. This is usually a text string.
key
The key identification number that corresponds to the specified NTP
server.
version
The version of NTP being used. This is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
exponent
The number of seconds between polls to this server. This number is
determined by raising 2 to the power of the number entered. Therefore,
if 4 were entered, the minimum poll time would be 16 seconds (24 =
16).
prefer
Marks this server as the preferred server. A preferred server’s timestamp is used before another server.
Defaults
Parameter
Default
version
4
exponent
6
prefer
not preferred
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to delete the specified server.
• To configure NTP in the client mode you have to first define the NTP servers. Up to 3 NTP servers can
be defined.
• Either an IP address or domain name for the specified server can be entered.
• The NTP key identification is an integer. It corresponds to an MD5 authentication key contained in an
authentication file (.txt) located on the server. This file has to be on both the server and the local
switch, and match, for authentication to work. Enter the key identification using the key keyword if the
server is set to MD5 authentication.
page 5-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Network Time Protocol Commands
ntp server
• Use the version keyword to set the correct version of NTP.
• Use the minpoll keyword to set the minimum poll time for the server. This number is determined by
raising 2 to the power of the number entered. Therefore, if 4 were entered, the minimum poll time
would be 16 seconds (24 = 16). The client polls the server for a time update when the minpoll time is
exceeded.
Examples
->
->
->
->
->
->
ntp server 1.1.1.1
ntp server spartacus
ntp server 1.1.1.1 key 1
ntp server 1.1.1.1 version 4
ntp server spartacus minpoll 5
no ntp server 1.1.1.1
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
ntp client
Enables or disables NTP operation on the switch.
MIB Objects
alaNtpConfig
alaNtpPeerAddressType
alaNtpPeerType
alaNtpPeerAuth
alaNtpPeerVersion
alaNtpPeerMinpoll
alaNtpPeerPrefer
alaNtpPeerAddress
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 5-3
ntp server synchronized
Network Time Protocol Commands
ntp server synchronized
Enables an NTP client to invoke tests for NTP server synchronization as specified by the NTP protocol.
ntp server synchronized
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
By default, NTP synchronization is enabled.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
The NTP protocol discards the NTP servers that are unsynchronized. However, the unsynchronized NTP
servers are used as network time sources.
Examples
-> ntp server synchronized
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
ntp server unsynchronized
Disables an NTP client from invoking tests for NTP server synchronization. This allows the NTP client to synchronize with unsynchronized
NTP servers in the network.
MIB Objects
alaNtpConfig
alaNtpPeerTests
page 5-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Network Time Protocol Commands
ntp server unsynchronized
ntp server unsynchronized
Disables an NTP client from invoking tests for NTP server synchronization. This allows the NTP client to
synchronize with unsynchronized NTP servers in the network.
ntp server unsynchronized
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
When NTP peer synchronization tests are disabled, the NTP client is able to synchronize with either an
NTP peer that is not synchronized with an atomic clock or a network of NTP servers that finally synchronizes with an atomic clock.
Examples
-> ntp server unsynchronized
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
ntp server synchronized
Enables an NTP client to invoke tests for NTP server synchronization as
specified by the NTP protocol.
MIB Objects
alaNtpConfig
alaNtpPeerTests
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 5-5
ntp client
Network Time Protocol Commands
ntp client
Enables or disables NTP operation on the switch.
ntp client {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Enables NTP.
disable
Disables NTP.
Defaults
NTP protocol is disabled by default.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable NTP. Before NTP can be enabled, an NTP server has to be specified using the ntp server command.
Examples
-> ntp client enable
-> ntp client disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
ntp server
Specifies an NTP server from which the switch receives updates.
MIB Objects
alaNtpEnable
page 5-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Network Time Protocol Commands
ntp broadcast
ntp broadcast
Enables or disables the client’s broadcast mode.
ntp broadcast {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Enables the client broadcast mode.
disable
Disables the client broadcast mode.
Defaults
Broadcast mode is disabled by default.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Broadcast mode is intended for operation on networks with numerous workstations and where the highest
accuracy is not required. In a typical scenario, one or more time servers on the network broadcast NTP
messages that are received by NTP hosts. Correct time is determined from this NTP message based on a
pre-configured latency or broadcast delay in the order of a few milliseconds.
Examples
-> ntp broadcast enable
-> ntp broadcast disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
ntp broadcast-delay
Sets the broadcast delay time in microseconds.
MIB Objects
alaNtpBroadcastEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 5-7
ntp broadcast-delay
Network Time Protocol Commands
ntp broadcast-delay
Sets the broadcast delay time in microseconds.
ntp broadcast delay microseconds
Syntax Definitions
microseconds
The number of microseconds for the broadcast delay.
Defaults
parameter
default
microseconds
4000
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
When running in the NTP client broadcast mode, a broadcast delay has to be set. The broadcast delay is
the number of microseconds added to the timestamp.
Examples
-> ntp broadcast delay 1000
-> ntp broadcast delay 10000
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
ntp broadcast
Enables or disables the client’s broadcast mode.
MIB Objects
alaNtpBroadcastDelay
page 5-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Network Time Protocol Commands
ntp key
ntp key
Labels the specified authentication key identification as trusted or untrusted.
ntp key key [trusted | untrusted]
Syntax Definitions
key
The key number matching an NTP server.
trusted
Signifies that the specified key is trusted and can be used for authentication.
untrusted
Signifies that the specified key is not trusted and cannot be used for
authentication. Synchronization does not occur with an untrusted
authentication key.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Authentication keys are stored in a key file and loaded into memory when the switch boots. The keys
loaded into memory are not trusted until this command is used.
• Once the keys are loaded into software (on boot up of the switch), they have to be activated by being
labeled as trusted. A trusted key authenticates with a server that requires authentication as long as the
key matches the server key.
• New keys has to be added manually to the key file. A newly added key is not be loaded into the switch
software until the ntp key load command is issued, or the switch is rebooted.
Examples
-> ntp key 5 trusted
-> ntp key 2 untrusted
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 5-9
ntp key
Network Time Protocol Commands
Related Commands
ntp key
Sets the public key the switch uses when authenticating with the specified
NTP server.
ntp client
Enables or disables authentication on the switch.
MIB Objects
alaNtpAccessKeyIdTable
alaNtpAccessKeyIdKeyId
alaNtpAccessKeyIdTrust
page 5-10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Network Time Protocol Commands
ntp key load
ntp key load
Loads the current key file into memory.
ntp key load
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command reloads the key file into the switch memory. This allows for new keys in the key file to
be added to the list of keys the switch can use for authentication.
• Newly added keys has to be labeled as trusted with the ntp key command before being used for
authentication.
Examples
-> ntp key load
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
ntp key
Labels the specified authentication key identification as trusted or
untrusted.
ntp server
Specifies an NTP server from which this switch receives updates.
MIB Objects
alaNtpAccessRereadkeyFile
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 5-11
show ntp client
Network Time Protocol Commands
show ntp client
Displays information about the current client NTP configuration.
show ntp client
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the current configuration parameters for the NTP client. The display is slightly
different depending on what has been configured on the client. See the Examples section for more information.
Examples
-> show ntp client
Current time:
Last NTP update:
Client mode:
Broadcast client mode:
Broadcast delay (microseconds):
SAT APR 16 2005 00:19:02 (UTC)
SAT APR 16 2005 00:06:45 (UTC)
enabled
disabled
4000
output definitions
Current time
The current time for the NTP client.
Last NTP update
The time of the last synchronization with an NTP server.
Client mode
Whether the NTP client software is enabled or disabled.
Broadcast client mode
What NTP mode the client is running in, either client or broadcast.
Broadcast delay
The number of microseconds in the advertised broadcast delay time.
This field is absent if the client broadcast mode is disabled.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 5-12
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Network Time Protocol Commands
show ntp client
Related Command
ntp client
Enables or disables NTP operation on the switch.
MIB Objects
alaNtpLocalInfo
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 5-13
show ntp client server-list
Network Time Protocol Commands
show ntp client server-list
Displays a list of the servers with which the NTP client synchronizes.
show ntp client server-list
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show ntp client server-list
IP Address
Ver
Key
St
Delay
Offset
Disp
================+===+=======+====+==========+=================+==========
198.206.181.70
4
0
2
0.167
0.323
0.016
output definitions
IP Address
The server IP address.
Ver
The version of NTP the server is using. Versions 3 and 4 are valid.
Key
The NTP server’s public key. This has to be accurate and the same as
the NTP server, or the client switch is unable to synchronize with the
NTP server. A zero (0) means there is no key entered.
St
The stratum of the server.
Delay
The delay received from the server in its timestamp.
Offset
The offset received from the server in its timestamp.
Disp
The dispersion value received from the server in its timestamp.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 5-14
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Network Time Protocol Commands
show ntp client server-list
Related Command
ntp client
Enables or disables authentication on the switch.
MIB Objects
alaNtpPeerListTable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 5-15
show ntp server status
Network Time Protocol Commands
show ntp server status
Displays the basic server information for a specific NTP server or a list of NTP servers.
show ntp server status [ip_address | domain_name]
Syntax Definitions
ip_address
The IP address of the NTP server to be displayed.
domain_name
The domain name of the server to be displayed. This is usually a text
string.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command displays a selected server or a list of servers with which the NTP client synchronizes.
• To display a specific server, enter the command with the server’s IP address or domain name. To
display all servers, enter the command with no server IP address.
Examples
-> show ntp server
-> show ntp server
IP address
Host mode
Peer mode
Prefer
Version
Key
Stratum
Minpoll
Maxpoll
Delay
Offset
Dispersion
Root distance
Precision
Reference IP
Status
Uptime count
Reachability
Unreachable count
Stats reset count
Packets sent
Packets received
Duplicate packets
page 5-16
status
status 198.206.181.139
= 198.206.181.139,
= client,
= server,
= no,
= 4,
= 0,
= 2,
= 6 (64 seconds),
= 10 (1024 seconds),
= 0.016 seconds,
= -180.232 seconds,
= 7.945 seconds
= 0.026,
= -14,
= 209.81.9.7,
= configured : reachable : rejected,
= 1742 seconds,
= 1,
= 0,
= 1680 seconds,
= 1,
= 1,
= 0,
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Network Time Protocol Commands
Bogus origin
Bad authentication
Bad dispersion
Last Event
=
=
=
=
show ntp server status
0,
0,
0,
peer changed to reachable,
output definitions
IP address
The server IP address.
Host mode
The host mode of this remote association.
Peer mode
The peer mode of this remote association.
Prefer
Whether this server is a preferred server or not. A preferred server is
used to synchronize the client before a non-preferred server.
Version
The version of NTP the server is using. Versions 3 and 4 are valid.
Key
The NTP server’s public key. This has to be accurate and the same as
the NTP server, or the client switch is able to synchronize with the NTP
server. A zero (0) means there is no key entered.
Stratum
The stratum of the server. The stratum number is the number of hops
from a UTC time source.
Minpoll
The minimum poll time. The client polls the server for a time update
every time this limit has been exceeded.
Maxpoll
The maximum poll time.
Delay
The delay received from the server in its timestamp.
Offset
The offset received from the server in its timestamp.
Dispersion
The dispersion value received from the server in its timestamp.
Root distance
The total round trip delay (in seconds) to the primary reference source.
Precision
The advertised precision of this association.
Reference IP
The IP address identifying the peer’s primary reference source.
Status
The peer selection and association status.
Uptime count
The time period (in seconds) during which the local NTP server was
associated with the switch.
Reachability
The reachability status of the peer.
Unreachable count
Number of times the NTP entity was unreachable.
Stats reset count
The time delay (in seconds) since the last time the local NTP server was
restarted.
Packets sent
Number of packets sent.
Packets received
Number of packets received.
Duplicate packets
Number of duplicated packets received.
Bogus origin
Number of bogus packets.
Bad authentication
Number of NTP packets rejected for not meeting the authentication
standards.
Bad dispersion
Number of bad dispersions.
Last Event
The last event.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 5-17
show ntp server status
Network Time Protocol Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Command
ntp client
Enables or disables authentication on the switch.
MIB Objects
alaNtpPeerListTable
alaNtpPeerShowStatus
page 5-18
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Network Time Protocol Commands
show ntp keys
show ntp keys
Displays information about all authentication keys.
show ntp keys
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This command displays information about the authentication keys loaded into the memory.
Examples
-> show ntp keys
Key
Status
=======+============
1
untrusted
2
untrusted
3
trusted
4
trusted
5
untrusted
6
untrusted
7
trusted
8
trusted
output definitions
Key
The key number corresponding to a key in the key file.
Status
Whether the key is trusted or untrusted.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 5-19
show ntp keys
Network Time Protocol Commands
Related Command
ntp key
Labels the specified authentication key identification as trusted or
untrusted.
ntp key load
Loads the current key file into memory.
MIB Objects
alaNtpAccessKeyIdTable
page 5-20
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
6
Session Management
Commands
Session Management commands are used to monitor and configure operator sessions including FTP,
Telnet, HTTP (WebView), console, Secure Shell, and Secure Shell FTP on the switch. (See the SNMP
Commands chapter for SNMP session commands.)
Maximum number of concurrent sessions allowed are:
Session
OmniSwitch 6250/6450
Telnet(v4 or v6)
4
FTP(v4 or v6)
4
SSH + SFTP(v4 or v6 secure
sessions)
8
HTTP
4
Total Sessions
20
SNMP
50
MIB information for commands in this chapter are as follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelInd1SessionMgr.mib
AlcatelIND1SessionMgrMIB
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1AAA.mib
Alcatel-IND1-AAA-MIB
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1System.mib
Alcatel-IND1ConfigMgr.mib
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1Ssh.mib
ALCATEL-IND1-SSH-MIB
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-1
Session Management Commands
A summary of the available commands is listed here:
session login-attempt
session login-timeout
session banner
session timeout
session prompt default
session xon-xoff
prompt
show prefix
alias
show alias
user profile save
user profile save global-profile
user profile reset
history size
show history
!
command-log
kill
exit
who
whoami
show session config
show session xon-xoff
more size
more
show more
telnet
telnet6
ssh
ssh6
ssh enforce pubkey-auth
show ssh config
show command-log status
page 6-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
session login-attempt
session login-attempt
Sets or resets the number of times a user can attempt unsuccessfully to log in to the switch before the TCP
connection is closed.
session login-attempt integer
Syntax Definitions
integer
The number of times the user can attempt to log in to the switch before
the TCP connection is closed. Valid range is 1 to 10.
Defaults
By default, three-login attempts are provided.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> session login-attempt 5
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show session config
Displays Session Manager information such as banner file name,
session timeout value, and default prompt value.
session login-timeout
Sets or resets the amount of time the user can take to accomplish a
successful login to the switch.
session timeout
Configures the inactivity timer for a CLI, HTTP (including
WebView), or FTP interface. When the switch detects no user
activity for this period, the user is logged off the switch.
MIB Objects
sessionMgr
sessionLoginAttempt
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-3
session login-timeout
Session Management Commands
session login-timeout
Sets or resets the amount of time the user can take to accomplish a successful login to the switch. If the
timeout period is exceeded, the TCP connection is closed by the switch.
session login-timeout seconds
Syntax Definitions
seconds
The number of seconds the switch allows for the user to accomplish a
successful login. Valid range is from 5 seconds to 600 seconds.
Defaults
Login timeout default is 55 seconds.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> session login-timeout 30
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show session config
Displays Session Manager information such as banner file name,
session timeout value, default prompt value, login timer, and login
attempt number.
session login-attempt
Sets or resets the number of times a user can attempt unsuccessfully
to log in to the switch before the TCP connection is closed.
session timeout
Configures the inactivity timer for a CLI, HTTP (including
WebView), or FTP interface. When the switch detects no user
activity for this period, the user is logged off the switch.
MIB Objects
sessionMgr
sessionLoginTimeout
page 6-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
session banner
session banner
Sets or resets the file name of the user–defined banner. The banner is a welcome banner that appears after
the user successfully logs on to the switch.
session banner {cli | ftp | http} file_name
session banner no {cli | ftp | http}
Syntax Definitions
cli
Creates/modifies the CLI banner file name.
ftp
Creates/modifies the FTP banner file name.
http
Creates/modifies the HTTP banner file name.
file_name
Banner file name including the path from the switch /flash
directory. The maximum length of the file name and path is 255
characters.
Defaults
• A default banner is included in one of the switch image files. It is automatically displayed at login so
no configuration is needed.
• The user has the option of defining a custom supplementary banner or of using the default banner.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The session banner no command is used to disable a user-defined session banner file from displaying
when you log on to the switch. The text file containing the custom banner remains on the switch until
you remove it with the rm command.
• The session banner command is used to configure or modify the banner file name. You can use a text
editor to edit the file containing the banner text.
Examples
-> session banner cli/switch/banner.txt
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-5
session banner
Session Management Commands
Related Commands
show session config
Displays Session Manager information such as banner file name,
session timeout value, and default prompt value.
MIB Objects
SessionConfigTable
SessionType
SessionBannerFileName
page 6-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
session timeout
session timeout
Configures the inactivity timer for a CLI, HTTP (including WebView), or FTP interface. When the switch
detects no user activity for this period, the user is logged off the switch.
session timeout {cli | http | ftp} minutes
Syntax Definitions
cli
Sets the inactivity timeout for CLI sessions.
http
Sets the inactivity timeout for HTTP sessions.
ftp
Sets the inactivity timeout for FTP sessions.
minutes
Inactivity timeout value (in minutes). Valid range 1 to 596523.
Defaults
parameter
default
minutes
4
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The inactivity timer value can be different for each type of interface, such as CLI (Console, Telnet),
HTTP (including WebView), and FTP.
• If you change the timer, the new value does not affect current sessions; the new timer is applied to new
sessions only.
Examples
-> session timeout cli 5
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-7
session timeout
Session Management Commands
Related Commands
show session config
Displays Session Manager information, such as banner file name,
session timeout value, and default prompt value.
MIB Objects
SessionConfigTable
SessionType
SessionInactivityTimerValue
page 6-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
session prompt default
session prompt default
Configures the default CLI prompt for console and Telnet sessions. The prompt is the symbol and/or text
that appears on the screen in front of the cursor.
session prompt default {<num> | <string> | system-name}
Syntax Definitions
num
The new numerical prompt value.
string
The new prompt string. Text strings that include spaces must be
enclosed in quotation marks. For example, “OmniSwitch 6250”.
system-name
Sets the prompt to the current system name of the switch. By default,
the system name is set to ‘VxTarget’.
Defaults
parameter
default
string
->
system-name
VxTarget
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The maximum prompt string length is 35 characters.
• System name is configured for the switch using the CLI command system name. The system name can
also be dynamically obtained from the DHCP server (DHCP Option-12). The user-defined system
name configuration (through CLI, WebView, SNMP) gets priority over the DHCP server values. For
more information, refer to “system name” on page 2-4 in Chassis Management and Monitoring
Commands chapter.
• Every time the system name is modified, the prompt also gets modified.
• In case the system name is larger than 35 characters, prompt is truncated to 35 characters.
• The new prompt takes effect after relogging to a new session.
Examples
-> session prompt default
-> session prompt default system-name
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-9
session prompt default
Session Management Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Release 6.6.3; keyword system name introduced.
Related Commands
show session config
Displays Session Manager information such as banner file name,
session timeout value, and default prompt value.
MIB Objects
SessionConfigTable
SessionType
sessionDefaultPromptString
sessionDefaultPromptSysName
page 6-10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
session xon-xoff
session xon-xoff
Enables/disables the XON-XOFF protocol on the console port.
session xon-xoff {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Enables XON-XOFF on the console port.
disable
Disables XON-XOFF on the console port.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
The switch can interpret noise from an RS232 line as Control-S (XOFF). If the session console xon-xoff
command is enabled, traffic to the console port can be stopped.
Examples
-> session xon-xoff enable
-> session xon-xoff disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show session xon-xoff
Displays whether the console port is enabled or disabled for
XON-XOFF.
MIB Objects
sessionXonXoffEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-11
prompt
Session Management Commands
prompt
This command defines the CLI prompt.
prompt [user] [time] [date] [string string] [prefix]
no prompt
Syntax Definitions
user
The name of the current user is displayed as part of the CLI prompt.
time
The current system time is displayed as part of the CLI prompt.
date
The current system date is displayed as part of the CLI prompt.
string
You can specify a text string as the prompt. Prompts specified with this
parameter are limited to four characters.
prefix
The current prefix (if any) is displayed as part of the CLI prompt.
Prefixes are stored for command families that support the prefix
recognition feature.
Defaults
The default prompt is the arrow (->, or dash greater-than).
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove the CLI prompt.
• Prefixes are stored for command families that support the prefix recognition feature. These command
families include AAA, Interface, Link Aggregation, QoS, Spanning Tree, and VLAN Management.
Other command families do not store a prefix.
• To set the CLI prompt back to the arrow (->), enter the prompt string -> (prompt string dash
greater than) syntax.
Examples
->
->
->
->
->
prompt
prompt
prompt
prompt
prompt
user
user time date
prefix
string 12->
prefix ->
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 6-12
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
prompt
Related Commands
show prefix
Shows the command prefix (if any) currently stored by the CLI.
Prefixes are stored for command families that support the prefix
recognition feature.
MIB Objects
N/A
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-13
show prefix
Session Management Commands
show prefix
Shows the command prefix (if any) currently stored by the CLI. Prefixes are stored for command families
that support the prefix recognition feature.
show prefix
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Prefixes are stored for command families that support the prefix recognition feature. These command
families include AAA, Interface, Link Aggregation, QoS, Spanning Tree, and VLAN Management. Other
command families do not store a prefix.
Examples
-> show prefix
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
prompt
This command defines the format of the CLI prompt. The prompt
can be defined to include the command prefix.
MIB Objects
N/A
page 6-14
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
alias
alias
Defines substitute command text for the switch CLI command keywords.
alias alias command_name
Syntax Definitions
alias
Text string that defines the new CLI command name (alias) that you can
use to replace an old CLI command name.
command_name
The old CLI command name being replaced by your alias.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Alias commands are stored until the user session ends. To save alias settings, use the user profile save
command. Otherwise, once you log off the switch, substitute commands configured with the alias
command are destroyed.
• You can eliminate excess typing by reducing the number of characters required for a command. For
instance, the group syntax can be defined as gp.
• You can change unfamiliar command words into familiar words or patterns. For instance, if you prefer
the term “privilege” to the term “attribute” with reference to a login account read/write capabilities,
you can change the CLI command from attrib to privilege.
• To reset commands set with alias back to their factory default, use the user profile reset command.
Examples
-> alias gp group
-> alias privilege attrib
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-15
alias
Session Management Commands
Related Commands
show alias
Lists all current commands defined by the use of the alias CLI
command.
user profile reset
Resets the alias, prompt, and more values to their factory defaults.
MIB Objects
N/A
page 6-16
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
show alias
show alias
Displays all current commands defined by the use of the alias CLI command.
show alias
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
The following information is displayed where the alias gp was defined to replace the group command,
and the alias privilege was defined to replace the attrib command.
-> show alias
gp:
group
privilege: attrib
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
alias
Defines substitute command text for the switch CLI command
keywords.
MIB Objects
N/A
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-17
user profile save
Session Management Commands
user profile save
Saves the user account settings for aliases, prompts, and the more mode screen settings. These settings are
automatically loaded when the user account logs on.
user profile save
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use this command to save alias definitions, prompt definitions, and more mode screen settings for use
in future login sessions for the current user account.
• If you do not use the user profile save, alias, prompt, and more size commands, settings are lost
when the user account logs off.
• Use the user profile reset command to set the alias, prompt, and more size values to their factory
defaults.
Examples
-> user profile save
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
alias
Defines substitute command text for the switch CLI command
keywords.
prompt
Defines substitute command text for the switch CLI command
keywords.
more size
Specifies the number of lines that your console screen displays.
user profile reset
Resets the alias, prompt, and more values to their factory defaults.
MIB Objects
N/A
page 6-18
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
user profile save global-profile
user profile save global-profile
This command is available only for the user with an administrative profile.
This command can be used to add alias, prompt, and more settings and these settings can be saved as a
global profile. These settings are loaded as default settings when any user logs in, irrespective of the user
privileges.
user profile save global-profile
Syntax Definitions
global-profile
The administrative user setting that presets a global setting as default to
all users at login prompt.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This profile can be reset when by the user by using the user profile save and user profile reset
commands.
• Use this command to save alias definitions, prompt definitions, and more mode screen settings for use
in future login sessions for all user accounts.
• The current settings (prompt, more, aliases) for the session are saved in the global profile file /flash/
switch/GlobalProfile.txt. The file can be manually edited by the administrator. The file name must not
be changed or deleted.
• If a user profile is configured by the individual user with the user profile save command, the global
profile is overridden and the user profile settings are loaded at user login.
Examples
-> user profile save global-profile
Setting global profile…
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-19
user profile save global-profile
Session Management Commands
Related Commands
alias
Defines substitute command text for the switch CLI command
keywords.
prompt
Defines substitute command text for the switch CLI command
keywords.
more size
Specifies the number of lines that your console screen must
display.
user profile save
Saves the user account settings for aliases, prompts, and the more
mode screen settings. These settings are automatically loaded when
the user logs on.
user profile reset
Resets the alias, prompt, and more values to their factory defaults.
MIB Objects
N/A
page 6-20
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
user profile reset
user profile reset
Resets the alias, prompt, and more values to their factory defaults.
user profile reset
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> user profile reset
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
alias
Defines substitute command text for the switch CLI command
keywords.
prompt
Defines substitute command text for the switch CLI command
keywords.
more size
Specifies the number of lines that your console screen must display.
user profile save
Saves the user account settings for aliases, prompts, and the more
screen.
MIB Objects
N/A
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-21
history size
Session Management Commands
history size
Sets the number of commands to be stored in the CLI history buffer.
history size number
Syntax Definitions
number
Enter an integer between 1 and 500. The history buffer can store up to
500 commands.
Defaults
By default, the history buffer size is set to 100 commands.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> history size 10
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show history
Displays commands that you have recently issued to the switch. The
commands are displayed in a numbered list.
!
Recalls commands listed in the history buffer and displays them at
the CLI prompt.
MIB Objects
N/A
page 6-22
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
show history
show history
Displays commands that you have recently issued to the switch. The commands are displayed in a
numbered list.
show history [parameters]
Syntax Definitions
parameters
When this syntax is used, the CLI displays the history buffer size, the
current number of commands in the history buffer, and the index range
of the commands.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show history
1 show cmm
2 show fan
3 show sensor
4 show temp
5 show time
6 show arp
7 clear arp
8 show prefix
-> show history parameters
History size: 10
Current Size: 7
Index Range: 1-7
output definitions
History Size
The size of the history buffer.
Current Size
The number of commands currently stored in the history buffer for this
session.
Index Range
The index range of the commands for this CLI session currently stored
in the history buffer.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-23
show history
Session Management Commands
Related Commands
history size
Sets the number of commands to be stored in the CLI history buffer.
!
Recalls commands listed in the history buffer and displays them at
the CLI prompt.
MIB Objects
N/A
page 6-24
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
!
!
Recalls commands listed in the history buffer and displays them at the CLI prompt.
!{! | n}
Syntax Definitions
!
Recalls the last command listed in the history buffer and displays that
command at the CLI prompt.
n
Identifies a single command in the history buffer by number and
displays that command at the CLI prompt.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• You can use the show history command to list all commands in the history buffer, then use the !n
syntax to issue a single command from the list.
• When you use !n or !! to recall a command in the history buffer list, press the Enter key to run the
command.
Examples
-> show history
1* show cmm
2 show fan
3 show sensor
4 show temp
5 show time
6 show arp
7 clear arp
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-25
!
Session Management Commands
Related Commands
history size
Sets the number of commands to be stored in the CLI history buffer.
show history
Displays commands you have recently issued to the switch. The
commands are displayed in a numbered list.
MIB Objects
N/A
page 6-26
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
command-log
command-log
Enables or disables command logging on the switch. A command.log is automatically created; this file
stores a comprehensive CLI command history for all active sessions since the function was first enabled.
command-log {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Creates a file called command.log in the switch /flash directory. Any
configuration commands entered on the command line are recorded to
this file until command logging is disabled.
disable
Disables logging of current session commands to the command.log file.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
The maximum log file size is 66,402 bytes; the file can hold up to 100 commands.
Examples
-> command-log enable
-> command-log disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show ssh config
Displays the contents of the command.log file.
show command-log status
Shows the status of the command logging function
(enabled or disabled).
MIB Objects
sessionCliCommandLogEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-27
kill
Session Management Commands
kill
Kills an active session. The command takes effect immediately.
kill session_number
Syntax Definitions
session_number
Number of the session you want to kill.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the who command to obtain the session number variable.
• You cannot kill your own session.
• You cannot kill a connected session where the user has not yet completed the login process. These
sessions appear with username “(at login)” when displayed with the who command.
Examples
-> kill 3
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
who
Displays all active login sessions (for example, Console, Telnet,
FTP, HTTP, Secure Shell, and Secure Shell FTP).
MIB Objects
SessionMgr
sessionIndex
sessionRowStatus
page 6-28
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
exit
exit
Ends the current CLI session. If the CLI session to the switch was through Telnet, the connection is
closed.
exit
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
If changes were made using the CLI and have not been saved with the copy running-config working
command, a warning message appears asking to confirm the user exit. To save changes, enter N at the
warning prompt and use the copy running-config working command.
Examples
-> exit
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
kill
Kills an active session. The command takes effect immediately.
MIB Objects
SessionMgr
sessionIndex
sessionRowStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-29
whoami
Session Management Commands
whoami
Displays the current user session.
whoami
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the who command to display all sessions on the switch.
Examples
-> whoami
Session number = 5
User name
= admin,
Access type = telnet,
Access port = NI,
IP address = 121.251.17.76,
Read-only domains
= None,
Read-only families = ,
Read-Write domains = All,
Read-Write families = ,
End-User profile
=
output definitions
Session Number
The session number assigned to the user.
User name
The user name.
Access type
Type of access protocol used to connect to the switch.
Access port
Switch port used for access during this session.
Ip Address
User IP address.
Read-only domains
The command domains available with the user read-only access. See
the table beginning on page 6-31 for a listing of valid domains.
Read-only families
The command families available with the user read-only access. See the
table beginning on page 6-31 for a listing of valid families.
Read-Write domains
The command domains available with the user read-write access. See
the table beginning on page 6-31 for a listing of valid domains.
page 6-30
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
whoami
output definitions
Read-Write families
The command families available with the user read-write access. See
the table beginning on page 6-31 for a listing of valid families.
End-User Profile
The name of an end-user profile associated with the user.
Possible values for command domains and families are listed here:
domain
families
domain-admin
file image bootrom telnet reset dshell debug
domain-system
system aip snmp rmon webmgt config
domain-physical
chassis module interface pmm flood health
domain-network
ip iprm ipmr ipms
domain-layer2
vlan bridge stp 802.1q linkagg ip-helper
domain-service
ldap dhcp dns
domain-security
session binding aaa
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
who
Displays all active login sessions (for example, Console, Telnet,
FTP, HTTP, Secure Shell, and Secure Shell FTP).
kill
Kills another user session.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-31
whoami
Session Management Commands
MIB Objects
SessionActive
sessionIndex
sessionAccessType
sessionPhysicalPort
sessionUserName
sessionUserReadPrivileges
sessionUserWritePrivileges
sessionUserProfileNumber
sessionUserIpAddress
sessionRowStatus
page 6-32
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
who
who
Displays all active login sessions (for example, Console, Telnet, FTP, HTTP, Secure Shell, and Secure
Shell FTP).
who
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
You can identify your current login session by using IP address.
Examples
-> who
Session number = 0
User name
= (at login),
Access type = console,
Access port = Local,
IP address = 0.0.0.0,
Read-only domains
= None,
Read-only families = ,
Read-Write domains = None,
Read-Write families = ,
End-User profile
=
Session number = 5
User name
= admin,
Access type = telnet,
Access port = NI,
IP address = 128.251.17.176,
Read-only domains
= None,
Read-only families = ,
Read-Write domains = All,
Read-Write families = ,
End-User profile
=
output definitions
Session Number
The session number assigned to the user.
User name
The user name.
Access type
Type of access protocol used to connect to the switch.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-33
who
Session Management Commands
output definitions (continued)
Access port
Switch port used for access during this session.
Ip Address
User IP address.
Read-only domains
The command domains available with the user read-only access. See
the table beginning on page 6-34 for a listing of valid domains.
Read-only families
The command families available with the user read-only access. See the
table beginning on page 6-34 for a listing of valid families.
Read-Write domains
The command domains available with the user read-write access. See
the table beginning on page 6-34 for a listing of valid domains.
Read-Write families
The command families available with the user read-write access. See
the table beginning on page 6-34 for a listing of valid families.
End-User Profile
The name of an end-user profile associated with the user.
Possible values for command domains and families are listed here:
domain
families
domain-admin
file image bootrom telnet reset dshell debug
domain-system
system aip snmp rmon webmgt config
domain-physical
chassis module interface pmm flood health
domain-network
ip rip iprm ipmr ipms
domain-layer2
vlan bridge stp 802.1q linkagg ip-helper
domain-service
ldap dhcp dns
domain-security
session binding avlan aaa
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
whoami
Displays current user session.
kill
Kills another user session.
MIB Objects
SessionActive
sessionIndex
sessionAccessType
sessionPhysicalPort
sessionUserName
sessionUserReadPrivileges
sessionUserWritePrivileges
sessionUserProfileNumber
sessionUserIpAddress
sessionRowStatus
page 6-34
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
show session config
show session config
Displays session manager configuration information (for example, default prompt, banner file name,
inactivity timer, login timer, and login attempts).
show session config
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the configuration commands detailed in this section to modify any of the values displayed.
Examples
-> show session config
Cli Default Prompt
= ->
Cli Banner File Name
= ,
Cli Inactivity Timer in minutes = 60
Ftp Banner File Name
= ,
Ftp Inactivity Timer in minutes = 60
Http Inactivity Timer in minutes = 60
Login Timer in seconds
= 60
Maximum number of Login Attempts = 2
output definitions
Cli Default Prompt
Default prompt displayed for CLI sessions.
Cli Banner File Name
Name of the file that contains the banner information that appears
during a CLI session.
Cli Inactivity Timer in
minutes
Inactivity timer value (in minutes) for CLI sessions. The user is logged
off when this value is exceeded.
Ftp Banner File Name
Name of the file that contains the banner information that appears
during an FTP session.
Ftp Inactivity Timer in
minutes
Inactivity timer value (in minutes) for FTP sessions. The user is logged
off when this value is exceeded.
Http Inactivity Timer in
minutes
Inactivity timer value (in minutes) for HTTP (including WebView)
sessions. The user is logged off when this value is exceeded.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-35
show session config
Session Management Commands
output definitions (continued)
Login Timer in seconds
The amount of time the user can take to accomplish a successful login
to the switch. If the timeout period is exceeded, the TCP connection is
closed by the switch.
Maximum number of Login
Attempts
The number of times a user can attempt unsuccessfully to log in to the
switch before the TCP connection is closed.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
session prompt default
Configures the default CLI prompt for console and Telnet sessions.
session banner
Sets the file name of the user–defined banner.
session timeout
Configures the inactivity timer for a CLI, HTTP (including
WebView), or FTP interface.
session login-attempt
Sets the number of times a user can attempt to log in to the switch
unsuccessfully before the TCP connection is closed.
session login-timeout
Sets the amount of time the user can take to accomplish a successful
login to the switch.
MIB Objects
SessionConfigTable
sessionType
sessionBannerFileName
sessionInactivityTimerValue
sessionDefaultPromptString
page 6-36
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
show session xon-xoff
show session xon-xoff
Displays whether the console port is enabled or disabled for XON-XOFF.
show session xon-xoff
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
The switch can interpret noise from an RS232 line as Control-S (XOFF). If the console port is enabled for
XON-XOFF (through the session xon-xoff command), traffic to the console port can be stopped.
Examples
-> show session xon-xoff
XON-XOFF Enabled
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
session xon-xoff
Enables/disables the XON-XOFF protocol on the console port.
MIB Objects
sessionXonXoffEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-37
more size
Session Management Commands
more size
Specifies the number of lines that your console screen must display.
more size lines
Syntax Definitions
lines
Specify the number of lines for your console to display.
Defaults
parameter
default
lines
128
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If the display from the switch contains more lines than specified with this command, the switch
displays only the number of lines specified. The last line on your console displays as follows:
More? [next screen <sp>, next line <cr>, filter pattern </>, quit </>]
• To display more lines, press the spacebar to show another full screen, press Enter to show the next line,
or press q to quit the display and return to the system prompt.
Examples
-> more size 12
-> more size 30
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
more
Enables the more mode for your console screen display.
show more
Shows the enable status of the more mode along with the number of
lines specified for the screen display.
MIB Objects
SystemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
page 6-38
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
more
more
Enables the more mode for your console screen display.
more
no more
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
Disabled
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This command enables the more mode where your console screen display is determined by the value set
with the more size command.
Examples
-> more
-> no more
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show more
Shows the number of TTY lines and columns to be displayed.
more size
Specifies the number of lines that your console screen must display.
MIB Objects
SystemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-39
show more
Session Management Commands
show more
Shows the enable status of the more mode along with the number of lines specified for the screen display.
show more
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command shows the enable status of the more mode.
• The number of lines displayed is the value set with the more size command.
Examples
-> show more
The more feature is enabled and the number of line is set to 12
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
more
Enables the more mode for your console screen display.
more size
Specifies the number of lines that your console screen must display.
MIB Objects
SystemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
page 6-40
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
telnet
telnet
Invokes a Telnet session. A Telnet session is used to connect to a remote system or device.
telnet {host_name | ip_address}
Syntax Definitions
host_name
Specifies the host name for the Telnet session.
ip_address
Specifies the IP address for the Telnet session.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• To abort a Telnet session, enter CTRL + ] and then CTRL + D. Refer to your switch User Manual for
more information on using Telnet.
• You can establish up to five concurrent IPv4 or IPv6 telnet client sessions.
• You can establish up to four concurrent IPv4 or IPv6 telnet sessions (when the switch acts as a telnet
server).
Examples
-> telnet 172.17.6.228
Trying 172.17.6.228...
Connected to 172.17.6.228.
Escape character is '^]'.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-41
telnet
Session Management Commands
Related Commands
telnet6
Invokes a Telnetv6 session. A Telnetv6 session is used to connect to a
remote system or device over an IPv6 network
ssh
Invokes the Secure Shell on the switch. A Secure Shell is used to make a
secured connection to a remote system or device.
MIB Objects
SystemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
page 6-42
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
telnet6
telnet6
Invokes a Telnetv6 session. A Telnetv6 session is used to connect to a remote system or device over an
IPv6 network.
telnet6 {ipv6_address | hostname} [if_name]
Syntax Definitions
ipv6_address
Specifies the IPv6 address for the Telnetv6 server.
hostname
Specifies the hostname for the Telnetv6 server.
if_name
The name of the interface used to reach the Telnetv6 server, if the target
has been specified using the link-local address.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• To abort a Telnet session, enter CTRL + ] and then CTRL + D. Refer to your switch-specific User
Manual for more information on using Telnet.
• If the session is invoked using the server link-local address, the source interface name must be
provided.
• You can establish up to five concurrent IPv4 or IPv6 telnet client sessions.
• You can establish up to four concurrent IPv4 or IPv6 telnet sessions (when the switch acts as a telnet
server).
Examples
-> telnet6 fe80::a00:20ff:fea8:8961 intf1
-> telnet6 ::1
-> telnet6 Sun.com
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-43
telnet6
Session Management Commands
Related Commands
telnet
Invokes a Telnet session. A Telnet session is used to connect to a remote
system or device.
ssh6
Invokes Secure Shellv6 on the switch. Secure Shellv6 is used to make a
secured connection to an SSHv6 server.
MIB Objects
SystemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
page 6-44
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
ssh
ssh
Invokes Secure Shell on the switch. Secure Shell is used to make a secured connection to a remote system
or device.
ssh {host_name | ip_address | enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
host_name
Specifies the host name for Secure Shell.
ip_address
Specifies the IP address for Secure Shell.
enable
Administratively enables Secure Shell on the switch.
disable
Administratively disables Secure Shell on the switch.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• You must have a valid username and password for the specified host.
• You can establish one SSH session from an OmniSwitch (when it acts as Client) and up to eight SSH
sessions towards an OmniSwitch (when it acts as Server).
Examples
-> ssh enable
-> ssh 172.155.11.211
login as:
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-45
ssh
Session Management Commands
Related Commands
telnet
Invokes a Telnet session. A telnet session is used to connect to a remote
system or device.
sftp
Starts an SFTP session. An SFTP session provides a secure file transfer
method.
ssh6
Invokes Secure Shellv6 on the switch. Secure Shellv6 is used to make a
secured connection to an SSHv6 server.
show ssh config
Displays the status of Secure Shell, SCP/SFTP on the switch.
MIB Objects
aaaAcctSATable
aaacsInterface
alaSshConfigGroup
alaSshAdminStatus
page 6-46
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
ssh6
ssh6
Invokes Secure Shellv6 on the switch. Secure Shellv6 is used to make a secured connection to an SSHv6
server.
ssh6 {ipv6_address | hostname} [if_name]
Syntax Definitions
ipv6_address
Specifies the IPv6 address for Secure Shell.
hostname
Specifies the host name for Secure Shell.
if_name
The name of the interface used to reach the sshv6 server, if the target
has been specified using the link-local address.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• You must have a valid username and password for the specified host.
• If the session is invoked using the server link-local address, the source interface name must be
provided.
• You can establish one SSH6 session from an OmniSwitch (when it acts as Client) and up to eight
SSH6 sessions towards an OmniSwitch (when it acts as Server).
• A console or a telnet session can handle only one SSHv6 client session
• At anytime, there can be only one SSH client session (either SSHv4 or SSHv6) to any SSH server.
Examples
-> ssh6 fe80::a00:20ff:fea8:8961 int1
-> ssh6 ::1
-> ssh6 Sun.com
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-47
ssh6
Session Management Commands
Related Commands
telnet6
Invokes a Telnetv6 session. A Telnetv6 session is used to connect to a
remote system or device over an IPv6 network
sftp6
Starts an SFTPv6 session. An SFTPv6 session provides a secure file
transfer method.
ssh
Invokes Secure Shell on the switch. Secure Shell is used to make a
secured connection to a remote system or device.
show ssh config
Displays the status of Secure Shell, SCP/SFTP on the switch.
MIB Objects
aaaAcctSATable
aaacsInterface
alaSshConfigGroup
alaSshAdminStatus
page 6-48
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
ssh enforce pubkey-auth
ssh enforce pubkey-auth
Enables or disables Secure Shell public key and password authentication. When enabled, password
authentication is not allowed.
ssh enforce pubkey-auth {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Enforces only SSH public key authentication.
disable
Enforces both SSH public key and password authentication.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
If a public key file (thomas_dsa.pub) exists in the flash/network/pub directory on the switch, public key
authentication is used even if this method of authentication is disabled using this command. Rename,
move, or delete the public key file to ensure that public key authentication is disabled.
Examples
-> ssh enforce pubkey-auth enable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
telnet
Invokes a Telnet session. A Telnet session is used to connect to a remote
system or device.
sftp
Starts an SFTP session. An SFTP session provides a secure file transfer
method.
MIB Objects
alaSshConfigGroup
alaSshPubKeyEnforceAdminStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-49
show ssh config
Session Management Commands
show ssh config
Displays the status of Secure Shell, SCP/SFTP on the switch.
show ssh config
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show ssh config
SSH = Enabled
SCP/SFTP = Enabled
Public Key Authentication Enforced = False
output definitions
SSH
Displays the SSH status (enabled or disabled).
SCP/SFTP
Displays the SCP/SFTP status (enabled or disabled).
Public Key Authentication
Enforced
Displays whether the Public Key Authentication is enforced. Options
include true or false.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 6-50
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
show ssh config
Related Commands
ssh
Invokes Secure Shell on the switch. Secure Shell is used to make a
secured connection to a remote system or device.
ftp6
Enables or disables secure copy (SCP) and secure FTP (SFTP) at the
same time on the switch.
MIB Objects
alaSshConfigGroup
alaSshAdminStatus
alaScpSftpAdminStatus
alaSshPubKeyEnforceAdminStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-51
show command-log
Session Management Commands
show command-log
Displays the contents of the command.log file. This file contains a record of all CLI commands run on the
switch since the command logging function was enabled. For more information on enabling and disabling
command logging, refer to page 6-27.
show command-log
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The show command-log command lists the CLI commands in the descending order. In other words,
the most recent commands are listed first. In the following example, the command-log enable syntax
is the least recent command logged; the ip interface Marketing address 17.11.5.2 vlan 255 syntax is
the most recent.
• By default, command logging is disabled. To enable command logging on the switch, use the
command-log command.
• Command history is archived to the command.log file. If this file is removed, the command history is
no longer available. In addition, the command.log file has a 66,402 byte capacity. This capacity allows
up to 100 commands; if the maximum capacity is reached, only the 100 most recent commands are
displayed.
Examples
-> show command-log
Command : ip interface Marketing address 17.11.5.2 vlan 255
UserName : admin
Date
: FRI JAN 09 00:20:01
Ip Addr : 128.251.19.240
Result
: SUCCESS
Command : ip
UserName :
Date
:
Ip Addr :
Result
:
interface "Distribution" 11.255.14.102 vlan 500 local-proxy-arp
admin
FRI JAN 09 00:19:44
128.251.19.240
ERROR: Ip Address must not belong to IP VLAN 44 subnet
Command : command-log enable
UserName : admin
Date
: FRI JAN 09 00:18:49
Ip Addr : 128.251.19.240
Result
: SUCCESS
page 6-52
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Session Management Commands
show command-log
output definitions
Command
The exact syntax of the command, as entered by the user.
UserName
The name of the user session that entered the command. For more
information on different user session names, refer to the user command
page, or the “Managing Switch User Accounts” chapter in the
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Switch Management Guide.
Date
The date and time, down to the second, when the command was
entered.
IpAddr
The IP address of the terminal from which the command was entered.
Result
The outcome of the command entry. Options include SUCCESS and
ERROR. For erroneous command entries, the same error details
presented by the switch at the time the command was entered are also
displayed in the log file.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
command-log
Enables or disables command logging on the switch.
show command-log status
Shows the status of the command logging function (enabled or
disabled).
MIB Objects
sessionCliCommandLogEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 6-53
show command-log status
Session Management Commands
show command-log status
Shows the status of the command logging function (enabled or disabled). For more information on
enabling and disabling command logging, refer to the command-log command on page 6-27.
show command-log status
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
Command logging is disabled by default.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show command-log status
CLI command logging : Enable
output definitions
CLI command logging
The status of command logging on the switch. Options include Disable
and Enable. Disable indicates that the command logging
function is currently disabled (default). Enable indicates that the
command logging function has been enabled through the
command-log command. For more information, refer to page 6-27.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
command-log
Enables or disables command logging on the switch.
show ssh config
Displays the contents of the command.log file.
MIB Objects
sessionCliCommandLogStatus
page 6-54
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
7
File Management
Commands
This chapter includes descriptions for CLI commands used to manage files on the switch. Several of these
commands are used to create, move, and delete both files and directories in the OmniSwitch flash directory. Other commands allow you to change command privileges and to monitor the switch’s memory.
MIB information for the system commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1System.mib
ALCATEL-IND1-SYSTEM-MIB
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1Chassis.mib
ALCATEL-IND1-CHASSIS-MIB
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1Ssh.mib
ALCATEL-IND1-SSH-MIB
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-1
File Management Commands
A summary of the available commands is listed here:
File System
cd
pwd
mkdir
rmdir
ls
dir
rename
rm
delete
cp
scp
mv
move
chmod
attrib
freespace
fsck
newfs
rcp
rrm
rls
System Services
vi
view
tty
show tty
more
ftp
ftp6
show ssh config
sftp
sftp6
tftp
rz
page 7-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
cd
cd
Changes the switch’s current working directory.
cd [path]
Syntax Definitions
path
Specifies a particular working directory. If no path is specified, the
switch’s working directory is changed to the top level.
Defaults
The switch’s default working directory is /flash.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Up to 255 characters may be used for a fully qualified path.
• A path can contain up to a maximum of seven (7) directories, including /flash.
• As with files names, up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used for a directory name.
• File and directory names can include only the following character types: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, dashes (-),
dots (.), and underscores (_).
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> cd
-> cd test_path
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-3
cd
File Management Commands
Related Commands
pwd
Displays the switch’s current working directory.
mkdir
Creates a new directory.
rmdir
Deletes an existing directory.
ls
Displays the contents of a specified directory or the current working
directory.
dir
Displays the contents of a specified directory or the current working
directory.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesWorkingDirectory
page 7-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
pwd
pwd
Displays the switch’s current working directory.
pwd
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> pwd
/flash
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
cd
Changes the switch’s current working directory.
mkdir
Creates a new directory.
rmdir
Deletes an existing directory.
ls
Displays the contents of a specified directory or the current working
directory.
dir
Displays the contents of a specified directory or the current working
directory.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesWorkingDirectory
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-5
mkdir
File Management Commands
mkdir
Creates a new directory.
mkdir [path/]dir
Syntax Definitions
path
The path in which the new directory is being created. If no path is specified, the new directory is created in the current path.
dir
A user-defined name for the new directory. Up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used (for example, test_directory).
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Be sure to separate path directories with a slash (/). Refer to the examples below.
• Up to 255 characters may be used for a fully qualified path.
• A path can contain up to a maximum of seven (7) directories including /flash.
• As with files names, up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used for a directory name.
• File and directory names can include only the following character types: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, dashes (-),
dots (.), and underscores (_).
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> mkdir test_directory
-> mkdir flash/test_directory
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 7-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
mkdir
Related Commands
cd
Changes the switch’s current working directory.
pwd
Displays the switch’s current working directory.
rmdir
Deletes an existing directory.
ls
Displays the contents of a specified directory or the current working
directory.
dir
Displays the contents of a specified directory or the current working
directory.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-7
rmdir
File Management Commands
rmdir
Deletes an existing directory.
rmdir [path/]dir
Syntax Definitions
path
The path containing the directory to be removed. If no path is specified,
the command assumes the current path.
dir
The name of the existing directory being removed. Up to thirty-two (32)
characters may be used (for example, test_directory).
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Be sure to separate path directories with a slash (/). Refer to the examples below.
• Up to 255 characters may be used for the specified path.
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> rmdir ../working
-> rmdir flash/working
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 7-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
rmdir
Related Commands
cd
Changes the switch’s current working directory.
pwd
Displays the switch’s current working directory.
mkdir
Creates a new directory.
ls
Displays the contents of a specified directory or the current working
directory.
dir
Displays the contents of a specified directory or the current working
directory.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-9
ls
File Management Commands
ls
Displays the contents of a specified directory or the current working directory.
ls [-r] [[path/]dir]
Syntax Definitions
-r
Optional syntax that displays the contents of the current directory in
addition to recursively displaying all subdirectories. Be sure to include a
space between the syntax ls and -r (that is, ls -r).
path/
Specifies the path (that is, location) of a particular directory to be
displayed. If no path is specified, the command assumes the current
location.
dir
Specifies a particular directory to be displayed. If no directory name is
specified, the contents of the current working directory are displayed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Be sure to separate multiple path directories with a slash (/).
• Up to 255 characters may be used for a fully qualified path.
• A path can contain up to a maximum of seven (7) directories including /flash.
• As with files names, up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used for a directory name.
• File and directory names can include only the following character types: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, dashes (-),
dots (.), and underscores (_).
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
page 7-10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
ls
Examples
-> ls
Listing Directory /flash:
-rw
drw
drw
drw
-rw
-rw
-rw
-rw
-rw
268
2048
2048
2048
115837
185
706
127640
354
Oct
Sep
Oct
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
2
29
2
27
27
29
29
29
29
09:54
15:36
05:32
12:26
15:30
14:19
14:52
14:52
15:48
boot.params
certified/
working/
switch/
debug.lnk
phwi
incrsrc2
pktgen.o
incrsrc
3143680 bytes free
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
cd
Changes the switch’s current working directory.
pwd
Displays the switch’s current working directory.
mkdir
Creates a new directory.
rmdir
Deletes an existing directory.
dir
Displays the contents of a specified directory or the current working
directory.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-11
dir
File Management Commands
dir
Displays the contents of a specified directory or the current working directory.
dir [[path/]dir]
Syntax Definitions
path/
Specifies the path (that is, location) of a particular directory to be
displayed. If no path is specified, the command assumes the current
location.
dir
Specifies a particular directory to be displayed. If no directory name is
specified, the contents of the current working directory are displayed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Be sure to separate multiple path directories with a slash (/).
• Up to 255 characters may be used for a fully qualified path.
• A path can contain up to a maximum of seven (7) directories including /flash.
• As with files names, up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used for a directory name.
• File and directory names can include only the following character types: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, dashes (-),
dots (.), and underscores (_).
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
page 7-12
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
dir
Examples
-> dir /certified
Listing Directory /certified:
drw
drw
-rw
-rw
-rw
-rw
-rw
-rw
-rw
-rw
-rw
-rw
2048
2048
3555538
1824898
2929
10526922
9393680
1452
1348241
2478362
349555
256
Jul 8 11:05 ./
Aug 21 13:54 ../
Jul 5 09:37 Jeni.img
Jul 5 09:37 Jos.img
Jul 5 09:37 Jrelease.img
Jul 5 09:37 Jbase.img
Jun 10 10:35 Jeni2.img
Jun 28 18:23 boot.cfg
Jul 5 09:36 Jadvrout.img
Jul 5 09:37 Jdiag.img
Jul 5 09:37 Jsecu.img
Jul 8 11:05 random-seed
2390016 bytes free
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
cd
Changes the switch’s current working directory.
pwd
Displays the switch’s current working directory.
mkdir
Creates a new directory.
rmdir
Deletes an existing directory.
ls
Displays the contents of a specified directory or the current working
directory.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg22
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-13
rename
File Management Commands
rename
Renames an existing file or directory.
rename [path/]old_name [path/]new_name
Syntax Definitions
path/
Specifies the particular path (that is, location) containing the file or
directory to be renamed. If no path is specified, the command assumes
the current directory.
old_name
The name of the existing file or directory to be renamed.
new_name
The new user-defined file or directory name. Up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Be sure to separate path directories and file names with a slash (/). Refer to the examples below.
• Up to 255 characters may be used for a fully qualified path.
• A path can contain up to a maximum of seven (7) directories including /flash.
• As with files names, up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used for a directory name.
• File and directory names can include only the following character types: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, dashes (-),
dots (.), and underscores (_).
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> rename flash/working/asc.1.snap new_file
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 7-14
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
rename
Related Commands
cp
Copies an existing file or directory.
mv
Moves an existing file or directory to a new location.
move
Moves an existing file or directory to a new location.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesArg2
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-15
rm
File Management Commands
rm
Permanently deletes an existing file. This command can also delete a directory if the -r keyword is used.
rm [-r] [path/]filename
Syntax Definitions
-r
Syntax that recursively removes directories, as well as any associated
subdirectories and files. Be sure to include a space between the syntax
rm and -r (that is, rm -r).
path
The path (that is, location) containing the file being removed. If no path
is specified, the command assumes the current directory.
filename
The name of the existing file being deleted. Up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used (for example, test_config_file).
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Be sure to separate path directories and file names with a slash (/). Refer to the examples below.
• Use care when deleting files. Depending on your switch and network configurations, specific configuration and image files has to be present for your system to work properly.
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> rm test_config_file
-> rm flash/test_config_file
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
delete
page 7-16
Deletes an existing file.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
rm
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-17
delete
File Management Commands
delete
Deletes an existing file.
delete [path/]filename
Syntax Definitions
path/
The path (that is, location) containing the file being removed. If no path
is specified, the command assumes the current directory.
filename
The name of the existing file being removed. Up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used (for example, test_config_file).
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Be sure to separate path directories and file names with a slash (/). Refer to the examples below.
• Use care when deleting files. Depending on your switch and network configurations, specific configuration and image files has to be present for your system to work properly.
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> delete test_config_file
-> delete flash/test_config_file
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
rm
Deletes an existing file or directory.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
page 7-18
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
cp
cp
Copies an existing file. This command can also copy a directory if the -r keyword is used.
cp [-r] [path/]orig_filename [dest_path/]dupl_filename
Syntax Definitions
-r
Syntax that recursively copies directories, as well as any associated
subdirectories and files. Be sure to include a space between the syntax
cp and -r (that is, cp -r).
path/
Specifies the path containing the original file to be copied. If no path
name is specified, the command assumes the current path.
orig_filename
The name of the existing file to be copied.
dest_path/
Specifies the destination path for the resulting file copy. If no destination path is specified, the file copy is placed in the current path.
dupl_filename
The new user-defined file name for the resulting file copy. If you are
copying a file to the same directory as the original, the file name for the
copy has to be different from the original. Up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• You have to verify that your switch’s /flash directory has enough available memory to hold the new
files and directories that results from using the cp -r command.
• A file may be copied to a new location; you are not required to copy a file to the same directory that
contains the original.
• Be sure to separate path directories and file names with a slash (/). Refer to the examples below.
• Up to 255 characters may be used for a fully qualified path.
• A path can contain up to a maximum of seven (7) directories including /flash.
• As with files names, up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used for a directory name.
• File and directory names can include only the following character types: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, dashes (-),
dots (.), and underscores (_).
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-19
cp
File Management Commands
Examples
->
->
->
->
cp
cp
cp
cp
flash/snapshots/asc.1.snap flash/snapshot/snapshot_copy
flash/snapshots/asc.1.snap snapshot_copy
asc.1.snap flash/snapshot/snapshot_copy
asc.1.snap snapshot_copy
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
mv
Moves an existing file or directory to a new location.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesArg2
systemServicesAction
page 7-20
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
scp
scp
Copies an existing file in a secure manner.
scp user_name@remote_ip_addr:[path/]source [path/]target
scp [path/]source user_name@remote_ip_addr:[path/]target
Syntax Definitions
user_name@remote_ip_addr:
The username along with the IP address of the remote switch.
path/
Specifies the path containing the file to be copied and the path where
the file is copied.
source
The name of the file(s) to be copied.
target
The new user-defined file name for the resulting file copy. Up to thirtytwo (32) characters may be used.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command prompts you to enter the admin password, and the names and the path of the files being
copied is displayed.
• A file may be copied to a new location; you are not required to copy a file to the same directory that
contains the original.
• Be sure to separate path directories and file names with a slash (/). Refer to the examples below.
• Up to 255 characters may be used for a fully qualified path.
• A path can contain up to a maximum of seven (7) directories including /flash.
• As with files names, up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used for a directory name.
• File and directory names can include only the following character types: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, dashes (-),
dots (.), and underscores (_).
• If SCP is not enabled, use the scp-sftp command to enable it.
• SCP is not supported between OmniSwitch and Windows currently.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-21
scp
File Management Commands
Examples
-> scp admin@172.17.11.13:/flash/working/Kos.img /flash/working/Kos.img
admin's password for keyboard-interactive method:
Fetching /flash/working/Kos.img to /flash/working/Kos.img
Connection to 172.17.11.13 closed.
-> scp /flash/working/Kos.img admin@172.17.11.13:/flash/working/Kos.img
admin's password for keyboard-interactive method:
Uploading /flash/working/Kos.img to /flash/working/Kos.img
Connection to 172.17.11.13 closed.
-> scp admin@172.17.11.13:/flash/working/*.img /flash/working
admin's password for keyboard-interactive method:
Fetching /flash/working/K2os.img to /flash/working/K2os.img
Fetching /flash/working/Kadvrout.img to /flash/working/Kadvrout.img
Fetching /flash/working/Kbase.img to /flash/working/Kbase.img
Fetching /flash/working/Keni.img to /flash/working/Keni.img
Fetching /flash/working/Kos.img to /flash/working/Kos.img
Fetching /flash/working/Krelease.img to /flash/working/Krelease.img
Fetching /flash/working/Ksecu.img to /flash/working/Ksecu.img
Connection to 172.17.11.13 closed.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
mv
Moves an existing file or directory to a new location.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesArg2
systemServicesAction
page 7-22
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
mv
mv
Moves an existing file or directory to a new location.
mv {[path/]filename dest_path[/new_filename] | [path/]dir dest_path[/new_dir]}
Syntax Definitions
path/
Specifies the path (that is, location) containing the file or directory
being moved. If no path name is specified, the command assumes the
current path.
filename
Specifies the name of the existing file to be moved.
dest_path/
Specifies the destination path (that is, new location) for the file or directory that is being moved.
new_filename
Specifies a new file name for the file being moved. If a new name is not
specified, the existing name is used.
dir
Specifies the name of the existing directory to be moved.
new_dir
Specifies a new directory name for the directory being moved. If a new
name is not specified, the existing name is used.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The mv command does not make a copy of the file or directory being moved. To copy a file or directory to the current path or to a new location, use the cp command on page 7-19.
• Be sure to separate path directories and file names with a slash (/). Refer to the examples below.
• Up to 255 characters may be used for a fully qualified path.
• A path can contain up to a maximum of seven (7) directories including /flash.
• As with files names, up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used for a directory name.
• File and directory names can include only the following character types: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, dashes (-),
dots (.), and underscores (_).
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> mv flash/asc.1.snap flash/backup_files/asc.1.snap
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-23
mv
File Management Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
rename
Renames an existing file or directory.
cp
Copies an existing file or directory.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesArg2
systemServicesAction
page 7-24
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
move
move
Moves an existing file or directory to a new location.
move {[path/]filename dest_path[/new_filename] | [path/]dir dest_path[/new_dir]}
Syntax Definitions
path/
Specifies the path (that is, location) containing the file or directory
being moved. If no path name is specified, the command assumes the
current path.
filename
Specifies the name of the existing file to be moved.
dest_path/
Specifies the destination path (that is, new location) for the file or directory that is being moved.
new_filename
Specifies a new file name for the file being moved. If a new name is not
specified, the existing name is used.
dir
Specifies the name of the existing directory to be moved.
new_dir
Specifies a new directory name for the directory being moved. If a new
name is not specified, the existing name is used.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The move command does not make a copy of the file or directory being moved. To copy a file or directory to the current path or to a new location, use the cp command.
• Be sure to separate path directories and file names with a slash (/). Refer to the examples below.
• Up to 255 characters may be used for a fully qualified path.
• A path can contain up to a maximum of seven (7) directories including /flash.
• As with files names, up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used for a directory name.
• File and directory names can include only the following character types: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, dashes (-),
dots (.), and underscores (_).
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> move flash/asc.1.snap flash/backup_files/asc.1.snap
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-25
move
File Management Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
rename
Renames an existing file or directory.
cp
Copies an existing file or directory.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesArg2
systemServicesAction
page 7-26
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
chmod
chmod
Changes the write privileges for a specified file.
chmod {+w | -w} [path/]file
Syntax Definitions
+w
Enables read-write privileges for the file.
-w
Disables write privileges for the file—that is, the file becomes readonly.
path/
The path containing the file for which privileges are being changed. Be
sure to separate path directories and file names with a slash (/). Up to
255 characters may be used for the specified path. Also, a path may
contain a maximum of thirty-two (32) directories.
file
The name of the file for which read-write privileges are being changed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> chmod +w vlan.config
-> chmod -w flash/backup_configs/vlan.config
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
attrib
Changes the write privileges for a specified file.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-27
attrib
File Management Commands
attrib
Changes the write privileges for a specified file.
attrib {+w | -w} [path/]file
Syntax Definitions
+w
Enables read-write privileges for the file.
-w
Disables write privileges for the file—that is, the file becomes readonly.
path/
The path containing the file for which write privileges are being
changed. Be sure to separate path directories and file names with a slash
(/). Up to 255 characters may be used for the specified path. Also, a path
may contain a maximum of thirty-two (32) directories.
file
The name of the file for which write privileges are being changed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> attrib +w vlan.config
-> attrib -w flash/backup_configs/vlan.config
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
chmod
Changes the write privileges for a specified file.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
page 7-28
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
freespace
freespace
Displays the amount of free space available in the /flash directory.
freespace [/flash]
Syntax Definitions
/flash
Optional syntax. The amount of free space is shown for the /flash directory.
Defaults
N/A
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Examples
-> freespace /flash
/flash 3143680 bytes free
-> freespace
/flash 3143680 bytes free
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
fsck
Performs a file system check, including diagnostic information in the
event of file corruption. If the fsck command detects a problem with the
/flash file system, a message is displayed indicating the problem, along
with any steps needed to resolve it.
MIB Objects
SystemFileSystemTable
systemFileSystemFreespace
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-29
fsck
File Management Commands
fsck
Performs a file system check, including diagnostic information in the event of file corruption.
fsck /flash [no-repair | repair]
Syntax Definitions
/flash
Indicates that the file system check is performed on the /flash directory.
no-repair
Performs only the file system check on the /flash directory.
repair
Performs file system check on the /flash directory and also repairs any
errors found on the file system.
Defaults
parameter
default
no-repair | repair
no-repair
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The file system check is performed on the /flash directory by default.
• Specifying the parameter repair along with the command performs the file system check and also
repairs any errors found.The switch displays the errors found and specify those errors that have been
repaired. If there are no errors found, then just the file system information is displayed.
• This command only applies to the primary and secondary CMM in an OmniSwitch chassis-based
switch or the primary and secondary switch in an OmniSwitch stack.
Examples
-> fsck /flash no-repair
/flash/ - disk check in progress ...
/flash/ - Volume is OK
total # of clusters:
# of free clusters:
# of bad clusters:
total free space:
max contiguous free space:
# of files:
# of folders:
total bytes in files:
# of lost chains:
total bytes in lost chains:
29,758
18,886
0
77,357,056
55,451,648 bytes
59
5
44,357,695
0
0
(Example Continued on Next Page)
page 7-30
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
fsck
-> fsck /flash repair
/flash/ - disk check in progress ...
/flash/ - Volume is OK
Change volume Id from 0x0 to 0xef2e3c
total # of clusters:
# of free clusters:
# of bad clusters:
total free space:
max contiguous free space:
# of files:
# of folders:
total bytes in files:
# of lost chains:
total bytes in lost chains:
29,758
18,886
0
77,357,056
55,451,648 bytes
59
5
44,357,695
0
0
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
freespace
Displays the amount of free space available in the /flash directory.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-31
newfs
File Management Commands
newfs
Deletes a complete /flash file system and all files within it, replacing it with a new, empty /flash file
system. Use this command when you want to reload all files in the file system or in the unlikely event that
the /flash file system becomes corrupt.
newfs /flash
Syntax Definitions
/flash
Required syntax. This indicates that the complete flash file system is
replaced.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• It is recommended that you preserve all required image and configuration files by saving them to a
remote host before executing the newfs command.
• Do not power-down the switch after running the newfs command until you reload all required image
and configuration files.
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> newfs /flash
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
N/A
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
page 7-32
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
rcp
rcp
Copies a file from a primary to a non-primary switch in a stack and vice versa.
rcp [slot:] source_filepath [slot:] destination_filepath
Syntax Definitions
slot
The slot number of the non-primary switch in a stack.
source_filepath
The name and path of the source file.
destination_filepath
The name and path of the destination file.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
On switches in a stack configuration, this command copies a file from any non-primary switch to the
primary switch in a stack. You have to specify the slot number on these switches.
Examples
-> rcp 3:/flash/file.txt file.txt
-> rcp /flash/working/file.txt 3:/flash/working/file.txt
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
rrm
Removes a file from a secondary CMM or from a non-primary switch in
a stack.
rls
Displays the content of a non primary CMM in a switch or a non-primary switch in a stack.
MIB Objects
chasSupervisionRfsLsTable
alcatelIND1ChassisSupervisionRfsCommands
chasSupervisionRfsCommandsSlot
chasSupervisionRfsCommandsCommand
chasSupervisionRfsCommandsSrcFileName
chasSupervisionRfsCommandsDestFileName
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-33
rrm
File Management Commands
rrm
Removes a file from a non-primary switch in a stack.
rrm slot filepath
Syntax Definitions
slot
The slot number of the non-primary switch in a stack.
filepath
The name and path of the file to be deleted.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
On switches in a stacked configuration, this command deletes a file from any non-primary switch. You
have to specify the slot number on these switches.
Examples
-> rrm 5 /flash/boot.params
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
rcp
Copies a file from a non-primary switch to a primary switch in a stack.
rls
Displays the content of a non primary CMM in a switch or anon-primary switch in a stack.
MIB Objects
chasSupervisionRfsLsTable
alcatelIND1ChassisSupervisionRfsCommands
chasSupervisionRfsCommandsSlot
chasSupervisionRfsCommandsCommand
chasSupervisionRfsCommandsSrcFileName
page 7-34
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
rls
rls
Displays the content of a non-primary switch in a stack.
rls slot directory [file_name]
Syntax Definitions
slot
The slot number of the non-primary switch in a stack.
directory
The name of the directory on the non-primary switch.
file_name
The file to be displayed on the non-primary switch.
Defaults
By default, all files in the specified directory are displayed.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This command displays directory content on any non-primary switch in a stack. You have to specify the
slot number on these switches.
Examples
-> rls 5 /flash
-rw
324
drw
2048
drw
2048
-rw
64000
-rw
29
-rw
3369019
-rw
394632
-rw
511096
-rw
511096
drw
2048
drw
2048
-rw
256
Mar 3 11:32
Mar 3 11:32
Mar 3 11:32
Mar 7 09:54
Feb 5 2023
Mar 3 11:20
Jan 1 1980
Jan 1 1980
Jan 1 1980
Feb 25 06:34
Mar 3 11:29
Mar 3 11:29
boot.params
certified/
working/
swlog1.log
policy.cfg
cs_system.pmd
bootrom.bin
miniboot.backup
miniboot.default
network/
switch/
random-seed
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-35
rls
File Management Commands
Related Commands
rcp
Copies a file from a secondary CMM to a primary CMM or from a nonprimary switch to a primary switch in a stack.
rrm
Removes a file from a secondary CMM or from a non-primary switch in
a stack.
MIB Objects
chasSupervisionRfsLsTable
chasSupervisionRfsLsFileIndex
chasSupervisionRfsLsSlot
chasSupervisionRfsLsDirName
chasSupervisionRfsLsFileName
chasSupervisionRfsLsFileType
chasSupervisionRfsLsFileSize
chasSupervisionRfsLsFileAttr
chasSupervisionRfsLsFileDateTime
page 7-36
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
vi
vi
Launches the switch’s UNIX-like Vi text editor. The Vi file editor allows you to view or edit the contents
of a specified text file.
vi [path/]filename
Syntax Definitions
path
The path (that is, location) containing the file being viewed or edited. If
no path is specified, the command assumes the current directory.
filename
The name of the existing file being viewed or edited. Up to thirty-two
(32) characters may be used (for example, test_config_file).
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Until you exit the switch’s file editor, all keystrokes is passed to the text editor rather than the switch’s
command line.
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> vi test_config_file
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
view
Allows you to view the contents of a specified file by invoking the Vi
text editor in read-only mode.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-37
view
File Management Commands
view
Allows you to view the contents of a specified file by invoking the Vi text editor in read-only mode.
view [path/]filename
Syntax Definitions
path
The path directory leading to the file being viewed. If no path is specified, the command assumes the current directory.
filename
The name of the existing file being viewed. Up to thirty-two (32) characters may be used (for example, test_config_file).
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> view flash/text_file.txt
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
vi
Launches the switch’s Vi text editor.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
page 7-38
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
tty
tty
Specifies the number of lines and columns to be displayed on the terminal screen while the switch is in the
edit file mode.
tty lines columns
Syntax Definitions
lines
The number of lines to be displayed on the terminal emulation screen
for the current session. Values may range from 10 to 150.
columns
The number of columns to be displayed for each line. One column is the
same width as a single text character. Values may range from 20 to 150.
Defaults
parameter
default
lines
24
columns
80
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The number of lines and columns set with this command control the screen size when the switch is
editing or viewing a text file with the vi or more commands.
• The values set with this command do not control the CLI screen when the switch is operating in normal
mode.
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> tty 10 60
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-39
tty
File Management Commands
Related Commands
show tty
Displays current TTY settings.
more
Displays a switch text file onto the console screen.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesTtyLines
systemServicesTtyColumns
page 7-40
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
show tty
show tty
Displays current TTY settings.
show tty
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Shows the settings made with the tty command.
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> show tty
lines = 24, columns = 80
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
tty
Specifies the number of TTY lines and columns to be displayed.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesTtyLines
systemServicesTtyColumns
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-41
more
File Management Commands
more
Displays a switch text file onto the console screen.
more [path/]file
Syntax Definitions
path
The directory path leading to the file to be displayed. If no path is specified, the command assumes the current path.
file
The name of the text file to be displayed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command displays the specified text file within the line and column parameters set with the tty
command.
• If the specified text file contains more columns than set with the tty command, the text wraps to the
next line displayed.
• If the text file contains more lines than set with the tty command, the switch displays only the number
of lines specified. To display more lines, press the spacebar to show another full screen, press Enter to
show the next line, or press q to quit the display and return to the system prompt.
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> more config_file1
-> more flash/config_file1
-> more flash/working/config_file1
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
tty
page 7-42
Specifies the number of TTY lines and columns to be displayed.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
more
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-43
ftp
File Management Commands
ftp
Starts an FTP session.
ftp {host_name | ip_address}
Syntax Definitions
host_name
Specifies the host name for the FTP session.
ip_address
Specifies the IP address for the FTP session.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• You have to have a valid username and password for the specified host.
• You can establish up to 9 FTP sessions from an OmniSwitch (when it acts as FTP Client) and up to 4
FTP sessions towards an OmniSwitch (when it acts as FTP Server).
• After logging in, FTP commands are supported. They are defined in the following table:
ascii
Set transfer type to ASCII (7-bit).
binary
Set transfer type to binary (8-bit).
bye
Close session gracefully.
cd
Change to a new directory on the remote machine.
delete
Delete a file on the remote machine.
dir
Obtain a long listing on the remote machine.
get
Retrieve a file from the remote machine.
hash
Print the hash symbol (#) for every block of data transferred. (This command toggles hash enabling and disabling.)
ls
Display summary listing of the current directory on the remote host.
put
Send a file to the remote machine.
pwd
Display the current working directory on the remote host.
quit
Close session gracefully.
remotehelp
List the commands that the remote FTP server supports.
user
Send new user information.
lpwd
Display the current working directory on the local host.
?
Display list of available FTP commands.
page 7-44
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
ftp
Examples
-> ftp 172.17.6.228
Connecting to 172.17.6.228 [172.17.6.228]...connected.
220 Annex FTP server (Version RA4000 R14.1.15) ready.
Name :
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
sftp
Starts an SFTP session.
ftp6
Starts an FTPv6 session.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-45
ftp6
File Management Commands
ftp6
Starts an FTPv6 session.
ftp6 {ipv6_address | hostname} [if_name]
Syntax Definitions
ipv6_address
Specifies the IPv6 address of the FTPv6 server.
hostname
Specifies the hostname of the FTPv6 server.
if_name
The name of the interface used to reach the FTPv6 server, if the target
has been specified using the link-local address.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• You need to have a valid username and password for the specified host.
• A console, a telnet or an SSH session can handle only one FTPv6 client session.
• You can establish upto 9 FTP or FTPv6 sessions from an OmniSwitch (when it acts as FTP Client) and
upto 4 FTP or FTPv6 sessions towards an OmniSwitch (when it acts as FTP Server).
• If the session is invoked using the server’s link-local address, the source interface name has to be
provided.
• After logging in, FTPv6 commands are supported. They are defined in the following table:
ascii
Set transfer type to ASCII (7-bit).
binary
Set transfer type to binary (8-bit).
bye
Close session gracefully.
cd
Change to a new directory on the remote machine.
close
Terminate the ftp session.
delete
Delete a file on the remote machine.
dir
Obtain a long listing on the remote machine.
get
Retrieve a file from the remote machine.
hash
Print the hash symbol (#) for every block of data transferred. (This command toggles hash enabling and disabling.)
help
Display list of available FTP commands.
lcd
Change to a new directory on the local machine.
page 7-46
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
ftp6
ls
Display summary listing of the current directory on the remote host.
?
Display list of available FTP commands.
mgets
Receive multiple files.
mputs
Receive multiple files.
prompt
Enable/disable interactive prompting.
put
Send a file to the remote machine.
pwd
Print current working directory.
quit
Close session gracefully.
remotehelp
List the commands that the remote FTP server supports.
user
Send new user information.
ls
Display list content of local directory.
Examples
-> ftp6 fe80::a00:20ff:fea8:8961 int3
-> ftp6 ::5
-> ftp6 Sun.com
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
sftp6
Starts an SFTPv6 session.
ftp
Starts an FTP session.
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-47
scp-sftp
File Management Commands
scp-sftp
Enables or disables secure copy (SCP) and Secure FTP (SFTP) at the same time on the switch.
scp-sftp {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Administratively enables SCP/SFTP on the switch.
disable
Administratively disables SCP/SFTP on the switch.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
enable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> scp-sftp enable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
ssh
Invokes Secure Shell on the switch. Secure Shell is used to make a
secured connection to a remote system or device.
show ssh config
Displays the status of Secure Shell, SCP/SFTP on the switch.
MIB Objects
alaSshConfigGroup
alaScpSftpAdminStatus
page 7-48
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
show ssh config
show ssh config
Displays the status of Secure Shell, SCP/SFTP on the switch.
show ssh config
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show ssh config
SSH = Enabled
SCP/SFTP = Enabled
Public Key Authentication Enforced = False
output definitions
SSH
Displays the SSH status (enabled or disabled).
SCP/SFTP
Displays the SCP/SFTP status (enabled or disabled).
Public Key Authentication
Enforced
Displays whether the Public Key Authentication is enforced. Options
include true or false.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
ssh
Invokes Secure Shell on the switch. Secure Shell is used to make a
secured connection to a remote system or device.
ftp6
Enables or disables secure copy (SCP) and secure FTP (SFTP) at the
same time on the switch.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-49
show ssh config
File Management Commands
MIB Objects
alaSshConfigGroup
alaSshAdminStatus
alaScpSftpAdminStatus
alaSshPubKeyEnforceAdminStatus
page 7-50
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
sftp
sftp
Starts an SFTP session. An SFTP session provides a secure file transfer method.
sftp {host_name | ip_address}
Syntax Definitions
host_name
Specifies the host name for the SFTP session.
ip_address
Specifies the IP address for the SFTP session.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• You need to have a valid username and a password for the specified host.
• If SFTP is not enabled, use the scp-sftp command to enable it.
• You can establish up to 4 SFTP sessions from an OmniSwitch (when it acts as FTP Client) and up to 8
SFTP sessions towards an OmniSwitch (when it acts as FTP Server).
• After logging in, SFTP commands are supported. They are defined in the following table:
cd path
Change remote path to ‘path’.
lcd path
Change local directory to ‘path’.
chmod mode path
Change permissions of file ‘path’ to ‘mode’.
help
Display command help information.
get remote-path [local path] Download a file from the remote path to the local path.
lls [path]
Display local directory listing.
ln oldpath newpath
Creates a symbolic link (symlink) to the remote file.
symlink oldpath newpath
Creates a symbolic link (symlink) to the remote file.
lmkdir path
Create local directory.
lpwd
Print local working directory.
ls [path]
Display remote directory listing.
mkdir path
Create remote directory.
put local-path [remotepath]
Upload file.
pwd
Display remote working directory.
exit
Quit the sftp mode.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-51
sftp
File Management Commands
quit
Exit the sftp mode.
rename oldpath newpath
Rename a remote file.
rmdir path
Remove remote directory.
rm path
Delete remote file.
version
Show the current SFTP version.
?
Synonym for help. Displays command help information.
Examples
-> sftp 12.251.11.122
login as:
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
ftp
Starts an FTP session.
ssh
Invokes Secure Shell on the switch. Secure Shell is used to make a
secured connection to a remote system or device.
MIB Objects
SystemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
page 7-52
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
sftp6
sftp6
Starts an SFTPv6 session. An SFTPv6 session provides a secure file transfer method.
sftp6 {host_name | ipv6_address} [if_name]
Syntax Definitions
host_name
Specifies the host name for the SFTPv6 session.
ipv6_address
Specifies the IPv6 address for the SFTPv6 session.
if_name
The name of the interface used to reach the SFTPv6 server, if the target
has been specified using the link-local address.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• You need to have a valid username and a password for the specified host.
• A console or a telnet session can handle only one SSHv6 client session.
• If the session is invoked using the server’s link-local address, the source interface name has to be
provided.
• You can establish up to 4 SFTP6 sessions from an OmniSwitch (when it acts as FTP Client) and up to
8 SFTP6 sessions towards an OmniSwitch (when it acts as FTP Server).
• At anytime, there can be only 4 SFTP sessions (including SFTPv4 or SFTPv6) to any SSH servers.
• After logging in, SFTPv6 commands are supported. They are defined in the following table:
cd path
Change remote path to ‘path’.
lcd path
Change local directory to ‘path’.
chmod mode path
Change permissions of file ‘path’ to ‘mode’.
help
Display command help information.
get remote-path [local path]
Download a file from the remote path to the local path.
lls [path]
Display local directory listing.
ln oldpath newpath
Creates a symbolic link (symlink) to the remote file.
symlink oldpath newpath
Creates a symbolic link (symlink) to the remote file.
lmkdir path
Create local directory.
lpwd
Print local working directory.
ls [path]
Display remote directory listing.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-53
sftp6
File Management Commands
mkdir path
Create remote directory.
put local-path [remote-path]
Upload file.
pwd
Display remote working directory.
exit
Quit the sftp mode.
quit
Exit the sftp mode.
rename oldpath newpath
Rename a remote file.
rmdir path
Remove remote directory.
rm path
Delete remote file.
version
Show the current SFTP version.
?
Synonym for help. Displays command help information.
Examples
-> sftp6 fe80::a00:20ff:fea8:8961 int1
-> sftp6 ::1
-> sftp6 Sun.com
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
ftp6
Starts an FTP6 session.
ssh6
Invokes Secure Shellv6 on the switch. Secure Shellv6 is used to make a
secured connection to an SSHv6 server.
MIB Objects
SystemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesAction
page 7-54
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
tftp
tftp
Starts a TFTP client session that enables a file transfer to an TFTP server.
tftp {host_name | ip_address} {get | put} source-file [src_path/]src_file [destination-file [dest_path/]
dest_file] [ascii]
Syntax Definitions
host_name
Specifies the hostname of the TFTP server.
ip_address
Specifies the IP address of the TFTP server.
get
Specifies to download the file from the TFTP server.
put
Specifies to upload the file to the TFTP server.
src_path
Specifies the path containing the source file to be transferred.
src_file
Specifies the file name of the source file to be transferred.
dest_path
Specifies the destination path of the file to be transferred.
dest_file
Specifies the destination file name of the file to be transferred.
ascii
Sets the transfer type to ASCII (7-bit).
Defaults
• If a path is not specified with the filename, the current path is used by default (for example, /flash).
• If a destination filename is not specified, the source filename is used by default.
• The default file transfer mode for a TFTP client session is Binary mode.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The OmniSwitch supports TFTP client functionality only.
• A TFTP server has no provisions for user authentication.
• Only one active TFTP client session is allowed at a time.
• When downloading a file to the switch, the file size must not exceed the available flash space.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-55
tftp
File Management Commands
Examples
-> tftp tftp.server.com
-> tftp tftp.server.com
-> tftp 10.211.17.1 get
boot.cfg ascii
-> tftp 10.211.17.1 get
get source-file abc.img destination-file xyz.img
put source-file abc.txt destination-file xyz.txt ascii
source-file boot.cfg destination-file /flash/working/
source-file boot.cfg ascii
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
N/A
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesArg1
systemServicesArg2
systemServicesArg3
systemServicesArg4
systemServicesArg5
systemServicesAction
page 7-56
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
File Management Commands
rz
rz
Starts a Zmodem session.
rz
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• To use Zmodem, you need to have a terminal emulator that supports the Zmodem protocol.
• Activate the Zmodem transfer according to the instructions that came with your terminal emulation
software.
• When the transfer is complete, use the ls command to verify that the files were loaded successfully.
• To abort a Zmodem session, enter CTRL + X five times in succession. Refer to your switch’s User
Manual for more information on uploading files via Zmodem.
• This command can also be used on the secondary CMM.
Examples
-> rz
Upload directory: /flash
rz ready to receive file, please start upload (or send 5 CTRL-X's to abort).
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
N/A
MIB Objects
systemServices
systemServicesAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 7-57
rz
page 7-58
File Management Commands
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
8
Web Management
Commands
The switch can be configured and monitored using WebView, which is a web-based device management
tool. Web Management CLI commands allow you to enable/disable web-based management and configure certain WebView parameters, such as Secure Socket Layer (SSL).
MIB information for the Web Management commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelInd1WebMgt.mib
alcatelIND1WebMgtMIB
A summary of the available commands is listed here:
http server
http ssl
http port
https port
debug http sessiondb
show http
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 8-1
http server
Web Management Commands
http server
Enables/disables web management on the switch. When enabled, a user is able to configure the switch
using the WebView application.
{[ip] http | https} server
no {[ip] http | https} server
Syntax Definitions
ip
Optional syntax. Using this optional syntax is the same as using the http
server command.
Defaults
Web management is enabled by default.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the no form of this command to disable web management. If web management is disabled, you may
be unable to access the switch using WebView.
Examples
->
->
->
->
http server
no http server
https server
no https server
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
http ssl
Enables/disables SSL on the switch.
debug http sessiondb
Displays web management session information.
show http
Displays web management configuration information.
MIB Objects
alaIND1WebMgtConfigMIBGroup
alaInd1WebMgtAdminStatus
page 8-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Web Management Commands
http ssl
http ssl
Enables/disables Force SSL on the switch. SSL is a protocol that establishes and maintains secure communication between SSL-enabled servers and clients across the Internet.
{[ip] http | https} ssl
no {[ip] http | https} ssl
Syntax Definitions
ip
Optional syntax. Using this optional syntax is the same as using the http
ssl command.
Defaults
SSL is enabled by default.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the no form of this command to disable SSL.
Examples
->
->
->
->
http ssl
no http ssl
https ssl
no https ssl
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
http server
Enables/disables web management on the switch.
show http
Displays web management configuration information.
MIB Objects
alaIND1WebMgtConfigMIBGroup
alaInd1WebMgtSsl
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 8-3
http port
Web Management Commands
http port
Changes the port number for the embedded Web server in the switch.
[ip] http port {default | port}
Syntax Definitions
ip
Optional syntax.
default
Restores the port to its default (80) value.
port
The desired port number for the embedded Web server. The number has
to be in the range 0 to 65535; well-known port numbers cannot be
configured.
Defaults
parameter
default
port
80
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
All WebView sessions has to be terminated before entering this command.
Examples
-> http port 1025
-> http port default
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
http server
Enables/disables web management on the switch.
show http
Displays web management configuration information.
MIB Objects
alaIND1WebMgtConfigMIBGroup
alaIND1WebMgtHttpPort
page 8-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Web Management Commands
https port
https port
Changes the default secure HTTP (HTTPS) port for the embedded Web server.
https port {default | port}
Syntax Definitions
default
Restores the port to its default (443) value.
port
The desired HTTPS port number. The number has to be in the range 0
to 65535; well-known port numbers cannot be configured.
Defaults
parameter
default
port
443
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
All WebView sessions has to be terminated before entering this command.
Examples
-> https port 1026
-> https port default
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
http server
Enables/disables web management on the switch.
show http
Displays web management configuration information.
MIB Objects
alaIND1WebMgtConfigMIBGroup
alaIND1WebMgtHttpsPort
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 8-5
debug http sessiondb
Web Management Commands
debug http sessiondb
Displays web management session information.
debug http sessiondb
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> debug http sessiondb
Sess
SessName
Name TimeOut
Status
URL Name--&--StatMsg
-----+-----------+------+-------+--------------+---------------------------------0 6 sess_21606 admin 5848035 AUTHENTICATED /web/content/index.html
1 -2 sess_28257
5999940 IN_PROGRESS
/ip/content/index.html
Current Active WebView Session: 1
output definitions
Sess
The first number is the session number.
SessName
Unique ID assigned by the browser.
Name
User name.
TimeOut
User-configured inactivity timer, in minutes.
Status
Session status. If the user has successfully logged in, the status is
“Authenticated.”
URL Name&StatMsg
Current page being viewed by the user.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 8-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Web Management Commands
debug http sessiondb
Related Commands
http server
Enables/disables web management on the switch.
http ssl
Enables/disables SSL on the switch.
show http
Displays web management configuration information.
MIB Objects
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 8-7
show http
Web Management Commands
show http
Displays web management configuration information.
show [ip] http
Syntax Definitions
ip
Optional syntax. Using this optional syntax is the same as using the
show http command.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show http
Web Management = on
Force SSL = on
Web Management Http Port = 80
Web Management Https Port = 443
output definitions
Web Management
Indicates whether web management is enabled (on) or disabled (off) on
the switch.
Force SSL
Indicates whether Force SSL is enabled (on) or disabled (off) on the
switch. If this is set to on this means that SSL is forced on an HTTP
session and hence HTTPS protocol is negotiated between the client and
server. For example, an “http://switchname.com” URL is redirected to
an “https://switchname.com” URL.
Web Management Http Port
The port configured for the HTTP connection.
Web Management Https Port
The port configured for a secure HTTP connection (SSL enabled).
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 8-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Web Management Commands
show http
Related Commands
http server
Enables/disables web management on the switch.
http ssl
Enables/disables SSL on the switch.
http port
https port
MIB Objects
alaIND1WebMgtConfigMIBGroup
alaInd1WebMgtAdminStatus
alaInd1WebMgtSsl
alaInd1WebMgtHttpPort
alaInd1WebMgtHttpsPort
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 8-9
show http
page 8-10
Web Management Commands
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
9 Configuration File
Manager Commands
The Configuration Manager feature allows you to configure your switch using an ASCII-based text file.
CLI commands may be typed into a text document—referred to as a configuration file—and then uploaded
and applied to the switch.
MIB information for the Configuration Manager commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1System.mib
Alcatel-IND1ConfigMgr.mib
A summary of the available commands is listed here:
configuration apply
configuration error-file limit
show configuration status
configuration cancel
configuration syntax check
configuration snapshot
show configuration snapshot
write terminal
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 9-1
configuration apply
Configuration File Manager Commands
configuration apply
Applies a configuration file to the switch. Files may be applied immediately or after a designated timer
session. With the timer session option, files are applied either at a scheduled date and time or after a
specified period of time (that is, a countdown) has passed.
configuration apply filename [at hh:mm month dd [year]] | [in hh[:mm]] [verbose]
Syntax Definitions
filename
The name of the configuration text file to be applied to the switch
(for example., newfile1).
at hh:mm
{dd month | month dd} [year]
Designates a timer session in which a configuration file is applied at a
specified date and time in the future. Values for hh range from 00
through 23. Values for mm range from 00 through 59. Values for dd
range from 01 through 31. Values for month range from january through
december. The switch assumes either the current year or the next calendar year for month and day pairs that precede the current date.
in hh[:mm]
Designates a timer session in which the configuration file is applied
after a specific amount of time (that is, a countdown) has passed. Values
for hh range from 00 through 23. Values for mm range from 00 through
59.
verbose
When verbose is entered, information is displayed on your workstation’s
console as each command in the configuration file is applied.
Defaults
By default, verbose error checking is not performed.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The configuration apply command only applies settings to the running configuration. The boot.cfg
file does not get overwritten.
• It is recommended that you check all configuration files for syntax errors before applying them to your
switch.
• To schedule a timer session in which a file is applied at a specific date and time, enter at followed by
the hour, minute, month, day, and year. The switch assumes either the current calendar year or the next
calendar year for dates beginning January 1.
• To schedule a timer session in which a file is applied after a specific amount of time, that is, a
countdown, has passed, enter in followed by the number of hours and minutes.
• Verbose mode is not supported for timer sessions.
page 9-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Configuration File Manager Commands
configuration apply
• The keyword, authkey, along with a related alpha-numeric text string, are automatically included in
many snapshot files (for example, configuration snapshot all). The text string following the authkey
keyword represents a login password that has been encrypted twice. (The first encryption occurs when
a password is first created by a user; the second encryption occurs when a configuration snapshot is
taken.) This dual encryption further enhances switch security. However, it is important to note that any
configuration file (including a generated snapshot) that includes this dual-encrypted password information results in an error whenever it is applied to the switch through the configuration apply command.
This is a valid switch function and does not represent a significant problem. If an authkey-related error
is the only error detected, simply remove all authkey-related syntax using a text editor. If a new password is required for the switch, include valid password syntax in the configuration file or immediately
issue a new password by using the password command at the command prompt. For more information on passwords, see page 48-37.
Examples
-> configuration
-> configuration
-> configuration
-> configuration
-> configuration
-> configuration
-> configuration
-> configuration
...
apply
apply
apply
apply
apply
apply
apply
apply
new_configuration at 12:00 15 november
new_configuration at 12:00 november 15
newfile1 in 01:30
my_switch_config in 00:05
asc.1.snap in 23:00
aaa_config in 12
vlan_config verbose
vlan_config
Note. When the configuration apply command is entered without at or in syntax information, one or
more dots “.” is displayed in the next line, immediately following the command line. This indicates
command progress; each dot represents 256 text lines in the configuration file processed by the
configuration apply mechanism.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
configuration syntax check
Performs a syntax and authorization check of all CLI commands contained
in a configuration file.
MIB Objects
alcatelIND1ConfigMgrMIBObjects
configFileName
configFileMode
configFileAction
configTimerFileName
configTimerFileTime
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 9-3
configuration error-file limit
Configuration File Manager Commands
configuration error-file limit
Specifies the maximum number of configuration error files allowed in the switch’s /flash directory. Error
files are normally generated when a configuration file is applied to the switch. Error files are identified by
their .err extension.When the maximum number of .err files is exceeded, any new error file overwrites the
.err file with the oldest timestamp.
configuration error-file limit number
Syntax Definitions
number
Indicate the number of error files allowed in the /flash directory. The
valid range is from 1 to 25 files.
Defaults
parameter
default
number
1
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• When the error file limit is set to 1 (the default value), the next error file generated by the switch
replaces the existing one.
• When the error file limit is set to a value greater than 1, when a new error file that exceeds the
maximum limit is created, the switch automatically removes the error file with the smallest timestamp.
• The error files generated by the switch have the .err extension.
• If you want to save an error file, you may change the file name so that it does not have the .err
extension, or you can move it from the /flash directory.
Examples
-> configuration error-file limit 2
-> configuration error-file limit 1
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 9-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Configuration File Manager Commands
configuration error-file limit
Related Commands
configuration apply
Applies a configuration file to the switch. Also used for scheduling a timer
session for a configuration file.
configuration cancel
Cancels a pending timer session for a configuration file.
MIB Objects
alcatelIND1ConfigMgrMIBObjects
configErrorFileMaximum
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 9-5
show configuration status
Configuration File Manager Commands
show configuration status
Displays whether there is a pending timer session scheduled for a configuration file and indicates whether
the running configuration and the saved configuration files are identical or different. This command also
displays the number of error files that is held in the flash directory.
show configuration status
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• A timer session can be scheduled using the configuration apply command. For more information, see
page 9-2.
• The screen output File configuration </path/filename>: scheduled at dd/mm hh:mm indicates that a
timer session has been scheduled for a later time.
• The output No file configuration has been scheduled indicates an idle timer session (that is, no timer
session has been scheduled for a configuration file).
• The output File configuration is in progress indicates that a file is currently being applied to the
switch.
• The output File configuration </path/filename>: completed with 2 errors indicates that the named
file was applied to the switch with two recorded errors.
• When the running and saved configurations are the same, the output Running configuration and
saved configuration are identical are displayed.
• When the running and saved configurations are the different, the output Running configuration and
saved configuration are different are displayed.
• To synchronize the running and saved configuration, use the write memory command.
Examples
-> show configuration status
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 9-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Configuration File Manager Commands
show configuration status
Related Commands
configuration apply
Applies a configuration file to the switch. Also used for scheduling a timer
session for a configuration file.
configuration cancel
Cancels a pending timer session for a configuration file.
configuration error-file limit Specifies the maximum number of configuration error files allowed in the
switch’s /flash directory.
write memory
Copies the running configuration (RAM) to the working directory.
MIB Objects
configTimerFileGroup
configTimerFileStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 9-7
configuration cancel
Configuration File Manager Commands
configuration cancel
Cancels a pending timer session for a configuration file.
configuration cancel
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> configuration cancel
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
configuration apply
Applies a configuration file to the switch. Also used for scheduling a timer
session for a configuration file.
show configuration status
Displays whether there is a pending timer session scheduled for a configuration file.
MIB Objects
configTimerFileGroup
configTimerClear
page 9-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Configuration File Manager Commands
configuration syntax check
configuration syntax check
Performs a syntax and authorization check of all CLI commands contained in a configuration file.
configuration syntax check path/filename [verbose]
Syntax Definitions
path/filename
The configuration file being checked for syntax and authorization
errors. If a configuration file is located in another directory, be sure to
specify the full path. For example, /flash/working/asc.1.snap.
verbose
When verbose is specified in the command line, all syntax contained in
the configuration file is printed to the console, even if no error is
detected. When verbose is not specified in the command line, cursory
information (number of errors and error log file name) is printed to the
console only if a syntax or configuration error is detected.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• When an error is detected, an error file (.err) is automatically generated by the switch. By default, this
file is placed in the root /flash directory. To view the contents of a generated error file, use the view
command. For example, view asc.1.snap.1.err.
• The syntax, mac alloc, is automatically included in many snapshot files (for example, configuration
snapshot all). All mac alloc-related syntax is valid during switch boot up only (that is, it cannot be
applied while the switch is in run-time operation). Because snapshot files are commonly used as
configuration files, syntax checks may detect mac alloc syntax and issue an error (along with a generated .err file). This is a valid switch function and does not represent a significant problem. If a mac
alloc-related error is the only error detected, simply remove the syntax using a text editor, then recheck the file using the configuration syntax check command.
• It is recommended that you check all configuration files for syntax errors before applying them to your
switch.
Examples
-> configuration syntax check vlan_file1
..
Note. When the configuration syntax check command is entered, one or more dots “.” is displayed in the
command output. This indicates command progress; each dot represents 256 text lines in the configuration file processed by the syntax check mechanism.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 9-9
configuration syntax check
Configuration File Manager Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
configuration apply
Applies a configuration file to the switch. Also used for scheduling a
timer session for a configuration file.
show configuration status
Displays whether there is a pending timer session scheduled for a
configuration file.
MIB Objects
configFileGroup
configErrorFileName
configErrorFileMaximum
configFileMode
configFileStatus
page 9-10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Configuration File Manager Commands
configuration snapshot
configuration snapshot
Generates a snapshot file of the switch’s non-default current running configuration. A snapshot can be
generated for all current network features or for one or more specific network features. A snapshot is a
single text file that can be viewed, edited, and reused as a configuration file.
configuration snapshot feature_list [path/filename]
Syntax Definitions
feature_list
The description for the network feature(s) to be included in the
snapshot. You may enter more than one network feature in the
command line. Current snapshot-supported network features are listed
below.
snapshot-supported features
802.1q
ip
pmm
aaa
ip-helper
policy
aip
ip-routing
qos
all
ipmr
rdp
bridge
ipms
rip
chassis
ipv6
ripng
efm-oam
linkagg
session
erp
loopback-detection
snmp
ethernet-oam
module
stack-manager
health
ntp
stp
interface
port-mapping
vlan
path/filename
A user-defined name for the resulting snapshot file. For example,
test_snmp_snap. You may also enter a specific path for the resulting
file. For example, the syntax /flash/working/test_snmp_snap places
the test_snmp_snap file in the switch’s /flash/working directory.
Defaults
If a file name is not specified, the default file name asc.#.snap is used. Here, # indicates the order in
which the default file is generated. For example, the first default file name to be generated is asc.1.snap,
the second default file name to be generated is named asc.2.snap, and so on. By default, all snapshot files
are placed in the root /flash directory.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 9-11
configuration snapshot
Configuration File Manager Commands
Usage Guidelines
• Only current, non-default configuration settings are written to the snapshot file.
• You may enter more than one network feature in the command line. Separate each network feature with
a space and no comma. Network features may be entered in any order.
• The snapshot file is automatically placed in the root /flash directory unless otherwise specified.
Examples
->
->
->
->
configuration
configuration
configuration
configuration
snapshot
snapshot
snapshot
snapshot
all
new_file1 qos health aggregation
snmp_snapshot snmp
802.1q
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Release 6.6.2; erp parameter added.
Related Commands
N/A
MIB Objects
configManager
configSnapshotFileName
configSnapshotAction
configSnapshotAllSelect
configSnapshotVlanSelect
configSnapshotSpanningTreeSelect
configSnapshotQOSSelect
configSnapshotIPSelect
configSnapshotIPMSSelect
configSnapshotAAASelect
configSnapshotSNMPSelect
configSnapshot802.1QSelect
configSnapshotLinkAggregateSelect
configSnapshotPortMirrorSelect
configSnapshotXIPSelect
configSnapshotHealthMonitorSelect
configSnapshotBootPSelect
configSnapshotBridgeSelect
configSnapshotChassisSelect
configSnapshotInterfaceSelect
configSnapshotPolicySelect
configSnapshotSessionSelect
configSnapshotSystemServiceSelect
configSnapshotWebSelect
configSnapshotRIPSelect
configSnapshotIPRMSelect
configSnapshotIPMRSelect
configSnapshotModuleSelect
configSnapshotRDPSelect
page 9-12
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Configuration File Manager Commands
configuration snapshot
configSnapshotIPv6Select
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 9-13
show configuration snapshot
Configuration File Manager Commands
show configuration snapshot
Displays the switch’s current running configuration for all features or for the specified feature(s).
show configuration snapshot [feature_list]
Syntax Definitions
feature_list
Specify the feature(s) for which you want to display the running configuration. List the features separated by a space with no comma.
snapshot-supported features
802.1q
ip
pmm
aaa
ip-helper
policy
aip
ip-routing
qos
all
ipmr
rdp
bridge
ipms
rip
chassis
ipv6
ripng
efm-oam
linkagg
session
erp
loopback-detection
snmp
ethernet-oam
module
stack-manager
health
ntp
stp
interface
port-mapping
vlan
Defaults
By default, this command shows configuration information for all features.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use this command to view the current configuration for any feature shown in the table.
• To show a list of features on the switch, use the show configuration snapshot ? syntax.
• Configurations are listed below the name of each feature.
• Features with no current configuration show only the name of the feature.
page 9-14
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Configuration File Manager Commands
show configuration snapshot
Examples
-> show configuration snapshot
AAA output for Case Sensitive MAC address Authentication
-> show configuration snapshot aaa
aaa authentication console "local"
user "public" read All write All no auth authkey 391b0e74dbd13973d703cceaa4a8e30
retransmit 3 timeout 2 auth-port 1812 mac-address-format-status enable
mac-address-format 1 lowercase
-> show configuration snapshot aaa bridge
! Bridging :
! AAA :
aaa authentication default "local"
aaa authentication console "local"
user "public" read All write All no auth authkey 391b0e74dbd13973d703cceaa4a8e30
Bridging snapshot with finite learning window:
-> show configuration snapshot bridge
! Bridging :
port-security SHUTDOWN 1 boot-up disable no-aging disable convert-to-static enable
learn-as-static enable mac-move enable
Bridging snapshot with infinite learning window:
-> show configuration snapshot bridge
! Bridging :
port-security SHUTDOWN 0 boot-up disable no-aging enable convert-to-static disable
learn-as-static enable mac-move enable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Release 6.6.2; erp parameter added.
Related Commands
write terminal
Displays the switch’s current running configuration for all features.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 9-15
show configuration snapshot
Configuration File Manager Commands
MIB Objects
configManager
configSnapshotFileName
configSnapshotAction
configSnapshotAllSelect
configSnapshotVlanSelect
configSnapshotSpanningTreeSelect
configSnapshotQOSSelect
configSnapshotIPSelect
configSnapshotIPMSSelect
configSnapshotAAASelect
configSnapshotSNMPSelect
configSnapshot802.1QSelect
configSnapshotLinkAggregateSelect
configSnapshotPortMirrorSelect
configSnapshotXIPSelect
configSnapshotHealthMonitorSelect
configSnapshotBootPSelect
configSnapshotBridgeSelect
configSnapshotChassisSelect
configSnapshotInterfaceSelect
configSnapshotPolicySelect
configSnapshotSessionSelect
configSnapshotSystemServiceSelect
configSnapshotWebSelect
configSnapshotRIPSelect
configSnapshotIPRMSelect
configSnapshotIPMRSelect
configSnapshotModuleSelect
configSnapshotRDPSelect
configSnapshotIPv6Select
page 9-16
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Configuration File Manager Commands
write terminal
write terminal
Displays the switch’s current running configuration for all features.
write terminal
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Configurations are listed below the name of each feature.
• Features with no current configuration show only the name of the feature.
Examples
-> write terminal
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show configuration snapshot Displays the switch’s current running configuration for all features or for
the specified feature(s).
MIB Objects
configManager
mib_configSnapshotAllSelect
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 9-17
write terminal
page 9-18
Configuration File Manager Commands
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
10
SNMP Commands
This chapter includes descriptions for Trap Manager and SNMP Agent commands. The commands are
used for configuring SNMP settings on the switch.
• SNMP station commands can create, modify, or delete an SNMP station. Also included is a show
command for monitoring current SNMP station status.
• SNMP trap commands configure SNMP trap settings. Traps can be replayed and filtered. Also, test
traps can be generated to verify that individual traps are being correctly handled by the Network
Management Station (NMS). The SNMP trap commands set includes show commands for monitoring
SNMP trap information.
• SNMP agent commands configure SNMP security levels on the switch. Also includes show commands
for monitoring the current SNMP security status.
MIB information for SNMP Community commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
IETFsnmpCommunity.MIB
IETF SNMP-COMMUNITY.MIB
MIB information for Trap Manager commands is a follows:
Filename
Module:
AlcatelIND1TrapMgr.MIB
ALCATEL-IND1-TRAP-MGR.MIB
MIB information for SNMP Agent commands is a follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1SNMPAgent.MIB
ALCATEL-IND1-SNMP-AGENT.MIB
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-1
SNMP Commands
A summary of the available commands is listed here:
SNMP station commands
snmp station
show snmp station
SNMP community map
commands
snmp community map
snmp community map mode
show snmp community map
SNMP security commands
snmp security
show snmp security
show snmp statistics
show snmp mib family
SNMP trap commands
snmp trap absorption
snmp trap to webview
snmp trap replay
snmp trap filter
snmp authentication trap
show snmp trap replay
show snmp trap filter
snmp authentication trap
show snmp trap config
page 10-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
snmp station
snmp station
Adds a new SNMP station; modifies or deletes an existing SNMP station.
snmp station {ip_address | ipv6_address} {[udp_port] [username] [v1 | v2 | v3] [enable | disable]}
no snmp station {ip_address | ipv6_address}
Syntax Definitions
ip_address
The IP address to which SNMP unicast traps is sent.
ipv6_address
The IPv6 address to which SNMP unicast traps is sent.
udp_port
A UDP destination port.
username
The user name on the switch or external server used to send traps to the
SNMP station(s). The username specified here must match an
existing user account name.
v1
Specifies that traps are sent using SNMP version 1.
v2
Specifies that traps are sent using SNMP version 2.
v3
Specifies that traps are sent using SNMP version 3.
enable
Enables the specified SNMP station.
disable
Disables the specified SNMP station.
Defaults
parameter
default
udp_port
162
v1 | v2 | v3
v3
enable | disable
enable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of the command to remove an existing SNMP station.
• When adding an SNMP station, you have to specify an IP address plus username parameters. For
example, the syntax snmp station 1.2.3.4 is not a valid command entry; however, snmp station
1.2.3.4 username1 is a valid command entry.
• You can establish up to 50 SNMP sessions towards an OmniSwitch.
• When modifying an SNMP station, you have to specify an IP address plus at least one additional
parameter. For example, the syntax snmp station 1.2.3.4 is not a valid command entry; however,
snmp station 1.2.3.4 v2 is a valid command entry.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-3
snmp station
SNMP Commands
• The default UDP port 162 is commonly used for traps; however, the destination port can be redefined
to accommodate an SNMP station using a nonstandard port. The destination port specified in the
command line has to correspond with the UDP destination port configured at the receiving SNMP
station(s).
• When the SNMP station is enabled, the switch transmits traps to the specified IP or IPv6 address.
Examples
->
->
->
->
->
->
->
snmp station 168.22.2.2 111 username2 v1 disable
snmp station 168.151.2.101 "test lab"
snmp station 170.1.2.3 username1 enable
snmp station 1.1.2.2 v2
no snmp station 2.2.2.2
snmp station 300::1 enable
no snmp station 300::1
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show snmp station
Displays the current SNMP station information.
MIB Objects
trapStationTable
trapStationIP
trapStationPort
trapStationUser
trapStationProtocol
trapStationRowStatus
alaTrapInetStationTable
alaTrapInetStationIPType
alaTrapInetStationIP
alaTrapInetStationPort
alaTrapInetStationRowStatus
alaTrapInetStationProtocol
alaTrapInetStationUser
page 10-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
snmp source ip preferred
snmp source ip preferred
Configures the source IP address field of the SNMP client packets.
snmp soure ip preferred {default | no-loopback | ip_address}
no snmp source ip preferred
Syntax Definitions
default
The Loopback0 address, if configured, will be used for the source IP
address field. If no Loopback0 is configured, the first IP address on the
switch will be used.
no-loopback
The Loopback0 address should not be used for the source IP address
field and the first available IP address on the switch should be used for
this field.
ip_address
The IP address to be used in the source IP field.
Defaults
By default, the setting is set to the default parameter.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• When configuring a specific IP address, that address must already exist on the switch.
• Use the no form of this command to clear a specific IP address and change the behavior back to
default.
Examples
-> snmp source ip preferred 192.168.10.1
-> snmp source ip preferred no-loopback
-> snmp source ip preferred default
Release History
Release 6.6.4; command was introduced
Related Commands
snmp station
Adds a new SNMP station; modifies or deletes an existing SNMP
station.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-5
show snmp station
SNMP Commands
show snmp station
Displays the current SNMP station status.
show snmp station
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show snmp station
ipAddress/udpPort
status
protocol user
---------------------------------------------------+---------+--------+-----172.21.160.32/4000
enable
v3
abc
172.21.160.12/5000
enable
v3
user1
0300:0000:0000:0000:0211:d8ff:fe47:470b/4001
enable
v3
user2
0300:0000:0000:0000:0211:d8ff:fe47:470c/5001
enable
v2
abc
output definitions
IPAddress
IP Address of the SNMP management station that replayed the trap.
UDP Port
UDP port number.
Status
The Enabled/Disabled status of the SNMP management station.
Protocol
The version of SNMP set for this management station.
User
The user account name.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 10-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
show snmp station
Related Commands
snmp station
Adds a new SNMP station; modifies or deletes an existing SNMP
station.
MIB Objects
trapStationTable
trapStationIP
trapStationPort
trapStationUser
trapStationProtocol
trapStationRowStatus
alaTrapInetStationTable
alaTrapInetStationIPType
alaTrapInetStationIP
alaTrapInetStationPort
alaTrapInetStationRowStatus
alaTrapInetStationProtocol
alaTrapInetStationUser
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-7
snmp community map
SNMP Commands
snmp community map
Configures and enables a community string on the switch and maps it to an existing user account name.
snmp community map community_string {[user useraccount_name] | {enable | disable}}
no snmp community map community_string
Syntax Definitions
community_string
A community string in the form of a text string. This string has to be
between 1 and 32 characters.
useraccount_name
A user name in the form of a text string. This name must match a user
login account name already configured on the switch or configured
remotely on an external AAA server. This user name must be between 1
and 32 characters.
enable
Enables SNMP community string mapping.
disable
Disables SNMP community string mapping.
Defaults
By default, SNMP community map authentication is enabled.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Community strings configured on the switch are used for v1 and v2c SNMP managers only.
• The user account name must be a current user account recognized by the switch. For a list of current
user names use the show user command. To create a new user account, use the user command.
• There is one to one mapping between each community string and a user account name.
• Privileges attached to the community string are the ones inherited from the user account name that
created it.
Examples
-> snmp community map community1 user testname1
-> snmp community map community1 enable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 10-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
snmp community map
Related Commands
snmp community map mode
Enables the local community strings database.
MIB Objects
SNMPCommunityTable
snmpCommunityIndex
snmpCommunitySecurityName
snmpCommunityStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-9
snmp community map mode
SNMP Commands
snmp community map mode
Enables the local community strings database.
snmp community map mode {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Enables SNMP community map database.
disable
Disables SNMP community map database.
Defaults
By default, SNMP community strings database is enabled.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• When enabled, the community string carried over each incoming v1 or v2c SNMP request must be
mapped to a user account name in order to be processed by the SNMP agent.
• When enabled, mapping is contained in the local community strings database populated by using the
snmp community map command.
• When disabled, the community strings carried over each incoming v1 or v2c request must be equal to a
user account name in order to be processed by the SNMP agent.
Examples
-> snmp community map mode enable
-> snmp community map mode disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
snmp community map
Configures and enables a community string on the switch and maps it to
an existing user account name.
MIB Objects
SNMPCommunityTable
snmpCommunityIndex
snmpCommunitySecurityName
snmpCommunityStatus
page 10-10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
show snmp community map
show snmp community map
Shows the local community strings database.
show snmp community map
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guideline
N/A
Examples
-> show snmp community map
Community mode : enabled
status
community string
user name
--------+-------------------------------+-------------------------------enabled
test_string1
bb_usename
enabled
test_string2
rr_usename
disabled test_string3
cc_usename
disabled test_string4
jj_usename
output definitions
Status
The Enabled/Disabled status of the community string.
Community String
The text that defines the community string.
User Name
The user account name.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
snmp community map
Configures and enables a community string on the switch and maps it to
an existing user account name.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-11
snmp security
SNMP Commands
snmp security
Configures SNMP security settings.
snmp security {no security | authentication set | authentication all | privacy set | privacy all | trap
only}
Syntax Definitions
no security
The switch accepts all SNMP v1, v2, and v3 requests.
authentication set
The switch accepts all requests except v1, v2, and non-authenticated v3
set requests. SNMP v1, v2, and non-authenticated v3 set requests is
rejected.
authentication all
The switch accepts all requests except v1, v2, and non-authenticated v3
get, get-next, and set requests. SNMP v1, v2, and non-authenticated v3
get, get-next, and set requests is rejected.
privacy set
The switch accepts only authenticated SNMP v3 get, get-next and
encrypted v3 set requests. All other requests is rejected.
privacy all
The switch accepts only encrypted v3 get, get-next, and set requests. All
other requests is rejected.
trap only
All SNMP get, get-next, and set requests is rejected.
Defaults
By default, the SNMP security default is set to privacy all, which is the highest level of security.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Refer to the table below for a quick-reference list of security parameter and the SNMP request allowances
for each parameter.
v1 set
v2 set
v3 non-auth
set
v1 get
v3 auth set
v2 get
v3 non-auth get/
get-next
v3 auth get/
get-next
v3 encryp set v3 encryp get/
get-next
no security
accepted
accepted
accepted
accepted
accepted
accepted
authentication set
rejected
accepted
accepted
accepted
accepted
accepted
authentication all
rejected
rejected
accepted
accepted
accepted
accepted
privacy set
rejected
rejected
rejected
accepted
accepted
accepted
privacy all
rejected
rejected
rejected
rejected
accepted
accepted
trap only
rejected
rejected
rejected
rejected
rejected
rejected
page 10-12
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
snmp security
Examples
->
->
->
->
->
snmp
snmp
snmp
snmp
snmp
security
security
security
security
security
no security
authentication set
authentication all
privacy set
trap only
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show snmp security
Displays the current SNMP security status.
MIB Objects
SNMPAgtConfig
SnmpAgtSecurityLevel
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-13
show snmp security
SNMP Commands
show snmp security
Displays the current SNMP security status.
show snmp security
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Refer to the command on page 10-12 for descriptions of the five SNMP security states: no security,
authentication set, authentication all, privacy set, privacy all, and trap only.
Examples
-> show snmp security
snmp security = no security
-> show snmp security
snmp security = authentication set
-> show snmp security
snmp security = authentication all
-> show snmp security
snmp security = privacy set
-> show snmp security
snmp security = privacy all
-> show snmp security
snmp security = trap only
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
snmp security
page 10-14
Configures the SNMP security settings.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
show snmp statistics
show snmp statistics
Displays the current SNMP statistics.
show snmp statistics
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show snmp statistics
From RFC1907
snmpInPkts
snmpOutPkts
snmpInBadVersions
snmpInBadCommunityNames
snmpInBadCommunityUses
snmpInASNParseErrs
snmpEnableAuthenTraps
snmpSilentDrops
snmpProxyDrops
snmpInTooBigs
snmpOutTooBigs
snmpInNoSuchNames
snmpOutNoSuchNames
snmpInBadValues
snmpOutBadValues
snmpInReadOnlys
snmpOutReadOnlys
snmpInGenErrs
snmpOutGenErrs
snmpInTotalReqVars
snmpInTotalSetVars
snmpInGetRequests
snmpOutGetRequests
snmpInGetNexts
snmpOutGetNexts
snmpInSetRequests
snmpOutSetRequests
snmpInGetResponses
snmpOutGetResponses
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
801
800
0
0
0
0
disabled(2)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
839
7
3
0
787
0
7
0
0
798
June 2013
page 10-15
show snmp statistics
SNMP Commands
snmpInTraps
snmpOutTraps
From RFC2572
snmpUnknownSecurityModels
snmpInvalidMsgs
snmpUnknownPDUHandlers
From RFC2573
snmpUnavailableContexts
snmpUnknownContexts
From RFC2574
usmStatsUnsupportedSecLevels
usmStatsNotInTimeWindows
usmStatsUnknownUserNames
usmStatsUnknownEngineIDs
usmStatsWrongDigests
usmStatsDecryptionErrors
= 0
= 0
= 0
= 0
= 0
= 0
= 1
=
=
=
=
=
=
0
1
1
0
0
0
output definitions
From RFCxxxx
Displays the RFC number that defines the SNMP MIB objects listed.
MIB Objects
Name of the MIB object listed as an SNMP statistic.
= (integer)
The number of times the MIB object has been reported to the SNMP
management station since the last reset.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
N/A
page 10-16
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
show snmp mib family
show snmp mib family
Displays SNMP MIB information. Information includes MIP ID number, MIB table name, and command
family.
show snmp mib family [table_name]
Syntax Definitions
table_name
The name of the MIB table to be displayed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If a table name is not specified in the command syntax, all MIB table names is displayed.
• If the command family is not valid for the entire MIB table, the command family is displayed on a perobject basis.
• Table names are case-sensitive. Therefore, use the exact table names from the MIB database.
Examples
-> show snmp mib family trapStationTable
MIP ID
MIB TABLE NAME
FAMILY
-------+----------------------------------------+--------------------73733
trapStationTable
snmp
output definitions
MIP ID
Identification number for the MIP associated with this MIB Table.
MIB Table Name
Name of the MIB table.
Family
Command family to which this MIB table belongs.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show snmp trap filter
Displays the SNMP trap filter information.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-17
snmp trap absorption
SNMP Commands
snmp trap absorption
Enables or disables the trap absorption function.
snmp trap absorption {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Enables SNMP trap absorption. When trap absorption is enabled,
identical, repetitive traps sent by applications during a pre-configured
time period is absorbed, and therefore not sent to SNMP Manager
stations configured on the switch.
disable
Disables SNMP trap absorption.
Defaults
By default, trap absorption is enabled.Trap absorption drops additional traps within the absorption period
(default 15 seconds)
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
To view the current trap absorption status, use the show snmp trap config command.
Examples
-> snmp trap absorption enable
-> snmp trap absorption disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show snmp trap config
Displays the SNMP trap information. Information includes trap ID numbers and corresponding trap names and families.
MIB Objects
trapFilterTable
trapAbsorption
page 10-18
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
snmp trap to webview
snmp trap to webview
Enables the forwarding of traps to WebView.
snmp trap to webview {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Enables WebView forwarding. When WebView forwarding is enabled,
all traps sent by switch applications are also forwarded to WebView.
This allows a WebView session to retrieve the trap history log.
disable
Disables WebView forwarding.
Defaults
By default, WebView forwarding is enabled.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
To view the current WebView forwarding status, use the show snmp trap config command.
Examples
-> snmp trap to webview enable
-> snmp trap to webview disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show snmp trap config
Displays the SNMP trap information, including the current status for
trap absorption and WebView forwarding.
MIB Objects
trapFilterTable
trapToWebView
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-19
snmp trap replay
SNMP Commands
snmp trap replay
Replays stored traps from the switch to a specified SNMP station. This command is used to replay (to
resend) traps on demand. This is useful in the event when traps are lost in the network.
snmp trap replay {ip_address | ipv6_address} [seq_id]
Syntax Definitions
ip_address
The IP address for the SNMP station to which traps are replayed from
the switch.
ipv6_address
The IPv6 address for the SNMP station to which traps are replayed from
the switch.
seq_id
The sequence number from which trap replay begins. Each trap sent by
the switch to an SNMP station has a sequence number. The sequence
number reflects the order in which the trap was sent to the SNMP
station. For example, the first trap sent to an SNMP station has a
sequence number of 1; the second trap has a sequence number of 2, and
so on. If no sequence number is entered, all stored traps are replayed.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the show snmp station command on page page 10-6 to display the latest stored sequence number
for each SNMP station.
• The switch replays traps in the same order that they were previously sent, beginning from the specified
sequence number.
• When traps are replayed, the original dates on which the trap was issued, rather than the current dates
are used.
• If the specified sequence number is lower than the oldest trap sequence number stored in the switch,
the switch replays all stored traps.
• If the specified sequence number is equal to or greater than the oldest trap sequence number stored, the
switch replays all stored traps from the specified sequence number up to the latest sequence number.
• If the specified sequence number is greater than the latest sequence number, no traps are replayed.
Examples
-> snmp trap replay 172.12.2.100
-> snmp trap replay 300::1
page 10-20
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
snmp trap replay
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show snmp station
Displays the current SNMP station status.
show snmp trap replay
Displays the SNMP trap replay information.
MIB Objects
trapStationTable
trapStation Replay
AlaTrapInetStationEntry
alaTrapInetStationReplay
alaTrapInetStationNextSeq
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-21
snmp trap filter
SNMP Commands
snmp trap filter
Enables or disables SNMP trap filtering. Trap filtering is used to determine whether a trap or group of
traps is sent from the switch to a specified SNMP station.
snmp trap filter {ip_address | ipv6_address} trap_id_list
no snmp trap filter {ip_address | ipv6_address} trap_id_list
Syntax Definitions
ip_address
The IP address for the SNMP station for which trap filtering is being
enabled or disabled.
ipv6_address
The IPv6 address for the SNMP station for which trap filtering is being
enabled or disabled.
trap_id_list
Specifies the trap(s) for which filtering is being enabled or disabled.
Traps must be specified using the numeric trap ID. You can specify
more than one trap in the command line; separate each trap ID with a
space and no comma.
Defaults
By default, SNMP trap filtering is disabled.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• To enable trap filtering, use the syntax snmp trap filter ip_address trap_id_list.
• To disable trap filtering, use the syntax no snmp trap filter ip_address trap_id_list.
• When filtering is enabled, the specified trap(s) is not sent to the SNMP station. When filtering is
disabled, the specified traps is sent to the SNMP station.
• To display a list of traps and their ID numbers, use the show snmp trap config command.
Examples
-> snmp trap filter 172.1.2.3 1
-> snmp trap filter 172.1.2.3 0 1 3 5
-> snmp trap filter 300::1 1 3 4
-> no snmp trap filter 172.1.2.3 1
-> no snmp trap filter 172.1.2.3 0 1 3 5
-> no snmp trap filter 300::1 1 3
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 10-22
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
snmp trap filter
Related Commands
show snmp trap filter
Displays the current SNMP trap filter status.
show snmp trap config
Displays the SNMP trap information, including trap ID numbers, trap
names, command families, and absorption rate.
MIB Objects
trapFilterTable
trapFilterStatus
alaTrapInetFilterTable
alaTrapInetFilterStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-23
snmp authentication trap
SNMP Commands
snmp authentication trap
Enables or disables SNMP authentication failure trap forwarding.
snmp authentication trap {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Enables authentication failure trap forwarding. When enabled, the
standard authentication failure trap is sent each time an SNMP
authentication failure is detected.
disable
Disables authentication failure trap forwarding.
Defaults
By default, authentication failure trap forwarding is disabled.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> snmp authentication trap enable
-> snmp authentication trap disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show snmp authentication trap
Displays the current authentication failure trap forwarding status.
MIB Objects
snmpGroup
snmpEnableAuthenTraps
page 10-24
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
show snmp trap replay
show snmp trap replay
Displays SNMP trap replay information.
show snmp trap replay
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
A maximum of 60 traps is replayed.
Examples
-> show snmp trap replay
ipAddress
oldest replay number
-----------------------------------------+-------------------172.21.160.32
12
172.21.160.12
57
0300:0000:0000:0000:0211:d8ff:fe47:470b
12
0300:0000:0000:0000:0211:d8ff:fe47:470c
42
output definitions
IPAddress
IP address of the SNMP station manager that replayed the trap.
Oldest Replay Number
Number of the oldest replayed trap.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-25
show snmp trap replay
SNMP Commands
Related Commands
snmp trap replay
Replays stored traps from the switch to a specified SNMP station.
MIB Objects
trapStationTable
snmpStation Replay
AlaTrapInetStationEntry
alaTrapInetStationReplay
alaTrapInetStationNextSeq
page 10-26
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
show snmp trap filter
show snmp trap filter
Displays the current SNMP trap filter status.
show snmp trap filter
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
To display a list of traps and their ID numbers, use the show snmp trap config command.
Examples
-> show snmp trap filter
ipAddress
trapId list
-----------------------------------------+----------------------------------172.21.160.32
1
3
4
172.21.160.12
no filter
0300:0000:0000:0000:0211:d8ff:fe47:470b
4
5
6
0300:0000:0000:0000:0211:d8ff:fe47:470c
no filter
output definitions
IPAddress
IP address of the SNMP management station that recorded the traps.
TrapId List
Identification number for the traps being filtered.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
snmp trap filter
Enables or disables SNMP trap filtering.
show snmp trap config
Displays the SNMP trap information, including trap ID numbers, trap
names, command families, and absorption rate.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-27
show snmp trap filter
SNMP Commands
MIB Objects
trapFilterTable
trapFilterEntry
alaTrapInetFilterTable
alaTrapInetFilterStatus
page 10-28
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
show snmp authentication trap
show snmp authentication trap
Displays the current authentication failure trap forwarding status (that is, enable or disable).
show snmp authentication trap
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show snmp authentication trap
snmp authentication trap = disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
snmp authentication trap
Enables or disables SNMP authentication failure trap forwarding.
MIB Objects
sessionAuthenticationTrap
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-29
show snmp trap config
SNMP Commands
show snmp trap config
Displays SNMP trap information. Information includes trap ID numbers, trap names, command families,
and absorption rate. This command also displays the Enabled/Disabled status of SNMP absorption and the
Traps to WebView service.
show snmp trap config
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show snmp trap config
Absorption service : enabled
Traps to WebView : enabled
Id trapName
family
absorption
--+------------------------------------+---------------+-----------0 coldStart
chassis
15 seconds
1 warmStart
chassis
15 seconds
2 linkDown
interface
15 seconds
3 linkUp
interface
15 seconds
4 authenticationFailure
snmp
15 seconds
5 entConfigChange
module
15 seconds
30 slPesudoCAMStatusTrap
bridge
15 seconds
34 ifMauJabberTrap
interface
15 seconds
35 sessionAuthenticationTrap
session
15 seconds
---------------------------------------------------------------------
output definitions
Id
Identification number for the trap.
Trap Name
Name of the trap.
Family
Family to which the trap belongs.
Absorption
Time needed for the trap to process.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 10-30
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
SNMP Commands
show snmp trap config
Related Commands
show snmp mib family
Displays SNMP MIB information.
snmp trap absorption
Enables or disables the trap absorption function.
snmp trap to webview
Enables or disables the forwarding of SNMP traps to WebView.
MIB Objects
trapConfigTable
trapConfigEntry
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 10-31
show snmp trap config
page 10-32
SNMP Commands
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
11
DNS Commands
A Domain Name System resolver is an internet service that translates host names into IP addresses. Every
time you use a host name, a DNS service must resolve the name to an IP address. You can configure up to
three domain name servers. If the primary DNS server does not know how to translate a particular host
name, it asks the secondary DNS server (if specified). If this fails, it asks the third DNS server (if specified), until the correct IP address is returned (resolved). If all DNS servers have been queried and the name
is still not resolved to an IP address, the DNS resolver fails and issue an error message.
MIB information for the DNS commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1System.mib
ALCATEL-IND1-SYSTEM.MIB
A summary of the available commands is listed here.
ip domain-lookup
ip name-server
ipv6 name-server
ip domain-name
show dns
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 11-1
ip domain-lookup
DNS Commands
ip domain-lookup
Enables or disables the DNS resolver.
ip domain-lookup
no ip domain-lookup
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
By default, the DNS resolver is disabled.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to disable the DNS resolver.
• You must use the ip domain-name command to set a default domain name for your DNS resolver(s)
and the ip name-server command to specify up to three DNS servers to query on host lookups.
• The ip domain-lookup command enables the DNS resolver.
Examples
-> ip domain-lookup
-> no ip domain-lookup
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
ip name-server
Specifies the IP addresses of up to three servers to query on a host
lookup.
ipv6 name-server
Specifies the IPv6 addresses of up to three IPv6 DNS servers to query
on a host lookup.
ip domain-name
Sets or deletes the default domain name for DNS lookups.
show dns
Displays the current DNS resolver configuration and status.
MIB Objects
systemDNS
systemDNSEnableDnsResolver
page 11-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
DNS Commands
ip name-server
ip name-server
Specify the IP addresses of up to three servers to query on a host lookup.
ip name-server server-address1 [server-address2 [server-address3]]
Syntax Definitions
server-address1
The IP address of the primary DNS server to query for host lookup. This
is the only address that is required.
server-address2
The IP address of the secondary DNS server to query for host lookup.
This server is queried only if the desired host name or host IP address is
not located by the primary DNS server. A second IP address is optional.
server-address3
The IP address of the DNS server with the lower priority. This server is
queried only if the desired host name or IP address is not located by the
primary and secondary DNS servers. A third IP address is optional.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Configuration of the DNS resolver to resolve any host query requires that you first set the default
domain name with the ip domain-name command and enable the DNS resolver function with the ip
domain-lookup command before you specify the IP addresses of the DNS servers by using the ip
name-server command.
• You can configure up to three IPv4 DNS servers and three IPv6 DNS servers in a switch.
Examples
-> ip name-server 189.202.191.14 189.202.191.15 188.255.19.1
-> ip name-server 10.255.11.66
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 11-3
ip name-server
DNS Commands
Related Commands
ip domain-lookup
Enables or disables the DNS resolver.
ip domain-name
Sets or deletes the default domain name for DNS lookups.
show dns
Displays the current DNS resolver configuration and status.
MIB Objects
systemDNS
systemDNSNsAddr1
systemDNSNsAddr2
systemDNSNsAddr3
page 11-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
DNS Commands
ipv6 name-server
ipv6 name-server
Specifies the IPv6 addresses of up to three IPv6 DNS servers to query on a host lookup.
ipv6 name-server server-ipv6_address1 [server-ipv6_address2 [server-ipv6_address3]]
Syntax Definitions
server-ipv6_address1
The IPv6 address of the primary IPv6 DNS server to query for host
lookup. Specifying the primary IPv6 DNS address is mandatory.
server-ipv6_address2
The IPv6 address of the secondary IPv6 DNS server to query for host
lookup. This server is queried only if the desired host name is not able
to be resolved by the primary IPv6 DNS server. A second IPv6 address
is optional.
server-ipv6_address3
The IPv6 address of the IPv6 DNS server with the lower priority. This
server is queried only if the desired host name is not able to be resolved
by both the primary and secondary IPv6 DNS servers. A third IPv6
address is optional.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Configuration of the DNS resolver to resolve any host query requires that you first set the default
domain name with the ip domain-name command and enable the DNS resolver function with the ip
domain-lookup command before you specify the IPv6 addresses of the IPv6 DNS servers by using the
ipv6 name-server command.
• You cannot use multicast, loopback, link-local and unspecified IPv6 addresses for specifying IPv6
DNS servers.
• You can configure up to three IPv6 DNS servers and three IPv4 DNS servers in a switch.
Examples
-> ipv6 name-server fec0::2d0:d3:f3fc
-> ipv6 name-server fe2d::2c f302::3de1:1 f1bc::202:fd40:f3
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 11-5
ipv6 name-server
DNS Commands
Related Commands
ip domain-lookup
Enables or disables the DNS resolver.
ip domain-name
Sets or deletes the default domain name for DNS lookups.
show dns
Displays the current DNS resolver configuration and status.
MIB Objects
systemDNS
systemDNSNsIPv6Addr1
systemDNSNsIPv6Addr2
systemDNSNsIPv6Addr3
page 11-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
DNS Commands
ip domain-name
ip domain-name
Sets or deletes the default domain name for DNS lookups.
ip domain-name name
no ip domain-name
Syntax Definitions
name
The default domain name for host lookups.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to delete the default domain name.
• Use this command to set the default domain name for DNS lookups.
Examples
-> ip domain-name company.com
-> no ip domain-name
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
ip domain-lookup
Enables or disables the DNS resolver.
ip name-server
Specifies the IP addresses of up to three servers to query on a host
lookup.
ipv6 name-server
Specifies the IPv6 addresses of up to three IPv6 DNS servers to query
on a host lookup.
show dns
Displays the current DNS resolver configuration and status.
MIB Objects
systemDNS
systemDNSDomainName
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 11-7
show dns
DNS Commands
show dns
Displays the current DNS resolver configuration and status.
show dns
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show dns
Resolver is
:
domainName
:
IPv4 nameServer(s):
:
:
IPv6 nameServer(s):
:
:
enabled
company.com
189.202.191.14
189.202.191.15
188.255.19.1
fe2d::2c
f302::3de1:1
f1bc::202:fd40:f3
output definitions
Resolver is
Indicates whether the DNS resolver is enabled or disabled.
domainName
Indicates the default domain name assigned to the DNS lookups. This
value is set using the ip domain-name command.
IPv4 nameServer(s)
Indicates the IP address(es) of the IPv4 DNS server(s). These addresses
are set using the ip name-server command.
IPv6 nameServer(s)
Indicates the IPv6 address(es) of the IPv6 DNS server(s). These
addresses are set using the ipv6 name-server command.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 11-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
DNS Commands
show dns
Related Commands
ip domain-lookup
Enables or disables the DNS resolver.
ip name-server
Specifies the IP addresses of up to three servers to query on a host
lookup.
ipv6 name-server
Specify the IPv6 addresses of up to three IPv6 DNS servers to query on
a host lookup.
ip domain-name
Sets or deletes the default domain name for DNS lookups.
MIB Objects
systemDNS
systemDNSEnableDnsResolver
systemDNSDomainName
systemDNSNsAddr1
systemDNSNsAddr2
systemDNSNsAddr3
systemDNSNsIPv6Addr1
systemDNSNsIPv6Addr2
systemDNSNsIPv6Addr3
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 11-9
show dns
page 11-10
DNS Commands
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
12
Link Aggregation
Commands
Link aggregation is a way of combining multiple physical links between two switches into one logical
link. The aggregate group operates within Spanning Tree as one virtual port and can provide more
bandwidth than a single link. It also provides redundancy. If one physical link in the aggregate group goes
down, link integrity is maintained.
There are two types of aggregate groups: static and dynamic. Static aggregate groups are manually
configured on the switch with static links. Dynamic groups are set up on the switch but they aggregate
links as necessary according to the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP).
The dynamic aggregation software is compatible only with the following IEEE standard:
802.3ad — Aggregation of Multiple Link Segments
MIB information for the link aggregation commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1LAG.MIB
ALCATEL-IND1-LAG-MIB
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-1
Link Aggregation Commands
A summary of available commands is listed here:
Static link aggregates
static linkagg size
static linkagg name
static linkagg admin state
static agg agg num
Dynamic link aggregates
lacp linkagg size
lacp linkagg name
lacp linkagg admin state
lacp linkagg actor admin key
lacp linkagg actor system priority
lacp linkagg actor system id
lacp linkagg partner system id
lacp linkagg partner system priority
lacp linkagg partner admin key
lacp agg actor admin key
lacp agg actor admin state
lacp agg actor system id
lacp agg actor system priority
lacp agg partner admin state
lacp agg partner admin system id
lacp agg partner admin key
lacp agg partner admin system priority
lacp agg actor port priority
lacp agg partner admin port
lacp agg partner admin port priority
Dual Home Link (DHL)
Active-Active
dhl num
dhl num linka linkb
dhl num admin-state
dhl num vlan-map linkb
dhl num pre-emption-time
dhl num mac-flushing
show dhl
show dhl num
show dhl num link
Static and dynamic
show linkagg
show linkagg port
page 12-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
static linkagg size
static linkagg size
Creates a static aggregate group between two switches. A static aggregate group contains static links.
static linkagg agg_num size size [name name] [admin state {enable | disable}]
no static linkagg agg_num
Syntax Definitions
agg_num
The number corresponding to the static aggregate group. Can be an
unique integer in the range 0–31.
size
The maximum number of links allowed in the aggregate group. Values
can be 2, 4, or 8.
name
The name of the static aggregate group. Can be any alphanumeric string
up to 255 characters long. Spaces can be given within quotes (for
example, “Static Group 1”).
enable
Specifies that the static aggregate group is active and is able to
aggregate links.
disable
Specifies that the static aggregate group is inactive and not able to
aggregate links.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
enable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove a static aggregate group from the configuration.
• The maximum number of link aggregate groups allowed on the switch (static and dynamic combined)
is 32 with upto 8 ports per group.
• If the static aggregate has any attached ports, delete them with the static agg agg num command
before you can delete it.
• Use the lacp linkagg size command to create a dynamic aggregation (LACP) group. See page 12-9 for
more information about this command.
Examples
-> static linkagg 3 size 8
-> static linkagg 4 size 2 admin state disable
-> no static linkagg 3
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-3
static linkagg size
Link Aggregation Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show linkagg
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) link aggregate
groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggTable
alclnkaggAggNumber
alclnkaggAggSize
alclnkaggAggLacpType
alclnkaggAggName
alclnkaggAggAdminState
page 12-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
static linkagg name
static linkagg name
Configures a name for an existing static aggregate group.
static linkagg agg_num name name
static linkagg agg_num no name
Syntax Definitions
agg_num
The number corresponding to the static aggregate group.
name
The name of the static aggregation group, an alphanumeric string up to
255 characters. Spaces can be given within quotes (for example, “Static
Group 1”).
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the no form of this command to remove a name from a static aggregate.
Examples
-> static linkagg 2 name accounting
-> static linkagg 2 no name
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
static linkagg size
Creates a static aggregate group.
show linkagg
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) aggregate
groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggTable
alclnkaggAggNumber
alclnkaggAggName
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-5
static linkagg admin state
Link Aggregation Commands
static linkagg admin state
Configures the administrative state (whether the static aggregate group is active or inactive) of a static
aggregate group.
static linkagg agg_num admin state {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
agg_num
The number corresponding to the static aggregate group.
enable
Specifies that the static aggregate group is active and is able to
aggregate links.
disable
Specifies that the static aggregate group is inactive and not able to
aggregate links.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
enable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
When the administrative state is set to disable, the static aggregate group is disabled.
Examples
-> static linkagg 2 admin state disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
static linkagg size
Creates a static aggregate group.
show linkagg
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) aggregate
groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggTable
alclnkaggAggNumber
alclnkaggAggAdminState
page 12-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
static agg agg num
static agg agg num
Configures a slot and port for a static aggregate group.
static agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port agg num agg_num
static agg no [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port
Syntax Definitions
ethernet
Documents that the port is 10 Mbps Ethernet.
fastethernet
Documents that the port is 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet.
gigaethernet
Documents that the port is Gigabit Ethernet.
slot
The slot number for this aggregate.
port
The port that the switch initially uses as the Spanning Tree virtual port
for this aggregate.
agg_num
The number corresponding to the static aggregate group.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove one or more ports from a static aggregate group.
• Mobile ports cannot be aggregated.
• A port can belong to only one aggregate group.
• Ports in a static aggregate must all be the same speed (for example, all 10 Mbps, all 100 Mbps, all 1
Gigabit, or all 10 Gigabit).
• Ports that belong to the same static aggregate group need not be configured sequentially and can be on
any Network Interface (NI) or unit within a stack.
• The ethernet, fastethernet, and gigaethernet keywords do not modify a port configuration. See
“Ethernet Port Commands,” for information on CLI commands to configure Ethernet ports.
Examples
-> static agg 2/1 agg num 4
-> static agg no 2/1
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-7
static agg agg num
Link Aggregation Commands
Related Commands
static linkagg size
Creates a static aggregate group.
show linkagg port
Displays information about link aggregation ports.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggPortTable
alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber
alclnkaggAggPortLacpType
alclnkaggAggPortSelectedAggNumber
page 12-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp linkagg size
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group that uses the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) to establish
and maintain link aggregation. The size parameter is required to create the link aggregate group.
lacp linkagg agg_num size size
[name name]
[admin state {enable | disable}]
[actor admin key actor_admin_key]
[actor system priority actor_system_priority]
[actor system id actor_system_id]
[partner system id partner_system_id]
[partner system priority partner_system_priority]
[partner admin key partner_admin_key]
no lacp linkagg agg_num
Syntax Definitions
agg_num
The number corresponding to the dynamic aggregate group. Can be a
unique integer in the range 0–31.
size
The maximum number of links that can belong to the aggregate. Values
can be 2, 4, or 8.
name
The name of the dynamic aggregate group. Can be any alphanumeric
string up to 255 characters long. Spaces must be contained within
quotes (for example, “Dynamic Group 1”).
enable
Specifies that the dynamic aggregate group is active and is able to
aggregate links.
disable
Specifies that the dynamic aggregate group is inactive and not able to
aggregate links.
actor_admin_key
The administrative key value associated with the dynamic aggregate
group. Possible values are 0–65535.
actor_system_priority
The priority of the dynamic aggregate group. Possible values are
0–65535.
actor_system_id
The MAC address of the dynamic aggregate group on the switch.
partner_system_id
The MAC address of the remote system to which the aggregate group of
the switch is attached.
partner_system_priority
The priority of the remote system to which the aggregate group is
attached. Possible values are 0–65535.
partner_admin_key
The administrative key for the remote partner of the aggregate group.
Possible values are 0–65535.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-9
lacp linkagg size
Link Aggregation Commands
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
enable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove a dynamic aggregate group from the configuration.
• The maximum number of link aggregate groups allowed on the switch (static and dynamic combined)
is 32 with upto 8 ports per group.
• If the dynamic group has any attached ports, disable the group with the lacp linkagg admin state
command before you can delete it.
• Optional parameters for the dynamic aggregate group can be configured when the aggregate is created
or the dynamic aggregate group can be modified later.
• Use the static linkagg size command to create static aggregate groups. See page 12-3 for more information about this command.
Examples
-> lacp linkagg 2 size 4
-> lacp linkagg 3 size 2 admin state disable actor system priority 65535
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show linkagg
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) aggregate
groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggTable
alclnkaggAggNumber
alclnkaggAggSize
alclnkaggAggLacpType
alclnkaggAggName
alclnkaggAggAdminState
alclnkaggAggActorAdminKey
alclnkaggAggActorSystemPriority
alclnkaggAggActorSystemID
alclnkaggAggPartnerSystemID
alclnkaggAggPartnerSystemPriority
alclnkaggAggPartnerAdminKey
page 12-10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp linkagg name
lacp linkagg name
Configures a name for a dynamic aggregate group.
lacp linkagg agg_num name name
lacp linkagg agg_num no name
Syntax Definitions
agg_num
The number corresponding to the dynamic aggregate group.
name
The name of the dynamic aggregate group. Can be any alphanumeric
string up to 255 characters long. Spaces must be contained within
quotes (for example, “Dynamic Group 1”).
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the no form of this command to remove a name from a dynamic aggregate group.
Examples
-> lacp linkagg 2 name finance
-> lacp linkagg 2 no name
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) aggregate
groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggTable
alclnkaggAggNumber
alclnkaggAggName
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-11
lacp linkagg admin state
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp linkagg admin state
Configures the administrative state of the dynamic aggregate (whether it is up and active, or down and
inactive) group.
lacp linkagg agg_num admin state {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
agg_num
The number corresponding to the dynamic aggregate group.
enable
Specifies that the dynamic aggregate group is active and is able to
aggregate links.
disable
Specifies that the operation of a dynamic aggregate group cannot be
performed.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
enable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
When the administrative state is set to disable, the operation of a dynamic aggregation (LACP) group
cannot be performed.
Examples
-> lacp linkagg 2 admin state disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 12-12
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp linkagg admin state
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) aggregate
groups.
show linkagg port
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) aggregate
groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggTable
alclnkaggAggNumber
alclnkaggAggAdminState
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-13
lacp linkagg actor admin key
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp linkagg actor admin key
Configures the administrative key associated with a dynamic aggregate group.
lacp linkagg agg_num actor admin key actor_admin_key
lacp linkagg agg_num no actor admin key
Syntax Definitions
agg_num
The number corresponding to the dynamic aggregate group.
actor_admin_key
The administrative key value associated with the dynamic aggregate
group. The valid range is 0–65535.
Defaults
parameter
default
actor_admin_key
0
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the no form of this command to remove an actor admin key from a dynamic aggregate group.
Examples
-> lacp linkagg 3 actor admin key 2
-> lacp linkagg 3 no actor admin key
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) aggregate
groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggTable
alclnkaggAggNumber
alclnkaggAggActorAdminKey
page 12-14
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp linkagg actor system priority
lacp linkagg actor system priority
Configures the priority of the dynamic aggregate group.
lacp linkagg agg_num actor system priority actor_system_priority
lacp linkagg agg_num no actor system priority
Syntax Definitions
agg_num
The number corresponding to the link aggregate group.
actor_system_priority
The priority of the dynamic aggregate group of the switch in relation to
other aggregate groups. Possible values are 0–65535.
Defaults
parameter
default
actor_system_priority
0
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to return the value to its default.
• Ports with the same system priority value can join the same dynamic aggregate group.
Examples
-> lacp linkagg 3 actor system priority 100
-> lacp linkagg 3 no actor system priority
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) aggregate
groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggTable
alclnkaggAggNumber
alclnkaggAggActorSystemPriority
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-15
lacp linkagg actor system id
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp linkagg actor system id
Configures the MAC address of a dynamic aggregate group on the switch.
lacp linkagg agg_num actor system id actor_system_id
lacp linkagg agg_num no actor system id
Syntax Definitions
agg_num
The number corresponding to the dynamic aggregate group.
actor_system_id
The MAC address of the dynamic aggregate group on the switch in the
hexadecimal format xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx.
Defaults
parameter
default
actor_system_id
0
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the no form of this command to remove an actor system ID from a dynamic aggregate group.
Examples
-> lacp linkagg 3 actor system id 00:20:da:81:d5:b0
-> lacp linkagg 3 no actor system id
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) aggregate
groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggTable
alclnkaggAggNumber
alclnkaggAggActorSystemID
page 12-16
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp linkagg partner system id
lacp linkagg partner system id
Configures the MAC address of the remote system’s dynamic aggregate group to which the dynamic
aggregate group of the local switch is attached.
lacp linkagg agg_num partner system id partner_system_id
lacp linkagg agg_num no partner system id
Syntax Definitions
agg_num
The number corresponding to the dynamic aggregate group on the
switch.
partner_system_id
The MAC address of the remote switch’s dynamic aggregate group in
the hexadecimal format xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx.
Defaults
parameter
default
partner_system_id
0
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove a partner system ID from a dynamic aggregate group.
• The partner_system_id and the partner_system_priority specifies the priority of remote system.
Examples
-> lacp linkagg 2 partner system id 00:20:da4:32:81
-> lacp linkagg 2 no partner system id
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-17
lacp linkagg partner system id
Link Aggregation Commands
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) aggregate
groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggTable
alclnkaggAggNumber
alclnkaggAggPartnerSystemID
page 12-18
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp linkagg partner system priority
lacp linkagg partner system priority
Configures the priority of the remote switch’s dynamic aggregate group to which the local switch’s
aggregate group is attached.
lacp linkagg agg_num partner system priority partner_system_priority
lacp linkagg agg_num no partner system priority
Syntax Definitions
agg_num
The number corresponding to the dynamic aggregate group.
partner_system_priority
The priority of the remote switch’s dynamic aggregate group to which
the local switch’s aggregate group is attached. Possible values are
0–65535.
Defaults
parameter
default
partner_system_priority
0
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the no form of this command to return to the priority value to its default.
Examples
-> lacp linkagg 3 partner system priority 65535
-> lacp linkagg 3 no partner system priority
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) aggregate
groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggTable
alclnkaggAggNumber
alclnkaggAggPartnerSystemPriority
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-19
lacp linkagg partner admin key
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp linkagg partner admin key
Configures the administrative key for the dynamic aggregation group’s remote partner.
lacp linkagg agg_num partner admin key partner_admin_key
lacp linkagg agg_num no partner admin key
Syntax Definitions
agg_num
The number corresponding to the dynamic aggregate group.
partner_admin_key
The administrative key for the dynamic aggregation group’s remote
partner. Possible values are 0–65535.
Defaults
parameter
default
partner_admin_key
0
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the no form of this command to remove a partner admin key from a dynamic aggregate group.
Examples
-> lacp linkagg 3 partner admin key 1
-> lacp linkagg 3 no partner admin key
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) aggregate
groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggTable
alclnkaggAggNumber
alclnkaggAggPartnerAdminKey
page 12-20
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg actor admin key
lacp agg actor admin key
Configures an actor administrative key for a port, which allows the port to join a dynamic aggregate
group.
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port actor admin key actor_admin_key
[actor admin state {[[no] active] [[no] timeout] [[no] aggregate] [[no] synchronize] [[no] collect]
[[no] distribute] [[no] default] [[no] expire] | none}]
[actor system id actor_system_id]
[actor system priority actor_system_priority]
[partner admin system id partner_admin_system_id]
[partner admin key partner_admin_key]
[partner admin system priority partner_admin_system_priority]
[partner admin state {[[no] active] [[no] timeout] [[no] aggregate] [[no] synchronize] [[no] collect]
[[no] distribute] [[no] default] [[no] expire] | none}]
[actor port priority actor_port_priority]
[partner admin port partner_admin_port]
[partner admin port priority partner_admin_port_priority]
lacp agg no [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port
Syntax Definitions
ethernet
Documents that the port is 10 Mbps Ethernet.
fastethernet
Documents that the port is 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet.
gigaethernet
Documents that the port is Gigabit Ethernet.
slot
The slot number for this aggregate.
port
The port that the switch initially uses as the Spanning Tree virtual port
for this aggregate.
actor_admin_key
The administrative key associated with this dynamic aggregate group.
Possible values are 0–65535.
actor admin state
See the lacp agg actor admin state command on page 12-24.
actor_system_id
The MAC address of this dynamic aggregate group on the switch.
actor_system_priority
The priority of the dynamic aggregate group. Possible values are
0–255.
partner_admin_system_id
The MAC address of the remote switch’s dynamic aggregate group.
partner_admin_key
The administrative key for the dynamic aggregation group’s remote
partner. Possible values are 0–65535.
partner_admin_system_priority
The priority of the remote system to which the dynamic aggregation
group is attached. Possible values are 0–255.
partner admin state
See the lacp agg partner admin state command on page 12-30.
actor_port_priority
The priority of the actor port. Possible values are 0–255.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-21
lacp agg actor admin key
Link Aggregation Commands
partner_admin_port
The administrative state of the partner port. Possible values are
0–65535.
partner_admin_port_priority
The priority of the partner port. Possible values are 0–255.
Defaults
parameter
default
[active] [timeout]....
active, timeout, aggregate
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove a slot and port from a dynamic aggregate group.
• Mobile ports cannot be aggregated.
• A port can belong to only one aggregate group.
• Ports in a dynamic aggregate must all be in the same speed (for example, all 100 Mbps. 1 Gigabit. or
all 10 Gigabit).
• Ports that belong to the same dynamic aggregate group need not be configured sequentially and can be
on any Network Interface (NI).
• The ethernet, fastethernet, and gigaethernet keywords do not modify port configuration. See “Ethernet Port Commands,” for information on CLI commands to configure Ethernet ports.
Examples
-> lacp agg 3/1 actor admin key 0
-> lacp agg no 3/1
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg port
Displays information about ports associated with a particular aggregate
group or all aggregates.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggPortTable
alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber
alclnkaggAggActorAdminKey
alclnkaggAggPortLacpType
alclnkaggAggPortActorAdminState
alclnkaggAggPortActorSystemID
page 12-22
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg actor admin key
alclnkaggAggPortActorSystemPriority
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminKey
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminState
alclnkaggAggPortActorPortPriority
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminPort
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-23
lacp agg actor admin state
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg actor admin state
Configures the system administrative state of the slot and port for the dynamic aggregate group on the
local switch. The state values correspond to bits in the actor state octet in the LACPDU frame.
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port actor admin state {[active] [timeout]
[aggregate] [synchronize] [collect] [distribute] [default] [expire] | none}
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port
actor admin state {[[no] active] [[no] timeout] [[no] aggregate] [[no] synchronize]
[[no] collect] [[no] distribute] [[no] default] [[no] expire] | none}
Syntax Definitions
ethernet
Documents that the port is 10 Mbps Ethernet.
fastethernet
Documents that the port is 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet.
gigaethernet
Documents that the port is Gigabit Ethernet.
slot
The slot number for this aggregate.
port
The port that the switch initially uses as the Spanning Tree virtual port
for this aggregate.
active
Specifies that bit 0 in the actor state octet is enabled. When this bit is
set, the dynamic aggregate group is able to exchange LACPDU frames.
By default, this value is set.
timeout
Specifies that bit 1 in the actor state octet is enabled. When this bit is
set, a short timeout is used for LACPDU frames. When this bit is
disabled, a long timeout is used for LACPDU frames. By default, this
value is set.
aggregate
Specifies that bit 2 in the actor state octet is enabled. When this bit is
set, the system considers this port to be a potential candidate for
aggregation. If this bit is not enabled, the system considers the port to be
individual (it can only operate as a single link). By default, this value is
set.
synchronize
Specifying that this keyword has no effect because the system always
determines its value. When this bit (bit 3) is set by the system, the port is
allocated to the correct dynamic aggregation group. If this bit is not set
by the system, the port is not allocated to the correct dynamic
aggregation group.
collect
Specifying that this keyword has no effect because the system always
determines its value. When this bit (bit 4) is set by the system,
incoming LACPDU frames are collected from the individual ports that
make up the dynamic aggregate group.
distribute
Specifying that this keyword has no effect because the system always
determines its value. When this bit (bit 5) is set by the system,
distributing outgoing frames on the port is disabled.
page 12-24
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg actor admin state
default
Specifying that this keyword has no effect because the system always
determines its value. When this bit (bit 6) is set by the system, it
indicates that the actor is using the defaulted partner information
administratively configured for the partner.
expire
Specifying that this keyword has no effect because the system always
determines its value. When this bit (bit 7) is set by the system, the actor
cannot receive LACPDU frames.
none
Resets all administrative states to their default configurations.
Defaults
parameter
default
[active] [timeout] ....
active, timeout, aggregate
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to restore the LACPDU bit settings to their default configuration.
• When the actor admin state is set to none, all bit values are restored to their default configurations.
• The ethernet, fastethernet, and gigaethernet keywords do not modify port configuration. See “Ethernet Port Commands,” for information on CLI commands to configure Ethernet ports.
Examples
-> lacp agg 4/2 actor admin state synchronize no collect distribute
-> lacp agg 4/2 actor admin state no synchronize collect
-> lacp agg 4/2 actor admin state none
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg port
Displays information about ports associated with a particular aggregate
group or all aggregate groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggPortTable
alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber
alclnkaggAggPortActorAdminState
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-25
lacp agg actor system id
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg actor system id
Configures the system ID (MAC address) for the local port associated with a dynamic aggregate group.
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port actor system id actor_system_id
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port no actor system id
Syntax Definitions
ethernet
Documents that the port is 10 Mbps Ethernet.
fastethernet
Documents that the port is 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet.
gigaethernet
Documents that the port is Gigabit Ethernet.
slot
The slot number for this aggregate.
port
The port that the switch initially uses as the Spanning Tree virtual port
for this aggregate.
actor_system_id
The MAC address of the dynamic aggregate group on the switch in the
hexadecimal format xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx.
Defaults
parameter
default
actor_system_id
0
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove an actor system ID from a slot and port associated with a
dynamic aggregate group.
• The ethernet, fastethernet, and gigaethernet keywords do not modify a port configuration. See
“Ethernet Port Commands,” for information on CLI commands to configure Ethernet ports.
Examples
-> lacp 3/1 actor system id 00:20:da:06:ba:d3
-> lacp 3/1 no actor system id
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 12-26
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg actor system id
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg port
Displays information about ports associated with a particular aggregate
group or all aggregate groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggPortTable
alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber
alclnkaggAggPortActorSystemID
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-27
lacp agg actor system priority
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg actor system priority
Configures the system priority of the port on the switch that belongs to the dynamic aggregate group.
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port actor system priority actor_system_priority
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port no actor system priority
Syntax Definitions
ethernet
Documents that the port is 10 Mbps Ethernet.
fastethernet
Documents that the port is 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet.
gigaethernet
Documents that the port is Gigabit Ethernet.
slot
The slot number for this aggregate.
port
The port that the switch initially uses as the Spanning Tree virtual port
for this aggregate.
actor_system_priority
The priority of the dynamic aggregate group. Possible values are
0–255.
Defaults
parameter
default
actor_system_priority
0
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove an actor system priority value from a slot and port
associated with a dynamic aggregate group.
• The ethernet, fastethernet, and gigaethernet keywords do not modify a port configuration. See
“Ethernet Port Commands,” for information on CLI commands to configure Ethernet ports.
Examples
-> lacp agg ethernet 3/2 actor system priority 65
-> lacp agg ethernet 3/2 no actor system priority
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 12-28
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg actor system priority
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg port
Displays information about ports associated with a particular aggregate
group or all aggregates.
MIB Objects
AlcLnkAggAggPortTable
alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber
alclnkaggAggPortActorSystemPriority
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-29
lacp agg partner admin state
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg partner admin state
Configures the system administrative state of the slot and port for the dynamic aggregate group on the
remote switch. The state values correspond to bits in the actor state octet in the LACPDU frame.
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port partner admin state
{[active] [timeout] [aggregate] [synchronize] [collect] [distribute] [default] [expire] | none}
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port partner admin state
{[[no] active] [[no] timeout] [[no] aggregate] [[no] synchronize] [[no] collect] [[no] distribute]
[[no] default] [[no] expire] | none}
Syntax Definitions
ethernet
Documents that the port is 10 Mbps Ethernet.
fastethernet
Documents that the port is 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet.
gigaethernet
Documents that the port is Gigabit Ethernet.
slot
The slot number for this aggregate.
port
The port that the switch initially uses as the Spanning Tree virtual port
for this aggregate.
active
Specifies that bit 0 in the partner state octet is enabled. When this bit is
set, the dynamic aggregate group is able to exchange LACPDU frames.
By default, this value is set.
timeout
Specifies that bit 1 in the partner state octet is enabled. When this bit is
set, a short timeout is used for LACPDU frames. When this bit is
disabled, a long timeout is used for LACPDU frames. By default, this
value is set.
aggregate
Specifies that bit 2 in the partner state octet is enabled. When this bit is
set, the system considers this port to be a potential candidate for
aggregation. If this bit is not enabled, the system considers the port to be
individual (it can only operate as a single link). By default, this value is
set.
synchronize
Specifies that bit 3 in the partner state octet is enabled. When this bit is
set, the port is allocated to the correct dynamic aggregation group. If this
bit is not enabled, the port is not allocated to the correct aggregation
group. By default, this value is disabled.
collect
Specifying this keyword has no effect because the system always
determines its value. When this bit (bit 4) is set by the system, incoming LACPDU frames are collected from the individual ports that make
up the dynamic aggregate group.
distribute
Specifying that this keyword has no effect because the system always
determines its value. When this bit (bit 5) is set by the system,
distributing outgoing frames on the port is disabled.
default
Specifying that this keyword has no effect because the system always
determines its value. When this bit (bit 6) is set by the system, it
page 12-30
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg partner admin state
indicates that the partner is using the defaulted actor information administratively configured for the actor.
expire
Specifying that this keyword has no effect because the system always
determines its value. When this bit (bit 7) is set by the system, the
partner cannot receive LACPDU frames.
none
Resets all administrative states to their default configurations.
Defaults
parameter
default
[active] [timeout] ....
active, timeout, aggregate
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to restore the LACPDU bit settings to their default configuration.
• When the partner admin state is set to none, all bit values are restored to their default configurations.
• The ethernet, fastethernet, and gigaethernet keywords do not modify a port configuration. See
“Ethernet Port Commands,” for information on CLI commands to configure Ethernet ports.
Examples
-> lacp agg 4/2 partner admin state synchronize collect distribute
-> lacp agg 4/2 partner admin state no synchronize no collect
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg port
Displays information about ports associated with a particular aggregate
group or all aggregate groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggPortTable
alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminState
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-31
lacp agg partner admin system id
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg partner admin system id
Configures the partner administrative system ID for a dynamic aggregate group port.
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port partner admin system id
partner_admin_system_id
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port no partner admin system id
Syntax Definitions
ethernet
Documents that the port is 10 Mbps Ethernet.
fastethernet
Documents that the port is 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet.
gigaethernet
Documents that the port is Gigabit Ethernet.
slot
The slot number for this aggregate.
port
The port that the switch initially uses as the Spanning Tree virtual port
for this aggregate.
partner_admin_system_id
The MAC address of the remote dynamic aggregate group in the
hexadecimal format xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx.
Defaults
parameter
default
partner_admin_system_id
0
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove a partner administrative system ID from a slot and port
associated with a dynamic aggregate group.
• The ethernet, fastethernet, and gigaethernet keywords do not modify a port configuration. See
“Ethernet Port Commands,” for information on CLI commands to configure Ethernet ports.
Examples
-> lacp agg 3/1 partner admin system id 00:20:da:05:f6:23
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 12-32
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg partner admin system id
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg port
Displays information about ports associated with a particular aggregate
group or all aggregate groups.
MIB Objects
AlcLnkAggAggPortTable
alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-33
lacp agg partner admin key
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg partner admin key
Configures the partner administrative key for a dynamic aggregate group port.
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port partner admin key partner_admin_key
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port no partner admin key
Syntax Definitions
ethernet
Documents that the port is 10 Mbps Ethernet.
fastethernet
Documents that the port is 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet.
gigaethernet
Documents that the port is Gigabit Ethernet.
slot
The slot number for this aggregate.
port
The port that the switch initially uses as the Spanning Tree virtual port
for this aggregate.
parnter_admin_key
The administrative key for the dynamic aggregation group’s remote
partner. Possible values are 0–65535.
Defaults
parameter
default
partner_admin_key
0
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove a partner admin key value from a slot and port associated
with a dynamic aggregate group.
• The ethernet, fastethernet, and gigaethernet keywords do not modify a port configuration. See
“Ethernet Port Commands,” for information on CLI commands to configure Ethernet ports.
Examples
-> lacp agg 2/1 partner admin key 0
-> lacp agg 2/1 no partner admin key
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 12-34
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg partner admin key
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg port
Displays detailed information about ports associated with a particular
aggregate group or all aggregate groups.
show linkagg port
Displays information about slots and ports associated with all aggregate
groups.
MIB Objects
AlcLnkAggAggPortTable
alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminKey
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-35
lacp agg partner admin system priority
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg partner admin system priority
Configures the partner system priority for a dynamic aggregate group port.
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port partner admin system priority
partner_admin_system_priority
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port no partner admin system priority
Syntax Definitions
ethernet
Documents that the port is 10 Mbps Ethernet.
fastethernet
Documents that the port is 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet.
gigaethernet
Documents that the port is Gigabit Ethernet.
slot
The slot number for this aggregate.
port
The port that the switch initially uses as the Spanning Tree virtual port
for this aggregate.
partner_admin_system_priority
The priority of the remote switch’s dynamic aggregate group to which
the aggregation group is attached. Possible values are 0–255.
Defaults
parameter
default
partner_admin_system_priority
0
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove a partner_system_priority value from a slot and port
associated with a dynamic aggregate group.
• The ethernet, fastethernet, and gigaethernet keywords do not modify a port configuration. See
“Ethernet Port Commands,” for information on CLI commands to configure Ethernet ports.
Examples
-> lacp agg 2/1 partner admin system priority 65
-> lacp agg 2/1 no partner admin system priority
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 12-36
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg partner admin system priority
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg port
Displays information about ports associated with a particular aggregate
group or all aggregate groups.
MIB Objects
AlcLnkAggAggPortTable
alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber
alclnkaggAggPortAdminSystemPriority
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-37
lacp agg actor port priority
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg actor port priority
Configures the priority for an actor port.
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port actor port priority actor_port_priority
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port no actor port priority
Syntax Definitions
ethernet
Documents that the port is 10 Mbps Ethernet.
fastethernet
Documents that the port is 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet.
gigaethernet
Documents that the port is Gigabit Ethernet.
slot
The slot number for this aggregate.
port
The port that the switch initially uses as the Spanning Tree virtual port
for this aggregate.
actor_port_priority
The priority of the actor port. Possible values are 0–255.
Defaults
parameter
default
actor_port_priority
0
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove an actor_port_priority value from a slot and port
associated with a dynamic aggregate group.
• The ethernet, fastethernet, and gigaethernet keywords do not modify a port configuration. See
“Ethernet Port Commands,” for information on CLI commands to configure Ethernet ports.
Examples
-> lacp agg 2/1 actor port priority 100
-> lacp agg 2/1 no actor port priority
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 12-38
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg actor port priority
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg port
Displays information about ports associated with a particular aggregate
group or all aggregate groups.
MIB Objects
AlcLnkAggAggPortTable
alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber
alclnkaggAggPortActorPortPriority
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-39
lacp agg partner admin port
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg partner admin port
Configures the administrative status of a partner port.
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port partner admin port partner_admin_port
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port no partner admin port
Syntax Definitions
ethernet
Documents that the port is 10 Mbps Ethernet.
fastethernet
Documents that the port is 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet.
gigaethernet
Documents that the port is Gigabit Ethernet.
slot
The slot number for this aggregate.
port
The port that the switch initially uses as the Spanning Tree virtual port
for this aggregate.
partner_admin_port
The administrative state of the partner port. Possible values are
0–65535.
Defaults
parameter
default
partner_admin_port
0
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove a partner_admin_port value from a slot and port
associated with a dynamic aggregate group.
• The ethernet, fastethernet, and gigaethernet keywords do not modify a port configuration. See
“Ethernet Port Commands,” for information on CLI commands to configure Ethernet ports.
Examples
-> lacp agg 2/1 partner admin port 255
-> lacp agg 2/1 no partner admin port
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 12-40
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg partner admin port
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg port
Displays information about ports associated with a particular aggregate
group or all aggregate groups.
MIB Objects
AlcLnkAggAggPortTable
alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminPort
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-41
lacp agg partner admin port priority
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg partner admin port priority
Configures the priority for a partner port.
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port partner admin port priority
partner_admin_port_priority
lacp agg [ethernet | fastethernet | gigaethernet] slot/port no partner admin port priority
Syntax Definitions
ethernet
Documents that the port is 10 Mbps Ethernet.
fastethernet
Documents that the port is 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet.
gigaethernet
Documents that the port is Gigabit Ethernet.
slot
The slot number for this aggregate.
port
The port that the switch initially uses as the Spanning Tree virtual port
for this aggregate.
partner_admin_port_priority
The priority of the partner port. Possible values are 0–255.
Defaults
parameter
default
partner_admin_port_priority
0
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove a partner_admin_port_priority value from a slot and port
associated with a dynamic aggregate group.
• The ethernet, fastethernet, and gigaethernet keywords do not modify a port configuration. See
“Ethernet Port Commands,” for information on CLI commands to configure Ethernet ports.
Examples
-> lacp agg 2/1 partner admin port priority 100
-> lacp agg 2/1 no partner admin port priority
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 12-42
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
lacp agg partner admin port priority
Related Commands
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg port
Displays information about ports associated with a particular aggregate
group or all aggregate groups.
MIB Objects
AlcLnkAggAggPortTable
alclnkaggAggPortGlobalPortNumber
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-43
show linkagg
Link Aggregation Commands
show linkagg
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) aggregate groups.
show linkagg [agg_num]
Syntax Definitions
agg_num
Specifies the aggregate group. Configured through the static linkagg
size or lacp linkagg size command.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If no aggregation number is specified, information for all aggregate groups is displayed. If an
aggregate number is specified, information about that aggregate group is displayed only. The fields
included in the display depend on whether the aggregate group is a static or dynamic.
• Use the show linkagg port command to display information about aggregate group ports.
Examples
No aggregate group is specified:
-> show linkagg
Number
Aggregate
SNMP Id
Size
Admin State
Oper State
Att/Sel Ports
-------+----------+--------+----+-------------+-------------+------------1
Static
40000001
8
ENABLED
UP
2
2
2
Dynamic
40000002
4
ENABLED
DOWN
0
0
3
Dynamic
40000003
8
ENABLED
DOWN
0
2
4
Dynamic
40000004
8
ENABLED
UP
3
3
5
Static
40000005
2
DISABLED
DOWN
0
0
Output fields are defined here:
output definitions
Number
The aggregate group number.
Aggregate
The type of aggregate group, which can be Static or Dynamic.
SNMP Id
The SNMP ID associated with the aggregate group.
Size
The number of links in this aggregate group.
page 12-44
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
show linkagg
output definitions (continued)
Admin State
The current administrative state of the aggregate group, which can be
ENABLED or DISABLED. You can modify this parameter with the
static linkagg admin state command (see page 12-6) for static
aggregate groups and with the lacp linkagg admin state command (see
page 12-12) for dynamic aggregate groups.
Oper State
The current operational state of the aggregate group, which can be UP
or DOWN.
Att Ports
The number of ports attached to this aggregate group.
Sel Ports
The number of ports that could possibly attach to the aggregate group.
A static aggregate is specified:
-> show linkagg 5
Static Aggregate
SNMP Id
: 40000005,
Aggregate Number
: 5,
SNMP Descriptor
: Omnichannel Aggregate Number 5 ref 40000005 size 2,
Name
: AGG5,
Admin State
: ENABLED,
Operational State
: DOWN,
Aggregate Size
: 2,
Number of Selected Ports : 0,
Number of Reserved Ports : 0,
Number of Attached Ports : 0,
Primary Port
: NONE
output definitions
SNMP Id
The SNMP ID associated with this static aggregate group.
Aggregate Number
The group number.
SNMP Descriptor
The standard MIB name for this static aggregate group.
Name
The name of this static aggregate group. You can modify this parameter
with the static linkagg name command (see page 12-5).
Admin State
The administrative state of this static aggregate group, which can be
ENABLED or DISABLED. You can modify this parameter with the
static linkagg admin state command (see page 12-6).
Operational State
The operational state of this static aggregate group, which can be UP or
DOWN.
Aggregate Size
The number of links configured for this static aggregate group.
Number of Selected Ports
The number of ports that could possibly attach to this static aggregate
group.
Number of Reserved Ports
The total number of ports reserved for use in link aggregation by this
static aggregate group. (Note: This field is not relevant for static
aggregate groups.)
Number of Attached Ports
The number of ports attached to this static aggregate group.
Primary Port
The port number of the first port to join this static aggregate group. If
the first port to join the aggregate is no longer part of the aggregate
group, the switch automatically assigns another port in the aggregate
group to be the primary port.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-45
show linkagg
Link Aggregation Commands
A dynamic aggregate group is specified:
-> show linkagg 2
Dynamic Aggregate
SNMP Id
Aggregate Number
SNMP Descriptor
Name
Admin State
Operational State
Aggregate Size
Number of Selected Ports
Number of Reserved Ports
Number of Attached Ports
Primary Port
LACP
MACAddress
Actor System Id
Actor System Priority
Actor Admin Key
Actor Oper Key
Partner System Id
Partner System Priority
Partner Admin Key
Partner Oper Key
Pre-emption
Pre-empt Value
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
40000002,
2,
Dynamic Aggregate Number 2 ref 40000002 size 4,
AGG 2,
ENABLED,
DOWN,
4,
0,
0,
0,
NONE,
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
[00:1f:cc:00:00:00],
[00:20:da:81:d5:b0],
50,
120,
0,
[00:20:da:81:d5:b1],
70,
220,
0
ENABLED
250
output definitions
SNMP Id
The SNMP ID associated with this dynamic aggregate group.
Aggregate Number
The group number of this dynamic aggregate group.
SNMP Descriptor
The standard MIB name for this dynamic aggregate group.
Name
The name of this dynamic aggregate group. You can modify this parameter with the lacp linkagg name command (see page 12-11).
Admin State
The administrative state of this dynamic aggregate group, which can be
ENABLED or DISABLED. You can modify this parameter with the
lacp linkagg admin state command (see page 12-12).
Operational State
The operational state of this dynamic aggregate group, which can be
UP or DOWN.
Aggregate Size
The number of links configured for this dynamic aggregate group.
Number of Selected Ports
The number of ports available to this dynamic aggregate group.
Number of Reserved Ports
The total number of ports reserved for use in link aggregation by this
dynamic aggregate group.
Number of Attached Ports
The number of ports attached to this dynamic aggregate group.
Primary Port
The port number of the first port to join this dynamic aggregate group.
If the first port to join the aggregate group is no longer part of the
aggregate group, the switch automatically assigns another port in the
aggregate group to be the primary port.
MACAddress
The MAC address associated with the primary port.
Actor System Id
The MAC address of this dynamic aggregate group. You can modify
this parameter with the lacp linkagg actor system id command (see
page 12-16).
page 12-46
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
show linkagg
output definitions (continued)
Actor System Priority
The priority of this dynamic aggregate group. You can modify this
parameter with the lacp linkagg actor system priority command (see
page 12-15).
Actor Admin Key
The administrative key associated with this dynamic aggregate group.
You can modify this parameter with the lacp linkagg actor admin key
command (see page 12-14).
Actor Oper Key
The operational key associated with this dynamic aggregate group.
Partner System Id
The MAC address of the remote dynamic aggregate group. You can
modify this parameter with the lacp linkagg partner system id
command (see page 12-17).
Partner System Priority
The priority of the remote system to which this dynamic aggregation
group is attached. You can modify this parameter with the lacp linkagg
partner system priority command (see page 12-19).
Partner Admin Key
The administrative key for this dynamic aggregation group’s remote
partner. You can modify this parameter with the lacp linkagg partner
admin key command (see page 12-20).
Partner Oper Key
The operational key of the remote system to which the dynamic
aggregation group is attached.
Pre-emption
The pre-emption status of the link agg ID.
Pre-empt Value
The value of the pre-emption timer.
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
static linkagg size
Creates a static aggregate group.
lacp linkagg size
Creates a dynamic aggregate group.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-47
show linkagg
Link Aggregation Commands
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggTable
alclnkAggSize
alclnkaggAggNumber
alclnkaggAggDescr
alclnkaggAggName
alclnkaggAggLacpType
alclnkaggAggAdminState
alclnkaggAggOperState
alclnkaggAggNbrSelectedPorts
alclnkaggAggNbrAttachedPorts
alclnkaggPrimaryPortIndex
alclnkaggAggMACAddress
alclnkaggAggActorSystemPriority
alclnkaggAggActorSystemID
alclnkaggAggPartnerAdminKey
alclnkaggAggActorAdminKey
alclnkaggAggActorOperKey
alclnkaggAggPartnerSystemID
alclnkaggAggPartnerSystemPriority
alclnkaggAggPartnerOperKey
alclnkaggAggPreemptState
alclnkaggAggPreemptValue
page 12-48
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
show linkagg port
show linkagg port
Displays the aggregate group information about a particular slot and port.
show linkagg [agg_num] port [slot/port]
Syntax Definitions
agg_num
Specifies the aggregate group. Configured through the static linkagg
size or lacp linkagg size command
slot
The slot number for this aggregate.
port
The port number for this aggregate.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If no slot/port is specified, the information for all ports is displayed. If a particular slot or port is
specified, the fields displayed depend upon whether the port belongs to a static aggregate group or
dynamic (LACP) aggregate group.
• If no agg_num is specified, the information for all aggregates is displayed.
Examples
-> show linkagg port
Slot/Port Aggregate SNMP Id
Status
Agg
Oper Link Prim Standby
---------+---------+-------+----------+----+----+----+----+-------1/9
Static
1009
ATTACHED
1
UP
UP
YES
NO
1/10
Static
1010
ATTACHED
1
UP
UP
NO
YES
1/11
Static
1011
ATTACHED
2
UP
UP
YES
NO
Status
Agg
-> show linkagg 1 port
Slot/Port Aggregate SNMP Id
Oper Link Prim Standby
---------+---------+-------+----------+----+----+----+----+-------1/9
Static
1009
ATTACHED
1
UP
UP
YES
NO
1/10
Static
1010
ATTACHED
1
UP
UP
NO
YES
output definitions
Slot/Port
The slot/port associated with the aggregate group.
Aggregate
The type of aggregate group associated with the port, either Static or
Dynamic.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-49
show linkagg port
Link Aggregation Commands
output definitions
SNMP Id
The SNMP ID associated with the aggregate group.
Status
The current status of the port (ATTACHED, CONFIGURED,
PENDING, SELECTED, or RESERVED).
Agg
The number of the aggregate groups associated with this port.
Oper
The current operational state of the port (UP or DOWN).
Link
The current operational state of the link from this port to its remote
partner (UP or DOWN).
Prim
Whether the port is the primary port in the link agg.
Standby
Whether the port is a standby port. A standby port is one of two ports
that participate in a dynamic dual-home link aggregate.
Configured through the show linkagg command.
A port that belongs to a static aggregate is specified:
-> show linkagg port 4/1
Static Aggregable Port
SNMP Id
:
Slot/Port
:
Administrative State
:
Operational State
:
Port State
:
Link State
:
Selected Agg Number
:
Port position in the aggregate:
Primary port
:
4001,
4/1,
ENABLED,
DOWN,
CONFIGURED,
DOWN,
2,
0,
NONE
output definitions
SNMP Id
The SNMP ID associated with this port.
Slot/Port
The slot and port number.
Administrative State
The current administrative state of this port (ENABLED or DISABLED).
Operational State
The current operational state of the port (UP or DOWN).
Port State
The current operational state of the port (CONFIGURED, PENDING,
SELECTED, or RESERVED).
Link State
The current operational state of the link from this port to its remote
partner (UP or DOWN).
Selected Agg Number
The number associated with the static aggregate group to which the
port is attached.
Port position in the aggregate
The rank of this port within the static aggregate group (0–15).
Primary Port
The port number of the first port to join this static aggregate group. If
the first port to join the aggregate is no longer part of the aggregate
group, the switch automatically assigns another port in the aggregate
group to be the primary port.
page 12-50
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
show linkagg port
A port that belongs to a dynamic aggregate is specified:
-> show linkagg port 2/1
Dynamic Aggregable Port
SNMP Id
Slot/Port
Administrative State
Operational State
Port State
Link State
Selected Agg Number
Primary port
LACP
Actor System Priority
Actor System Id
Actor Admin Key
Actor Oper Key
Partner Admin System Priority
Partner Oper System Priority
Partner Admin System Id
Partner Oper System Id
Partner Admin Key
Partner Oper Key
Attached Agg Id
Actor Port
Actor Port Priority
Partner Admin Port
Partner Oper Port
Partner Admin Port Priority
Partner Oper Port Priority
Actor Admin State
Actor Oper State
Partner Admin State
Partner Oper State
Standby State
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
2001,
2/1,
ENABLED,
DOWN,
CONFIGURED,
DOWN,
NONE,
UNKNOWN,
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
10,
[00:d0:95:6a:78:3a],
8,
8,
20,
20,
[00:00:00:00:00:00],
[00:00:00:00:00:00],
8,
0,
0,
7,
15,
0,
0,
0,
0,
act1.tim1.agg1.syn0.col0.dis0.def1.exp0
act1.tim1.agg1.syn0.col0.dis0.def1.exp0,
act0.tim0.agg1.syn1.col1.dis1.def1.exp0,
act0.tim0.agg1.syn0.col1.dis1.def1.exp0
ENABLED
output definitions
SNMP Id
The SNMP ID associated with this port.
Slot/Port
The slot and port number.
Administrative State
The current administrative state of this port (ENABLED or DISABLED).
Operational State
The current operational state of the port (UP or DOWN).
Port State
The current operational state of the port (CONFIGURED, PENDING,
SELECTED, or AGGREGATED).
Link State
The current operational state of the link from this port to its remote
partner (UP or DOWN).
Selected Agg Number
The number associated with the dynamic aggregate group to which the
port is attached.
Primary Port
The port number of the first port to join this dynamic aggregate group.
If the first port to join the aggregate is no longer part of the aggregate
group, the switch automatically assigns another port in the aggregate
group to be the primary port.
Actor System Priority
The actor system priority of this port. Configured through the lacp agg
actor system priority command.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-51
show linkagg port
Link Aggregation Commands
output definitions (continued)
Actor System Id
The actor system ID (MAC address) of this port. Configured through
the lacp agg actor system id command.
Actor Admin Key
The actor administrative key value for this port. Configured through the
lacp agg actor admin key command.
Actor Oper Key
The actor operational key associated with this port.
Partner Admin System
Priority
The administrative priority of the remote system to which this port is
attached. Configured through the lacp agg partner admin system priority command.
Partner Oper System Priority
The operational priority of the remote system to which this port is
attached.
Partner Admin System Id
The administrative MAC address associated with the remote partner’s
system ID. This value is used along with Partner Admin System
Priority, Partner Admin Key, and Partner Admin Port Priority to
configure aggregation. Configured through the lacp agg partner
admin system id command.
Partner Oper System id
The MAC address that corresponds to the remote partner’s system ID.
Partner Admin Key
The administrative value of the key for the remote partner. This value is
used along with Partner Admin System Priority, Partner Admin
System, Partner Admin Port, and Partner Admin Port Priority to
configure aggregation. Configured through the lacp agg partner
admin key command.
Partner Oper Key
The current operational value of the key for the protocol partner.
Attached Agg ID
The ID of the aggregate group that the port has attached itself to. A
value of zero indicates that the port is not attached to an aggregate
group.
Actor Port
The port number locally assigned to this port.
Actor Port Priority
The actor priority value assigned to the port. Configured through the
lacp agg actor port priority command.
Partner Admin Port
The administrative value of the port number for the protocol partner.
This value is used along with Partner Admin System Priority, Partner
Admin System ID, Partner Admin Key, and Partner Admin Port
Priority to configure aggregation. Configured through the lacp agg
partner admin port command.
Partner Oper Port
The operational port number assigned to the port by the protocol
partner of the port.
Partner Admin Port Priority
The administrative port priority of the protocol partner. This value is
used along with Partner Admin System Priority, Partner Admin System
ID, and Partner Admin Key to configure aggregation.
Configured through the lacp agg partner admin port priority
command.
Partner Oper Port Priority
The priority value assigned to the port by the partner.
Actor Admin State
The administrative state of the port. Configured through the lacp agg
actor admin state command.
Actor Oper State
The current operational state of the port.
page 12-52
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
show linkagg port
output definitions (continued)
Partner Admin State
The administrative state of the partner’s port. Configured through the
lacp agg partner admin state command.
Partner Oper State
The current operational state of the partner’s port.
Standby State
The standby state of the port. This value indicates if the port will
participate as a standby port in a dynamic dual-home link aggregate.
Configured through the show linkagg command.
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
static agg agg num
Configures a slot and port for a static aggregate group.
lacp agg actor admin key
Configures a slot and port for a dynamic aggregate group.
show linkagg
Displays information about static and dynamic (LACP) aggregate
groups.
MIB Objects
alclnkaggAggPortTable
alclnkaggAggPortActorSystem
alclnkaggAggPortActorSystemPriority
alclnkaggAggPortActorSystemID
alclnkaggAggPortActorAdminKey
alclnkaggAggPortActorOperKey
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerOperSystemPriority
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerOperSystemID
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminKey
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerOperKey
alclnkaggAggPortSelectedAggID
alclnkaggAggPortAttachedAggID
alclnkaggAggPortActorPort
alclnkaggAggPortActorPortPriority
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminPort
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerOperPort
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerOperPortPriority
alclnkaggAggPortActorAdminState
alclnkaggAggPortActorOperState
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerAdminState
alclnkaggAggPortPartnerOperState
alclnkaggAggPortStandbyState
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-53
dhl num
Link Aggregation Commands
dhl num
Configures a Dual-homed Link (DHL) session associated with the specified session ID number.
dhl num dhl_num [name name]
no dhl num dhl_num
Syntax Definitions
dhl_num
The DHL session ID number. Valid range is 1–1000.
name
The name of the DHL session.
Defaults
By default, if a name is not assigned to a DHL session, the session is configured as DHL-1.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove a DHL session ID from the switch configuration.
• Use the optional name parameter to specify a name for the DHL session.
• Only one DHL session can be configured per switch.
• Once the DHL session ID is created, assign link A port and link B port to the session before
administratively enabling the DHL session is allowed.
Examples
-> dhl num 1 name dhl_session1
-> no dhl num 1
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
page 12-54
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
dhl num
Related Commands
dhl num linka linkb
Associates a pair of links (port or linkagg) with the DHL session.
dhl num admin-state
Configures the administrative status of the DHL session.
show dhl num
Displays information about a specific DHL session.
MIB Objects
alaDHLSessionTable
alaDHLSessionIndex
alaDHLSessionDescr
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-55
dhl num linka linkb
Link Aggregation Commands
dhl num linka linkb
Configures two ports or two link aggregates or a combination of both as linkA and linkB for the specified
DHL session. Only two links are allowed per DHL session. Only one DHL session per switch is allowed.
dhl num dhl_num linka {port slot/port | linkagg agg_id} linkb {port slot/port | linkagg agg_id}
no dhl num dhl_num linka {port slot/port | linkagg agg_id} linkb {port slot/port | linkagg agg_id}
Syntax Definitions
dhl_num
An existing DHL session ID number.
slot/port
The slot number and the physical port number to designate as a link for
the DHL session. (for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
agg_id
The link aggregate ID number to designate as a link for the DHL
session.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove the linkA and linkB ports from the specified session ID.
Before attempting to remove the links, administratively disable the DHL session.
• Ensure that the DHL linkA and linkB are associated with each VLAN that the DHL session will
protect. Any VLAN not associated with either link or only associated with one of the links is
unprotected.
• DHL linkA and linkB must belong to the same default VLAN. In addition, select a default VLAN that
is one of the VLANs that the DHL session will protect. For example, if the session is going to protect
VLANs 10-20, then assign one of those VLANs as the default VLAN for linkA and linkB.
• Only one DHL session per switch is allowed. Each session can have only two links (linkA and linkB).
Specify a physical switch port or a link aggregate (linkagg) ID as a DHL link. The same port or link
aggregate is not configurable as both linkA or linkB.
• DHL is not supported on mobile, 802.1x-enabled, GVRP, or UNI ports. DHL is also not supported on a
port that is a member of a link aggregate or a port that is enabled for transparent bridging.
• The administrative state of a DHL session is not configurable until a linkA port and a linkB port are
associated with the specified DHL session ID number.
• Changing the port designations for linkA and linkB is not recommended while the DHL session is
enabled.
• If the aggregate is configured as a link for a DHL session, you cannot remove a link aggregate from the
switch configuration.
page 12-56
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
dhl num linka linkb
Examples
->
->
->
->
->
dhl num 1 linka port 1/1 linkb port 1/2
dhl num 1 linka linkagg 1 linkb port 1/2
dhl num 1 linka port 1/1 linkb linkagg 1
dhl num 1 linka linkagg 1 linkb linkagg 2
no dhl num 1 linka port 1/1 linkb port 1/2
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
dhl num
Configures a session ID for the DHL session.
dhl num admin-state
Configures the administrative status for the DHL session.
show dhl
Displays the global status of the DHL configuration.
show dhl num
Displays information about a specific DHL session.
show dhl num link
Displays information about a specific link.
MIB Objects
AlaDHLLinksTable
alaDHLLinksSessionIndex
alaDHLLinkslinkA
alaDHLLinkslinkB
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-57
dhl num admin-state
Link Aggregation Commands
dhl num admin-state
Enables or disables the administrative state of a DHL session.
dhl num dhl_num admin-state {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
dhl_num
An existing DHL session ID number.
enable
Enables the DHL session.
disable
Disables the DHL session.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The DHL session ID specified with this command must exist in the switch configuration.
• The administrative state is not configurable until a linkA port and a linkB port are associated with the
specified DHL session ID number.
Examples
-> dhl num 1 admin-state enable
-> dhl num 1 admin-state disable
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
dhl num
Configures a session ID for the DHL session.
dhl num linka linkb
Configures the two links required for a DHL session.
show dhl
Displays the global status of the DHL configuration.
show dhl num
Displays information about a specific DHL session.
MIB Objects
alaDHLSessionTable
alaDHLSessionAdminStatus
page 12-58
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
dhl num vlan-map linkb
dhl num vlan-map linkb
Configures a VLAN-MAP (a single VLAN or a range of VLANs) from a common pool of VLANs to
operate on DHL link B.
dhl num dhl_num vlan-map linkb {vlan_id[-vlan_id]}
no dhl num dhl_num vlan-map linkb {vlan_id[-vlan_id]}
Syntax Definitions
dhl_num
Specifies the DHL session ID number.
vlan_id[-vlan_id]
A VLAN ID number or a range of VLAN IDs to map to linkB. The
valid range is 1- 4094.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Create a DHL session prior to VLAN-MAP configuration.
• When the DHL session is active, the common VLAN that both the dual homed links belong to is
treated as a protected VLAN. The VLAN having only one dual homed link is treated as an
unprotected VLAN. Traffic is forwarded only on the dual homed links belonging to the protected
VLAN.
• If a VLAN is removed globally and if the VLAN belongs to a particular dual homed link, then the
VLAN is automatically removed from the dual homed link.
• If one dual homed link, for example linkA, is moved out of a protected VLAN, then the VLAN
becomes unprotected and the VPA is removed from the second dual homed link, for example linkB.
• If the admin state of a VLAN is changed to disabled, and if the VLAN is part of a protected VLAN,
then the disabled VLAN is removed from the operational DHL VLAN list but will be present in the
protected VLAN list.
• If the admin state of a dual homed link, for example linkA, is changed to disabled, then the protected
VLANs of the disabled linkA is moved to the other link, for example linkB. When linkA is re-enabled,
then the VLANs are moved back to linkA.
• If the VLAN-MAP of linkB is removed, then the VPAs for the linkB is also removed, and the VLANs
configured on linkB is moved to linkA.
• If a VLAN is configured as default on one dual homed link, for example linkA, then the same VLAN
cannot be configured as tagged on the other link, for example linkB.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-59
dhl num vlan-map linkb
Link Aggregation Commands
Examples
->
->
->
->
->
->
->
->
vlan 10-30
vlan 10-20 802.1q 1/1
vlan 4
vlan port default 1/1-2
dhl num 1 name dhl_session1
dhl num 1 linka port 1/1 linkb port 1/2
dhl num 1 vlan-map linkb 18-20
no dhl num 1 vlan-map linkb 18-20
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
dhl num
Configures a session ID for the DHL session.
dhl num linka linkb
Configures a port or a link aggregate as dual homed links (linkA, linkB)
of a DHL session.
show dhl
Displays the global status of the DHL configuration.
show dhl num
Displays information about a specific DHL session.
show dhl num link
Displays information about a specific DHL link.
MIB Objects
alaDHLVlanMapTable
alaDHLVlanMapSessionIndex
alaDHLVlanMapVlanStart
alaDHLVlanMapVlanEnd
alaDHLVlanMapRowStatus
page 12-60
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
dhl num pre-emption-time
dhl num pre-emption-time
Configures the pre-emption timer for the DHL session. A pre-emption timer is a recovery-delay timer that
is used to delay the switchover of VLANs to their primary links. It is the delay in the resumption of traffic
when a link that is down is brought up.
dhl num dhl_num pre-emption-time num
Syntax Definitions
dhl_num
Specifies the number of the DHL session.
num
Specifies the number of seconds for the delay in the switchover of
VLANs to their primary links. The valid range is 10 - 600.
Defaults
parameter
default
num
30 seconds
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Pre-emption timer is applicable only when a failed port is brought up. If both ports are down, the
pre-emption timer is activated only when the second port is brought up.
• If a link fails when the pre-emption value is active, that is when the pre-emption value is not equal to 0,
then the time will be halted.
• When the pre-emption timer is active for a particular link and port and if the other port goes down, then
the VLANs of the port that is down is automatically moved to the port for which the pre-emption timer
is active.
• When DHL ports spanned across the NIs or DHC ports are on the same NI but data port is on different
NI, configure mac-flush mechanism for faster convergence.
Examples
-> dhl num 1 pre-emption-time 40
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-61
dhl num pre-emption-time
Link Aggregation Commands
Related Commands
dhl num
Configures a session ID for the DHL session.
show dhl
Displays the global status of the DHL configuration.
show dhl num
Displays information about a specific DHL session.
show dhl num link
Displays information about a specific dual homed link.
MIB Objects
alaDHLSessionTable
alaDHLSessionPreemptionTime
page 12-62
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
dhl num mac-flushing
dhl num mac-flushing
Configures the MAC-flushing technique for the DHL session. The MAC-flushing technique is used to
correct any stale MAC entries that are caused when a dual homed link goes down.
dhl num dhl_num mac-flushing {none | raw | mvrp}
Syntax Definitions
dhl_num
Specifies the number of the DHL session.
none
Flushing of the MAC address tables does not occur.
raw
Method of flushing when VPAs of the links moved across them due to
link up/down or configuration change (VLAN-map). The switch
determines the MAC addresses within the affected VLANs
Note. MVRP is not supported in this release.
Defaults
parameter
default
none | raw | mvrp
none
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
If VLANs are moved across the dual homed links as a result of configuration changes, then
mac-flushing is automatically enabled, if configured, excepting dual homed links that are changed on the
fly.
Examples
-> dhl num 1 mac-flushing none
-> dhl num 1 mac-flushing raw
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-63
dhl num mac-flushing
Link Aggregation Commands
Related Commands
dhl num
Configures a session ID for the DHL session.
show dhl
Displays the global status of the DHL configuration.
show dhl num
Displays information about a specific DHL session.
show dhl num link
Displays information about a specific dual homed link.
MIB Objects
alaDHLSessionTable
alaDHLSessionMacFlushingtech
page 12-64
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
show dhl
show dhl
Displays the global status of the DHL configuration.
show dhl
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show DHL
Number Name
Admin
Oper
Pre-emption
Mac-flushing
Active Mac-flushing
state
state
time
-------+------+--------+-------+-----------+------------------+-------------------1
DHL-1
UP
UP
30sec
Raw
Raw
output definitions
Number
Number of the DHL session.
Name
The user-defined text description of the DHL session.
Admin state
The administrative status of the DHL session.
Oper state
The operational status of the DHL session.
Pre-emption time
The pre-emption time in seconds of the DHL session.
Mac-flushing
Mac-flushing technique on the DHL session.
Active Mac-flushing
Mac-flushing technique that is currently active on the DHL session.
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-65
show dhl
Link Aggregation Commands
Related Commands
dhl num
Configures a session ID for the DHL session.
show dhl num
Displays information about a specific DHL session.
show dhl num link
Displays information about a specific dual homed link.
MIB Objects
alaDHLSessionTable
alaDHLSessionIndex
alaDHLSessionDesc
alaDHLSessionAdminStatus
alaDHLSessionOperStatus
alaDHLSessionPreemptionTime
alaDHLSessionMacFlushingtech
page 12-66
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
show dhl num
show dhl num
Displays information about a specific DHL session.
show dhl num dhl_num
Syntax Definitions
dhl_num
Specifies the number of the DHL session.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show dhl num 1
DHL session name
Admin state
Operational state
Pre-emption time
Mac-flushing
Active Mac-flushing
:
:
:
:
:
:
Protected VLANs
: 10-20,23,25,30-100,600,700,800,
linkA:
Port
Operational state
: 1/2,
: Up
Un protected VLANs
Active VLAN
linkB:
Port
Operational state
Un protected VLANs
Vlan-map
Active Vlans
Arice,
Up,
Up,
40 sec,
Raw-Flushing,
Raw-Flushing,
: 900,1980,1987,234,
: 10-20,23,25,30-100,600,700,800,
:
:
:
:
:
1/1,
Down,
1730-1800,
30-100,600,
none,
output definitions
DHL session Name
The user-defined text description of the DHL session.
Admin state
The current administrative status of the DHL session.
Operational state
The operational state of the DHL session.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-67
show dhl num
Link Aggregation Commands
output definitions
Pre-emption time
The delay-interval in seconds to move the VLANs back to their original
links.
Mac-flushing
Mac-flushing technique on the DHL session.
Active Mac-flushing
The active Mac-flushing technique that is enabled on the specified
DHL session.
Protected VLANs
The common VLANs that contain both the dual homed links, for
example linkA and linkB.
LinkA
A dual homed link that is part of a pair of DHL links that can be
configured per switch.
Port
The port number of linkA.
Operational state
The operational state of the port. The operational states are UP or
DOWN.
Un protected VLANs
The VLANs containing only one dual homed link.
Active VLANs
The VLANs that are in an active state.
LinkB
A dual homed link that is part of a pair of DHL links that can be
configured per switch.
Port
The port number of linkB.
Operational state
The operational state of the port. The operational states are UP or
DOWN.
Un protected VLANs
The VLANs containing only one dual homed link.
VLAN-map
The DHL VLAN map for linkB. VLAN map specifies the VLANs that
are operational on DHL linkB from the common pool of VLANs
between DHL linkA and linkB.
Operational VLANs
The VLANs that are in an operational state.
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
dhl num
Configures a session ID for the DHL session.
show dhl num link
Displays information about a specific dual homed link.
MIB Objects
alaDHLSessionTable
alaDHLSessionIndex
alaDHLSessionDescr
alaDHLSessionAdminStatus
alaDHLSessionOperStatus
alaDHLSessionPreemptionTime
alaDHLSessionMacFlushingtech
alaDHLLinksTable
alaDHLLinksSessionIndex
alaDHLLinkslinkA
page 12-68
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
show dhl num
alaDHLLinkslinkAOperStatus
alaDHLLinkslinkB
alaDHLLinkslinkBOperStatus
alaDHLVlanMapTable
alaDHLVlanMapSessionIndex
alaDHLVlanMapVlanStart
alaDHLVlanMapVlanEnd
alaDHLVpaTable
alaDHLVpalink
alaDHLVpaVlan
alaDHLVpaVlanType
alaDHLVpaOperationalLink
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-69
show dhl num link
Link Aggregation Commands
show dhl num link
Displays information about a specific DHL link, for example linkA or linkB and the VLAN details of the
specified link.
show dhl num dhl_num [linkA | linkB]
Syntax Definitions
dhl_num
Specifies the number of the DHL session.
linkA
The dual homed link that is part of a pair of DHL links that can be
configured per switch.
linkB
The dual homed link that is part of a pair of DHL links that can be
configured per switch.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show dhl num 1 linkA
linkA:
Port
Operational state
Protected VLANs
Un protected VLANs
Active VLAN
: 1/2,
: Up,
: 10-20, 23, 25, 30-100,600,700,800,
: 900, 1980, 1987,234,
: 10-20, 23, 25, 30-100,600,700,800,
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
page 12-70
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Link Aggregation Commands
show dhl num link
Related Commands
dhl num
Configures a session ID for the DHL session.
dhl num linka linkb
Configures a port or a link aggregate as dual homed links (linkA, linkB)
of a DHL session.
dhl num vlan-map linkb
Configures a VLAN or a range of VLANs from a common pool to
operate on DHL linkB.
show dhl num
Displays information about a specific DHL session.
MIB Objects
alaDHLLinksTable
alaDHLLinksSessionIndex
alaDHLLinkslinkA
alaDHLLinkslinkAOperStatus
alaDHLLinkslinkB
alaDHLVpaTable
alaDHLVpalink
alaDHLVpaVlan
alaDHLVpaVlanType
alaDHLVpaOperationalLink
alaDHLVlanMapTable
alaDHLVlanMapSessionIndex
alaDHLVlanMapVlanStart
alaDHLVlanMapVlanEnd
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 12-71
show dhl num link
page 12-72
Link Aggregation Commands
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
13
802.1AB Commands
802.1AB is an IEEE standard for exchanging information with neighboring devices and maintaining a
database of the information. The information is exchanged using the LLDPDU (Link Layer Discovery
Protocol Data Unit) in TLV (Time, Length, Value) format. This chapter details configuring and
monitoring 802.1AB on a switch.
Alcatel-Lucent version of 802.1AB complies with the IEEE 802.1AB-2005 Station and Media Access
Control Discovery and ANSI-TIA 1057-2006 Link Layer Discovery Protocol for Media End Point
Devices.
MIB information for the 802.1AB commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
IEEE_LLDP_Base.mib
LLDP-MIB
Filename:
Module:
IEEE_LLDP_Dot1.mib
LLDP-EXT-DOT1-MIB
Filename:
Module:
IEEE_LLDP_Dot3.mib
LLDP-EXT-DOT3-MIB
Filename:
Module:
ANSI_TIA_LLDP_MED.mib
LLDP-EXT-DOT3-MIB
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Security Mechanism in AOS prevents rogue LLDP agent from
being connected to OmniSwitch. This security mechanism ensures secured access to the device and the
network.
LLDP Security Mechanism ensures having only one trusted LLDP agent on a network port. When more
than one LLDP agent is learned on a port, the port is moved to violation state.
MIB information for the LLDP commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelINDLLDP.mib
LLDP (IEEE802.1ab)
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-1
802.1AB Commands
A summary of available commands is listed here:
LLDP
lldp destination mac-address
lldp transmit fast-start-count
lldp transmit interval
lldp transmit hold-multiplier
lldp transmit delay
lldp reinit delay
lldp network-policy
lldp med network-policy
lldp notification interval
lldp lldpdu
lldp notification
lldp tlv management
lldp tlv dot1
lldp tlv dot3 mac-phy
lldp tlv med
show lldp config
show lldp network-policy
show lldp med network-policy
show lldp system-statistics
show lldp statistics
show lldp local -system
show lldp local -port
show lldp local-management-address
show lldp remote-system
show lldp remote-system med
LLDP Security Mechanism
lldp trust-agent
lldp trust-agent violation-action
show lldp trusted remote-agent
show lldp trust-agent
Configuration procedures for 802.1AB are explained in the “Configuring 802.1AB” chapter of the
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 Network Configuration Guide.
page 13-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
lldp destination mac-address
lldp destination mac-address
Sets the LLDP destination MAC address sent in LLPDUs.
lldp destination mac-address {nearest-bridge | nearest-edge}
Syntax Definitions
nearest-bridge
Specifies the destination MAC address as 01:80:C2:00:00:0E.
nearest-edge
Specifies the destination MAC address as 01:20: DA: 02:01:73.
Defaults
parameter
default
mac-address
nearest-bridge
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
The nearest-edge MAC address is used in conjunction with the Auto Download Configuration feature to
advertise the management VLAN.
Examples
-> lldp destination mac-address nearest-edge
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command introduced.
Related Commands
show lldp local -system
Displays local system information.
MIB Objects
lldpDestMac
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-3
lldp transmit fast-start-count
802.1AB Commands
lldp transmit fast-start-count
Configures the fast start count for an LLDP Media Endpoint Device (MED).The fast start count specifies
the number of LLDPDUs to be sent as soon as a MED is detected by the switch. The LLDPDUs contain
the LLDP MED Network Policy TLVs.
lldp transmit fast-start-count num
Syntax Definitions
num
Specifies the number of LLDPDUs to send when a MED is detected.
The valid range is 1–10.
Defaults
parameter
default
num
3
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
The LLDP MED fast start is only applicable when the MED is detected by the switch.
Examples
-> lldp transmit fast-start-count 4
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp network-policy
Configures a MED Network Policy on the switch for a specific
application type.
lldp med network-policy
Associates an existing MED Network Policy with one or more LLDP
ports.
show lldp local -system
Displays local system information.
MIB Objects
lldpXMedFastStartRepeatCount
page 13-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
lldp transmit interval
lldp transmit interval
Sets the transmit time interval for LLDPDUs.
lldp transmit interval seconds
Syntax Definitions
seconds
The transmit interval between LLDPDUs, in seconds. The valid range is
5 - 32768.
Defaults
parameter
default
seconds
30
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
The LLDP protocol must be enabled before using this command.
Examples
-> lldp transmit interval 40
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp transmit hold-multiplier
Sets the transmit hold multiplier value. This value is used to calculate
the Time to Live (TTL) value that is advertised in an LLDPDU.
show lldp local -system
Displays local system information.
MIB Objects
lldpConfiguration
lldpMessageTxInterval
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-5
lldp transmit hold-multiplier
802.1AB Commands
lldp transmit hold-multiplier
Sets the transmit hold multiplier value. This value is used to calculate the Time to Live (TTL) value that is
advertised in an LLDPDU.
lldp transmit hold-multiplier num
Syntax Definitions
num
The transmit hold multiplier value. The valid range is 2-10.
Defaults
parameter
default
num
4
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
•
The LLDP protocol must be enabled before using this command.
•
The Time to Live is a multiple of transmit interval and transmit hold multiplier.
Examples
-> lldp transmit hold-multiplier 6
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp destination mac-address
Sets the transmit time interval for LLDPDUs. Time interval is the
amount of time the switch waits between each transmission of an
LLDPDU.
show lldp local -system
Displays local system information.
MIB Objects
lldpConfiguration
lldpMessageTxHoldMultiplier
page 13-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
lldp transmit delay
lldp transmit delay
Sets the minimum amount of time that must elapse between successive LLDPDUs that are transmitted as
the result of a value or status change in the LLDP local systems MIB.
lldp transmit delay seconds
Syntax Definitions
seconds
The time interval between successive LLDPDUs transmitted, in
seconds. The valid range is 1-8192.
Defaults
parameter
default
seconds
2
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
•
The LLDP protocol must be enabled before using this command.
•
The transmit delay is less than or equal to the multiplication of transmit interval and 0.25 (transmit
interval * 0.25).
Examples
-> lldp transmit delay 20
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp destination mac-address
Sets the transmit time interval for LLDPDUs. Time interval is the
amount of time the switch waits between each transmission of an
LLDPDU.
show lldp local -system
Displays local system information.
MIB Objects
lldpConfiguration
lldpTxDelay
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-7
lldp reinit delay
802.1AB Commands
lldp reinit delay
Sets the time interval that must elapse before the status of a port is reinitialized after a status change.
lldp reinit delay seconds
Syntax Definitions
seconds
The number of seconds to reinitialize the ports status after a status
change. The valid range is 1-10.
Defaults
parameter
default
seconds
2
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
The LLDP protocol must be enabled before using this command.
Examples
-> lldp reinit delay 4
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp transmit delay
Sets the minimum time interval between successive LLDPDUs
transmitted.
show lldp local -system
Displays local system information.
MIB Objects
lldpConfiguration
lldpReinitDelay
page 13-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
lldp notification interval
lldp notification interval
Sets the time interval that must elapse before a notification about the local system MIB change is
generated.
lldp notification interval seconds
Syntax Definitions
seconds
The minimum number of seconds for generating a notification-event.
The valid range is 5-3600.
Defaults
parameter
default
seconds
5
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
•
The LLDP protocol and notification must be enabled before using this command.
•
In a specified interval, generating more than one notification-event is not possible.
Examples
-> lldp notification interval 25
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp notification
Enables or disables the LLDP notification status for one or more switch
ports. LLDP notifications are sent when there is a change to the remote
systems MIB.
show lldp local -system
Displays local system information.
MIB Objects
lldpConfiguration
lldpNotificationInterval
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-9
lldp lldpdu
802.1AB Commands
lldp lldpdu
Configures the switch to control the transmission and the reception of LLDPDUs for a particular chassis, a
slot, or a port.
lldp {slot/port | slot | chassis} lldpdu {tx | rx | tx-and-rx | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Slot number for the module and physical port number on that module
(for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
slot
The slot number for a specific module.
chassis
All ports on the switch.
tx
Transmits LLDPDUs.
rx
Receives LLDPDUs.
tx-and-rx
Transmits and receives LLDPDUs.
disable
Disables LLDPDUs transmission and reception.
Defaults
parameter
default
tx | rx | tx-and-rx | disable
tx-and-rx
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
•
The port can be set to receive, transmit, or transmit and receive LLDPDUs using this command.
•
If this command is applied to a slot or chassis, then the existing configuration related to this command
is lost.
Examples
-> lldp 1/2 lldpdu tx-and-rx
-> lldp chassis lldpdu disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 13-10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
lldp lldpdu
Related Commands
lldp notification
Enables or disables the LLDP notification status for one or more switch
ports. LLDP notifications are sent when there is a change to the remote
systems MIB.
show lldp local -port
Displays information about local system ports.
show lldp config
Displays the general LLDP configuration information for LLDP ports.
MIB Objects
lldpPortConfigTable
lldpPortConfigPortNum
lldpPortConfigAdminStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-11
lldp notification
802.1AB Commands
lldp notification
Enables or disables the LLDP notification status for one or more switch ports. LLDP notifications are sent
when there is a change to the remote systems MIB.
lldp {slot/port | slot | chassis} notification {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Slot number for the module and physical port number on that module
(for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
slot
The slot number for a specific module.
chassis
All switch ports.
enable
Enables the notification of local system MIB changes.
disable
Disables the notification.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
•
The LLDPDU administrative status must be in the receive state before using this command.
•
If this command is applied to a slot or chassis, then the existing configuration related to this command
is lost.
Examples
-> lldp 1/2 notification enable
-> lldp 1 notification disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 13-12
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
lldp notification
Related Commands
lldp notification interval
Sets the time interval that must elapse before a notification about the
local system MIB change is generated.
lldp lldpdu
Configures the LLDPDU status for one or more switch ports. The status
determines if the specified switch ports will transmit, receive, transmit
and receive, or drop LLDPDUs.
MIB Objects
lldpPortConfigTable
lldpPortConfigPortNum
lldpPortConfigNotificationEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-13
lldp network-policy
802.1AB Commands
lldp network-policy
Configures a local Network Policy on the switch for a specific application type.
lldp network-policy policy_id - [ policy_id2] application { voice | voice-signaling | guest-voice |
guest-voice-signaling | softphone-voice | video-conferencing | streaming-video | video-signaling }
vlan { untagged | priority-tag | vlan-id } [ l2-priority 802.1p_value ] [ dscp dscp_value ]
no lldp network-policy policy_id - [ policy_id2]
Syntax Definitions
policy_id - [policy_id2]
A network policy identifier (0-31) which is associated to a port.
voice
Specifies a voice application type.
voice-signaling
Specifies a voice-signaling application type.
guest-voice
Specifies a guest-voice application type.
guest-voice-signaling
Specifies a guest-voice-signaling application type.
softphone-voice
Specifies a softphone-voice application type.
video-conferencing
Specifies a video-conferencing application type.
streaming-video
Specifies a streaming-video application type.
video-signaling
Specifies a video-signaling application type.
untagged
Specifies that a VLAN port is untagged.
priority-tag
Specifies the internal priority that would be assigned to the VLAN.
vlan_id
VLAN identifier. Valid range is 1–4094.
802.1p_value
The Layer-2 priority value assigned to the VLAN. Valid range is 0–7.
dscp_value
Priority value assigned to the DSCP (Differentiated Service Code Point)
header. Valid range is 0–63.
Defaults
parameter
default
802.1p_value
0
dscp_value
0
•
By default, the VLAN ID is configured in the voice network profile.
•
By default, the 802.1p_value is 5 for voice application.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
page 13-14
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
lldp network-policy
Usage Guidelines
•
Use the no form of this command to remove the configured network policy from the system.
•
When a network policy is deleted, all the associated values and port bindings are also deleted.
•
A maximum of 32-network policies can be configured on a single VLAN.
•
Once a policy is created, the application type, VLAN ID, 802.1p, and DSCP values can be modified.
•
If a network policy ID is bound to a port, it cannot be modified.
•
Use a hyphen to specify a range of Policy IDs and a space to separate multiple Policy IDs in the
command.
•
The range for Policy IDs is supported only with the no form of this command.
Examples
-> lldp network-policy 10
-> lldp network-policy 11
l2-priority 3
-> lldp network-policy 20
-> lldp network-policy 20
-> no lldp network-policy
-> no lldp network-policy
application voice vlan 20
application guest-voice-signaling vlan untagged
application voice vlan priority-tag dscp 39
application voice-signaling vlan 23 l2-priority 2 dscp 43
10
10-20
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp tlv med
Configures whether LLDP-MED TLVs are included in
transmitted LLDPDUs.
show lldp network-policy
Displays the network policy details for a given policy ID.
show lldp med network-policy
Displays the network policy configured on a slot or port. If no option is
specified, network policies configured on all ports of the chassis are
displayed.
MIB Objects
aLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyTable
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyId
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyAppType
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyVlanType
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyVlanID
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyPriority
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyDscp
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyUnknown
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyTagged
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyRowStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-15
lldp med network-policy
802.1AB Commands
lldp med network-policy
Associates an existing network policy to a port, slot, or chassis.
lldp {slot/port | slot | chassis} med network-policy policy_id - [policy_id2]
no lldp {slot/port | slot | chassis} med network-policy policy_id - [policy_id2]
Syntax Definition
slot/port
The slot number for the module and physical port number on that
module (for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
slot
The slot number for a specific module.
chassis
All switch ports.
policy_id - [policy_id2]
A network policy identifier (0–31).
Defaults
NA
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
•
Use the no form of this command to disassociate a network policy from a port.
•
The network policy must already be configured in the system before associating it with a port.
•
A maximum of eight-network policies can be associated to a port.
•
Two or more network policy IDs with the same application type cannot be associated to a port.
Examples
->
->
->
->
lldp chassis med network-policy 22
lldp 1 med network-policy 1-4 5 6
lldp 2/3 med network-policy 12
no lldp 2/3 med network-policy 12
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command introduced.
page 13-16
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
lldp med network-policy
Related Commands
lldp tlv med
Configures whether LLDP-MED TLVs are included in
transmitted LLDPDUs.
show lldp network-policy
Displays the MED Network Policy details for a given policy ID.
show lldp med network-policy
Displays the network policy configured on a slot or port. If no option is
specified, network policies configured on all ports of the chassis are
displayed.
MIB Objects
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyPortTable
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyPortIfIndex
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyId
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyPortRowStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-17
lldp tlv management
802.1AB Commands
lldp tlv management
Configures the switch to control per port management TLVs to be included in the LLDPDUs.
lldp {slot/port | slot | chassis} tlv management {port-description | system-name | system-description |
system-capabilities | management-address} {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Slot number for the module and physical port number on that module
(for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
slot
The slot number for a specific module.
port-description
Enables or disables the transmission of port description TLV in
LLDPDU.
system-name
Enables or disables the transmission of system name TLV in LLDPDU.
system-description
Enables or disables transmission of system description TLV in
LLDPDU.
system-capabilities
Enables or disables transmission of system capabilities TLV in
LLDPDU.
management-address
Enables or disables transmission of management address on per port.
enable
Enables management TLV LLDPDU transmission.
disable
Disables management TLV LLDPDU transmission.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
•
The LLDPDU must be enabled and set to transmit before using this command.
•
If this command is applied to a slot or chassis, then the existing configuration related to this command
is lost.
Examples
-> lldp 1/2 tlv management port-description enable
-> lldp 2 tlv management management-address enable
-> lldp 3 tlv management system-name disable
page 13-18
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
lldp tlv management
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp lldpdu
Configures the switch to control the transmission and the reception of
LLDPDUs for a particular chassis, a slot, or a port.
show lldp local -system
Displays local system information.
show lldp local -port
Displays per port information.
show lldp remote-system
Displays per local port and information of remote system.
MIB Objects
lldpPortConfigTable
lldpLocPortPortNum
lldpPortConfigTLVsTxEnable
lldpConfigManAddrTable
lldpConfigManAddrPortsTxEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-19
lldp tlv dot1
802.1AB Commands
lldp tlv dot1
Configures the switch to control per port 802.1 TLVs to be included in the LLDPDUs.
lldp {slot/port | slot | chassis} tlv dot1 {port-vlan | vlan-name} {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Slot number for the module and physical port number on that module
(for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
slot
The slot number for a specific module.
port-vlan
Enables or disables transmission of port VLAN TLV in LLDPDU.
vlan-name
Enables or disables transmission of VLAN name TLV in LLDPDU.
enable
Enables 802.1 TLV LLDPDU transmission.
disable
Disables 802.1 TLV LLDPDU transmission.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
•
The LLDPDU must be enabled and set to transmit before using this command.
•
If this command is applied to a slot or chassis, then the existing configuration related to this command
is lost.
•
If one TLV is included then the other TLV is automatically included when you use this command.
Examples
-> lldp 5/1 tlv dot1 port-vlan enable
-> lldp 3 tlv dot1 vlan-name enable
-> lldp 3 tlv dot1 vlan-name disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 13-20
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
lldp tlv dot1
Related Commands
lldp tlv management
Configures the switch to control per port management TLVs to be
included in the LLDPDUs.
show lldp statistics
Displays per port statistics.
show lldp local -port
Displays per port information.
MIB Objects
lldpPortConfigTable
lldpPortConfigPortNum
lldpXdot1ConfigPortVlanTable
lldpXdot1ConfigPortVlanTxEnable
lldpXdot1ConfigVlanNameTable
lldpXdot1ConfigVlanNameTxEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-21
lldp tlv dot3 mac-phy
802.1AB Commands
lldp tlv dot3 mac-phy
Configures the switch to control per port 802.3 TLVs to be included in the LLDPDUs.
lldp {slot/port | slot | chassis} tlv dot3 mac-phy {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Slot number for the module and physical port number on that module
(for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
slot
The slot number for a specific module.
enable
Enables 802.3 TLV LLDPDU transmission.
disable
Disables 802.3 TLV LLDPDU transmission.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
•
The LLDPDU must be enabled and set to transmit before using this command.
•
If this command is applied to a slot or chassis, then the existing configuration related to this command
is lost.
Examples
-> lldp 2/4 tlv dot3 mac-phy enable
-> lldp 2 tlv dot3 mac-phy disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 13-22
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
lldp tlv dot3 mac-phy
Related Commands
lldp lldpdu
Configures the LLDPDU status for one or more switch ports. The status
determines if the specified switch ports will transmit, receive, transmit
and receive, or drop LLDPDUs.
lldp tlv management
Configures the switch to control per port management TLVs to be
included in the LLDPDUs.
lldp tlv dot1
Configures the switch to control per port 802.1 TLVs to be included in
the LLDPDUs.
show lldp statistics
Displays per port statistics.
MIB Objects
lldpPortConfigTable
lldpPortConfigPortNum
lldpXdot3PortConfigTable
lldpXdot3PortConfigTLVsTxEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-23
lldp tlv med
802.1AB Commands
lldp tlv med
Configures the switch to control per port LLDP-MED (Media Endpoint Device) TLVs to be included in
the LLDPDUs.
lldp {slot/port | slot | chassis} tlv med {power | capability | network policy} {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Slot number for the module and physical port number on that module
(for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
slot
The slot number for a specific module.
chassis
All ports on the switch.
power
Includes the extended PoE TLV in transmitted LLDPDUs.
capability
Enables or disables transmission of LLDP-MED capabilities TLV in
LLDPDU.
network policy
Includes the network policy TLV in transmitted LLDPDUs.
enable
Enables LLDP-MED TLV LLDPDU transmission.
disable
Disables LLDP-MED TLV LLDPDU transmission.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
•
The LLDPDU must be enabled and set to transmit before using this command.
•
If this command is applied to a slot or chassis, then the existing configuration related to this command
is lost.
•
The lldp tlv med power version of this command applies only to PoE units.
•
Before enabling the power MED TLV, use the lanpower start command to activate PoE on a port or
on all ports in a specific slot.
Examples
->
->
->
->
->
lldp
lldp
lldp
lldp
lldp
page 13-24
4/4 tlv med power enable
4/3 tlv med capability enable
4 tlv med power disable
4 tlv med network-policy enable
chassis tlv med network-policy enable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
lldp tlv med
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Release 6.6.2; network policy option added.
Related Commands
lldp lldpdu
Configures the LLDPDU status for one or more switch ports. The status
determines if the specified switch ports will transmit, receive, transmit
and receive, or drop LLDPDUs.
lldp tlv management
Configures the switch to control per port management TLVs to be
included in the LLDPDUs.
lldp tlv dot1
Configures the switch to control per port 802.1 TLVs to be included in
the LLDPDUs.
lldp tlv dot3 mac-phy
Configures the switch to control per port 802.3 TLVs to be included in
the LLDPDUs.
show lldp med network-policy
Displays the MED Network Policy configuration.
MIB Objects
lldpPortConfigTable
lldpPortConfigPortNum
lldpXMedPortConfigTable
lldpXMedPortConfigTLVsTxEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-25
show lldp config
802.1AB Commands
show lldp config
Displays the general LLDP configuration information for LLDP ports.
show lldp {slot | slot/port} config
Syntax Definitions
slot
The slot number for a specific module.
slot/port
Slot number for the module and physical port number on that module
(for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
Defaults
By default, a list of all LLDP ports with their configuration parameters is displayed.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the slot/port or slot parameter to display information for a specific port or for all ports on a specific
module.
Examples
-> show lldp config
----------+-------------------------------------------+-----------------+------| Admin
| Notify | Std TLV |
Mgmt
| 802.1
| 802.3 |
MED
Slot/Port| Status |
Trap
|
Mask
| Address |
TLV
|
Mask |
Mask
----------+----------+----------+----------+----------+----------+------+-----2/1
Rx + Tx
Disabled
0x00
Disabled
Disabled
0x00 0x00
2/2
Rx + Tx
Disabled
0x00
Disabled
Disabled
0x00 0x00
2/3
Rx + Tx
Disabled
0x00
Disabled
Disabled
0x00 0x00
2/4
Rx + Tx
Disabled
0x00
Disabled
Disabled
0x00 0x00
2/5
Rx + Tx
Disabled
0x00
Disabled
Disabled
0x00 0x00
output definitions
Slot/Port
The LLDP slot and port number.
Admin Status
Indicates the Administrative status of the LLDP port. The options
are - Disabled, Rx, Tx, and Rx+Tx.
Notify Trap
Indicates whether the Notify Trap feature is disabled or enabled on a
particular port.
Std TLV Mask
The standard TLV mask set for the port.
Mgmt Address
Indicates whether transmission of the per port IPv4 management
address is enabled or disabled.
802.1 TLV
Indicates whether 802.1 TLV status is enabled or disabled on the LLDP
port.
page 13-26
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
show lldp config
output definitions
802.3 Mask
The standard 802.3 mask set for the port.
MED Mask
The standard MED mask set for the port.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp lldpdu
Configures the LLDPDU status for one or more switch ports. The status
determines if the specified switch ports will transmit, receive, transmit
and receive, or drop LLDPDUs.
lldp notification
Enables or disables the LLDP notification status for one or more switch
ports. LLDP notifications are sent when there is a change to the remote
systems MIB.
lldp tlv management
Configures the switch to control per port management TLVs to be
included in the LLDPDUs.
lldp tlv dot3 mac-phy
Configures the switch to control per port 802.3 TLVs to be included in
the LLDPDUs.
MIB Objects
lldpPortConfigTable
lldpPortConfigPortNum
lldpPortConfigAdminStatus
lldpPortConfigNotificationEnable
lldpLocPortPortNum
lldpPortConfigTLVsTxEnable
lldpConfigManAddrTable
lldpConfigManAddrPortsTxEnable
lldpXdot3PortConfigTable
lldpXdot3PortConfigTLVsTxEnable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-27
show lldp network-policy
802.1AB Commands
show lldp network-policy
Displays the MED Network Policy details for a given policy ID.
show lldp network-policy [policy_id]
Syntax Definitions
policy_id
Policy identifier for a network policy definition. Valid range is between
0 and 31.
Defaults
By default, all configured policies are displayed.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
•
Network policy must be configured on the system before using this command.
•
Enter a policy ID with this command to display information for a specific policy.
Examples
-> show lldp network-policy
Legend: 0 Priority Tagged Vlan
- Untagged Vlan
Network
Application
Vlan
Layer2
DSCP
Policy ID
Type
Id
Priority Value
-----------+----------------------+------+--------+------1
voice
4000
7
33
12
guest-voice
44
21
streaming-voice
0
4
11
31
guest-voice-signaling
23
2
1
-> show lldp network-policy 1
Legend: 0 Priority Tagged Vlan
- Untagged Vlan
Network
Application
Vlan
Layer2
DSCP
Policy ID
Type
Id
Priority Value
-----------+----------------------+------+--------+------1
voice
4000
7
33
page 13-28
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
show lldp network-policy
output definitions
Network Policy ID
Policy identifier for a network policy definition.
Application Type
Indicates the type of application configured on the port or VLAN.
VLAN ID
The VLAN ID assigned to the port on which the network policy is
configured.
Layer2 Priority
Layer 2 priority to be used for the specified application type.
DSCP Value
DSCP value to be used to provide Diffserv node behavior for the
specified application type.
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp network-policy
Configures a local network policy on a switch for an application type.
MIB Objects
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyTable
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyId
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyAppType
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyVlanType
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyVlanId
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyPriority
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyDscp
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyUnknown
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyTagged
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-29
show lldp med network-policy
802.1AB Commands
show lldp med network-policy
Displays the network policy configured on a slot or port. If no option is specified, network policies
configured on all ports of the chassis are displayed.
show lldp [slot | slot/port] med network-policy
Syntax Definitions
slot
Specifies the slot number on a specific module or chassis.
slot/port
Specifies the slot number for the module and physical port number on
that module (for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 of slot 3).
Defaults
By default, all ports with associated policies are displayed.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
•
Network policy must be configured on the system before using this command.
•
Enter a slot or slot/port number with this command to display information for a specific slot or port.
Examples
-> show lldp med network-policy
slot/port
Network Policy ID
--------------+------------------------1/1
1 3 5 7 21 23 30 31
1/2
1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10
.
.
.
2/1
1 3 5
.
.
-> show lldp 1/1 med network-policy
Legend: 0 Priority Tagged Vlan
- Untagged Vlan
Slot/
Network
Application
Vlan
Layer2
DSCP
Port
Policy ID
Type
Id
Priority Value
-------+-----------+----------------------+------+--------+------1/1
1
guest-voice-signaling 0
page 13-30
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
show lldp med network-policy
output definitions
Slot / Port
Slot number for the module and physical port number on that module.
Network Policy ID
Policy identifier for a network policy definition.
Application Type
Indicates the type of application configured on the port or VLAN.
VLAN ID
The VLAN ID assigned to the port on which the network policy is
configured.
Layer2 Priority
Layer 2 priority to be used for the specified application type.
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp tlv med
Configures whether LLDP-MED TLVs are included in transmitted
LLDPDUs.
lldp network-policy
Configures a local network policy on a switch for an application type.
MIB Objects
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyPortTable
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyPortIfIndex
alaLldpXMedLocMediaPolicyId
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-31
show lldp system-statistics
802.1AB Commands
show lldp system-statistics
Displays system-wide statistics.
show lldp system-statistics
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show lldp system-statistics
Local LLDP Agent System Statistics:
Remote Systems Last Change = 0 days 0 hours 3 minutes and 10 seconds,
Remote Systems MIB Inserts = 2,
Remote Systems MIB Deletes = 0,
Remote Systems MIB Drops
= 0,
Remote Systems MIB Age Outs = 0
output definitions
Remote Systems Last Change
The last change recorded in the tables associated with the remote
system.
Remote Systems MIB Inserts
The total number of complete inserts in the tables associated with the
remote system.
Remote Systems MIB Deletes
The total number of complete deletes in tables associated with the
remote system.
Remote Systems MIB Drops
The total number of LLDPDUs dropped because of insufficient
resources.
Remote Systems MIB Age
Outs
The total number of complete age-outs in the tables associated with the
remote system.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
page 13-32
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
show lldp system-statistics
Related Commands
lldp notification
Enables or disables the LLDP notification status for one or more switch
ports. LLDP notifications are sent when there is a change to the remote
systems MIB.
lldp notification interval
Sets the amount of time that must elapse before an LLDP notification
about a remote systems MIB change is generated.
MIB Objects
lldpStatistics
lldpStatsRemTablesLastChangeTime
lldpStatsRemTablesInserts
lldpStatsRemTablesDeletes
lldpStatsRemTablesDrops
lldpStatsRemTablesAgeouts
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-33
show lldp statistics
802.1AB Commands
show lldp statistics
Displays per port statistics.
show lldp [slot|slot/port] statistics
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Slot number for the module and physical port number on that module
(for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
slot
The slot number for a specific module.
Defaults
By default, statistics are displayed for all LLDP ports.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
•
Enter a slot or slot/port number to display statistics for a specific slot or port.
•
If the statistics are zero they are not displayed.
Examples
-> show lldp statistics
----------+--------------------------------------+---------------------+---------|
LLDPDU
|
TLV
| Device
Slot/Port| Tx
Rx
Errors
Discards | Unknown
Discards | Ageouts
----------+--------+----------+----------+----------+----------+----------+----1/23
52
0
0
0
0
0
0
2/47
50
50
0
0
0
0
0
2/48
50
50
0
0
0
0
0
output definitions
Slot/Port
Slot number for the module and physical port number on that module.
LLDPDU Tx
The total number of LLDPDUs transmitted on the port.
LLDPDU Rx
The total number of valid LLDPDUs received on the port.
LLDPDU Errors
The total number of invalid LLDPDUs discarded on the port.
LLDPDU Discards
The total number of LLDPDUs discarded on the port.
TLV Unknown
The total number of unrecognized LLDP TLVs on the port.
TLV Discards
The total number of LLDP TLVs discarded on the port.
Device Ageouts
The total number of complete age-outs on the port.
page 13-34
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
show lldp statistics
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp lldpdu
Configures the LLDPDU status for one or more switch ports. The status
determines if the specified switch ports will transmit, receive, transmit
and receive, or drop LLDPDUs.
lldp tlv management
Configures the switch to control per port management TLVs to be
included in the LLDPDUs.
MIB Objects
lldpStatsTxPortTable
lldpStatsTxPortNum
lldpStatsTxPortFramesTotal
lldpStatsRxPortTable
lldpStatsRxPortNum
lldpStatsRxPortFramesDiscardedTotal
lldpStatsRxPortFramesErrors
lldpStatsRxPortFramesTotal
lldpStatsRxPortTLVsDiscardedTotal
lldpStatsRxPortTLVsUnrecognizedTotal
lldpStatsRxPortAgeoutsTotal
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-35
show lldp local -system
802.1AB Commands
show lldp local-system
Displays local system information.
show lldp local-system
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show lldp local-system
Local LLDP Agent System Data:
Chassis ID Subtype
Chassis ID
System Name
System Description
=
=
=
=
Capabilities Supported
Capabilities Enabled
LLDPDU Transmit Interval
TTL Hold Multiplier
LLDPDU Transmit Delay
Reinitialization Delay
MIB Notification Interval
Fast Start Count
Management Address Type
Management IP Address
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
4 (MAC Address),
00:d0:95:e9:c9:2e,
vxTarget,
Alcatel-Lucent 6450 10 PORT COPPER GE 6.6.3.177.
R01 Development, February 10, 2012.,
Bridge, Router,
Bridge, Router,
30 seconds,
4,
2 seconds,
2 seconds,
5 seconds
3,
1 (IPv4),
10.255.13.44,
output definitions
Chassis ID Subtype
The subtype that specifies the chassis ID.
Chassis ID
The chassis ID (MAC address).
System Name
The name of the system.
System Description
The description of the system.
Capabilities Supported
The capabilities of the system.
Capabilities Enabled
The enabled capabilities of the system.
LLDPDU Transmit Interval
The LLDPDU transmit interval.
page 13-36
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
show lldp local -system
output definitions (continued)
TTL Hold Multiplier
The hold multiplier used to calculate TTL.
LLDPDU Transmit Delay
The minimum transmit time between successive LLDPDUs.
Reinitialization Delay
The minimum time interval before the reinitialization of local port
objects between port status changes.
MIB Notification Interval
The minimum time interval between consecutive notifications of local
system MIB change.
Fast Start Count
Configures the number of LLDPDUs to be sent as soon as a MED is
detected by system.
Management Address Type
The type of management address used in LLDPDU.
Management IP Address
The management IP address. The Loopback0 IP address (if configured)
is considered as the management IP address, else, the first IP interface
configured on the switch is considered.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Release 6.6.2; Fast Start Count field added to output.
Related Commands
lldp destination mac-address
Configures the fast start count for an LLDP Media Endpoint Device
(MED).The fast start count specifies the number of LLDPDUs to be
sent as soon as a MED is detected by the switch. The LLDPDUs contain
the LLDP MED Network Policy TLVs.
lldp reinit delay
Sets the amount of time that must elapse before an LLDP port is
re-initialized after the status for the port was disabled.
lldp transmit hold-multiplier
Sets the transmit hold multiplier value. This value is used to calculate
the Time to Live (TTL) value that is advertised in an LLDPDU.
lldp transmit delay
Sets the minimum amount of time that must elapse between successive
LLDPDUs that are transmitted as the result of a value or status change
in the LLDP local systems MIB.
MIB Objects
lldpLocalSystemData
lldpLocChassisIdSubtype
lldpLocChassisId
lldpLocSysName
lldpLocSysDesc
lldpLocSysCapSupported
lldpLocSysEnabled
lldpPortConfigTable
lldpMessageTxInterval
lldpMessageTXHoldMultiplier
lldpTxDelay
lldpReinitDelay
lldpNotificationInterval
lldpLocManAddrTable
lldpLocManAddrSubtype
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-37
show lldp local -system
802.1AB Commands
lldpLocManAddr
lldpXMedFastStartRepeatCount
page 13-38
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
show lldp local -port
show lldp local-port
Displays per port information.
show lldp [slot/port | slot] local-port
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Slot number for the module and physical port number on that module
(for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
slot
The slot number for a specific module.
Defaults
By default, a list of all LLDP ports is displayed.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show lldp local-port
Local Slot 1/Port 1 LLDP
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 1/Port 2 LLDP
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 1/Port 3 LLDP
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 1/Port 4 LLDP
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 1/Port 5 LLDP
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 1/Port 6 LLDP
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 1/Port 7 LLDP
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 1/Port 8 LLDP
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 1/Port 9 LLDP
Port ID
Port Description
Info:
= 1001 (Locally assigned),
= Alcatel 1/1,
Info:
= 1002 (Locally assigned),
= Alcatel 1/2,
Info:
= 1003 (Locally assigned),
= Alcatel 1/3,
Info:
= 1004 (Locally assigned),
= Alcatel 1/4,
Info:
= 1005 (Locally assigned),
= Alcatel 1/5,
Info:
= 1006 (Locally assigned),
= Alcatel 1/6,
Info:
= 1007 (Locally assigned),
= Alcatel 1/7,
Info:
= 1008 (Locally assigned),
= Alcatel 1/8,
Info:
= 1009 (Locally assigned),
= Alcatel 1/9,
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-39
show lldp local -port
Local Slot 1/Port 10 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 11 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 12 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 13 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 14 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 15 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 16 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 17 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 18 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 19 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 20 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 21 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 22 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 23 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 24 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 25 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 1/Port 26 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 1 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 2 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 3 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
page 13-40
802.1AB Commands
1010 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/10,
1011 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/11,
1012 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/12,
1013 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/13,
1014 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/14,
1015 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/15,
1016 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/16,
1017 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/17,
1018 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/18,
1019 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/19,
1020 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/20,
1021 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/21,
1022 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/22,
1023 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/23,
1024 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 1/24,
1025 (Locally assigned),
,
1026 (Locally assigned),
,
2001 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/1,
2002 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/2,
2003 (Locally assigned),
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 4 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 5 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 6 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 7 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 8 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 9 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 10 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 11 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 12 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 13 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 14 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 15 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 16 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 17 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 18 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 19 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 20 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 21 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 22 LLDP Info:
Port ID
=
Port Description
=
Local Slot 2/Port 23 LLDP Info:
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
show lldp local -port
Alcatel 2/3,
2004 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/4,
2005 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/5,
2006 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/6,
2007 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/7,
2008 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/8,
2009 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/9,
2010 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/10,
2011 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/11,
2012 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/12,
2013 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/13,
2014 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/14,
2015 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/15,
2016 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/16,
2017 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/17,
2018 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/18,
2019 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/19,
2020 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/20,
2021 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/21,
2022 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/22,
June 2013
page 13-41
show lldp local -port
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 24
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 25
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 26
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 27
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 28
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 29
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 30
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 31
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 32
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 33
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 34
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 35
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 36
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 37
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 38
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 39
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 40
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 41
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 42
Port ID
Port Description
page 13-42
802.1AB Commands
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
LLDP
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
Info:
=
=
2023 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/23,
2024 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/24,
2025 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/25,
2026 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/26,
2027 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/27,
2028 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/28,
2029 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/29,
2030 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/30,
2031 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/31,
2032 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/32,
2033 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/33,
2034 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/34,
2035 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/35,
2036 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/36,
2037 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/37,
2038 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/38,
2039 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/39,
2040 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/40,
2041 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/41,
2042 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/42,
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
Local Slot 2/Port 43
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 44
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 45
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 46
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 47
Port ID
Port Description
Local Slot 2/Port 48
Port ID
Port Description
show lldp local -port
LLDP Info:
=
=
LLDP Info:
=
=
LLDP Info:
=
=
LLDP Info:
=
=
LLDP Info:
=
=
LLDP Info:
=
=
2043 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/43,
2044 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/44,
2045 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/45,
2046 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/46,
2047 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/47,
2048 (Locally assigned),
Alcatel 2/48,
output definitions
Port ID
The port ID (port MAC).
Port Description
The description of the port (which includes the port number and the
AOS version).
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp tlv management
Configures the switch to control per port management TLVs to be
included in the LLDPDUs.
lldp tlv dot1
Configures the switch to control per port 802.1 TLVs to be included in
the LLDPDUs.
MIB Objects
lldpLocPortTable
lldpLocPortNum
lldpLocPortIdsubtype
lldpLocPortId
lldpLocPortDesc
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-43
show lldp local-management-address
802.1AB Commands
show lldp local-management-address
Displays the local management address information.
show lldp local-management-address
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show lldp local-management-address
Local LLDP Agent Management Address:
Management Address Type
= 1 (IPv4),
Management IP Address
= 10.255.11.100
output definitions
Management Address Type
The address type used to define the interface number (IPv4 or IPv6).
Management IP Address
The management IP address. The loopback0 IP address is configured
for the management IP address to be transmitted.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp tlv management
Configures the switch to control per port management TLVs to be
included in the LLDPDUs.
show lldp local -system
Displays local system information.
MIB Objects
lldpLocManAddrTable
lldpLocManAddrLen
lldpLocManAddrIfSubtype
lldpLocManAddrIfId
page 13-44
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
show lldp remote-system
show lldp remote-system
Displays per local port and information of remote system.
show lldp [slot/port | slot] remote-system
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Slot number for the module and physical port number on that module
(for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
slot
The slot number for a specific module.
Defaults
By default, a list of all LLDP ports is displayed.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show lldp remote-system
Remote LLDP Agents on Local Slot/Port: 2/47,
Chassis ID Subtype
= 4 (MAC Address),
Chassis ID
= 00:d0:95:e9:c9:2e,
Port ID Subtype
= 7 (Locally assigned),
Port ID
= 2048,
Port Description
= (null),
System Name
= (null),
System Description
= (null),
Capabilities Supported
= none supported,
Capabilities Enabled
= none enabled,
Remote LLDP Agents on Local Slot/Port: 2/48,
Chassis ID Subtype
= 4 (MAC Address),
Chassis ID
= 00:d0:95:e9:c9:2e,
Port ID Subtype
= 7 (Locally assigned),
Port ID
= 2047,
Port Description
= (null),
System Name
= (null),
System Description
= (null),
Capabilities Supported
= none supported,
Capabilities Enabled
= none enabled,
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-45
show lldp remote-system
802.1AB Commands
output definitions
Remote LLDP Agents on Local The Slot number to which the remote system entry is associated and the
Slot/Port
physical port number on that module.
Chassis ID Subtype
The sub type that specifies the chassis ID.
Chassis ID
The chassis ID (MAC address).
Port ID Subtype
The sub type that specifies the port ID.
Port ID
The port ID (Port MAC).
Port Description
The description of the port (which includes the port number and the
AOS version).
System Name
The name of the system.
System Description
The description of the system.
Capabilities Supported
The capabilities of the system.
Capabilities Enabled
The enabled capabilities of the system.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show lldp local -port
Displays per port information.
show lldp local -system
Displays local system information.
MIB Objects
lldpRemTable
lldpRemLocalPortNum
lldpRemChassisIdSubtype
lldpRemChassisId
lldpRemPortIdSubtype
lldpRemPortId
lldpRemPortDesc
lldpRemSysName
lldpRemSysDesc
lldpRemSysCapSupported
lldpRemSysCapEnabled
lldpRemManAddrIfSubtype
lldpRemManAddrIfId
page 13-46
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
show lldp remote-system med
show lldp remote-system med
Displays remote system MED information for a single port or all ports on a slot.
show lldp [slot/port | slot] remote-system [med {network-policy | inventory}]
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Slot number for the module and physical port number on that module
(for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
slot
The slot number for a specific module.
network-policy
Display network-policy TLVs from remote Endpoint Devices
inventory
Display inventory management TLVs from remote Endpoint Devices
Defaults
By default, a list of all LLDP ports is displayed.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the slot/port or slot parameter to display information for a specific port or for all ports on a specific
module.
Examples
-> show lldp 2/47 remote-system med network-policy
Slot/ Remote
Application
Unknown
Tagged
Vlan
Layer2
DSCP
Port
ID
Type
Policy Flag Flag
Id
Priority Value
------+------+---------------+-----------+---------+------+----------+-----1/22
1
Voice(01)
Defined Untagged
345
4
34
1/22
2
Guest Voice(4)
Defined Untagged
50
3
46
output definitions
Slot/Port
The Slot number to which the remote system entry is associated and the
physical port number on that module.
Remote ID
The Index of the Remote Device.
Application Type
The Application type of the peer entity.
1. Voice
2. Voice Signaling
3. Guest Voice
4. Guest Voice Signaling
5. Softphone Voice
6. Video Conferencing
7. Streaming Video
8. Video Signaling
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-47
show lldp remote-system med
802.1AB Commands
output definitions (continued)
Unknown Policy Flag
Whether the network policy for the specified application type is
currently defined or unknown.
Tagged Flag
Whether the specified application type is using a tagged or an
untagged VLAN.
VLAN ID
The VLAN identifier (VID) for the port.
Layer 2 Priority
Layer 2 priority to be used for the specified application type.
DSCP Value
DSCP value to be used to provide Diffserv node behavior for the
specified application type.
-> show lldp 2/47 remote-system med inventory
Remote LLDP Agents on Local Slot/Port 1/22:
Remote ID 1:
MED Hardware Revision = "1.2.12.3",
MED Firmware Revision = "6.3.4.1",
MED Software Revision = "4.2.1.11",
MED Serial Number
= "32421",
MED Manufacturer Name = "Manufacturer1",
MED Model Name = "Alc32d21",
MED Asset ID = "124421",
Remote ID 2:
MED Hardware Revision = "1.2.12.4",
MED Firmware Revision = "6.3.4.2",
MED Software Revision = "4.2.1.13",
MED Serial Number
= "32424",
MED Manufacturer Name = "Manufacturer2",
MED Model Name = "Alc32d41",
MED Asset ID = "124424",
output definitions
Remote ID
The Index of the Remote Device.
MED Hardware Revision
The Hardware Revision of the endpoint
MED Firmware Revision
The Firmware Revision of the endpoint.
MED Software Revision
The Software Revision of the endpoint.
MED Manufacturer Name
The Manufacturer Name of the endpoint.
MED Model Name
The Model Name of the endpoint.
MED Asset ID
The Asset ID of the endpoint.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command introduced.
Related Commands
show lldp local -port
Displays per port information.
show lldp local -system
Displays local system information.
page 13-48
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
show lldp remote-system med
MIB Objects
lldpXMedRemMediaPolicyTable
lldpXMedRemMediaPolicyAppType
lldpXMedRemMediaPolicyDscp
lldpXMedRemMediaPolicyPriority
lldpXMedRemMediaPolicyTagged
lldpXMedRemMediaPolicyUnknown
lldpXMedRemMediaPolicyVlanID
lldpXMedRemInventoryTable
lldpXMedRemAssetID
lldpXMedRemFirmwareRev
lldpXMedRemHardwareRev
lldpXMedRemMfgName
lldpXMedRemModelName
lldpXMedRemSerialNum
lldpXMedRemSoftwareRev
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-49
lldp trust-agent
802.1AB Commands
lldp trust-agent
Enables or disables the security mechanism globally (chassis level) or for a slot or a single port. By
enabling LLDP security mechanism on a port, LLDP CMM task brings the LLDP status of the port as
trusted, and monitors the port for any LLDP security violation.
lldp {slot/port| slot | chassis} trust-agent {enable | disable}
lldp {slot/port| slot | chassis} [chassis-id-subtype {chassis-component | interface-alias | port-component | mac-address | network-address | interface-name | locally-assigned | any}]
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module (for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
slot
The slot number for the module (for example, 3 specifies slot 3)
chassis
Specifies all the ports in the chassis.
enable
Enables LLDP security mechanism.
disable
Disables LLDP security mechanism.
chassis-component
The chassis component is used for validating the remote agent.
interface-alias
The alias configured for the interface is used for validating the remote
agent.
port-component
The port component is used for validating the remote agent.
mac-address
The MAC address is used for validating the remote agent.
network-address
The network address is used for validating the remote agent.
interface-name
The interface name is used for validating the remote agent.
locally-assigned
The locally assigned component is used for validating the remote agent,
that is the chassis information, which can be locally assigned (the local
configuration)
any
The remote agent with any chassis ID sub type is accepted as a trust
agent.
Defaults
‘any’ - If the chassis ID sub type is not configured for validating the remote agent, by default, the first
remote agent is accepted as a trust agent considering any of the chassis ID sub types.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
page 13-50
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
lldp trust-agent
Usage Guidelines
•
By enabling security on chassis or slot level, the ports that come under the respective levels are
monitored for any LLDP security violation.
•
If the chassis ID sub type is not configured for validating the remote agent, then the LLDP learns the
first remote agent with available chassis ID TLV (Time, Length, Value) received in the PDU.
•
After a link up is received on an LLDP security enabled port, LLDP CMM waits for three times the
LLDP timer interval (30 seconds). If LLDP PDU is not received after link up that has no remote agent,
the port is moved to a violation state.
•
If a trusted remote agent exists, and if no LLDP remote agent is learned even after three times the
LLDP timer interval (30 seconds), the port is moved to violation state. If a new LLDP remote agent is
learned after the link toggle, then the port is moved to a violation state.
•
If the same chassis ID and port ID exist in the trusted remote agent database but on a different port,
then the port remote agent is learned, and the port is moved to a violation state. If a new LLDP remote
agent is learned on a port that has a trusted LLDP remote agent, then the port is moved to a violation
state.
Examples
-> lldp chassis trust-agent enable
-> lldp chassis trust-agent chassis-id-subtype chassis-component
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp trust-agent violation-action
Sets the action to be performed when a violation is detected.
show lldp trusted remote-agent
Displays information on trusted remote-agents.
show lldp trust-agent
Displays information on local LLDP agent/port.
MIB Objects
alaLldpTrustAdminStatus
alaLldpTrustChassiIdSubType
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-51
lldp trust-agent violation-action
802.1AB Commands
lldp trust-agent violation-action
Sets the action to be performed when a violation is detected.
lldp {slot/port| slot | chassis} trust-agent violation-action {trap-and-shutdown | trap | shutdown}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module (for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
slot
The slot number for the module (for example, 3 specifies slot 3)
chassis
All switch ports.
trap-and-shutdown
Shuts down the port and sends a trap notification when a violation is
detected.
trap
Sends a trap notification when a violation is detected.
shutdown
Shuts down the port when a violation is detected.
Defaults
By default, trust agent violation action is set to ‘trap’.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
•
If the port is in a shutdown state, clear the violation on the port by using the command “interfaces
slot[/port[-port2]] clear-violation-all”
•
Clearing the violation on a port does not clear the trusted remote agent existing on that port. To clear
the trusted remote agent, disable the LLDP security mechanism on the port.
•
If the port is in a shutdown state due to violation and the port link is toggled, only the link comes up.
The port remains in the violation state and the trusted remote agent existing on that port is not cleared.
Examples
-> lldp chassis trust-agent violation-action trap
-> lldp 3 trust-agent violation-action shutdown
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
page 13-52
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
lldp trust-agent violation-action
Related Commands
lldp trust-agent
Sets the status of trust admin status for a port.
show lldp trusted remote-agent
Displays information on trusted remote-agents.
show lldp trust-agent
Displays information on local LLDP agent/port.
MIB Objects
alaLldpTrustAction
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-53
show lldp trusted remote-agent
802.1AB Commands
show lldp trusted remote-agent
Displays information on trusted remote-agents.
show lldp [num | slot/port] trusted remote-agent
Syntax Definitions
num
The slot number for the module (for example, 3 specifies slot 3)
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module (for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the slot/port or slot parameter to display information for a specific port or for all ports on a specific
module.
Examples
-> show lldp trusted remote-agent
Trusted Remote LLDP Agents on Local Slot/Port: 1/7
Chassis ID Subtype
= 4 (MAC Address),
Chassis ID
= 00:e0:b1:7a:e6:3c,
Port ID Subtype
= 7 (Locally assigned),
Port ID
= 1017
output definitions
Trusted Remote LLDP Agents on
Local Slot/Port
The slot number to which the remote trusted agent is
associated and the physical port number on that module.
Chassis ID Subtype
The sub type that specifies the chassis ID.
Chassis ID
The chassis ID (MAC address).
Port ID Subtype
The sub type that specifies port ID.
Port ID
The port ID (Port MAC).
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
page 13-54
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
show lldp trusted remote-agent
Related Commands
lldp trust-agent
Sets the status of trust admin status for a port.
lldp trust-agent violation-action
Sets the action to be performed when a violation is detected.
show lldp trust-agent
Displays information on local LLDP agent/port.
MIB Objects
N/A
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-55
show lldp trust-agent
802.1AB Commands
show lldp trust-agent
Displays information of the local LLDP agent/port.
show lldp [num | slot/port] trust-agent
Syntax Definitions
num
The slot number for the module (for example, 3 specifies slot 3)
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module (for example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the slot/port or slot parameter to display information for a specific port or for all ports on a specific
module.
Examples
-> show lldp trust-agent
Slot/Port Admin Status
Violation Action Violation Status
Chassis Subtype
---------+--------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------1/1
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/2
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/3
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/4
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/5
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/6
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/7
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/8
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/9
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/10
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/11
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/12
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/13
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/14
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/15
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/16
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/17
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/18
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/19
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/20
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/21
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/22
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
1/23
Enabled
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
page 13-56
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1AB Commands
1/24
Enabled
show lldp trust-agent
Trap Only
Trusted
1(Chassis Component)
output definitions
Slot/Port
The LLDP slot and port number.
Admin Status
Indicates the administrative status of the LLDP port: Enabled
or Disabled
Violation Action
Indicates the action performed when a violation is detected. The
options are - Trap Only, Trap-and-Shutdown, and Shutdown
Only.
Violation Status
The violation status of the port, Trusted or Violated
Chassis Subtype
The sub type that specifies the chassis ID.
Release History
Release 6.6.3; command introduced.
Related Commands
lldp trust-agent
Sets the status of trust admin status for a port.
lldp trust-agent violation-action
Sets the action to be performed when a violation is detected.
show lldp trusted remote-agent
Displays information on trusted remote-agents.
MIB Objects
N/A
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 13-57
show lldp trust-agent
page 13-58
802.1AB Commands
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
14
Interswitch Protocol
Commands
Alcatel-Lucent Interswitch Protocols (AIP) are used to discover and advertise adjacent switch
information. Only one protocol is supported:
Alcatel-Lucent Mapping Adjacency Protocol (AMAP), used to discover the topology of OmniSwitches.
This chapter includes descriptions of AMAP commands.
MIB information for AMAP commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
alcatelIND1InterswitchProtocol.MIB
ALCATEL-IND1-INTERSWITCH-PROTOCOL-MIB
A summary of the available commands is listed here:
Mapping Adjacency Protocol
amap
amap discovery time
amap common time
show amap
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 14-1
amap
Interswitch Protocol Commands
amap
Enables or disables the Alcatel-Lucent Mapping Adjacency Protocol (AMAP) on the switch. AMAP
discovers adjacent switches by sending and responding to Hello update packets on active Spanning Tree
ports.
amap {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Enables AMAP.
disable
Disables AMAP.
Defaults
By default, AMAP is enabled on the switch.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Adjacent switches are defined as those having a Spanning Tree path between them and no other switch
between them on the same Spanning Tree path that has AMAP enabled.
Examples
-> amap disable
-> amap enable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
amap discovery time
Sets the discovery transmission time interval used by active Spanning Tree ports in the discovery transmission state.
amap common time
Sets the common transmission time interval used by active Spanning Tree ports in the common transmission state.
show amap
Displays adjacent switches and associated MAC addresses, ports,
VLANs, and IP addresses.
MIB Objects
aipAMAPstate
page 14-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Interswitch Protocol Commands
amap discovery time
amap discovery time
Sets the discovery transmission time interval. In the discovery transmission state, an active port sends
AMAP Hello packets to detect adjacent switches. The discovery transmission time specifies the number of
seconds to wait between each Hello packet transmission.
amap discovery [time] seconds
Syntax Definitions
seconds
Discovery transmission time value, in seconds (1–65535). Do not use
commas in the value.
Defaults
By default, the discovery transmission time is set to 30 seconds.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use of the time command keyword is optional.
• When AMAP is enabled, all active Spanning Tree ports start out in the discovery transmission state.
• Ports that receive Hello packets before three discovery transmission times expire, send a Hello reply
and transition to the common transmission state.
• Ports that do not receive Hello packets before three discovery transmission times expire, revert to the
passive reception state.
• Ports in the passive reception state do not send Hello packets and do not use any timer to determine
how long to wait for Hello packets.
• The discovery transmission time value is also used by ports in the common transmission state to determine how long to wait for Hello packets (see page 14-5).
Examples
-> amap discovery 1200
-> amap discovery time 600
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 14-3
amap discovery time
Interswitch Protocol Commands
Related Commands
amap
Enables (default) or disables AMAP on a switch.
amap common time
Sets the common transmission time interval used by active Spanning Tree ports in the common transmission state.
show amap
Displays adjacent switches and associated MAC addresses, ports,
VLANs, and IP addresses.
MIB Objects
aipAMAPdisctime
page 14-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Interswitch Protocol Commands
amap common time
amap common time
Sets the common phase transmission time interval. In the common transmission state, an active port sends
AMAP Hello packets to determine adjacent switch failures and disconnects. The common transmission
time specifies the number of seconds to wait between each Hello packet transmission.
amap common [time] seconds
Syntax Definitions
seconds
Common transmission time value in seconds (1–65535). Do not use
commas in the value.
Defaults
By default, the common transmission time is set to 300 seconds.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use of the time command keyword is optional.
• To avoid synchronization with adjacent switches, the common transmission time is jittered randomly
by plus or minus ten percent. For example, if the default time is used (300 seconds), the jitter is plus or
minus 30 seconds.
• The common transmission time value is only used by ports in the common transmission state.
• If a Hello packet is received from an adjacent switch before the common transmission time has
expired, the switch sends a Hello reply and restarts the common transmission timer.
• A port reverts to the discovery transmission state if a Hello response is not received after the discovery
time interval (see page 14-3) has expired.
Examples
-> amap common 1200
-> amap common time 600
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 14-5
amap common time
Interswitch Protocol Commands
Related Commands
amap
Enables (default) or disables AMAP on a switch.
amap discovery time
Sets the discovery transmission time interval used by the active
Spanning Tree ports in the discovery transmission state.
show amap
Displays adjacent switches and associated MAC addresses, ports,
VLANs, and IP addresses.
MIB Objects
aipAMAPcommontime
page 14-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Interswitch Protocol Commands
show amap
show amap
Displays adjacent switches and associated MAC addresses, ports, VLANs, IP addresses, and system
names.
show amap
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Remote switches that stop sending Hello packets and are connected to an AMAP switch via a hub may
take up to two times the common transmission time to age out of the AMAP database, and no longer
appear in this show command display.
Examples
-> show amap
AMAP is currently enabled,
AMAP Common
Phase Timeout Interval (seconds) = 300,
AMAP Discovery Phase Timeout Interval (seconds) = 30
Remote Host Description = falconCmm
Remote Host Base MAC
= 00:00:00:00:00:00
Local Interface
= 1/2, VLAN = 200
Remote Interface
= 3/1, VLAN = 200
Remote IP Address Configured = 1
2.0.0.10
Remote Host Description = falconCmm
Remote Host Base MAC
= 00:d0:95:6b:09:40
Local Interface
= 3/1, VLAN = 1
Remote Interface
= 6/1, VLAN = 1
Remote IP Address Configured = 1
2.0.0.11
output definitions
AMAP is currently
The AMAP status: enabled (default) or disabled. Use the amap command to change the AMAP status for the switch.
AMAP Common Phase Time- The number of seconds to wait between each Hello packet transmission
out Interval (seconds)
during the common phase. Use the amap common time command to
change this value.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 14-7
show amap
Interswitch Protocol Commands
output definitions (continued)
AMAP Discovery Phase Time- The number of seconds to wait between each Hello packet transmission
out Interval (seconds)
during the discovery phase. Use the amap discovery time command to
change this value.
Remote Host Description
The system name for the adjacent switch.
Remote Host Base MAC
The chassis base MAC address for the adjacent switch.
Local Interface
The local switch port/VLAN that received the AMAP packet.
Remote Interface
The adjacent switch port/VLAN that sent the AMAP packet.
Remote IP Address
Configured
The number of IP addresses configured on the adjacent switch. The
actual IP address values are listed below this field.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
amap
Enables (default) or disables AMAP on a switch.
amap discovery time
Sets the discovery transmission time interval used by active Spanning Tree ports in the discovery transmission state.
amap common time
Sets the common transmission time interval used by the active
Spanning Tree ports in the common transmission state.
page 14-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
15
802.1Q Commands
Alcatel-Lucent’s 802.1Q is an IEEE standard for sending frames through the network tagged with VLAN
identification. This chapter details configuring and monitoring 802.1Q tagging on a single port in a switch
or an aggregate of ports on a switch.
Alcatel-Lucent’s version of 802.1Q complies with the Draft Standard P802.1Q/D11 IEEE Standards for
Local And Metropolitan Area Network: Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, July 30, 1998.
MIB information for the 802.1Q commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
alcatelIND1Dot1Q.mib
ALCATEL-IND1-DOT1Q-MIB
A summary of available commands is listed here:
vlan 802.1q
vlan 802.1q frame type
show 802.1q
Note. Before using 802.1Q, the VLAN for 802.1Q must be created using the commands described in
Chapter 25, “VLAN Management Commands.”
Configuration procedures for 802.1Q are explained in “Configuring 802.1Q,” OmniSwitch 6250/6450
Network Configuration Guide.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 15-1
vlan 802.1q
802.1Q Commands
vlan 802.1q
Creates, deletes, or modifies 802.1Q tagging on a single port or on an aggregate of ports.
vlan vid 802.1q {slot/port | aggregate_id} [description]
vlan vid no 802.1q {slot/port | aggregate_id}
Syntax Definitions
vid
The VLAN identification number for a preconfigured VLAN that
handles the 802.1Q traffic for this port. The valid range is 1 to 4094.
slot
The slot number for the 802.1Q tagging.
port
The port number for the 802.1Q tagging.
aggregate_id
The link aggregation ID, which allows you to configure 802.1Q tagging
on an aggregate of ports. The valid range is 1 to 31.
description
An optional textual description (up to 32 characters) for this 802.1Q tag.
Spaces must be unclosed within quotation marks (for example, “802.1Q
tag 2”).
Defaults
The default description for 802.1Q tagging on a port is TAG PORT slot/port VLAN vid (where the slot/
port and vid are as entered when inputting the command) when you configure 802.1Q tagging on a single
port, and TAG AGGREGATE aggregate_id VLAN vid (where the slot/port and vid are as entered when
inputting the command) when you configure 802.1q tagging on an aggregate link.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to delete 802.1Q tagging on a port or an aggregate of ports.
• The VLAN specified for the port or aggregate link before 802.1Q tagging can be specified. See
Chapter 25, “VLAN Management Commands” for information on how to create a VLAN.
• You must enable link aggregation before you can tag an aggregate of ports. See Chapter 12, “Link
Aggregation Commands” for more information on link aggregation.
• The port’s default VLAN can never be configured to accepted tagged frames.
Examples
->
->
->
->
vlan
vlan
vlan
vlan
page 15-2
2 802.1q 3/1
10 802.1q 100
5 802.1q 4/2 "802.1q tag 2"
6 no 802.1q 3/1
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1Q Commands
vlan 802.1q
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
vlan 802.1q frame type
Configures a port to accept only VLAN-tagged frames or all frames.
show 802.1q
Displays 802.1Q tagging status and configuration.
MIB Objects
QPORTVLANTABLE
qPortVlanSlot
qPortVlanPort
qPortVLanStatus
qPortVlanTagValue
qPortVlanDescription
qAggregateVlanTagValue
qAggregateVlanAggregateId
qAggregateVlanStatus
qAggregateVlanDescription
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 15-3
vlan 802.1q frame type
802.1Q Commands
vlan 802.1q frame type
Configures a port to accept all frames or accept only VLAN-tagged frames.
vlan 802.1q slot/port frame type {all | tagged}
Syntax Definitions
slot
The slot number to configure 802.1Q tagging.
port
The port number to configure 802.1Q tagging.
all
Configures this port to accept all frames.
tagged
Configures this port to accept only VLAN-tagged frames.
Defaults
parameter
default
all | tagged
all
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
If you configure a port to accept only VLAN-tagged frames, then any frames received on this port that do
not carry a VLAN ID (that is, untagged frames or priority-tagged frames) is discarded by the ingress rules
for this port. Frames that are not discarded by this ingress rule are classified and processed according to
the ingress rules for this port.
Examples
-> vlan 802.1q 3/1 frame type all
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 15-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1Q Commands
vlan 802.1q frame type
Related Commands
vlan 802.1q
Creates, modifies, or deletes 802.1Q tagging on a single port or an
aggregate of ports.
show 802.1q
Displays 802.1Q tagging status and configuration.
MIB Objects
DOT1QPORTVLANTABLE
dot1dBasePort
dot1qPortAcceptableFrameTypes
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 15-5
show 802.1q
802.1Q Commands
show 802.1q
Displays 802.1Q tagging information for a single port or an aggregate of ports.
show 802.1q {slot/port | aggregate_id}
Syntax Definitions
slot
The slot number to display 802.1Q tagging.
port
The port number to display 802.1Q tagging.
aggregate_id
The link aggregation ID to display 802.1Q tagging. See Chapter 12,
“Link Aggregation Commands” for more information on link aggregation.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show 802.1q 3/4
Acceptable Frame Type
Force Tag Internal
:
:
Any Frame Type
off
Tagged VLANS
Internal Description
-------------+-------------------------------------------------+
2
TAG PORT 3/4 VLAN 2
-> show 802.1q 2
Tagged VLANS
Internal Description
-------------+-------------------------------------------------+
3
TAG AGGREGATE 2 VLAN 3
Output fields are described here:
output definitions
Acceptable Frame Type
The acceptable frame type for this port, which can be Any Frame
Type or Tagged Only Frame Type.
Force Tag Internal
This field displays if adding the default VLAN ID (VID) to tagged
frames is turned on or off.
page 15-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
802.1Q Commands
show 802.1q
output definitions (continued)
Tagged VLANS
The 802.1Q tag number for this port.
Internal Description
The description of this 802.1Q tag. You can modify this description
with the vlan 802.1q command, which is described on page 15-2.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
vlan 802.1q
Creates, modifies, or deletes 802.1Q tagging on a single port or an
aggregate of ports.
vlan 802.1q frame type
Configures a port to accept only VLAN-tagged frames or all frames.
MIB Objects
QPORTVLANTABLE
qPortVlanSlot
qPortVlanPort
qPortVLanStatus
qPortVlanTagValue
qPortVlanDescription
qAggregateVlanTagValue
qAggregateVlanAggregateId
qAggregateVlanStatus
qAggregateVlanDescription
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 15-7
show 802.1q
page 15-8
802.1Q Commands
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
16
Distributed Spanning
Tree Commands
The Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol (STP) is a self-configuring algorithm that maintains a loopfree topology while providing data path redundancy and network scalability. Based on the IEEE 802.1D
standard, the Alcatel-Lucent STP implementation distributes the Spanning Tree load between the primary
management module and the network interface modules. In the case of a stack of switches, the STP load is
distributed between the primary management switch and other switches in the stack. This functionality
improves network robustness by providing a Spanning Tree that continues to respond to BPDUs and port
link up and down states in the event of a fail over to a backup management module or switch.
In addition to a distributed architecture, this implementation also provides the following Spanning Tree
features:
• Automatic configuration of a physical topology into a single Spanning Tree to ensure that there is only
one data path between any two switches.
• Fault tolerance within the network topology. The Spanning Tree is reconfigured in the event of a data
path or bridge failure or when a new switch is added to the topology.
• Support for four Spanning Tree protocols: 802.1D (STP), 802.1W (RSTP), 802.1Q 2005 (MSTP), and
RRSTP.
• A flat Spanning Tree operating mode. If STP or RSTP is used, this mode applies a single STP instance
across all VLANs. If MSTP is used, this mode applies a single STP instance to each Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI), which identifies a set of VLANs.
• Support for up to 16 MSTIs per switch. In addition, there is always one Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) instance 0 on each switch.
• Ring Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RRSTP) supports up to 128 rings per switch. Note that there can
be no alternate connections for the same instance between any two switches within an RRSTP ring
topology.
• A 1x1 Spanning Tree operating mode, which applies a single STP instance for each defined VLAN on
the switch.
• An STP topology that includes 802.1Q tagged ports and link aggregate logical ports in the calculation
of the physical topology.
MIB information for Distributed Spanning Tree commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1VlanSTP.MIB
STP-MGMT-MIB
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-1
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
A summary of the available commands is listed here:
Implicit bridge commands
bridge mode
bridge protocol
bridge priority
bridge hello time
bridge max age
bridge forward delay
bridge bpdu-switching
bridge path cost mode
bridge auto-vlan-containment
show spantree
Explicit bridge commands
bridge cist protocol
bridge 1x1 protocol
bridge cist priority
bridge msti priority
bridge 1x1 priority
bridge cist hello time
bridge 1x1 hello time
bridge cist max age
bridge 1x1 max age
bridge cist forward delay
bridge 1x1 forward delay
show spantree cist
show spantree msti
show spantree 1x1
Implicit port commands
bridge slot/port
bridge slot/port priority
bridge slot/port path cost
bridge slot/port mode
bridge slot/port connection
show spantree ports
page 16-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Explicit port commands
bridge cist slot/port
bridge 1x1 slot/port
bridge cist slot/port priority
bridge msti slot/port priority
bridge 1x1 slot/port priority
bridge cist slot/port path cost
bridge msti slot/port path cost
bridge 1x1 slot/port path cost
bridge cist slot/port mode
bridge 1x1 slot/port mode
bridge cist slot/port connection
bridge 1x1 slot/port connection
bridge cist slot/port admin-edge
bridge 1x1 slot/port admin-edge
bridge cist slot/port auto-edge
bridge 1x1 slot/port auto-edge
bridge cist slot/port restricted-role
bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-role
bridge cist slot/port restricted-tcn
bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-tcn
bridge cist txholdcount
bridge 1x1 txholdcount
show spantree cist ports
show spantree msti ports
show spantree 1x1 ports
MST region commands
bridge mst region name
bridge mst region revision level
bridge mst region max hops
show spantree mst region
MST instance commands
bridge msti
bridge msti vlan
show spantree msti vlan-map
show spantree cist vlan-map
show spantree map-msti
show spantree mst port
RRSTP commands
bridge rrstp
bridge rrstp ring
bridge rrstp ring vlan-tag
bridge rrstp ring status
show bridge rrstp configuration
show bridge rrstp ring
PVST+ commands
bridge mode 1x1 pvst+
bridge port pvst+
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-3
bridge mode
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge mode
Selects a flat Spanning Tree or 1x1 Spanning Tree operating mode for the switch. These modes are exclusive; however, it is not necessary to reboot the switch when changing modes.
bridge mode {flat | 1x1}
Syntax Definitions
flat
One Spanning Tree instance per switch.
1x1
One Spanning Tree instance for each VLAN configured on a switch.
Defaults
By default, the bridge mode for the switch is set to 1x1 Spanning Tree.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), as defined in the IEEE 802.1Q 2005 standard, is only
supported on switches operating in the flat Spanning Tree mode.
• If standard STP or RSTP is used when the switch is running in the flat mode, a single STP instance is
applied across all VLANs. For example, if a port belonging to VLAN 10 and a port belonging to
VLAN 20 both connect to the same switch, then STP will block one of these ports.
• If MSTP is used when the switch is running in the flat mode, a single STP instance is applied to each
Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI). Each MSTI represents a set of VLANs.
• Flat Spanning Tree mode supports fixed (untagged) and 802.1Q tagged ports in each VLAN. However,
Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) are always untagged.
• If 1x1 mode is selected, a single Spanning Tree instance is enabled for each VLAN configured on the
switch. For example, if there are five VLANs configured on the switch, then there are five separate
Spanning Tree instances. In essence, a VLAN is a virtual bridge in that it will have its own bridge ID
and configurable STP parameters, such as protocol, priority, hello time, max age, and forward delay.
• When operating in 1x1 mode, 802.1Q tagged ports participate in an 802.1Q Spanning Tree instance
that allows the Spanning Tree to extend across tagged VLANs. As a result, a tagged port may participate in more than one Spanning Tree instance; one for each VLAN that the port carries.
• If a VLAN contains both fixed and tagged ports and the switch is operating in 1x1 Spanning Tree
mode, then a hybrid of the two Spanning Tree instances (single and 802.1Q) is applied. If a VLAN
appears as a tag on a port, then the BPDU for that VLAN are also tagged. However, if a VLAN appears
as the configured default VLAN for the port, then BPDU are not tagged and the single Spanning Tree
instance applies.
• Regardless of which mode the switch is running in, it is possible to administratively disable the Spanning Tree status for an individual VLAN (see Chapter 25, “VLAN Management Commands”). Note
that active ports associated with such a VLAN are excluded from any Spanning Tree calculations and
will remain in a forwarding state.
page 16-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge mode
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge mode 1x1
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge protocol
Selects the Spanning Tree protocol for the specified instance.
bridge bpdu-switching
Enables the switching of Spanning Tree BPDU on a VLAN that has
Spanning Tree disabled.
show spantree
Displays VLAN Spanning Tree parameter values.
MIB Objects
vStpTable
vStpNumber
vStpMode
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-5
bridge protocol
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge protocol
Configures the Spanning Tree protocol for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST)
instance or for an individual VLAN instance if the switch is running in the 1x1 mode.
bridge [instance] protocol {stp | rstp | mstp}
Syntax Definitions
instance
The flat mode CIST instance (1) or an existing 1x1 mode VLAN ID
instance number (bridge 1–4094).
stp
IEEE 802.1D standard Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol.
rstp
IEEE 802.1W Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol.
mstp
IEEE 802.1Q 2005 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol.
Defaults
RSTP is the default protocol for the flat mode CIST instance and for the 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
parameter
default
instance
flat mode instance
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning
Tree mode implies a VLAN ID and configures the protocol for the associated VLAN instance.
• To configure the protocol for the flat mode CIST instance when the switch is running in either the flat
or 1x1 mode, do not specify an instance number. The CIST is the instance configured by default with
this command.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode and STP or RSTP is the active protocol, entering 1 to specify
the CIST instance is optional. If MSTP is the active protocol, however, entering 1 for the instance
number is not accepted.
• Note that selecting MSTP is only an option for the flat mode CIST instance and is required to configure Multiple Spanning Tree Instances (MSTI).
• MSTP is only active when the switch is operating in the flat Spanning Tree mode. STP and RSTP are
active when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1 Spanning Tree mode.
• Deleting all existing MSTIs is required before changing the protocol from MSTP to STP or RSTP.
page 16-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge protocol
• Note that when changing the protocol to/from MSTP, the bridge priority and port path cost values for
the flat mode CIST instance are reset to their default values. However, if the path cost mode was set to
32-bit prior to the protocol change, the path cost is not reset to its default value. See the bridge path
cost mode command page for more information.
Examples
->
->
->
->
bridge
bridge
bridge
bridge
mode flat
protocol mstp
protocol rstp
protocol stp
->
->
->
->
->
->
bridge
bridge
bridge
bridge
bridge
bridge
mode 1x1
10 protocol rstp
200 protocol stp
protocol mstp
protocol rstp
protocol stp
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge cist protocol
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree protocol for the flat
mode instance.
bridge 1x1 protocol
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree protocol for a VLAN
instance.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsNumber
vStpInsMode
vStpInsProtocolSpecification
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-7
bridge cist protocol
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist protocol
Configures the Spanning Tree protocol for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST)
instance (bridge 1).
bridge cist protocol {stp | rstp | mstp}
Syntax Definitions
stp
IEEE 802.1D standard Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol.
rstp
IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol.
mstp
IEEE 802.1Q 2005 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol.
Defaults
RSTP is the default protocol for the flat mode CIST instance and for the 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the flat mode CIST instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) or protocol is active on the switch.
• Use this command to select STP, RSTP, or MSTP as the protocol for the flat mode CIST instance.
• Note that selecting MSTP is only an option for the flat mode CIST instance and is required to configure Multiple Spanning Tree Instances (MSTI).
• MSTP is only active when the switch is operating in the flat Spanning Tree mode. STP and RSTP are
active when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1 Spanning Tree mode.
• Note that when changing the protocol to/from MSTP, the bridge priority and port path cost values for
the flat mode CIST instance are reset to their default values. However, if the path cost mode was set to
32-bit prior to the protocol change, the path cost is not reset to its default value. See the bridge path
cost mode command page for more information.
• If the switch is running in 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified protocol is not active for
the CIST instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the flat mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
Examples
-> bridge cist protocol rstp
-> bridge cist protocol mstp
-> bridge cist protocol stp
page 16-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist protocol
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge protocol
Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree protocol for the flat
mode instance or for a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge 1x1 protocol
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree protocol for a VLAN
instance.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsNumber
vStpInsProtocolSpecification
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-9
bridge 1x1 protocol
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 protocol
Configures the Spanning Tree protocol for an individual VLAN instance.
bridge 1x1 vid protocol {stp | rstp}
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
stp
IEEE 802.1D standard Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol.
rstp
IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol.
Defaults
RSTP is the default protocol for the flat mode CIST instance and for the 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in flat mode when this command is used, the specified protocol is not active for
the specified VLAN instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to 1x1.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
Examples
-> bridge 1x1 2 protocol stp
-> bridge 1x1 455 protocol rstp
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge protocol
Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree protocol for the flat
mode instance or for a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge cist protocol
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree protocol for the flat
mode instance.
page 16-10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 protocol
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpIns1x1VlanNumber
vStpInsMode
vStpInsProtocolSpecification
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-11
bridge mst region name
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge mst region name
Defines the name for a Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) region. One of three attributes (name, revision
level, and a VLAN to MST instance association table) that defines an MST region as required by the IEEE
802.1Q 2005 standard. Switches that share the same attribute values are all considered part of the same
MST region. Currently each switch can belong to one MST region at a time.
bridge mst region name name
bridge mst region no name
Syntax Definitions
name
An alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. Use quotes around string if
the name contains multiple words with spaces between them (e.g.
“Alcatel-Lucent Marketing”).
Defaults
By default, the MST region name is left blank.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove the MST region name. Note that it is not necessary to
specify the region name to remove it.
• To change an existing region name, use this same command but specify a string value that is different
than the existing name. It is not necessary to first remove the old name.
• Specifying an MST region name is allowed regardless of which Spanning Tree operating mode or
protocol is currently active on the switch. However, MST configuration values, such as region name,
only apply when the switch is operating in the flat Spanning Tree mode and using MSTP.
Examples
-> bridge mst region name SalesRegion
-> bridge mst region name “Alcatel-Lucent Marketing”
-> bridge mst region no name
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 16-12
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge mst region name
Related Commands
bridge mst region revision level Defines the revision level for an MST region.
bridge mst region max hops
Defines the maximum number of hops for the MST region.
bridge msti
Defines a MSTI number that identifies an association between a range
of VLANs and a Spanning Tree instance.
bridge msti vlan
Defines an association between a range of VLANs and a single MSTI.
MIB Objects
vStpMstRegionTable
vStpMstRegionNumber
vStpMstRegionConfigName
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-13
bridge mst region revision level
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge mst region revision level
Defines the revision level for a Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) region. One of three attributes (name, revision level, and a VLAN to MST instance association table) that defines an MST region as required by the
IEEE 802.1Q 2005 standard. Switches that share the same attribute values are all considered part of the
same MST region. Currently each switch can belong to one MST region at a time.
bridge mst region revision level rev_level
Syntax Definitions
rev_level
A numeric value (0–65535) that identifies the MST region revision level
for the switch.
Defaults
By default, the MST revision level is set to zero.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Specifying an MST region revision level is allowed regardless of which Spanning Tree operating mode or
protocol is currently active on the switch. However, MST configuration values, such as revision level, only
apply when the switch is operating in the flat Spanning Tree mode and using the MSTP.
Examples
-> bridge mst region revision level 1000
-> bridge mst region revision level 2000
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mst region name
Defines the name for an MST region.
bridge mst region max hops
Defines the maximum number of hops for the MST region.
bridge msti
Defines a MSTI number that identifies an association between a range
of VLANs and a Spanning Tree instance.
bridge msti vlan
Defines an association between a range of VLANs and a single MSTI.
MIB Objects
vStpMstRegionTable
vStpMstRegionNumber
vStpMstRegionConfigRevisionLevel
page 16-14
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge mst region max hops
bridge mst region max hops
Configures the maximum number of hops that are authorized to receive Multiple Spanning Tree (MST)
regional information. Use this command to designate how many hops a BPDU is allowed to traverse
before it is discarded and related information is aged.
bridge mst region max hops max_hops
Syntax Definitions
max_hops
A numeric value (1–40) that designates the maximum number of hops.
Defaults
By default, the maximum number of hops is set to 20.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The value configured with this command is a regional value that applies to all instances and in essence
is used to determine the size of the region.
• The maximum hop count value is the initial value of the Remaining Hops parameter in the MST BPDU
that originates from the bridge that is serving as the root bridge for the region. Each bridge that in turn
receives the MST BPDU decrements the Remaining Hops count value by one and passes the new value
along to the next bridge. When the count reaches 0, the BPDU is discarded.
• Specifying an MST maximum hop count is allowed regardless of which Spanning Tree operating mode
or protocol is currently active on the switch. However, MST configuration values only apply when the
switch is operating in the flat Spanning Tree mode and using the MSTP.
Examples
-> bridge mst region max hops 40
-> bridge mst region max hops 10
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-15
bridge mst region max hops
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
bridge mst region name
Defines the name for an MST region.
bridge mst region revision level Defines the revision level for an MST region.
bridge msti
Defines a MSTI number that identifies an association between a range
of VLANs and a Spanning Tree instance.
bridge msti vlan
Defines an association between a range of VLANs and a single MSTI.
MIB Objects
vStpMstRegionTable
vStpMstRegionNumber
vStpMstRegionMaxHops
page 16-16
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge msti
bridge msti
Defines a Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI) number. This number identifies an association
between a range of VLANs and a single Spanning Tree instance. In addition, it is possible to assign an
optional name to the MSTI for further identification.
bridge msti msti_id [name name]
bridge no msti msti_id
bridge msti msti_id no name
Syntax Definitions
msti_id
A numeric value (1–4094) that uniquely identifies an MSTI.
name
An alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. Use quotes around string if
the name contains multiple words with spaces between them (e.g.
“Alcatel-Lucent Marketing”).
Defaults
By default, a flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) instance always exists. The MSTI ID
number for this instance is 0.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no msti form of this command to remove the MSTI from the switch configuration.
• Use the no name form of this command to remove the optional MSTI name from the specified
instance. The instance itself is not removed; only the name.
• Up to 16 MSTIs are allowed per switch; select a number from 1 to 4094 for the MSTI number. In addition, there is always one Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) instance 0 per switch. Initially
all VLANs are associated with the CIST instance.
• Creating an MSTI is allowed when the switch is operating in either the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree
mode, as long as MSTP is the selected flat mode protocol. The MSTI configuration, however, is not
active unless the switch is running in the flat mode.
Examples
->
->
->
->
bridge
bridge
bridge
bridge
msti 10
msti 20 name BldgOneST10
msti 20 no name
no msti 10
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-17
bridge msti
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
bridge mst region name
Defines the name for an MST region.
bridge mst region revision level Defines the revision level for an MST region.
bridge mst region max hops
Defines the maximum number of hops for the MST region.
bridge msti vlan
Defines an association between a range of VLANs and a single MSTI.
MIB Objects
vStpMstInstanceTable
vStpMstInstanceNumber
vStpMstInstanceName
vStpMstInstanceVlanBitmapAddition
vStpMstInstanceVlanBitmapDeletion
vStpMstInstanceVlanBitmapState
page 16-18
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge msti vlan
bridge msti vlan
Defines an association between a range of VLANs and a single Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI).
The MSTI-to-VLAN mapping created with this command is one of three attributes (name, revision level,
and a VLAN to MST instance association table) that defines an MST region as required by the IEEE
802.1Q 2005 standard. Switches that share the same attribute values are all considered part of the same
MST region. Currently each switch can belong to one MST region at a time.
bridge msti msti_id vlan vid_range
bridge msti msti_id no vlan vid_range
Syntax Definitions
msti_id
An existing MSTI ID number (0–4094).
vid_range
A VLAN ID number (1–4094) To associate multiple VLANS in a single
command, use a hyphen to specify a range of VLAN IDs and a space to
separate multiple VLAN IDs and/or ranges
(e.g. 100-115 122 135 200-210).
Defaults
By default, all VLANs are associated with the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST)
instance, which is also known as MSTI 0.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove a VLAN or a range of VLANs from the specified MSTI
association.
• Note that the VLAN ID specified with this command does not have to already exist in the switch
configuration. This command maps VLAN IDs to MSTIs, but does not create VLANs.
• A VLAN is associated with only one MSTI at a time, but it is possible to move a VLAN from one
MSTI to another. In addition, it is also possible to assign only one VLAN to an MSTI; a range of
VLANs is not required.
• Configuring an MSTI-to-VLAN mapping is allowed when the switch is operating in either the 1x1 or
flat Spanning Tree mode, as long as MSTP is the selected flat mode protocol. The MSTI configuration, however, is not active unless the switch is running in the flat mode.
Examples
-> bridge msti 10 vlan 100-115
-> bridge msti 20 vlan 122 135 200-210
-> bridge msti 10 no vlan 112 200-204
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-19
bridge msti vlan
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mst region name
Defines the name for an MST region.
bridge mst region revision level Defines the revision level for an MST region.
bridge mst region max hops
Defines the maximum number of hops for the MST region.
bridge msti
Defines a MSTI number that identifies an association between a range
of VLANs and a Spanning Tree instance.
MIB Objects
vStpMstVlanAssignmentTable
vStpMstVlanAssignmentVlanNumber
vStpMstVlanAssignmentMstiNumber
page 16-20
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge priority
bridge priority
Configures the bridge priority value for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST)
instance or for a 1x1 mode VLAN instance. Bridge priority is used to determine which bridge the Spanning Tree algorithm designates as the root bridge.
bridge [instance] priority priority
Syntax Definitions
instance
The flat mode CIST instance or an existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
priority
A bridge priority value within the range of 0–65535. Do not use
commas in the value. If MSTP is the active protocol on the switch, then
a bridge priority value that is a multiple of 4096 is required.
Defaults
By default, the bridge priority value is set to 32768.
parameter
default
instance
flat mode instance
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The bridge priority specifies the priority value for the first two octets of the Bridge ID (eight octets
long). The remaining six octets of the Bridge ID contain a dedicated bridge MAC address.
• The lower the bridge priority number, the higher the priority that is associated with the bridge.
• Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning
Tree mode implies a VLAN ID and configures the priority value for the associated VLAN instance.
• To configure the priority value for the flat mode CIST instance when the switch is running in either the
flat or 1x1 mode, do not specify an instance number. The CIST is the instance configured by default
with this command.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode and STP or RSTP is the active protocol, entering 1 to specify
the CIST instance is optional. If MSTP is the active protocol, however, entering 1 for the instance
number is not accepted. In this case, use the bridge cist priority or bridge msti priority commands
instead.
• Note that when the protocol is changed to/from MSTP, the bridge priority for the flat mode CIST
instance is reset to the default value.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-21
bridge priority
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge priority 8192
-> bridge priority 2500
ERROR: Valid bridge priority values are multiples of 4096: 0, 4096,
8192, 12288, 16384 ... 61440
->
->
->
->
bridge
bridge
bridge
bridge
mode 1x1
255 priority 16384
355 priority 3500
priority 8192
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge cist priority
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree priority for the CIST
instance when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1 mode.
bridge msti priority
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree priority for an MSTI
when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1 mode.
bridge 1x1 protocol
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree priority for a VLAN
instance when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1 mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsNumber
vStpInsMode
vStpInsPriority
vStpInsBridgeAddress
page 16-22
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist priority
bridge cist priority
Configures the Spanning Tree priority value for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree
(CIST) instance. Bridge priority is used to determine which bridge the Spanning Tree algorithm designates as the root bridge.
bridge cist priority priority
Syntax Definitions
priority
A bridge priority value within the range of 0–65535. Do not use
commas in the value. If MSTP is the active protocol on the switch, then
a bridge priority value that is a multiple of 4096 is required.
Defaults
By default, the bridge priority value is set to 32768.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The bridge priority specifies the priority value for the first two octets of the Bridge ID (eight octets
long). The remaining six octets of the Bridge ID contain a dedicated bridge MAC address.
• The lower the bridge priority number, the higher the priority that is associated with the bridge.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the CIST instance regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) or protocol is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified priority value is not
active for the CIST instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the flat mode.
• Note that when the protocol is changed to/from MSTP, the bridge priority for the flat mode CIST
instance is reset to the default value.
• In regards to the priority for a Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI), only the four most significant
bits are used.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge cist priority 16384
-> bridge cist priority 53800
ERROR: Valid bridge priority values are multiples of 4096: 0, 4096,
8192, 12288, 16384 ... 61440
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge cist priority 16384
-> bridge cist priority 12288
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-23
bridge cist priority
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge priority
Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree priority for the flat
mode CIST instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge msti priority
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree priority for an MSTI
when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1 mode.
bridge 1x1 protocol
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree priority for a VLAN
instance when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1 mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsNumber
vStpInsPriority
vStpInsBridgeAddress
page 16-24
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge msti priority
bridge msti priority
Configures the bridge priority value for an Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI). Bridge priority is
used to determine which bridge the Spanning Tree algorithm designates as the root bridge.
bridge msti msti_id priority priority
Syntax Definitions
msti_id
An existing MSTI ID number (0–4094).
priority
A bridge priority value that is a multiple of 4096 and within the range of
0–65535. Do not use commas in the value.
Defaults
By default, the bridge priority value is set to 32768.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The bridge priority specifies the priority value for the first two octets of the Bridge ID (eight octets
long). The remaining six octets of the Bridge ID contain a dedicated bridge MAC address.
• The bridge priority value for an MSTI is calculated by adding the configured priority value to the
Spanning Tree instance number. For example, if the priority value of MSTI 10 equals 32768 (the
default), then the Spanning Tree priority value advertised for this instance is 32770 (32768 + 10).
• The lower the bridge priority number, the higher the priority that is associated with the bridge.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified MSTI regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch. If MSTP is not the selected flat
mode protocol, however, the priority value for any MSTI is not configurable in either mode.
• Note that if zero is entered for the msti_id value, the specified priority value is applied to the CIST
instance. The flat mode CIST instance 0 is also known as MSTI 0.
• If the switch is running in 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified priority value is not
active for the specified MSTI until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the flat mode.
• Note that when the protocol is changed to/from MSTP, the bridge priority for the flat mode CIST
instance is reset to the default value.
• In regards to the priority for an MSTI, only the four most significant bits are used.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-25
bridge msti priority
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge msti 2 priority 4096
-> bridge msti 10 priority 53800
ERROR: Valid bridge priority values are multiples of 4096: 0, 4096,
8192, 12288, 16384 ... 61440
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge msti 2 priority 61440
-> bridge msti 10 priority 12288
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects a flat Spanning Tree or 1x1 (per VLAN) Spanning Tree operating mode for the switch.
bridge priority
Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree priority for the flat
mode CIST instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge cist priority
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree priority for the CIST
instance when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1 mode.
bridge 1x1 priority
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree priority for a VLAN
instance when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1 mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsMstiNumber
vStpInsMode
vStpInsPriority
vStpInsBridgeAddress
page 16-26
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 priority
bridge 1x1 priority
Configures the bridge priority value for an individual VLAN instance.
bridge 1x1 vid priority priority
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
priority
A bridge priority value within the range of 0–65535. Do not use
commas in the value.
Defaults
By default, the bridge priority value is set to 32768.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The bridge priority specifies the priority value for the first two octets of the Bridge ID (eight octets
long). The remaining six octets of the Bridge ID contain a dedicated bridge MAC address.
• The lower the bridge priority number, the higher the priority that is associated with the bridge.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) or protocol is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used, the specified priority value is not
active for the specified VLAN instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the 1x1
mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1x1 2 priority 16384
-> bridge 1x1 10 priority 53800
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 1x1 2 priority 16384
-> bridge 1x1 10 priority 53800
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-27
bridge 1x1 priority
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects a flat Spanning Tree or 1x1 (per VLAN) Spanning Tree operating mode for the switch.
bridge priority
Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree priority for the flat
mode CIST instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge cist priority
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree priority for the CIST
instance when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1 mode.
bridge msti priority
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree priority for an MSTP
MSTI when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1 mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpIns1x1VlanNumber
vStpInsMode
vStpInsPriority
vStpInsBridgeAddress
page 16-28
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge hello time
bridge hello time
Configures the Spanning Tree hello time value for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree
(CIST) instance or for a 1x1 mode VLAN instance. This value specifies the amount of time, in seconds,
between each transmission of a BPDU on any port that is the Spanning Tree root or is attempting to
become the Spanning Tree root.
bridge [instance] hello time seconds
Syntax Definitions
instance
The flat mode CIST instance or an existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
seconds
Hello Time value, in seconds (1–10).
Defaults
By default, the bridge hello time value for is set to 2 seconds.
parameter
default
instance
flat mode instance
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Lowering the Hello Time interval improves the robustness of the Spanning Tree Algorithm. Increasing
the Hello Time interval lowers the overhead of the Spanning Tree Algorithm.
• Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning
Tree mode implies a VLAN ID and configures the hello time value for the associated VLAN instance.
• To configure the hello time value for the flat mode CIST instance when the switch is running in either
the flat or 1x1 mode, do not specify an instance number. The CIST is the instance configured by
default with this command.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode and STP or RSTP is the active protocol, entering 1 to specify
the CIST instance is optional. If MSTP is the active protocol, however, entering 1 for the instance
number is not accepted.
• Note that for Multiple Spanning Tree Instances (MSTI), the hello time value is inherited from the CIST
instance and is not a configurable parameter.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge hello time 5
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 10 hello time 8
-> bridge hello time 5
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-29
bridge hello time
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge cist hello time
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree hello time value for
the CIST instance when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1
mode.
bridge 1x1 hello time
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree hello time value for a
VLAN instance when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1
mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsNumber
vStpInsMode
vStpInsBridgeHelloTime
page 16-30
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist hello time
bridge cist hello time
Configures the bridge hello time value for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST)
instance. This value is the amount of time, in seconds, between each transmission of a BPDU on any port
that is the Spanning Tree root or is attempting to become the Spanning Tree root.
bridge cist hello time seconds
Syntax Definitions
seconds
Hello time value in seconds (1–10).
Defaults
By default, the bridge hello time value is set to 2 seconds.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Lowering the Hello Time interval improves the robustness of the Spanning Tree Algorithm. Increasing
the Hello Time interval lowers the overhead of the Spanning Tree Algorithm.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the CIST instance regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) or protocol is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified hello time value is not
active for the CIST instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the flat mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge cist hello time 5
-> bridge cist hello time 10
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge cist hello time 5
-> bridge cist hello time 10
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-31
bridge cist hello time
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge hello time
Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree hello time value for
the flat mode CIST instance or for a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge 1x1 hello time
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree hello time value for a
VLAN instance when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1
mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsNumber
vStpInsBridgeHelloTime
page 16-32
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 hello time
bridge 1x1 hello time
Configures the bridge hello time value for an individual VLAN instance. This value is the amount of time,
in seconds, between each transmission of a BPDU on any port that is the Spanning Tree root or is attempting to become the Spanning Tree root.
bridge 1x1 vid hello time seconds
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
seconds
Hello time value in seconds (1–10).
Defaults
By default, the bridge Hello Time value is set to 2 seconds.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Lowering the Hello Time interval improves the robustness of the Spanning Tree Algorithm. Increasing
the Hello Time interval lowers the overhead of the Spanning Tree Algorithm.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used, the specified hello time value is
not active for the specified VLAN instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the
1x1 mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1x1 2 hello time 5
-> bridge 1x1 10 hello time 10
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 1x1 255 hello time 5
-> bridge 1x1 455 hello time 10
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-33
bridge 1x1 hello time
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge hello time
Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree hello time value for
the flat mode CIST instance or for a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge cist hello time
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree hello time value for
the CIST instance when the switch is operating in either the flat or 1x1
mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpIns1x1VlanNumber
vStpInsMode
vStpInsBridgeHelloTime
page 16-34
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge max age
bridge max age
Configures the Spanning Tree bridge max age time for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree
(CIST) instance or for a 1x1 mode VLAN instance. This value is the amount of time, in seconds, that
Spanning Tree information learned from the network on any port is retained. When this information has
aged beyond the max age value, the information is discarded.
bridge [instance] max age seconds
Syntax Definitions
instance
The flat mode CIST instance or an existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
seconds
Max age time in seconds (6–40).
Defaults
By default, the bridge max age time value is set to 20 seconds.
parameter
default
instance
flat mode instance
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• A low max age time causes the Spanning Tree Algorithm to reconfigure more often.
• Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning
Tree mode implies a VLAN ID and configures the max age value for the associated VLAN instance.
• To configure the max age value for the flat mode CIST instance when the switch is running in either
the flat or 1x1 mode, do not specify an instance number. The CIST is the instance configured by
default with this command.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode and STP or RSTP is the active protocol, entering 1 to specify
the CIST instance is optional. If MSTP is the active protocol, however, entering 1 for the instance
number is not accepted.
• Note that for Multiple Spanning Tree Instances (MSTI), the max age value is inherited from the CIST
instance and is not a configurable parameter.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge max age 40
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 255 max age 40
-> bridge max age 10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-35
bridge max age
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge cist max age
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree max age time value
for the CIST instance when the switch is operating in either the flat or
1x1 mode.
bridge 1x1 max age
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree max age time value
for a VLAN instance when the switch is operating in either the flat or
1x1 mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsNumber
vStpInsMode
vStpInsBridgeMaxAge
page 16-36
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist max age
bridge cist max age
Configures the bridge max age time value for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST)
instance. This value is the amount of time, in seconds, that Spanning Tree Protocol information learned
from the network on any port is retained. When this information has aged beyond the max age value, the
information is discarded.
bridge cist max age seconds
Syntax Definitions
seconds
Max age time in seconds (6–40).
Defaults
By default, the bridge max age time value is set to 20 seconds.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• A low max age time causes the Spanning Tree Algorithm to reconfigure more often.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the CIST instance regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) or protocol is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified max age time value is
not active for the CIST instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the flat mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge cist max age 10
-> bridge cist max age 30
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge cist max age 10
-> bridge cist max age 30
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-37
bridge cist max age
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge max age
Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree max age time value
for the flat mode CIST instance or for a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge 1x1 max age
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree max age time value
for a VLAN instance when the switch is operating in either the flat or
1x1 mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsNumber
vStpInsBridgeMaxAge
page 16-38
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 max age
bridge 1x1 max age
Configures the bridge max age time value for an individual VLAN instance. This value is the amount of
time, in seconds, that Spanning Tree Protocol information learned from the network on any port is
retained. When this information has aged beyond the max age value, the information is discarded.
bridge 1x1 vid max age seconds
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
seconds
Max age time in seconds (6–40).
Defaults
By default, the bridge max age time value is set to 20 seconds.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• A low max age time causes the Spanning Tree Algorithm to reconfigure more often.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used, the specified max age time value
is not active for the specified VLAN instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the
1x1 mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1x1 2 max age 10
-> bridge 1x1 10 max age 40
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 1x1 255 max age 30
-> bridge 1x1 455 max age 10
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-39
bridge 1x1 max age
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge max age
Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree max age time value
for the flat mode CIST instance or for a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge cist max age
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree max age time value
for the CIST instance when the switch is operating in either the flat or
1x1 mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpIns1x1VlanNumber
vStpInsMode
vStpInsBridgeMaxAge
page 16-40
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge forward delay
bridge forward delay
Configures the bridge forward delay time for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST)
instance or for 1x1 mode VLAN instance. This value is the amount of time, in seconds, that determines
how fast a port changes its Spanning Tree state until it reaches a forwarding state. The forward delay time
specifies how long a port stays in the listening and learning states, which precede the forwarding state.
bridge [instance] forward delay seconds
Syntax Definitions
instance
The flat mode CIST instance or an existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
seconds
Forward delay time, in seconds (4–30).
Defaults
By default, the bridge forward delay time value is set to 15 seconds.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• A low forward delay time can cause temporary loops in the network, because data may get forwarded
before the reconfiguration message has reached all nodes on the network.
• The forward delay time is also used to age out all dynamic MAC address entries in the forwarding
table (MAC address table) when a topology change occurs.
• Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning
Tree mode implies a VLAN ID and configures the forward delay time for the associated VLAN
instance.
• To configure the forward delay time for the flat mode CIST instance when the switch is running in
either the flat or 1x1 mode, do not specify an instance number. The CIST is the instance configured by
default with this command.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode and STP or RSTP is the active protocol, entering 1 to specify
the CIST instance is optional. If MSTP is the active protocol, however, entering 1 for the instance
number is not accepted.
• Note that for Multiple Spanning Tree Instances (MSTI), the forward delay time is inherited from the
CIST instance and is not a configurable parameter.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge forward delay 30
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 255 forward delay 10
-> bridge forward delay 30
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-41
bridge forward delay
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge cist forward delay
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree forward delay time
value for the CIST instance when the switch is operating in either the
flat or 1x1 mode.
bridge 1x1 forward delay
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree forward delay time
value for a VLAN instance when the switch is operating in either the flat
or 1x1 mode.
bridge rrstp ring vlan-tag
Displays VLAN Spanning Tree parameter values.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsNumber
vStpInsMode
vStpInsBridgeForwardDelay
page 16-42
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist forward delay
bridge cist forward delay
Configures the bridge forward delay time value for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree
(CIST) instance. This value is the amount of time, in seconds, that determines how fast a port changes its
Spanning Tree state until it reaches a forwarding state. The forward delay time specifies how long a port
stays in the listening and learning states, which precede the forwarding state.
bridge cist forward delay seconds
Syntax Definitions
seconds
Forward delay time in seconds (4–30).
Defaults
By default, the bridge forward delay time value is set to 15 seconds.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• A low forward delay time can cause temporary loops in the network, because data may get forwarded
before the reconfiguration message has reached all nodes on the network.
• The forward delay time is also used to age out all dynamic MAC address entries in the forwarding
table (MAC address table) when a topology change occurs.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the flat mode CIST instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) or protocol is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified forward delay time
value is not active for the CIST instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the flat
mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge cist forward delay 10
-> bridge cist forward delay 30
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge cist forward delay 25
-> bridge cist forward delay 4
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-43
bridge cist forward delay
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge forward delay
Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree forward delay time
value for the flat mode CIST instance or for a 1x1 mode VLAN
instance.
bridge 1x1 forward delay
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree forward delay time
value for a VLAN instance when the switch is operating in either the flat
or 1x1 mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsNumber
vStpInsBridgeForwardDelay
page 16-44
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 forward delay
bridge 1x1 forward delay
Configures the bridge forward delay time value for an individual VLAN instance. This value is the
amount of time, in seconds, that determines how fast a port changes its Spanning Tree state until it reaches
a forwarding state. The forward delay time specifies how long a port stays in the listening and learning
states, which precede the forwarding state.
bridge 1x1 vid forward delay seconds
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
seconds
Forward delay time in seconds (4–30).
Defaults
By default, the bridge forward delay time value is set to 15 seconds.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• A low forward delay time can cause temporary loops in the network, because data may get forwarded
before the reconfiguration message has reached all nodes on the network.
• The forward delay time is also used to age out all dynamic MAC address entries in the forwarding
table (MAC address table) when a topology change occurs.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used, the specified max age time value
is not active for the specified VLAN instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the
1x1 mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1x1 2 forward delay 30
-> bridge 1x1 10 forward delay 4
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 1x1 255 forward delay 25
-> bridge 1x1 455 forward delay 10
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-45
bridge 1x1 forward delay
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge forward delay
Implicit command for changing the Spanning Tree forward delay time
value for the flat mode CIST instance or for a 1x1 mode VLAN
instance.
bridge cist forward delay
Explicit command for changing the Spanning Tree forward delay time
value for the CIST instance when the switch is operating in either the
flat or 1x1 mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpIns1x1VlanNumber
vStpInsMode
vStpInsBridgeForwardDelay
page 16-46
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge bpdu-switching
bridge bpdu-switching
Enables the switching of Spanning Tree BPDU on the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree
(CIST) instance or for an individual VLAN instance if the switch is running in the 1x1 mode.
bridge [instance] bpdu-switching {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
instance
The flat mode CIST instance (bridge 1) or an existing 1x1 mode VLAN
ID instance number (bridge 1–4094).
enable
Enables BPDU switching for the specified instance.
disable
Disables BPDU switching for the specified instance.
Defaults
By default, BPDU switching is disabled for an instance.
parameter
default
instance
CIST (flat mode)
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Specifying the BPDU switching status for a VLAN does not depend on the current VLAN Spanning
Tree status. For example, setting the BPDU switching status to enabled is allowed on a VLAN that also
has Spanning Tree enabled.
• The bridge bpdu-switching command is an implicit Spanning Tree command. When issued in the 1x1
mode, the instance number specified implies a VLAN ID. When issued in the flat mode, the instance
number specified implies an MSTI number.
• If an instance is not specified with this command, the BPDU switching status is configured for the flat
mode CIST instance by default regardless of which mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• Note that if the switch is running in the flat mode, specifying a value greater than 1 for the instance
will return an error message. BPDU switching is only configured for the flat mode instance (bridge 1),
regardless of which protocol is active (STP, RSTP, or MSTP).
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge bpdu-switching enable
-> bridge 1 bpdu-switching disable
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 100 bpdu-switching enable
-> bridge 100 bpdu-switching disable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-47
bridge bpdu-switching
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
vlan stp
Enables or disables Spanning Tree instance for the specified VLAN.
show spantree
Displays VLAN Spanning Tree parameter values.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsBpduSwitching
page 16-48
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge path cost mode
bridge path cost mode
Configures the automatic selection of a 16-bit path cost for STP/RSTP ports and a 32-bit path cost for
MSTP ports or sets all path costs to use a 32-bit value.
bridge path cost mode {auto | 32bit}
Syntax Definitions
auto
The port path cost value is automatically set depending on which protocol is active on the switch (32-bit for MSTP, 16-bit for STP/RSTP).
32bit
Specifies that a 32-bit value is used for the port path cost value regardless of which protocol is active on the switch.
Defaults
By default, the path cost mode is set to auto.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Note that all path cost values, except those for MSTIs, are reset to the default path cost value when this
mode is changed.
• When connecting a switch running in the 32-bit path cost mode to a switch running in the 16-bit mode,
the 32-bit switch will have a higher path cost value and thus an inferior path cost to the 16-bit switch.
To avoid this, use the bridge path cost mode command to change the 32-bit switch to a 16-bit switch.
• Note that when the protocol is changed to/from MSTP, the bridge priority and port path cost values for
the flat mode CIST instance are reset to their default values. The exception to this is if the path cost
mode is set to 32-bit prior to the protocol change, the path cost is not reset to its default value
Examples
-> bridge path cost mode 32bit
-> bridge path cost mode auto
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge slot/port path cost
Defines a Spanning Tree path cost for a port.
bridge protocol
Configures the protocol for the flat mode CIST instance or a 1x1 mode
VLAN instance.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-49
bridge path cost mode
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
MIB Objects
vStpBridge
vStpPathCostMode
page 16-50
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge auto-vlan-containment
bridge auto-vlan-containment
Enables or disables Auto VLAN Containment (AVC). When enabled, AVC prevents a port that has no
VLANs mapped to an Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI) from becoming the root port for that
instance. Such ports are automatically assigned an infinite path cost value to make them an inferior choice
for root port.
bridge [msti msti_id] auto-vlan-containment {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
msti_id
An existing MSTI ID number (0–4094).
enable
Enables automatic VLAN containment.
disable
Disables automatic VLAN containment.
Defaults
By default, automatic VLAN containment is disabled.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The AVC feature is not active for any MSTI until it is globally enabled. To globally enable this feature,
use the bridge auto-vlan-containment command but do not specify an msti_ id.
• When AVC is globally enabled, it is active for all MSTIs. To disable AVC for a single instance, use
the disable form of this command and specify the msti_id for the instance.
• Use the enable form of this command and specify an msti_id to enable AVC for an instance that was
previously disabled.
• An administratively set port path cost takes precedence and prevents AVC configuration of the path
cost. The exception to this is if the port path cost is administratively set to zero, which resets the path
cost to the default value.
• Note that when AVC is disabled that a port assigned to a VLAN not mapped to a specific instance can
become the root port for that instance and cause a loss of connectivity between other VLANs.
• AVC does not have any effect on root bridges.
Examples
->
->
->
->
bridge
bridge
bridge
bridge
auto-vlan-containment enable
auto-vlan-containment disable
msti 1 auto-vlan-containment disable
msti 1 auto-vlan containment enable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-51
bridge auto-vlan-containment
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
bridge slot/port path cost
Defines a Spanning Tree path cost for a port.
show spantree msti ports
Displays Spanning Tree port information for a flat mode Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI).
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsAutoVlanContainment
vStpBridge
vStpBridgeAutoVlanContainment
page 16-52
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge slot/port
bridge slot/port
Enables or disables the Spanning Tree status on a single port or an aggregate of ports for the specified flat
mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge instance {slot/port | logical_port} {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
instance
The CIST instance number or an existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
The Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
enable
Enables Spanning Tree on the specified port for the specified instance.
disable
Disables Spanning Tree on the specified port for the specified instance.
Defaults
By default, the Spanning Tree status is enabled on eligible ports.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning
Tree mode implies a VLAN ID and configures the port Spanning Tree status for the associated VLAN
instance.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode and STP or RSTP is the active protocol, enter 1 to specify the
CIST instance. If MSTP is the active protocol, however, entering 1 for the instance number is not
accepted. In this case, use the bridge cist slot/port command instead.
• Note that for Multiple Spanning Tree Instances (MSTI), the port Spanning Tree status is inherited from
the CIST instance and is not a configurable parameter.
• When STP is disabled on a port, the port is set to a forwarding state for the specified STP instance.
• If STP is disabled on a VLAN in the 1x1 mode, the port Spanning Tree status is ignored and all active
ports associated with the VLAN are put in a forwarding state and not included in the Spanning Tree
Algorithm. Note that ports at this point are not switching BPDU, unless the BPDU switching status for
the VLAN is enabled.
• Physical ports that are reserved for link aggregation do not participate in the Spanning Tree Algorithm. Instead, the algorithm is applied to the aggregate logical link (virtual port) that represents a
collection of physical ports.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-53
bridge slot/port
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1 4/1 disable
-> bridge 1 1/24 enable
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 255 5/10 enable
-> bridge 455 16 enable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge cist slot/port
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree status on a port or
an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance when the switch is operating
in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
bridge 1x1 slot/port
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree status on a port or
an aggregate of ports for a VLAN instance when the switch is operating
in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
vlan stp
Enables or disables the Spanning Tree instance for a VLAN.
bridge bpdu-switching
Enables or disables BPDU switching for the specified VLAN.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortEnable
page 16-54
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist slot/port
bridge cist slot/port
Enables or disables the Spanning Tree status on a single port or an aggregate of ports for the flat mode
Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) instance.
bridge cist {slot/port | logical_port} {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
The Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
enable
Enables Spanning Tree on the specified port for the CIST instance.
disable
Disables Spanning Tree on the specified port for the CIST instance.
Defaults
By default, the Spanning Tree status is enabled on eligible ports.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the port Spanning Tree
status for the flat mode CIST instance regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) or protocol is
active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in 1x1 mode when this command is used, the Spanning Tree status configured
for the port is not active for the CIST instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the
flat mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
• When the Spanning Tree status is disabled on a port, the port is set to a forwarding state for the specified instance.
• If STP is disabled on a VLAN in the 1x1 mode, the port Spanning Tree status is ignored and all active
ports associated with the VLAN are put in a forwarding state and not included in the Spanning Tree
Algorithm. Note that ports at this point are not switching BPDU, unless the BPDU switching status for
the VLAN is enabled.
• Physical ports that are reserved for link aggregation do not participate in the Spanning Tree Algorithm. Instead, the algorithm is applied to the aggregate logical link (virtual port) that represents a
collection of physical ports.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-55
bridge cist slot/port
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge cist 4/1 enable
-> bridge cist 16 enable
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge cist 5/10 enable
-> bridge cist 22 enable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge slot/port
Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree status on a port for
the flat mode CIST instance or for a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge 1x1 slot/port
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree status on a port or
an aggregate of ports for a VLAN instance when the switch is operating
in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
vlan stp
Enables or disables the Spanning Tree instance for a VLAN.
bridge bpdu-switching
Enables or disables BPDU switching for the specified VLAN.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortEnable
page 16-56
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 slot/port
bridge 1x1 slot/port
Enables or disables the Spanning Tree status on a single port or an aggregate of ports for the specified
VLAN instance.
bridge 1x1 vid {slot/port | logical_port} {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
The Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
enable
Enables Spanning Tree on the specified port for the specified instance.
disable
Disables Spanning Tree on the specified port for the specified instance.
Defaults
By default, the Spanning Tree status is enabled on eligible ports.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used, the Spanning Tree status configured for the port is not active for the specified VLAN instance until the operating mode for the switch
is changed to the 1x1 mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
• When the Spanning Tree status is disabled on a port, the port is set to a forwarding state for the specified instance.
• If STP is disabled on a VLAN in the 1x1 mode, the port Spanning Tree status is ignored and all active
ports associated with the VLAN are put in a forwarding state and not included in the Spanning Tree
Algorithm. Note that ports at this point are not switching BPDU, unless the BPDU switching status for
the VLAN is enabled.
• Physical ports that are reserved for link aggregation do not participate in the Spanning Tree Algorithm. Instead, the algorithm is applied to the aggregate logical link (virtual port) that represents a
collection of physical ports.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-57
bridge 1x1 slot/port
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1x1 2 4/1 enable
-> bridge 1x1 3 16 disable
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 1x1 2 5/10 enable
-> bridge 1x1 3 22 disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge slot/port
Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree status on a port for
the flat mode CIST instance or for a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge cist slot/port
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree status on a port or
an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance when the switch is operating
in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
vlan stp
Enables or disables Spanning Tree instance for the specified VLAN.
bridge bpdu-switching
Enables or disables BPDU switching for the specified VLAN.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortEnable
page 16-58
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge slot/port priority
bridge slot/port priority
Configures the Spanning Tree priority for a single port or an aggregate of ports for the flat mode Common
and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN instance. The Spanning Tree Algorithm uses the port priority value to determine the most favorable port when a bridge has multiple ports
with the same path cost to the root bridge.
bridge instance {slot/port | logical_port} priority priority
Syntax Definitions
instance
The flat mode CIST instance or an existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
priority
Port priority value (0–15). The lower the number, the higher the
priority.
Defaults
By default, the bridge port priority value is set to 7.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The port priority specifies the value of the priority field contained in the first byte of the Port ID. The
second byte contains the physical switch port number.
• Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning
Tree mode implies a VLAN ID and configures the port priority value for the associated VLAN
instance.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode and STP or RSTP is the active protocol, enter 1 to specify the
CIST instance. If MSTP is the active protocol, however, entering 1 for the instance number is not
accepted. In this case, use the bridge cist slot/port priority command instead.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1 4/1 priority 0
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 255 1/24 priority 5
-> bridge 455 3/12 priority 15
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-59
bridge slot/port priority
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge cist slot/port priority
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree priority for a port
or an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance when the switch is operating in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
bridge msti slot/port priority
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree priority for a port
or an aggregate of ports for an MSTI when the switch is operating in
either the 1x1 or flat mode.
bridge 1x1 slot/port priority
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree priority for a port
or an aggregate of ports for a VLAN instance when the switch is operating in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortPriority
page 16-60
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist slot/port priority
bridge cist slot/port priority
Configures the Spanning Tree priority value for a port or an aggregate of ports for the flat mode Common
and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) instance. The Spanning Tree algorithm uses the port priority value to
determine the most favorable port when a bridge has multiple ports with the same path cost to the root
bridge.
bridge cist {slot/port | logical_port} priority priority
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
priority
Port priority value (0–15). The lower the number, the higher the
priority.
Defaults
By default, the bridge port priority value is set to 7.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The port priority specifies the value of the priority field contained in the first byte of the Port ID. The
second byte contains the physical switch port number.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the port priority value for the
flat mode CIST instance regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) or protocol is active on the
switch.
• If the switch is running in 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified port priority value is not
active for the CIST instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the flat mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge cist 4/1 priority 2
-> bridge cist 10 priority 15
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge cist 5/10 priority 1
-> bridge cist 16 priority 15
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-61
bridge cist slot/port priority
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge slot/port priority
Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree priority value for a
port or an aggregate of ports that applies to the specified CIST or VLAN
instance.
bridge msti slot/port priority
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree priority value for a
port or an aggregate of ports for an MSTI when the switch is operating
in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
bridge 1x1 slot/port priority
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree priority value for a
port or an aggregate of ports for a VLAN instance when the switch is
operating in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortPriority
page 16-62
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge msti slot/port priority
bridge msti slot/port priority
Configures the Spanning Tree priority value for a port or an aggregate of ports for the specified flat mode
Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI). The Spanning Tree algorithm uses the port priority value to
determine the most favorable port when a bridge has multiple ports with the same path cost to the root
bridge.
bridge msti msti_id {slot/port | logical_port} priority priority
Syntax Definitions
msti_id
An existing MSTI ID number (0–4094).
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
priority
Port priority value (0–15). The lower the number, the higher the
priority.
Defaults
By default, the bridge port priority value is set to 7.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The port priority specifies the value of the priority field contained in the first byte of the Port ID. The
second byte contains the physical switch port number.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified MSTI regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch. If MSTP is not the selected flat
mode protocol, however, the port priority value for any MSTI is not configurable in either mode.
• Note that if zero is entered for the msti_id value, the specified priority value is applied to the CIST
instance. The flat mode CIST instance 0 is also known as MSTI 0.
• The port priority value configured with this command is only applied to the specified MSTI. As a
result, a single port can have different priority values for each instance. For example, in flat mode, port
1/24 can have a priority value of 7 for MSTI 2 and a priority value of 5 for MSTI 3.
• If the switch is running in 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified priority value is not
active for the specified MSTI until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the flat mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-63
bridge msti slot/port priority
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge msti 0 1/24 priority 12
-> bridge msti 2 1/24 priority 5
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge msti 0 1/24 priority 12
-> bridge msti 2 1/24 priority 5
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge slot/port priority
Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree priority value for a
port or an aggregate of ports that applies to the specified CIST or VLAN
instance.
bridge cist slot/port priority
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree priority value for a
port or an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance when the switch is
operating in either the 1x1 or Tree mode.
bridge 1x1 slot/port priority
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree priority value for a
port or an aggregate of ports for a VLAN instance when the switch is
operating in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortPriority
page 16-64
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 slot/port priority
bridge 1x1 slot/port priority
Configures the Spanning Tree priority value for a port or an aggregate of ports for the specified 1x1 mode
VLAN instance. The Spanning Tree algorithm uses the port priority value to determine the most favorable port when a bridge has multiple ports with the same path cost to the root bridge.
bridge 1x1 vid {slot/port | logical_port} priority priority
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
priority
Port priority value (0–15). The lower the number, the higher the
priority.
Defaults
By default, the bridge port priority value is set to 7.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The port priority specifies the value of the priority field contained in the first byte of the Port ID. The
second byte contains the physical switch port number.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) or protocol is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used, the specified priority value for the
port is not active for the specified VLAN instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to
the 1x1 mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1x1 100 4/1 priority 2
-> bridge 1x1 200 1/24 priority 4
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 1x1 255 5/10 priority 1
-> bridge 1x1 455 1/16 priority 15
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-65
bridge 1x1 slot/port priority
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge slot/port priority
Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree priority value for a
port or an aggregate of ports that applies to the specified CIST or VLAN
instance.
bridge slot/port path cost
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree priority value for a
port or an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance when the switch is
operating in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
bridge msti slot/port priority
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree priority value for a
port or an aggregate of ports for an MSTI when the switch is operating
in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortPriority
page 16-66
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge slot/port path cost
bridge slot/port path cost
Configures the Spanning Tree path cost value for a single port or an aggregate of ports that applies to the
specified flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
This value is the contribution of this port to the path cost towards the Spanning Tree root bridge that
includes this port. Path cost is a measure of the distance of the listed port from the root bridge in the
number of hops.
bridge instance {slot/port | logical_port} path cost path_cost
Syntax Definitions
instance
The flat mode CIST instance or an existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
path_cost
Path cost value (0 - 65535 for 16-bit, 0–200000000 for 32-bit).
Defaults
By default, the path cost is set to zero.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning
Tree mode implies a VLAN ID and configures the port path cost for the associated VLAN instance.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode and STP (802.1D) or RSTP (802.1W) is the active protocol,
enter 1 to specify the CIST instance. If MSTP is the active protocol, however, entering 1 for the
instance number is not accepted. In this case, use the bridge cist slot/port path cost command instead.
• Note that when the Spanning Tree protocol is changed to/from MSTP, the bridge priority and port path
cost values for the flat mode CIST instance are reset to their default values.
• Use the bridge path cost mode command to automatically select the path cost value based on the
active Spanning Tree protocol (16-bit for STP and RSTP, 32-bit for MSTP) or to use a 32-bit path cost
value regardless of which protocol is active.
• If a 32-bit path cost value is in use and the path_cost is set to zero, the following recommended default
path cost values based on link speed are used.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-67
bridge slot/port path cost
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
:
Link Speed
IEEE 802.1D
Recommended Value
10 MB
2,000,000
100 MB
200,000
1 GB
20,000
10 Gbps
2,000
• Is a 16-bit path cost value is in use and the path_cost is set to zero, the following IEEE 802.1D recommended default path cost values based on link speed are used:
Link Speed
IEEE 802.1D
Recommended Value
4 Mbps
250
10 Mbps
100
16 Mbps
62
100 Mbps
19
1 Gbps
4
10 Gbps
2
• If a 32-bit path cost value is in use and the path_cost for a link aggregate is set to zero, the following
default values based on link speed and link aggregate size are used:
Link Speed
Aggregate Size
(number of links)
Default Path
Cost Value
10 MB
2
1,200,000
4
800,000
8
600,000
2
120,000
4
80,000
8
60,000
2
12,000
4
8,000
8
6,000
2
1,200
4
800
8
600
100 MB
1 GB
10 GB
page 16-68
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge slot/port path cost
• If a 16-bit path cost value is in use and the path_cost for a link aggregate is set to zero, the following
default values based on link speed and link aggregate size are used. Note that for Gigabit ports the
aggregate size is not applicable in this case:
Link Speed
Aggregate Size
(number of links)
Default Path
Cost Value
10 Mbps
2
60
4
40
8
30
2
12
4
9
8
7
1 Gbps
N/A
3
10 Gbps
N/A
1
100 Mbps
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1 4/1 path cost 19
-> bridge 1 5/1 path cost 0
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 455 1/24 path cost 2000
-> bridge 955 3/12 path cost 500
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-69
bridge slot/port path cost
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge path cost mode
Selects a 32-bit or automatic path cost mode for the switch.
bridge cist slot/port path cost
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost for a port
or an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance when the switch is operating in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
bridge msti slot/port path cost Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost for a port
or an aggregate of ports for an MSTI when the switch is operating in
either the 1x1 or flat mode.
bridge 1x1 slot/port path cost
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost for a port
or an aggregate of ports for a VLAN instance when the switch is operating in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortPathCost
page 16-70
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist slot/port path cost
bridge cist slot/port path cost
Configures the Spanning Tree path cost value for a port or an aggregate of ports for the flat mode
Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) instance. This value is the contribution of this port to the
path cost towards the Spanning Tree root bridge that includes this port. Path cost is a measure of the
distance of the listed port from the root bridge in the number of hops.
bridge cist {slot/port | logical_port} path cost path_cost
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
path_cost
Path cost value (0 - 65535 for 16-bit, 0–200000000 for 32-bit).
Defaults
By default, the path cost is set to zero.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the port path cost value for
the CIST instance regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) or protocol is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified path cost value is not
active for the CIST instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the flat mode.
• Note that when the Spanning Tree protocol is changed to/from MSTP, the bridge priority and port path
cost values for the flat mode CIST instance are reset to their default values.
• Use the bridge path cost mode command to automatically select the path cost value based on the
active Spanning Tree protocol (16-bit for STP and RSTP, 32-bit for MSTP) or to use a 32-bit path cost
value regardless of which protocol is active.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
• If a 32-bit path cost value is in use and the path_cost is set to zero, the following recommended default
path cost values based on link speed are used:
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-71
bridge cist slot/port path cost
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Link Speed
IEEE 802.1D
Recommended Value
10 MB
2,000,000
100 MB
200,000
1 GB
20,000
10 Gbps
2,000
• Is a 16-bit path cost value is in use and the path_cost is set to zero, the following IEEE 802.1D recommended default path cost values based on link speed are used:
Link Speed
IEEE 802.1D
Recommended Value
4 Mbps
250
10 Mbps
100
16 Mbps
62
100 Mbps
19
1 Gbps
4
10 Gbps
2
• If a 32-bit path cost value is in use and the path_cost for a link aggregate is set to zero, the following
default values based on link speed and link aggregate size are used:
Link Speed
Aggregate Size
(number of links)
Default Path
Cost Value
10 MB
2
1,200,000
4
800,000
8
600,000
2
120,000
4
80,000
8
60,000
2
12,000
4
8,000
8
6,000
2
1,200
4
800
8
600
100 MB
1 GB
10 GB
page 16-72
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist slot/port path cost
• If a 16-bit path cost value is in use and the path_cost for a link aggregate is set to zero, the following
default values based on link speed and link aggregate size are used. Note that for Gigabit ports the
aggregate size is not applicable in this case:
Link Speed
Aggregate Size
(number of links)
Default Path
Cost Value
10 Mbps
2
60
4
40
8
30
2
12
4
9
8
7
1 Gbps
N/A
3
10 Gbps
N/A
1
100 Mbps
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge cist 4/1 path cost 19
-> bridge cist 16 path cost 12000
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge cist 5/10 path cost 19
-> bridge cist 11 path cost 12000
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-73
bridge cist slot/port path cost
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge path cost mode
Selects a 32-bit or automatic path cost mode for the switch.
bridge slot/port path cost
Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost value for
a port or an aggregate of ports that applies to the specified CIST or
VLAN instance.
bridge msti slot/port path cost Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost value for
a port or an aggregate of ports for an MSTI when the switch is operating
in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
bridge 1x1 slot/port path cost
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost value for
a port or an aggregate of ports for a VLAN instance when the switch is
operating in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortPathCost
page 16-74
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge msti slot/port path cost
bridge msti slot/port path cost
Configures the Spanning Tree path cost value for a port or an aggregate of ports for the specified flat
mode Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI). This value is the contribution of this port to the path cost
towards the Spanning Tree root bridge that includes this port. Path cost is a measure of the distance of the
listed port from the root bridge in the number of hops.
bridge mist msti_id {slot/port | logical_port} path cost path_cost
Syntax Definitions
msti_id
An existing MSTI ID number (0–4094).
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
path_cost
Path cost value (0 - 65535 for 16-bit, 0–200000000 for 32-bit).
Defaults
By default, the path cost is set to zero.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified MSTI regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch. If MSTP is not the selected flat
mode protocol, however, the path cost value for any MSTI is not configurable.
• Note that if zero is entered for the msti_id value, the specified path cost value is applied to the CIST
instance. The flat mode CIST instance 0 is also known as MSTI 0.
• Note that when the Spanning Tree protocol is changed to/from MSTP, the bridge priority and port path
cost values for the flat mode CIST instance are reset to their default values.
• The path cost value configured with this command is only applied to the specified instance. As a result,
a single port can have a different path cost for each instance. For example, in flat mode, port 1/24 can
have a path cost of 20000 for MSTI 2 and a path cost of 200000 for MSTI 3.
• If the switch is running in 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified path cost value is not
active for the specified MSTI until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the flat mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
• When MSTP is the active protocol on the switch, only a 32-bit path cost value is used. Using a 16-bit
path cost value is not an option.
• If zero is entered for the path_cost value, then the following recommended default path cost values
based on link speed are used:
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-75
bridge msti slot/port path cost
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Link Speed
IEEE 802.1D
Recommended Value
10 MB
2,000,000
100 MB
200,000
1 GB
20,000
10 Gbps
2,000
• If the path_cost value for a link aggregate is set to zero, the following default values based on link
speed and link aggregate size are used:
Link Speed
Aggregate Size
(number of links)
Default Path
Cost Value
10 MB
2
1,200,000
4
800,000
8
600,000
2
120,000
4
80,000
8
60,000
2
12,000
4
8,000
8
6,000
2
1,200
4
800
8
600
100 MB
1 GB
10 GB
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge msti 0 4/1 path cost 200000
-> bridge msti 2 4/1 path cost 20000
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge msti 0 1/24 path cost 200000
-> bridge msti 2 1/24 path cost 20000
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 16-76
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge msti slot/port path cost
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge slot/port path cost
Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost value for
a port or an aggregate of ports that applies to the specified CIST or
VLAN instance.
bridge cist slot/port path cost
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost value for
a port or an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance when the switch is
operating in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
bridge 1x1 slot/port path cost
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost value for
a port or an aggregate of ports for a VLAN instance when the switch is
operating in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortPathCost
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-77
bridge 1x1 slot/port path cost
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 slot/port path cost
Configures the Spanning Tree path cost value for a port or an aggregate of ports for the specified 1x1
mode VLAN instance. This value is the contribution of this port to the path cost towards the Spanning
Tree root bridge that includes this port. Path cost is a measure of the distance of the listed port from the
root bridge in the number of hops.
bridge 1x1 vid {slot/port | logical_port} path cost path_cost
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
path_cost
Path cost value (0 - 65535 for 16-bit, 0–200000000 for 32-bit).
Defaults
By default, the path cost is set to zero.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used, the specified path cost for the port
is not active for the specified VLAN instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the
1x1 mode.
• Note that when the Spanning Tree protocol is changed to/from MSTP, the bridge priority and port path
cost values for the flat mode CIST instance are reset to their default values.
• Use the bridge path cost mode command to automatically select the path cost value based on the
active Spanning Tree protocol (16-bit for STP and RSTP, 32-bit for MSTP) or to use a 32-bit path cost
value regardless of which protocol is active.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
• If a 32-bit path cost value is in use and the path_cost is set to zero, the following IEEE 892.1S recommended default path cost values based on link speed are used:
page 16-78
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Link Speed
IEEE 802.1D
Recommended Value
10 MB
2,000,000
100 MB
200,000
1 GB
20,000
10 Gbps
2,000
bridge 1x1 slot/port path cost
• Is a 16-bit path cost value is in use and the path_cost is set to zero, the following IEEE 802.1D recommended default path cost values based on link speed are used:
Link Speed
IEEE 802.1D
Recommended Value
4 Mbps
250
10 Mbps
100
16 Mbps
62
100 Mbps
19
1 Gbps
4
10 Gbps
2
• If a 32-bit path cost value is in use and the path_cost for a link aggregate is set to zero, the following
default values based on link speed and link aggregate size are used:
Link Speed
Aggregate Size
(number of links)
Default Path
Cost Value
10 MB
2
1,200,000
4
800,000
8
600,000
2
120,000
4
80,000
8
60,000
2
12,000
4
8,000
8
6,000
2
1,200
4
800
8
600
100 MB
1 GB
10 GB
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-79
bridge 1x1 slot/port path cost
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
• If a 16-bit path cost value is in use and the path_cost for a link aggregate is set to zero, the following
default values based on link speed and link aggregate size are used. Note that for Gigabit ports the
aggregate size is not applicable in this case:
Link Speed
Aggregate Size
(number of links)
Default Path
Cost Value
10 Mbps
2
60
4
40
8
30
2
12
4
9
8
7
1 Gbps
N/A
3
10 Gbps
N/A
1
100 Mbps
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1x1 200 4/1 path cost 4
-> bridge 1x1 300 16 path cost 200000
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 1x1 400 5/10 path cost 19
-> bridge 1x1 500 1/24 path cost 20000
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge slot/port path cost
Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost value for
a port or an aggregate of ports that applies to the specified CIST or
VLAN instance.
bridge cist slot/port path cost
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost value for
a port or an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance when the switch is
operating in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
bridge msti slot/port path cost Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree path cost value for
a port or an aggregate of ports for an MSTI when the switch is operating
in either the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortPathCost
page 16-80
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge slot/port mode
bridge slot/port mode
Configures Manual mode (forwarding or blocking) or Dynamic mode to manage the state of a port or an
aggregate of ports for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) instance or a 1x1 mode
VLAN instance. Dynamic mode defers the configuration of the port state to the Spanning Tree Protocol.
bridge instance {slot/port | logical_port} mode {forwarding | blocking | dynamic}
Syntax Definitions
instance
The CIST instance or an existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
forwarding
Set port state to forwarding.
blocking
Set port state to blocking.
dynamic
Port state is determined by Spanning Tree Protocol.
Defaults
By default, the port Spanning Tree mode is set to dynamic.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running the 1x1 Spanning Tree
operating mode implies a VLAN ID and configures the port Spanning Tree mode (forwarding, blocking, or dynamic) for the associated VLAN instance.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode and STP (802.1D) or RSTP (802.1W) is the active protocol,
enter 1 to specify the CIST instance. If MSTP is the active protocol, however, entering 1 for the
instance number is not accepted. In this case, use the bridge cist slot/port mode command instead.
• Note that for Multiple Spanning Tree Instances (MSTI), the port Spanning Tree mode is inherited from
the CIST instance and is not a configurable parameter.
• When port state is manually set to forwarding or blocking, the port remains in that state until it is
changed using this command.
• Ports manually configured to operate in a forwarding or blocking state do not participate in the Spanning Tree Algorithm.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-81
bridge slot/port mode
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1 4/1 mode forwarding
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 200 4/1 mode dynamic
-> bridge 300 1/24 mode forwarding
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge cist slot/port mode
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree mode on a port or
an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance when the switch is operating
in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
bridge 1x1 slot/port mode
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree mode on a port or
an aggregate of ports for a VLAN instance when the switch is operating
in either the 1x1 or flat mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortManualMode
page 16-82
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist slot/port mode
bridge cist slot/port mode
Configures Manual mode (forwarding or blocking) or Dynamic mode to manage the state of a port or an
aggregate of ports for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) instance. Dynamic mode
defers the management of the port state to the Spanning Tree algorithm.
bridge cist {slot/port | logical_port} mode {dynamic | blocking | forwarding}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
dynamic
Port state is determined by Spanning Tree algorithm.
blocking
Sets port state to blocking.
forwarding
Sets port state to forwarding.
Defaults
By default, the port Spanning Tree mode is set to dynamic.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the port Spanning Tree mode
for the CIST instance regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified port mode is not active
for the CIST instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the flat mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
• Ports manually configured to operate in a forwarding or blocking state do not participate in the Spanning Tree algorithm.
• When port state is manually set to forwarding or blocking, the port remains in that state until it is
changed using this command.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge cist 4/1 mode forwarding
-> bridge cist 10 mode blocking
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge cist 2/2 mode blocking
-> bridge cist 11 mode forwarding
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-83
bridge cist slot/port mode
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge slot/port mode
Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree mode for a port or
an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance or a VLAN instance.
bridge 1x1 slot/port mode
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree mode for a port or
an aggregate of ports for the specified VLAN instance when the switch
is operating in either the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortManualMode
page 16-84
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 slot/port mode
bridge 1x1 slot/port mode
Configures Manual mode (forwarding or blocking) or Dynamic mode to manage the state of a port or an
aggregate of ports for the specified 1x1 mode VLAN instance. Dynamic mode defers the management of
the port state to the Spanning Tree algorithm.
bridge 1x1 vid {slot/port | logical_port} mode {dynamic | blocking | forwarding}
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
dynamic
Port state is determined by Spanning Tree algorithm.
blocking
Sets port state to blocking.
forwarding
Sets port state to forwarding.
Defaults
By default, the port Spanning Tree mode is set to dynamic.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used, the specified mode for the port is
not active for the specified VLAN instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the
1x1 mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
• Ports manually configured to operate in a forwarding or blocking state do not participate in the Spanning Tree algorithm.
• When port state is manually set to forwarding or blocking, the port remains in that state until it is
changed using this command.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-85
bridge 1x1 slot/port mode
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1x1 255 4/1 mode forwarding
-> bridge 1x1 355 1/24 mode dynamic
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 1x1 255 2/2 mode blocking
-> bridge 1x1 355 3/12 mode forwarding
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge slot/port mode
Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree mode for a port or
an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance or for a VLAN instance.
bridge cist slot/port mode
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree mode for a port or
an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance when the switch is operating
in either the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortManualMode
page 16-86
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge slot/port connection
bridge slot/port connection
Configures the connection type for a port or an aggregate of ports for the flat mode Common and Internal
Spanning Tree (CIST) instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge instance {slot/port | logical_port} connection {noptp | ptp | autoptp | edgeport}
Syntax Definitions
instance
The flat mode CIST instance or an existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
noptp
Defines port connection type as no point to point link.
ptp
Defines port connection type as point to point link.
autoptp
Specifies that switch software will automatically define connection type
as point to point or no point to point.
edgeport
This parameter is currently not supported. Use the bridge cist slot/port
admin-edge or bridge cist slot/port auto-edge command to configure
edge port status.
Defaults
By default the link connection type is set to auto point to point.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running the 1x1 Spanning Tree
operating mode implies a VLAN ID and configures the port connection type for the associated VLAN
instance.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode and STP or RSTP is the active protocol, enter 1 to specify the
CIST instance. If MSTP is the active protocol, however, entering 1 for the instance number is not
accepted. In this case, use the bridge cist slot/port connection command instead.
• Note that for Multiple Spanning Tree Instances (MSTI), the port connection type is inherited from the
CIST instance and is not a configurable parameter.
• A port is considered connected to a point to point LAN segment if the port belongs to a link aggregate
of ports or if autonegotiation determines if the port should run in full duplex mode or if full duplex
mode was administratively set. Otherwise, the port is considered connected to a no point to point LAN
segment.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-87
bridge slot/port connection
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
• Rapid transition of a designated port to forwarding can only occur if the port’s connection type is
defined as a point to point or an edge port. Rapid transition of an alternate port role to a root port role is
not affected by the port connection type definition.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1 1/24 connection noptp
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 200 8/2 connection ptp
-> bridge 300 10 connection autoptp
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge cist slot/port connection
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree connection type
for a port or an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance when the
switch is operating in either the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree mode.
bridge 1x1 slot/port connection
Explicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree connection type
for a port or an aggregate of ports for the specified VLAN instance
when the switch is operating in either the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree
mode.
bridge cist slot/port admin-edge Configures the administrative edge port status for a port or aggregate
of ports for the CIST instance.
bridge cist slot/port auto-edge
Configures whether or not Spanning Tree automatically determines the
operational edge status of a port or an aggregate of ports for the flat
mode CIST instance.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortAdminConnectionType
vStpInsPortOperConnectionType
page 16-88
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist slot/port connection
bridge cist slot/port connection
Configures the connection type for a port or an aggregate of ports for the flat mode Common and Internal
Spanning Tree (CIST).
bridge cist {slot/port | logical_port} connection {noptp | ptp | autoptp | edgeport}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
noptp
Defines port connection type as no point to point link.
ptp
Defines port connection type as point to point link.
autoptp
Specifies that switch software will automatically define connection type
as point to point or no point to point.
edgeport
This parameter is currently not supported. Use the bridge cist slot/port
admin-edge or bridge cist slot/port auto-edge command to configure
edge port status.
Defaults
By default, the link connection type is set to auto point to point.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the port connection type for
the CIST instance regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified port connection type is
not active for the CIST instance until the operating mode for the switch is changed to the flat mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
• A port is considered connected to a point to point LAN segment if the port belongs to a link aggregate
of ports or if autonegotiation determines the port should run in full duplex mode or if full duplex mode
was administratively set. Otherwise, the port is considered connected to a no point to point LAN
segment.
• Rapid transition of a designated port to forwarding can only occur if the port’s connection type is
defined as a point to point or an edge port. Rapid transition of an alternate port role to a root port role is
not affected by the port connection type definition.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-89
bridge cist slot/port connection
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge cist 7/24 connection noptp
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge cist 2/2 connection noptp
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge slot/port connection
Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree connection type
for a port or an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance or for a VLAN
instance.
bridge cist slot/port admin-edge Configures the administrative edge port status for a port or aggregate
of ports for the CIST instance.
bridge cist slot/port auto-edge
Configures whether or not Spanning Tree automatically determines the
operational edge status of a port or an aggregate of ports for the flat
mode CIST instance.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortAdminConnectionType
vStpInsPortOperConnectionType
page 16-90
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 slot/port connection
bridge 1x1 slot/port connection
Configures the connection type for a port or an aggregate of ports for a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge 1x1 vid {slot/port | logical_port} connection {noptp | ptp | autoptp | edgeport}
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
noptp
Defines port connection type as no point to point link.
ptp
Defines port connection type as point to point link.
autoptp
Specifies that switch software will automatically define connection type
as point to point or no point to point and whether or not the port is an
edge port.
edgeport
This parameter is currently not supported. Use the bridge 1x1 slot/port
admin-edge or bridge 1x1 slot/port auto-edge command to configure
edge port status.
Defaults
By default, the link connection type is set to auto point to point.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used, the specified connection type for
the port is not active for the specified VLAN instance until the operating mode for the switch is
changed to the 1x1 mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
• A port is considered connected to a point to point LAN segment if the port belongs to a link aggregate
of ports or if autonegotiation determines the port should run in full duplex mode or if full duplex mode
was administratively set. Otherwise, the port is considered connected to a no point to point LAN
segment.
• Rapid transition of a designated port to forwarding can only occur if the port’s connection type is
defined as a point to point or an edge port. Rapid transition of an alternate port role to a root port role is
not affected by the port connection type definition.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-91
bridge 1x1 slot/port connection
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1x1 255 7/24 connection noptp
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 1x1 200 2/2 connection noptp
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch
bridge slot/port connection
Implicit command for configuring the Spanning Tree connection type
for a port or an aggregate of ports for the CIST instance or for a VLAN
instance.
bridge cist slot/port admin-edge Configures the administrative edge port status for a port or aggregate
of ports for the CIST instance.
bridge cist slot/port auto-edge
Configures whether or not Spanning Tree automatically determines the
operational edge status of a port or an aggregate of ports for the flat
mode CIST instance.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortAdminConnectionType
vStpInsPortOperConnectionType
page 16-92
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist slot/port admin-edge
bridge cist slot/port admin-edge
Configures the administrative edge port status for a port or an aggregate of ports for the flat mode
Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST).
bridge cist {slot/port | logical_port} admin-edge {on | off | enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
on
Turns on the administrative edge port status for the specified
port-CIST instance.
off
Turns off the administrative edge port status for the specified
port-CIST instance.
enable
Enables the administrative edge port status for the specified port-CIST
instance.
disable
Disables the administrative edge port status for the specified port-CIST
instance.
Defaults
By default, the administrative edge port status is disabled (off).
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the port connection type for
the CIST instance regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified edge port status is
not active for the CIST instance until the switch is configured to run in the flat Spanning Tree mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
• The administrative edge port status is used to determine if a port is an edge or non-edge port when
automatic edge port configuration (auto-edge) is disabled for the port. However, if auto-edge is
enabled for the port, then the administrative status is overridden.
• Rapid transition of a designated port to forwarding can only occur if the port’s connection type is
defined as a point to point or an edge port. Rapid transition of an alternate port role to a root port role is
not affected by the port connection type definition.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-93
bridge cist slot/port admin-edge
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
• Configure ports that will connect to a host (PC, workstation, server, etc.) as edge ports to avoid unnecessary topology changes when these ports go active. This will also prevent the flushing of learned
MAC addresses on these ports if a topology change occurs as a result of another non-edge port going
active. If an edge port receives a BPDU, it will operationally revert back to a no point to point connection type.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge cist 15 admin-edge on
-> bridge cist 8/23 admin-edge disable
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge cist 2/2 admin-edge enable
-> bridge cist 8/23 admin-edge off
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch
bridge 1x1 slot/port admin-edge Configures the administrative edge port status for a port or an aggregate of ports for a specific VLAN instance.
bridge cist slot/port auto-edge
Configures whether or not Spanning Tree automatically determines the
operational edge status of a port or an aggregate of ports for the flat
mode CIST instance.
bridge 1x1 slot/port auto-edge
Configures whether or not Spanning Tree determines the operational
edge port status for a port or an aggregate of ports for the specified 1x1
mode VLAN instance.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortAdminEdge
page 16-94
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 slot/port admin-edge
bridge 1x1 slot/port admin-edge
Configures the administrative edge port status for a port or an aggregate of ports for a 1x1 mode VLAN
instance.
bridge 1x1 vid {slot/port | logical_port} admin-edge {on | off | enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
on
Turns on the administrative edge port status for the specified
port-VLAN instance.
off
Turns off the administrative edge port status for the specified
port-VLAN instance.
enable
Enables the administrative edge port status for the specified port-VLAN
instance.
disable
Disables the administrative edge port status for the specified portVLAN instance.
Defaults
By default, the administrative edge port status is disabled (off).
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used, the specified edge port status for
the port is not active for the VLAN instance until the switch is configured to run in the 1x1 Spanning
Tree mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
• The administrative edge port status is used to determine if a port is an edge or non-edge port when
automatic edge port configuration (auto-edge) is disabled for the port. However, if auto-edge is
enabled for the port, then the administrative status is overridden.
• Rapid transition of a designated port to forwarding can only occur if the port’s connection type is
defined as point to point or an edge port. Rapid transition of an alternate port role to a root port role is
not affected by the port connection type definition.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-95
bridge 1x1 slot/port admin-edge
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
• Configure ports that will connect to a host (PC, workstation, server, etc.) as edge ports to avoid unnecessary topology changes when these ports go active. This will also prevent the flushing of learned
MAC addresses on these ports if a topology change occurs as a result of another non-edge port going
active. If an edge port receives a BPDU, it will operationally revert back to a no point to point connection type.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1x1 4 15 admin-edge on
-> bridge 1x1 255 8/23 admin-edge disable
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 1x1 3 2/2 admin-edge enable
-> bridge 1x1 255 10 admin-edge off
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch
bridge cist slot/port admin-edge Configures the administrative edge port status for a port or aggregate
of ports for the CIST instance.
bridge cist slot/port auto-edge
Configures whether or not Spanning Tree automatically determines the
operational edge status of a port or an aggregate of ports for the flat
mode CIST instance.
bridge 1x1 slot/port auto-edge
Configures whether or not Spanning Tree determines the operational
edge port status for a port or an aggregate of ports for the specified 1x1
mode VLAN instance.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortAdminEdge
page 16-96
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist slot/port auto-edge
bridge cist slot/port auto-edge
Configures whether or not Spanning Tree automatically determines the operational edge port status of a
port or an aggregate of ports for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST).
bridge cist {slot/port | logical_port} auto-edge {on | off | enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
on
Spanning Tree automatically determines edge port status.
off
Spanning Tree does not automatically determine edge port status.
enable
Spanning Tree automatically determines edge port status.
disable
Spanning Tree does not automatically determine edge port status.
Defaults
By default, automatic edge port status configuration is enabled (on).
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the CIST instance regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified edge port status for
the port is not active for the CIST instance until the switch is running in the flat Spanning Tree mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
• The administrative edge port status is used to determine if a port is an edge or non-edge port when
automatic edge port configuration (auto-edge) is disabled for the port. However, if auto-edge is
enabled for the port, then the administrative status is overridden.
• Rapid transition of a designated port to forwarding can only occur if the port’s connection type is
defined as point to point or an edge port. Rapid transition of an alternate port role to a root port role is
not affected by the port connection type definition.
• Configure ports that will connect to a host (PC, workstation, server, etc.) as edge ports to avoid unnecessary topology changes when these ports go active. This will also prevent the flushing of learned
MAC addresses on these ports if a topology change occurs as a result of another non-edge port going
active. If an edge port receives a BPDU, it will operationally revert back to a no point to point connection type.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-97
bridge cist slot/port auto-edge
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge cist 15 auto-edge on
-> bridge cist 8/23 auto-edge disable
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge cist 2/2 auto-edge enable
-> bridge cist 10 auto-edge off
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch
bridge 1x1 slot/port auto-edge
Configures whether or not Spanning Tree determines the operational
edge port status for a port or an aggregate of ports for the specified 1x1
mode VLAN instance.
bridge cist slot/port admin-edge Configures the administrative edge port status for a port or aggregate
of ports for the CIST instance.
bridge 1x1 slot/port admin-edge Configures the administrative edge port status for a port or an aggregate of ports for a specific VLAN instance.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortAutoEdge
page 16-98
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 slot/port auto-edge
bridge 1x1 slot/port auto-edge
Configures whether or not Spanning Tree determines the operational edge port status for a port or an
aggregate of ports for the specified 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
bridge 1x1 vid {slot/port | logical_port} auto-edge {on | off | enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
on
Spanning Tree automatically determines edge port status.
off
Spanning Tree does not automatically determine edge port status.
enable
Spanning Tree automatically determines edge port status.
disable
Spanning Tree does not automatically determine edge port status.
Defaults
By default, automatic edge port status configuration is enabled (on).
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used, the specified edge port status for
the port is not active for the VLAN instance until the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning Tree mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
• The administrative edge port status is used to determine if a port is an edge or non-edge port when
automatic edge port configuration (auto-edge) is disabled for the port. However, if auto-edge is
enabled for the port, then the administrative status is overridden.
• Rapid transition of a designated port to forwarding can only occur if the port’s connection type is
defined as point to point or an edge port. Rapid transition of an alternate port role to a root port role is
not affected by the port connection type definition.
• Configure ports that will connect to a host (PC, workstation, server, etc.) as edge ports to avoid unnecessary topology changes when these ports go active. This will also prevent the flushing of learned
MAC addresses on these ports if a topology change occurs as a result of another non-edge port going
active. If an edge port receives a BPDU, it will operationally revert back to a no point to point connection type.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-99
bridge 1x1 slot/port auto-edge
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1x1 3 15 auto-edge on
-> bridge 1x1 255 8/23 auto-edge disable
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 1x1 4 2/2 auto-edge enable
-> bridge 1x1 255 10 auto-edge off
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge cist slot/port auto-edge
Configures whether or not Spanning Tree automatically determines the
operational edge status of a port or an aggregate of ports for the flat
mode CIST instance.
bridge cist slot/port admin-edge Configures the administrative edge port status for a port or aggregate
of ports for the CIST instance.
bridge 1x1 slot/port admin-edge Configures the administrative edge port status for a port or an aggregate of ports for a specific VLAN instance.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortAutoEdge
page 16-100
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist slot/port restricted-role
bridge cist slot/port restricted-role
Configures whether or not to prevent a port (or an aggregate of ports) from becoming the root port. When
this parameter is enabled, the port will not become the root even if the port is the most likely candidate for
the root. Once another port is selected as the root port, the restricted port becomes the Alternate Port.
bridge cist {slot/port | logical_port} {restricted-role | root-guard} {on | off | enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
root-guard
Optional command syntax. Enter root-guard instead of restricted-role;
both parameters specify the same functionality for this command.
on
Turns on (enables) the restricted role status for the specified port.
off
Turns off (disables) the restricted role status for the specified port.
enable
Enables the restricted role status for the specified port.
disable
Disables the restricted role status for the specified port.
Defaults
By default, the port is not restricted from becoming the root port.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• When running in flat mode, this is a per-port setting and is applicable to any CIST or MSTI instances
configured on that port.
• Note that preventing an eligible root port from becoming the root may impact connectivity within the
network.
• Network administrators exclude certain ports from becoming the root to prevent bridges external to the
core region of the network from influencing the Spanning Tree topology.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-101
bridge cist slot/port restricted-role
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge cist 15 restricted-role on
-> bridge cist 8/23 root-guard disable
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge cist 2/2 root-guard enable
-> bridge cist 10 restricted-role off
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge 1x1 slot/port restrictedrole
Configures the restricted role status for a port or an aggregate of ports
for the 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortRestrictedRole
page 16-102
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-role
bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-role
Configures whether or not to prevent a port (or an aggregate of ports) for the specified 1x1 mode VLAN
instance from becoming the root port. When this parameter is enabled, the port will not become the root
even if the port is the most likely candidate for the root. Once another port is selected as the root port, the
restricted port becomes the Alternate Port.
bridge 1x1 vid {slot/port | logical_port} {restricted-role | root-guard} {on | off | enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
root-guard
Optional command syntax. Enter root-guard instead of restricted-role;
both parameters specify the same functionality for this command.
on
Turns on (enables) the restricted role status for the specified
port-VLAN instance.
off
Turns off (disables) the restricted role status for the specified
port-VLAN instance.
enable
Enables the restricted role status for the specified port-VLAN instance.
disable
Disables the restricted role status for the specified port-VLAN instance.
Defaults
By default, the port is not restricted from becoming the root port.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Note that preventing an eligible port from becoming the root may impact connectivity within the
network.
• Network administrators exclude certain ports from becoming the root to prevent bridges external to the
core region of the network from influencing the Spanning Tree topology.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the VLAN instance regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used, the restricted status of the port is
not active for the VLAN instance until the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning Tree mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-103
bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-role
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1x1 3 15 restricted-role on
-> bridge 1x1 255 8/23 root-guard disable
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 1x1 4 2/2 root-guard enable
-> bridge 1x1 255 10 restricted-role off
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge cist slot/port restrictedrole
Configures the restricted role status for a port or an aggregate of ports
for the flat mode CIST instance.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortRestrictedRole
page 16-104
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist slot/port restricted-tcn
bridge cist slot/port restricted-tcn
Configures the restricted TCN status for a port or an aggregate of ports for the flat mode Common and
Internal Spanning Tree (CIST). When this parameter is enabled, the port will not propagate topology
changes and notifications to/from other ports.
bridge cist {slot/port | logical_port} restricted-tcn {on | off | enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
on
Turns on (enables) the restricted TCN status for the specified
port-CIST instance.
off
Turns off (disables) the restricted TCN status for the specified
port-CIST instance.
enable
Enables the restricted TCN status for the specified port-CIST instance.
disable
Disables the restricted TCN status for the specified port-CIST instance.
Defaults
By default, the restricted TCN status for the port is disabled.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Enabling the restricted TCN status is used by network administrators to prevent bridges external to the
core region of the network from causing unnecessary MAC address flushing in that region.
• Note that enabling the restricted TCN status for a port may impact Spanning Tree connectivity.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the CIST instance regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified restricted TCN
status for the port is not active for the CIST instance until the switch is running in the flat Spanning
Tree mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-105
bridge cist slot/port restricted-tcn
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge cist 15 restricted-tcn on
-> bridge cist 8/23 restricted-tcn disable
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge cist 2/2 restricted-tcn enable
-> bridge cist 10 restricted-tcn off
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge 1x1 slot/port restrictedtcn
Configures the restricted TCN status for a port or an aggregate of ports
for the specified 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortRestrictedTcn
page 16-106
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-tcn
bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-tcn
Configures the restricted TCN status for a port or an aggregate of ports for the specified 1x1 mode VLAN
instance. When this parameter is enabled, the port will not propagate topology changes and notifications
to/from other ports.
bridge 1x1 vid {slot/port | logical_port} restricted-tcn {on | off | enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
slot/port
Enter the slot number for the module and the physical port number on
that module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
on
Turns on (enables) the restricted TCN status for the specified
port-VLAN instance.
off
Turns off (disables) the restricted TCN status for the specified
port-VLAN instance.
enable
Enables the restricted TCN status for the specified port-VLAN instance.
disable
Disables the restricted TCN status for the specified port-VLAN
instance.
Defaults
By default, the restricted TCN is set to disable.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Enabling the restricted TCN status is used by network administrators to prevent bridges external to the
core region of the network from causing unnecessary MAC address flushing in that region.
• Note that enabling the restricted TCN status for a port may impact Spanning Tree connectivity.
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used, the specified restricted TCN
status for the port is not active for the VLAN instance until the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning
Tree mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-107
bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-tcn
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge 1x1 2 15 restricted-tcn on
-> bridge 1x1 255 8/23 restricted-tcn disable
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> bridge 1x1 5 2/2 restricted-tcn enable
-> bridge 1x1 255 10 restricted-tcn off
Release History
Release 6.1.3; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge cist slot/port restrictedtcn
Configures the restricted TCN status for a port or an aggregate of ports
for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST).
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortRestrictedTcn
page 16-108
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge cist txholdcount
bridge cist txholdcount
This command is used to rate limit the transmission of BPDU through a given port for the flat mode
Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) instance.
bridge cist txholdcount value
Syntax Definitions
value
A numeric value (1–10) that controls the transmission of BPDU through
the port.
Defaults
By default, the txholdcount value is set to 3.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the CIST instance regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the 1x1 mode when this command is used, the specified txholdcount status
for the port is not active for the CIST instance until the switch is running in the flat Spanning Tree
mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
Examples
-> bridge cist txholdcount 3
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge 1x1 txholdcount
Explicit command used to rate limit the transmission of BPDU for the
specified VLAN instance when the switch is operating in either the 1x1
or flat Spanning Tree mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsBridgeTxHoldCount
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-109
bridge 1x1 txholdcount
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge 1x1 txholdcount
This command is used to rate limit the transmission of BPDU through a given port for the 1x1 mode
VLAN instance.
bridge 1x1 vid txholdcount {value}
Syntax Definitions
value
A numeric value (1–10) that controls the transmission of BPDU through
the port.
Defaults
By default, the txholdcount value is set to 3.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is an explicit Spanning Tree command that only applies to the specified VLAN instance
regardless of which operating mode (flat or 1x1) is active on the switch.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode when this command is used, the specified txholdcount status
for the port is not active for the VLAN instance until the switch is running in the 1x1 Spanning Tree
mode.
• Note that when a configuration snapshot is taken of the switch, all Spanning Tree commands are saved
in their explicit format.
Examples
-> bridge 1x1 3 txholdcount 3
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge mode
Selects the Spanning Tree operating mode (flat or 1x1) for the switch.
bridge cist txholdcount
Explicit command used to rate limit the transmission of BPDU for the
CIST instance when the switch is operating in either the 1x1 or flat
Spanning Tree mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsBridgeTxHoldCount
page 16-110
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge rrstp
bridge rrstp
Enables or disables RRSTP on a switch.
bridge rrstp
no bridge rrstp
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
By default, RRSTP is disabled on the switch.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the no form of this command to disable RRSTP on the switch.
Examples
-> bridge rrstp
-> no bridge rrstp
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge rrstp ring
Creates a RRSTP ring comprising of two ports.
show bridge rrstp
configuration
Displays the current RRSTP status for the switch.
MIB Objects
vStpInfo
VStpRrstpGlobalState
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-111
bridge rrstp ring
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge rrstp ring
Creates a RRSTP ring comprising of two ports.
bridge rrstp ring ring_id port1 {slot/port | linkagg agg_num} port2
{slot/port | linkagg agg_num} vlan-tag vlan_id [status {enable | disable}]
no bridge rrstp ring [ring_id]
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
A numeric value (1–128) that identifies the RRSTP ring.
slot/port
The slot number of the module and the physical port number on that
module (For example, 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
agg_num
The number corresponding to the static aggregate group. Must be a
unique integer in the range 0–31.
vlan_id
VLAN identifier with which ring ports should be 802.1q tagged before
ring creation.
enable
Enables the RRSTP ring.
disable
Disables the RRSTP ring.
Defaults
Parameters
Defaults
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove a specific RRSTP ring.
• This command is used to create a ring or modify ports in an existing ring or modify the ring status.
• The ring ports must be 802.1q tagged with the VLAN before using this command.
• Note that there can be no alternate connections for the same instance between any two switches within
an RRSTP ring topology.
• If RRSTP ring consists of NNI ports then they must be tagged with SVLAN (VLAN stacking) and not
with standard VLAN before ring creation. For tagged RRSTP frame generation same SVLAN must be
specified as ring vlan-tag. Also RRSTP ring ports must be of same type i.e. either both ring ports
should be NNI ports or both should be conventional ports.
• RRSTP ring cannot be created on UNI ports.
page 16-112
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge rrstp ring
Examples
-> bridge rrstp ring 1 port1 1/1 port2 1/3 vlan-tag 10 status enable
-> no bridge rrstp ring 1
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge rrstp
Enables RRSTP on a switch.
show bridge rrstp ring
Displays information for all the rings or a specific ring present in the
system.
MIB Objects
vStpRrstpRingConfigTable
vStpRrstpRingId
vStpRrstpRingPort1
vStpRrstpRingPort2
vStpRrstpRingVlanTag
vStpRrstpRingState
vStpRrstpRingRowStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-113
bridge rrstp ring vlan-tag
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge rrstp ring vlan-tag
Modifies the unique vlan-tag associated with the ring. The previous ring vlan-tag will be over-written.
bridge rrstp ring ring_id vlan-tag vid
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
A numeric value (1–128) that identifies the RRSTP ring.
vid
The VLAN identification number of preconfigured VLAN with which
ring ports are 802.1q tagged. The RRSTP ring frames shall be 802.1q
tagged with this VLAN.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The RRSTP ring can have only one VLAN tag associated with it.
• Untagged RRSTP frames shall be generated if the specified vlan-tag is the default VLAN of the ports.
• The ring ports must be 802.1q tagged with the new vlan-tag before modifying the ring vlan-tag.
• RRSTP frames has 802.1q priority similar to STP BPDUs. In order to retain this priority, use the qos
trust ports command.
Examples
-> bridge rrstp ring 1 vlan-tag 10
-> bridge rrstp ring 5 vlan-tag 20
-> bridge rrstp ring 11 vlan-tag 11
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge rrstp ring
Creates a RRSTP ring comprising of two ports.
show bridge rrstp ring
Displays information for all the rings or a specific ring present in the
system.
page 16-114
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge rrstp ring vlan-tag
MIB Objects
vStpRrstpRingConfigTable
vStpRrstpRingId
vStpRrstpRingVlanTag
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-115
bridge rrstp ring status
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge rrstp ring status
Modifies the RRSTP status of an existing ring.
bridge rrstp ring ring_id status {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
A numeric value (1–128) that identifies the RRSTP ring.
enable
Enables the RRSTP ring.
disable
Disables the RRSTP ring.
Defaults
Parameters
Defaults
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
The RRSTP status can also be modified by using bridge rrstp ring command.
Examples
-> bridge rrstp ring 1 status enable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge rrstp ring
Creates a RRSTP ring comprising of two ports.
show bridge rrstp ring
Displays information for all the rings or a specific ring present in the
system.
MIB Objects
vStpRrstpRingConfigTable
vStpRrstpRingId
vStpRrstpRingState
vStpRrstpRingRowStatus
page 16-116
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree
show spantree
Displays Spanning Tree bridge information for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST)
instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
show spantree [instance]
Syntax Definitions
instance
The flat mode CIST instance or an existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
Defaults
parameter
default
instance
all instances
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If an instance number is not specified, this command displays the Spanning Tree status, protocol, and
priority values for all instances.
• Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running the 1x1 Spanning Tree
operating mode implies a VLAN ID and displays Spanning Tree bridge information for the associated
VLAN instance.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode and STP (802.1D) or RSTP (802.1W) is the active protocol,
enter 1 to specify the CIST instance. If MSTP is the active protocol, however, entering 1 for the
instance number is not accepted. In this case, use the show spantree cist or show spantree msti
commands instead.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge protocol rstp
-> show spantree
Spanning Tree Path Cost Mode : AUTO
Bridge STP Status Protocol Priority(Prio:SysID)
------+----------+--------+-------------------1
ON
RSTP
32768 (0x8000:0x0000
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-117
show spantree
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
-> show spantree 1
Spanning Tree Parameters
Spanning Tree Status :
ON,
Protocol
:
IEEE Rapid STP,
mode
:
FLAT (Single STP),
Priority
:
32768 (0x8000),
Bridge ID
:
8000-00:d0:95:57:3a:9e,
Designated Root
:
8000-00:00:e8:00:00:00,
Cost to Root Bridge :
71,
Root Port
:
Slot 1 Interface 1,
Next Best Root Cost :
0,
Next Best Root Port :
None,
Tx Hold Count
:
6,
Topology Changes
:
8,
Topology age
:
00:00:02,
Current Parameters (seconds)
Max Age
=
20,
Forward Delay
=
15,
Hello Time
=
2
Parameters system uses when attempting to become root
System Max Age
=
20,
System Forward Delay =
15,
System Hello Time
=
2
output definitions
Spanning Tree Path Cost
Mode
The Spanning Tree path cost mode for the switch (32 BIT or AUTO)
Configured through the bridge path cost mode command.
Bridge
The CIST instance, referred to as bridge 1 when either STP (802.1D) or
RSTP (802.1W) is the active protocol in the flat mode.
Spanning Tree Status
The Spanning Tree state for the CIST instance (ON or OFF).
Protocol
The Spanning Tree protocol applied to the instance (STP or RSTP).
Configured through the bridge protocol command.
Mode
The Spanning Tree operating mode for the switch (1x1 or flat). Configured through the bridge mode command.
Priority
The Spanning Tree bridge priority for the instance. The lower the number, the higher the priority. Configured through the bridge priority
command.
Bridge ID
The bridge identifier for this Spanning Tree instance. Consists of the
bridge priority value (in hex) concatenated with the dedicated bridge
MAC address.
Designated Root
The bridge identifier for the root of the Spanning Tree for this instance.
Cost to Root Bridge
The cost of the path to the root for this Spanning Tree instance.
Root Port
The port that offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root
bridge for this Spanning Tree instance.
Next Best Root Cost
The cost of the next best root port for this Spanning Tree instance.
Next Best Root Port
The port that offers the next best (second lowest) cost path to the root
bridge for this Spanning Tree instance.
Tx Hold Count
The count to limit the transmission of BPDU through the port.
page 16-118
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree
output definitions (continued)
Topology Changes
The number of topology changes detected by this Spanning Tree
instance since the management entity was last reset or initialized.
Topology age
The amount of time (in hundredths of seconds) since the last topology
change was detected by this Spanning Tree instance (hh:mm:ss or dd
days and hh:mm:ss).
Max Age
The amount of time (in seconds) that Spanning Tree Protocol information is retained before it is discarded. Configured through the bridge
max age command.
Forward Delay
The amount of time (in seconds) that a port will remain in the Listening
state and then the Learning state until it reaches the forwarding state.
This is also the amount of time used to age out all dynamic entries in
the Forwarding Database when a topology change occurs. Configured
through the bridge forward delay command.
Hello Time
The amount of time (in seconds) between the transmission of Configuration BPDUs on any port that is the Spanning Tree root or is attempting to become the Spanning Tree root. Configured through the bridge
hello time command.
System Max Age
The Max Age value for the root bridge.
System Forward Delay
The Forward Delay value for the root bridge.
System Hello Time
The Hello Time value for the root bridge.
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge protocol mstp
-> show spantree
Spanning Tree Path Cost Mode : AUTO
Msti STP Status Protocol Priority (Prio:SysID)
-----+----------+--------+--------------------0
ON
MSTP
32768 (0x8000:0x0000)
2
ON
MSTP
32770 (0x8000:0x0002)
3
ON
MSTP
32771 (0x8000:0x0003)
output definitions
Spanning Tree Path Cost
Mode
The Spanning Tree path cost mode for the switch (32 BIT or AUTO)
Configured through the bridge path cost mode command.
Msti
The Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI) instance number. Configured through the bridge msti command. Note that MSTI 0 also represents the CIST instance that is always present on the switch.
Spanning Tree Status
The Spanning Tree state for the MSTI (ON or OFF).
Protocol
The Spanning Tree protocol applied to this instance. Configured
through the bridge protocol command.
Priority
The Spanning Tree bridge priority for the instance. The lower the number, the higher the priority. Configured through the bridge priority
command.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-119
show spantree
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> show spantree
Spanning Tree Path Cost Mode : AUTO
Spanning Tree PVST+ Mode
: Enable
Vlan STP Status Protocol Priority
-----+----------+--------+-------------1
ON
STP
32768 (0x8000)
2
ON
STP
32768 (0x8000)
3
ON
STP
32768 (0x8000)
4
ON
STP
32768 (0x8000)
5
ON
STP
32768 (0x8000)
6
ON
STP
32768 (0x8000)
7
ON
STP
32768 (0x8000)
-> show spantree 2
Spanning Tree Parameters for Vlan 2
Spanning Tree Status :
ON,
Protocol
:
IEEE STP,
mode
:
PVST+ (1 STP per Vlan),
Priority
:
32768 (0x8000),
Bridge ID
:
8000-00:d0:95:6a:f4:58,
Designated Root
:
0000-00:00:00:00:00:00,
Cost to Root Bridge :
0,
Root Port
:
Slot 1 Interface 1,
Next Best Root Cost :
0,
Next Best Root Port :
Slot 1 Interface 1,
Tx Hold Count
:
6,
Topology Changes
:
0,
Topology age
:
00:00:00,
Current Parameters (seconds)
Max Age
=
20,
Forward Delay
=
15,
Hello Time
=
2
Parameters system uses when attempting to become root
System Max Age
=
20,
System Forward Delay =
15,
System Hello Time
=
2
output definitions
Spanning Tree Path Cost
Mode
The Spanning Tree path cost mode for the switch (32 BIT or AUTO)
Configured through the bridge path cost mode command.
Spanning Tree PVST+ Mode
Indicates whether the PVST + status is enabled or disabled. Configured
through the bridge mode 1x1 pvst+ command.
Vlan
The VLAN ID associated with the VLAN Spanning Tree instance.
Configured through the vlan commands
STP Status
The Spanning Tree state for the instance (ON or OFF). Configured
through the vlan stp command.
Protocol
The Spanning Tree protocol applied to this instance (STP or RSTP).
Configured through the bridge protocol command.
Mode
The Spanning Tree operating mode for the switch (PVST+, 1x1 or
flat). Configured through bridge mode 1x1 pvst+ or bridge mode
command.
page 16-120
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree
output definitions (continued)
Priority
The Spanning Tree bridge priority for the instance. The lower the number, the higher the priority. Configured through the bridge priority
command.
Bridge ID
The bridge identifier for this Spanning Tree instance. Consists of the
bridge priority value (in hex) concatenated with the dedicated bridge
MAC address.
Designated Root
The bridge identifier for the root of the Spanning Tree for this instance.
Cost to Root Bridge
The cost of the path to the root for this Spanning Tree instance.
Root Port
The port that offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root
bridge for this Spanning Tree instance.
Next Best Root Cost
The cost of the next best root port for this Spanning Tree instance.
Next Best Root Port
The port that offers the next best (second lowest) cost path to the root
bridge for this Spanning Tree instance.
Tx Hold Count
The count to limit the transmission of BPDU through the port.
Topology Changes
The number of topology changes detected by this Spanning Tree
instance since the management entity was last reset or initialized.
Topology age
The amount of time (in hundredths of seconds) since the last topology
change was detected by this Spanning Tree instance (hh:mm:ss or dd
days and hh:mm:ss).
Max Age
The amount of time (in seconds) that Spanning Tree Protocol information is retained before it is discarded. Configured through the bridge
max age command.
Forward Delay
The amount of time (in seconds) that a port will remain in the Listening
state and then the Learning state until it reaches the forwarding state.
This is also the amount of time used to age out all dynamic entries in
the Forwarding Database when a topology change occurs. Configured
through the bridge forward delay command.
Hello Time
The amount of time (in seconds) between the transmission of Configuration BPDUs on any port that is the Spanning Tree root or is attempting to become the Spanning Tree root. Configured through the bridge
hello time command.
System Max Age
The Max Age value for the root bridge.
System Forward Delay
The Forward Delay value for the root bridge.
System Hello Time
The Hello Time value for the root bridge.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-121
show spantree
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
show spantree cist
Explicit command for displaying the Spanning Tree bridge configuration for the CIST instance regardless of which mode (1x1 or flat)
is active on the switch.
show spantree msti
Explicit command for displaying the Spanning Tree bridge configuration for an MSTI regardless of which mode (1x1 or flat) is active
on the switch.
show spantree 1x1
Explicit command for displaying the Spanning Tree bridge configuration for a VLAN instance regardless of which mode (1x1 or flat)
is active on the switch.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsNumber
vStpInsProtocolSpecification
vStpInsMode
vStpInsPriority
vStpInsBridgeAddress
vStpInsDesignatedRoot
vStpInsRootCost
vStpInsRootPortNumber
vStpInsNextBestRootCost
vStpInsNextBestRootPortNumber
vStpInsBridgeTxHoldCount
vStpInsTopChanges
vStpInsTimeSinceTopologyChange
vStpInsMaxAge
vStpInsForwardDelay
vStpInsHelloTime
page 16-122
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree cist
show spantree cist
Displays the Spanning Tree bridge configuration for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree
(CIST) instance.
show spantree cist
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guideline
This is an explicit Spanning Tree command that displays Spanning Tree bridge information for the flat
mode CIST instance regardless of which mode (1x1 or flat) is active on the switch. Note that minimal
information is displayed when this command is used in the 1x1 mode, as the CIST is not active in this
mode. See second example below.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> show spantree cist
Spanning Tree Parameters for Cist
Spanning Tree Status :
ON,
Protocol
:
IEEE Multiple STP,
mode
:
FLAT (Single STP),
Priority
:
32768 (0x8000),
Bridge ID
:
8000-00:d0:95:6a:f4:58,
CST Designated Root :
0001-00:d0:95:6a:79:50,
Cost to CST Root
:
19,
Next CST Best Cost
:
0,
Designated Root
:
8000-00:d0:95:6a:f4:58,
Cost to Root Bridge :
0,
Root Port
:
Slot 1 Interface 12,
Next Best Root Cost :
0,
Next Best Root Port :
None,
Tx Hold Count
:
6,
Topology Changes
:
7,
Topology age
:
00:00:07,
Current Parameters (seconds)
Max Age
=
20,
Forward Delay
=
15,
Hello Time
=
2
Parameters system uses when attempting to become root
System Max Age
=
20,
System Forward Delay =
15,
System Hello Time
=
2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-123
show spantree cist
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> show spantree cist
Per Vlan Spanning Tree is enforced !! (1x1 mode)
INACTIVE Spanning Tree Parameters for Cist
Spanning Tree Status :
ON,
Protocol
:
IEEE Multiple STP,
Priority
:
32768 (0x8000),
System Max Age (seconds)
=
20,
System Forward Delay (seconds) =
15,
System Hello Time (seconds)
=
2
output definitions
STP Status
The Spanning Tree state for the instance (on or off).
Protocol
The Spanning Tree protocol applied to the CIST (STP, RSTP, or
MSTP). Configured through the bridge protocol command.
Mode
The Spanning Tree operating mode for the switch (1x1 or flat). Configured through the bridge mode command.
Priority
The Spanning Tree bridge priority for the instance. The lower the number, the higher the priority. Configured through the bridge priority
command.
Bridge ID
The bridge identifier for this Spanning Tree instance. Consists of the
bridge priority value (in hex) concatenated with the dedicated bridge
MAC address.
CST Designated Root
The bridge identifier for the root of the flat mode CIST instance. This
field only appears when MSTP is active on the switch.
Cost to CST Root
The cost of the path to the root of the flat mode CIST instance. This
field only appears when MSTP is active on the switch.
Next CST Best Cost
The cost of the next best root port for the flat mode CIST instance. This
field only appears when MSTP is active on the switch.
Designated Root
The bridge identifier for the root of the Spanning Tree for this instance.
Cost to Root Bridge
The cost of the path to the root for this Spanning Tree instance.
Root Port
The port that offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root
bridge for this Spanning Tree instance.
Next Best Root Cost
The cost of the next best root port for this Spanning Tree instance.
Next Best Root Port
The port that offers the next best (second lowest) cost path to the root
bridge for this Spanning Tree instance.
Tx Hold Count
The count to limit the transmission of BPDU through the port.
Topology Changes
The number of topology changes detected by this Spanning Tree
instance since the management entity was last reset or initialized.
Topology age
The amount of time (in hundredths of seconds) since the last topology
change was detected by this Spanning Tree instance (hh:mm:ss or dd
days and hh:mm:ss).
Max Age
The amount of time (in seconds) that Spanning Tree Protocol information is retained before it is discarded. Configured through the bridge
max age command.
page 16-124
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree cist
output definitions (continued)
Forward Delay
The amount of time (in seconds) that a port will remain in the Listening
state and then the Learning state until it reaches the forwarding state.
This is also the amount of time used to age out all dynamic entries in
the Forwarding Database when a topology change occurs. Configured
through the bridge forward delay command.
Hello Time
The amount of time (in seconds) between the transmission of Configuration BPDUs on any port that is the Spanning Tree root or is attempting to become the Spanning Tree root. Configured through the bridge
hello time command.
System Max Age
The Max Age value for the root bridge.
System Forward Delay
The Forward Delay value for the root bridge.
System Forward Delay
The Forward Delay value for the root bridge.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show spantree
Implicit command for displaying the Spanning Tree bridge configuration for the flat mode CIST instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN
instance.
show spantree msti
Explicit command for displaying the Spanning Tree bridge configuration for an MSTI regardless of which mode (1x1 or flat) is active
on the switch.
show spantree 1x1
Explicit command for displaying the Spanning Tree bridge configuration for a VLAN instance regardless of which mode (1x1 or flat)
is active on the switch.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-125
show spantree cist
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsNumber
vStpInsMode
vStpInsProtocolSpecification
vStpInsPriority
vStpInsBridgeAddress
vStpInsTimeSinceTopologyChange
vStpInsTopChanges
vStpInsDesignatedRoot
vStpInsRootCost
vStpInsRootPortNumber
vStpInsNextBestRootCost
vStpInsNextBestRootPortNumber
vStpInsMaxAge
vStpInsHelloTime
vStpInsBridgeTxHoldCount
vStpInsForwardDelay
vStpInsBridgeMaxAge
vStpInsBridgeHelloTime
vStpInsBridgeForwardDelay
vStpInsCistRegionalRootId
vStpInsCistPathCost
page 16-126
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree msti
show spantree msti
Displays Spanning Tree bridge information for a Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI).
show spantree msti [msti_id]
Syntax Definitions
msti_id
An existing MSTI ID number (0-4094).
Defaults
parameter
default
instance
all MSTIs
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If an msti_id number is not specified, this command displays the Spanning Tree status, protocol, and
priority values for all MSTIs.
• This is an explicit Spanning Tree command that displays Spanning Tree bridge information for an
MSTI regardless of which mode (1x1 or flat) is active on the switch.
• Note that minimal information is displayed when this command is used in the 1x1 mode, as MSTIs are
not active in this mode. In addition, this command will fail if MSTP is not the selected flat mode protocol.
• Note that MSTI 0 also represents the CIST instance that is always present on the switch. To view the
CIST instance using this command, specify zero (0) for the msti_id number.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge protocol mstp
-> show spantree msti
Spanning Tree Path Cost Mode : AUTO
Msti STP Status Protocol Priority (Prio:SysID)
-----+----------+--------+--------------------0
ON
MSTP
32768 (0x8000:0x0000)
2
ON
MSTP
32770 (0x8000:0x0002)
3
ON
MSTP
32771 (0x8000:0x0003)
-> show spantree msti 0
Spanning Tree Parameters for Cist
Spanning Tree Status :
ON,
Protocol
:
IEEE Multiple STP,
mode
:
FLAT (Single STP),
Priority
:
32768 (0x8000),
Bridge ID
:
8000-00:d0:95:6b:08:40,
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-127
show spantree msti
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
CST Designated Root :
0001-00:10:b5:58:9d:39,
Cost to CST Root
:
39,
Next CST Best Cost
:
0,
Designated Root
:
8000-00:d0:95:6b:08:40,
Cost to Root Bridge :
0,
Root Port
:
Slot 9 Interface 2,
Next Best Root Cost :
0,
Next Best Root Port :
None,
TxHoldCount
:
6,
Topology Changes
:
1,
Topology age
:
0:30:46
Current Parameters (seconds)
Max Age
=
6,
Forward Delay
=
4,
Hello Time
=
2
Parameters system uses when attempting to become root
System Max Age
=
20,
System Forward Delay =
15,
System Hello Time
=
2
-> show spantree msti 1
Spanning Tree Parameters for Msti 1
Spanning Tree Status :
ON,
Protocol
:
IEEE Multiple STP,
mode
:
FLAT (Single STP),
Priority
:
32769 (0x8001),
Bridge ID
:
8001-00:d0:95:6b:08:40,
Designated Root
:
8001-00:d0:95:6b:08:40,
Cost to Root Bridge :
0,
Root Port
:
None,
Next Best Root Cost :
0,
Next Best Root Port :
None,
TxHoldCount
:
6,
Topology Changes
:
0,
Topology age
:
0:0:0
Current Parameters (seconds)
Max Age
=
20,
Forward Delay
=
15,
Hello Time
=
2
Parameters system uses when attempting to become root
System Max Age
=
20,
System Forward Delay =
15,
System Hello Time
=
2
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> show spantree msti
Spanning Tree Path Cost Mode : AUTO
** Inactive flat mode instances: **
Msti STP Status Protocol Priority (Prio:SysID)
-----+----------+--------+--------------------0
ON
MSTP
32768 (0x8000:0x0000)
2
ON
MSTP
32770 (0x8000:0x0002)
3
ON
MSTP
32771 (0x8000:0x0003)
page 16-128
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree msti
-> show spantree msti 0
Per Vlan Spanning Tree is enforced !! (1x1 mode)
INACTIVE Spanning Tree Parameters for Cist
Spanning Tree Status :
ON,
Protocol
:
IEEE Multiple STP,
Priority
:
32768 (0x8000),
System Max Age (seconds)
=
20,
System Forward Delay (seconds) =
15,
System Hello Time (seconds)
=
2
-> show spantree msti 2
Per Vlan Spanning Tree is enforced !! (1x1 mode)
INACTIVE Spanning Tree Parameters for Msti 2
Spanning Tree Status :
ON,
Protocol
:
IEEE Multiple STP,
Priority
:
32770 (0x8002),
System Max Age (seconds)
=
20,
System Forward Delay (seconds) =
15,
System Hello Time (seconds)
=
2
output definitions
Spanning Tree Path Cost
Mode
The Spanning Tree path cost mode for the switch (32 BIT or AUTO)
Configured through the bridge path cost mode command.
Msti
The Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI) number. MSTI 0 represents the CIST. Configured through the bridge msti command.
STP Status
The Spanning Tree state for the instance (ON or OFF).
Protocol
The Spanning Tree protocol applied to the instance (STP, RSTP, or
MSTP). This value is not configurable for an MSTI. Configured
through the bridge protocol command.
Mode
The Spanning Tree operating mode for the switch (1x1 or flat). Configured through the bridge mode command.
Priority
The Spanning Tree bridge priority for the instance. The lower the number, the higher the priority. Configured through the bridge msti priority command.
Bridge ID
The bridge identifier for this Spanning Tree instance. Consists of the
bridge priority value (in hex) concatenated with the dedicated bridge
MAC address.
CST Designated Root
The bridge identifier for the root of the flat mode CIST instance. This
field only appears when MSTP is active on the switch.
Cost to CST Root
The cost of the path to the root for the flat mode CIST instance. This
field only appears when MSTP is active on the switch.
Next CST Best Cost
The cost of the next best root port for the flat mode CIST instance. This
field only appears when MSTP is active on the switch.
Designated Root
The bridge identifier for the root of the Spanning Tree for this instance.
Cost to Root Bridge
The cost of the path to the root for this Spanning Tree instance.
Root Port
The port that offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root
bridge for this Spanning Tree instance.
Next Best Root Cost
The cost of the next best root port for this Spanning Tree instance.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-129
show spantree msti
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
output definitions (continued)
Next Best Root Port
The port that offers the next best (second lowest) cost path to the root
bridge for this Spanning Tree instance.
TxHoldCount
The count to limit the transmission of BPDU through the port.
Topology Changes
The number of topology changes detected by this Spanning Tree
instance since the management entity was last reset or initialized.
Topology age
The amount of time (in hundredths of seconds) since the last topology
change was detected by this Spanning Tree instance (hh:mm:ss or dd
days and hh:mm:ss).
Max Age
The amount of time (in seconds) that Spanning Tree Protocol information is retained before it is discarded. MSTIs inherit this value from the
CIST instance.
Forward Delay
The amount of time (in seconds) that a port will remain in the Listening
state and then the Learning state until it reaches the forwarding state.
This is also the amount of time used to age out all dynamic entries in
the Forwarding Database when a topology change occurs. MSTIs
inherit this value from the CIST instance.
Hello Time
The amount of time (in seconds) between the transmission of Configuration BPDUs on any port that is the Spanning Tree root or is attempting to become the Spanning Tree root. MSTIs inherit this value from
the CIST instance.
System Max Age
The Max Age value for the root bridge.
System Forward Delay
The Forward Delay value for the root bridge.
System Forward Delay
The Forward Delay value for the root bridge.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show spantree
Implicit command for displaying the Spanning Tree bridge configuration for the flat mode CIST instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN
instance.
show spantree cist
Explicit command for displaying the Spanning Tree bridge configuration for the CIST instance regardless of which mode (1x1 or flat)
is active on the switch.
show spantree 1x1
Explicit command for displaying the Spanning Tree bridge configuration for a VLAN instance regardless of which mode (1x1 or flat)
is active on the switch.
page 16-130
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree msti
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsNumber
vStpInsMode
vStpInsProtocolSpecification
vStpInsPriority
vStpInsBridgeAddress
vStpInsTimeSinceTopologyChange
vStpInsTopChanges
vStpInsDesignatedRoot
vStpInsRootCost
vStpInsRootPortNumber
vStpInsNextBestRootCost
vStpInsNextBestRootPortNumber
vStpInsMaxAge
vStpInsHelloTime
vStpInsBridgeTxHoldCount
vStpInsForwardDelay
vStpInsBridgeMaxAge
vStpInsBridgeHelloTime
vStpInsBridgeForwardDelay
vStpInsCistRegionalRootId
vStpInsCistPathCost
vStpInsMstiNumber
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-131
show spantree 1x1
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree 1x1
Displays Spanning Tree bridge information for a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
show spantree 1x1 [vid]
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1-4094).
Defaults
parameter
default
vid
all VLAN instances
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If a vid number is not specified, this command displays the Spanning Tree status, protocol, and priority
values for all VLAN instances.
• Specify a vid number with this command to display Spanning Tree bridge information for a specific
VLAN instance.
• Specifying a range of VLAN IDs is also allowed. Use a hyphen to indicate a contiguous range (e.g.,
show spantree 1x1 10-15). Note that only one VLAN entry—a single VLAN ID or a range of VLAN
IDs— is allowed with this command. Multiple entries are not accepted.
• This is an explicit Spanning Tree command that displays Spanning Tree bridge information for a
VLAN instance regardless of which mode (1x1 or flat) is active on the switch. Note that minimal information is displayed when this command is used in the flat mode, as VLAN instances are not active in
this mode.
Examples
-> show spantree 1x1
Spanning Tree Path Cost Mode : AUTO
Vlan STP Status Protocol Priority
-----+----------+--------+-------------1
ON
STP
32768 (0x8000)
2
ON
STP
32768 (0x8000)
3
ON
STP
32768 (0x8000)
4
ON
STP
32768 (0x8000)
5
ON
STP
32768 (0x8000)
6
ON
STP
32768 (0x8000)
page 16-132
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree 1x1
-> show spantree 1x1 7
Spanning Tree Parameters for Vlan 7
Spanning Tree Status :
ON,
Protocol
:
IEEE STP,
mode
: 1X1 (1 STP per Vlan),
Priority
:
32768 (0x8000),
Bridge ID
:
8000-00:d0:95:6a:f4:58,
Designated Root
:
0000-00:00:00:00:00:00,
Cost to Root Bridge :
0,
Root Port
:
Slot 1 Interface 1,
Next Best Root Cost :
0,
Next Best Root Port :
Slot 1 Interface 1,
Tx Hold Count
:
6,
Topology Changes
:
0,
Topology age
:
00:00:00,
Current Parameters (seconds)
Max Age
=
20,
Forward Delay
=
15,
Hello Time
=
2
Parameters system uses when attempting to become root
System Max Age
=
20,
System Forward Delay =
15,
System Hello Time
=
2
-> show spantree 1x1 10-15
Spanning Tree Path Cost Mode : AUTO
Vlan STP Status Protocol Priority
-----+----------+--------+-------------10
ON
RSTP
32768 (0x8000)
11
ON
RSTP
32768 (0x8000)
12
ON
RSTP
32768 (0x8000)
13
ON
RSTP
32768 (0x8000)
14
ON
RSTP
32768 (0x8000)
15
ON
RSTP
32768 (0x8000)
output definitions
Spanning Tree Path Cost
Mode
The Spanning Tree path cost mode for the switch (32 BIT or AUTO)
Configured through the bridge path cost mode command.
Vlan
The VLAN ID associated with the VLAN Spanning Tree instance.
Configured through the vlan commands
STP Status
The Spanning Tree state for the instance (ON or OFF).
Protocol
The Spanning Tree protocol applied to the VLAN instance (STP or
RSTP). Note that MSTP is not supported for a VLAN instance. Configured through the bridge protocol command.
Mode
The Spanning Tree operating mode for the switch (1x1 or flat). Configured through the bridge mode command.
Priority
The Spanning Tree bridge priority for the instance. The lower the number, the higher the priority. Configured through the bridge priority
command.
Bridge ID
The bridge identifier for this Spanning Tree instance. Consists of the
bridge priority value (in hex) concatenated with the dedicated bridge
MAC address.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-133
show spantree 1x1
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
output definitions (continued)
Designated Root
The bridge identifier for the root of the Spanning Tree for this instance.
Cost to Root Bridge
The cost of the path to the root for this Spanning Tree instance.
Root Port
The port that offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root
bridge for this Spanning Tree instance.
Next Best Root Cost
The cost of the next best root port for this Spanning Tree instance.
Next Best Root Port
The port that offers the next best (second lowest) cost path to the root
bridge for this Spanning Tree instance.
Tx Hold Count
The count to limit the transmission of BPDU through the port.
Topology Changes
The number of topology changes detected by this Spanning Tree
instance since the management entity was last reset or initialized.
Topology age
The amount of time (in hundredths of seconds) since the last topology
change was detected by this Spanning Tree instance (hh:mm:ss or dd
days and hh:mm:ss).
Max Age
The amount of time (in seconds) that Spanning Tree Protocol information is retained before it is discarded. Configured through the bridge
max age command.
Forward Delay
The amount of time (in seconds) that a port will remain in the Listening
state and then the Learning state until it reaches the forwarding state.
This is also the amount of time used to age out all dynamic entries in
the Forwarding Database when a topology change occurs. Configured
through the bridge forward delay command.
Hello Time
The amount of time (in seconds) between the transmission of Configuration BPDUs on any port that is the Spanning Tree root or is attempting to become the Spanning Tree root. Configured through the bridge
hello time command.
System Max Age
The Max Age value for the root bridge.
System Forward Delay
The Forward Delay value for the root bridge.
System Forward Delay
The Forward Delay value for the root bridge.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
page 16-134
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree 1x1
Related Commands
show spantree
Implicit command for displaying the Spanning Tree bridge configuration for the flat mode CIST instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN
instance.
show spantree cist
Explicit command for displaying the Spanning Tree bridge configuration for the CIST instance regardless of which mode (1x1 or flat)
is active on the switch.
show spantree msti
Explicit command for displaying the Spanning Tree bridge information for an MSTI when the switch is operating in the 1x1 or flat
Spanning Tree mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsTable
vStpInsNumber
vStpInsMode
vStpInsProtocolSpecification
vStpInsPriority
vStpInsBridgeAddress
vStpInsTimeSinceTopologyChange
vStpInsTopChanges
vStpInsDesignatedRoot
vStpInsRootCost
vStpInsRootPortNumber
vStpInsNextBestRootCost
vStpInsNextBestRootPortNumber
vStpInsMaxAge
vStpInsHelloTime
vStpInsBridgeTxHoldCount
vStpInsForwardDelay
vStpInsBridgeMaxAge
vStpInsBridgeHelloTime
vStpInsBridgeForwardDelay
vStpIns1x1VlanNumber
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-135
show spantree ports
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree ports
Displays Spanning Tree port information for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST)
instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
show spantree [instance] ports [forwarding | blocking | active | configured]
Syntax Definitions
instance
The CIST instance or an existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
forwarding
Displays Spanning Tree operational port parameters for ports that are
forwarding for the specified instance.
blocking
Displays Spanning Tree operational port parameters for ports that are
blocked for the specified instance.
active
Displays a list of active ports associated with the specified instance.
configured
Displays Spanning Tree administrative port parameters for all ports
associated with the specified instance. Note that this parameter is only
available if an instance value is specified with this command.
Defaults
parameter
default
instance
all instances
forwarding | blocking | active |
configured
all ports
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If an instance number is not specified, this command displays the Spanning Tree operational status,
path cost, and role for all ports and their associated instances.
• Specifying an instance number with this command when the switch is running the 1x1 Spanning Tree
operating mode implies a VLAN ID and displays Spanning Tree port information for the associated
VLAN instance.
• If the switch is running in the flat mode and STP (802.1D) or RSTP (802.1W) is the active protocol,
enter 1 to specify the CIST instance. If MSTP is the active protocol, however, entering 1 for the
instance number is not accepted. In this case, use the show spantree cist ports or show spantree msti
ports commands instead.
• The configured keyword is only available when an instance number is specified with this command. In
addition, this keyword cannot be used in combination with either the forwarding or blocking
keywords.
page 16-136
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree ports
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> show spantree ports
Bridge Port Oper Status Path Cost Role
------+-----+------------+---------+----1 1/1
FORW
19
ROOT
1 1/2
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/3
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/4
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/5
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/6
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/7
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/8
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/9
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/10
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/11
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/12
DIS
0
DIS
-> show spantree 1 ports
Spanning Tree Port Summary
Oper Path
Desig
Prim. Op Op
Port
St
Cost
Cost
Role Port Cnx Edg Desig Bridge ID
-----+----+-------+-------+----+-----+---+---+---------------------1/1 FORW
19
52 ROOT 1/1 PTP EDG 8000-00:30:f1:5b:37:73
1/2
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/2
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/3
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/3
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/4
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/4
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/5
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/5
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/6
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/6
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/7
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/7
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/8
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/8
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/9
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/9
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/10 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/10 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/11 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/11 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/12 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/12 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
-> show spantree 1 ports active
Spanning Tree Port Summary
Oper Path
Desig
Prim. Op Op
Port
St
Cost
Cost
Role Port Cnx Edg Desig Bridge ID
-----+----+-------+-------+----+-----+---+---+---------------------1/1 FORW
19
52 ROOT 1/1
PTP EDG 8000-00:30:f1:5b:37:73
output definitions
Bridge
The CIST instance, referred to as bridge 1 when either STP (802.1D) or
RSTP (802.1W) is the active protocol in the flat mode.
Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number or a logical port. If the slot number is 0, then the port number refers to a link
aggregate logical port number (e.g., 0/31).
Oper St
The port operational state as defined by application of the Spanning
Tree Protocol. Possible port operational states include: disabled, blocking, learning, and forwarding.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-137
show spantree ports
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
output definitions (continued)
Path Cost
The contribution of this port to the path cost towards the Spanning Tree
root bridge that includes this port. Path cost is a measure of the distance
of the listed port from the root bridge in the number of hops. Configured through the bridge slot/port path cost command.
Desig Cost
The path cost of the Designated Port of the segment connected to this
port. If this is the root bridge or the Spanning Tree status of the port is
administratively disabled, this value is 0.
Role
The role of the port for this Spanning Tree instance. Possible port roles
are: root, designated, alternate, and backup.
Prim. Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module for the primary port associated with this Spanning Tree
instance. This information is only available if the port role is backup.
Op Cnx
Operational connection type: PTP, NPT, or NS (nonsignificant).
Shows the current operational state of the port’s connection type. See
the bridge slot/port connection command on page 16-87 for more
information.
Op Edg
Operational connection type: EDG. Shows the current operational state
of the port’s connection type. See the bridge slot/port connection
command on page 16-87 for more information.
Desig Bridge ID
The bridge identifier for the designated bridge for this port’s segment.
-> show spantree msti 1 ports configured
Spanning Tree Port Admin Configuration
Port Adm Man. Config Adm Adm Aut Rstr Rstr OS8800
Port Pri
St. Mode
Cost Cnx Edg Edg Tcn Role 10G Opt.
-----+----+----+----+-------+----+----+----+----+----+-------1/1
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/2
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/3
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/4
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/5
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/6
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/7
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/8
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/9
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/10
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/11
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/12
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
output definitions
Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number or a logical port. If the slot number is 0, then the port number refers to a link
aggregate logical port number (e.g., 0/31).
Port Pri
The Spanning Tree priority for the port (0–15). The lower the number,
the higher the priority. Configured through the bridge slot/port priority command.
Adm St
The Spanning Tree administrative status of the port: enabled or disabled. Configured through the bridge slot/port command to enable or
disable Spanning Tree on a port.
page 16-138
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree ports
output definitions
Man. Mode
The manual mode setting for the port: yes indicates that the blocking or
forwarding state of the port was manually set and the port does not participate in the Spanning Tree Algorithm; no indicates that the Spanning
Tree Algorithm is managing the port state. Configured through the
bridge slot/port mode command.
Config Cost
The configured path cost value for this port. Configured through the
bridge slot/port path cost command.
Adm Cnx
The administrative connection type: PTP, NPT, or AUT. Configured
through the bridge slot/port connection command.
Adm Edg
The edge port administrative status: yes indicates that the port is an
admin edge port; no indicates that the port is not an admin edge port.
Configured through the bridge slot/port connection command.
Aut Edg
The edge port automatic status: yes indicates that the port is an automatic edge port; no indicates that the port is not an automatic edge port.
Configured through the bridge cist slot/port auto-edge or bridge 1x1
slot/port auto-edge command.
Rstr Tcn
The restricted TCN capability: yes indicates that the port supports the
restricted TCN capability; no indicates that the port does not support
the restricted TCN capability. Configured through the bridge cist slot/
port restricted-tcn or bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-tcn command.
Rstr Role
The restricted role port status: yes indicates that the port is a restricted
role port; no indicates that the port is not a restricted role port. Configured through the bridge cist slot/port restricted-role or bridge 1x1
slot/port restricted-role command.
OS8800 10G Opt.
N/A
-> bridge mode flat
-> bridge protocol mstp
-> show spantree ports
Msti Port Oper Status Path Cost Role
-----+-----+------------+---------+----0 1/1
FORW
200000
ROOT
0 1/2
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/3
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/4
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/5
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/6
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/7
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/8
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/9
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/10
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/11
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/12
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/13
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/14
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/15
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/16
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/17
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/18
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/19
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/20
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/21
DIS
0
DIS
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-139
show spantree ports
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1/22
1/23
1/24
5/1
5/2
1/1
1/2
1/3
1/4
1/5
1/6
1/7
1/8
1/9
1/10
1/11
1/12
1/13
1/14
1/15
1/16
1/17
1/18
1/19
1/20
1/21
1/22
1/23
1/24
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
FORW
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
0
0
0
0
0
200000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
MSTR
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
DIS
-> show spantree ports active
Msti Port Oper Status Path Cost Role
-----+-----+------------+---------+----0 1/1
FORW
200000
ROOT
1 1/1
FORW
200000
MSTR
2 1/1
FORW
200000
MSTR
output definitions
Msti
The Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI) instance number. Configured through the bridge msti command. Note that MSTI 0 also represents the CIST instance that is always present on the switch.
Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number or a logical port. If the slot number is 0, then the port number refers to a link
aggregate logical port number (e.g., 0/31).
Oper St
The port operational state as defined by application of the Spanning
Tree Protocol. Possible port operational states include: disabled, blocking, learning, and forwarding.
Path Cost
The contribution of this port to the path cost towards the Spanning Tree
root bridge that includes this port. Path cost is a measure of the distance
of the listed port from the root bridge in the number of hops. Configured through the bridge slot/port path cost command.
Role
The role of the port for this Spanning Tree instance. Possible port roles
are: root, designated, alternate, and backup.
page 16-140
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree ports
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> show spantree ports
Vlan Port Oper Status Path Cost Role
-----+-----+------------+---------+----1 1/1
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/2
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/3
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/4
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/5
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/6
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/7
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/8
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/9
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/10
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/11
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/12
FORW
19
ROOT
-> show spantree 1 ports
Spanning Tree Port Summary for Vlan 1
Oper Path
Desig
Prim. Op Op
Port
St
Cost
Cost
Role Port Cnx Edg Desig Bridge ID
-----+----+-------+-------+----+----+---+----+---------------------1/1
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/1
NS EDG 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/2
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/2
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/3
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/3
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/4
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/4
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/5
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/5
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/6
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/6
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/7
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/7
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/8
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/8
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/9
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/9
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/10 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/10 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/11 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/11 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/12 FORW
19
0 ROOT 1/12 PTP NO 0001-00:d0:95:6a:79:50
-> show spantree 1 ports active
Spanning Tree Port Summary for Vlan 1
Oper Path
Desig
Prim. Op Op
Port
St
Cost
Cost
Role Port Cnx Edg Desig Bridge ID
-----+----+-------+-------+----+----+----+---+---------------------1/12 FORW
19
0 ROOT 1/12 PTP EDG 0001-00:d0:95:6a:79:50
output definitions
Vlan
The VLAN ID associated with the VLAN Spanning Tree instance.
Configured through the vlan commands
Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number or a logical port. If the slot number is 0, then the port number refers to a link
aggregate logical port number (e.g., 0/31).
Oper St
The port operational state as defined by application of the Spanning
Tree Protocol. Possible port operational states include: disabled, blocking, listening, learning, and forwarding.
Path Cost
The contribution of this port to the path cost towards the Spanning Tree
root bridge that includes this port. Path cost is a measure of the distance
of the listed port from the root bridge in the number of hops. Configured through the bridge slot/port path cost command.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-141
show spantree ports
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
output definitions (continued)
Desig Cost
The path cost of the Designated Port of the segment connected to this
port. If this is the root bridge or the Spanning Tree status of the port is
administratively disabled, this value is 0.
Role
The role of the port for this Spanning Tree instance. Possible port roles
are: root, designated, alternate, and backup.
Prim. Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module for the primary port associated with this Spanning Tree
instance. This information is only available if the port role is backup.
Op Cnx
Operational connection type: PTP, NPT, or NS (nonsignificant).
Shows the current operational state of the port’s connection type. See
the bridge slot/port connection command on page 16-87 for more
information.
Op Edg
Operational connection type: EDG. Shows the current operational state
of the port’s connection type. See the bridge slot/port connection
command on page 16-87 for more information.
Desig Bridge ID
The bridge identifier for the designated bridge for this port’s segment.
-> show spantree 2 ports configured
Spanning Tree Port Admin Configuration for Vlan 2
Port Adm Man. Config Adm Adm Aut Rstr Rstr OS8800
PVST+
Port Pri
St. Mode
Cost Cnx Edg Edg Tcn Role 10G Opt. Cfg Stst
-----+----+----+----+-------+----+----+----+----+----+---------+--------3/1
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT/ON
3/3
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT/OFF
0/9
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT/ON
output definitions
Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number or a logical port. If the slot number is 0, then the port number refers to a link
aggregate logical port number (e.g., 0/31).
Port Pri
The Spanning Tree priority for the port (0–15). The lower the number,
the higher the priority. Configured through the bridge slot/port priority command.
Adm St
The Spanning Tree administrative status of the port: enabled or disabled. Configured through the bridge slot/port command to enable or
disable Spanning Tree on a port.
Man. Mode
The manual mode setting for the port: yes indicates that the blocking or
forwarding state of the port was manually set and the port does not participate in the Spanning Tree Algorithm; no indicates that the Spanning
Tree Algorithm is managing the port state. Configured through the
bridge slot/port mode command.
Config Cost
The configured path cost value for this port. Configured through the
bridge slot/port path cost command.
Adm Cnx
The administrative connection type: PTP, NPT, or AUT. Configured
through the bridge slot/port connection command.
Adm Edg
The edge port administrative status: yes indicates that the port is an
admin edge port; no indicates that the port is not an admin edge port.
Configured through the bridge slot/port connection command.
page 16-142
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree ports
output definitions (continued)
Aut Edg
The edge port automatic status: yes indicates that the port is an automatic edge port; no indicates that the port is not an automatic edge port.
Configured through the bridge cist slot/port auto-edge or bridge 1x1
slot/port auto-edge command.
Rstr Tcn
The restricted TCN capability: yes indicates that the port supports the
restricted TCN capability; no indicates that the port does not support
the restricted TCN capability. Configured through the bridge cist slot/
port restricted-tcn or bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-tcn command.
Rstr Role
The restricted role port status: yes indicates that the port is a restricted
role port; no indicates that the port is not a restricted role port. Configured through the bridge cist slot/port restricted-role or bridge 1x1
slot/port restricted-role command.
OS8800 10G Opt.
N/A
PVST+ Cfg
Indicates the current PVST+ port configuration (auto, enable or disable).
PVST+ Stat
Indicates the current status of the PVST+ port (On or Off).
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show spantree cist ports
Implicit command for displaying Spanning Tree port information
for the flat mode CIST when the switch is operating in the 1x1 or
flat Spanning Tree mode.
show spantree msti ports
Explicit command for displaying Spanning Tree port information
for an MSTI when the switch is operating in the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree mode.
show spantree 1x1 ports
Explicit command for displaying Spanning Tree port information
for a VLAN instance when the switch is operating in the 1x1 or flat
Spanning Tree mode.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-143
show spantree ports
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortPriority
vStpInsPortEnable
vStpInsPortState
vStpInsPortManualMode
vStpInsPortPathCost
vStpInsPortDesignatedCost
vStpInsPortRole
vStpInsPortAdminConnectionType
vStpInsPortOperConnectionType
vStpInsPortAdminEdge
vStpInsPortAutoEdge
vStpInsPortRestrictedRole
vStpInsPortRestrictedTcn
vStpInsPortPrimaryPortNumber
vStpInsPortDesignatedRoot
vStpInsPortDesignatedBridge
page 16-144
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree cist ports
show spantree cist ports
Displays Spanning Tree port information for the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST)
instance.
show spantree cist ports [forwarding | blocking | active | configured]
Syntax Definitions
forwarding
Displays Spanning Tree operational port parameters for ports that are
forwarding for the CIST instance.
blocking
Displays Spanning Tree operational port parameters for ports that are
blocked for the CIST instance.
active
Displays a list of active ports associated with the specified instance.
configured
Displays Spanning Tree administrative port parameters for the CIST
instance.
Defaults
parameter
default
forwarding | blocking | active |
configured
all ports
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This is an explicit Spanning Tree command that displays Spanning Tree port information for the flat
mode CIST instance regardless of which mode (1x1 or flat) is active on the switch.
• Note that minimal information is displayed when this command is used in the 1x1 mode, as the CIST is
not active in this mode.
Examples
-> show spantree cist ports
Spanning Tree Port Summary for Cist
Oper Path
Desig
Prim. Op Op
Port
St
Cost
Cost
Role Port Cnx Edg
Desig Bridge ID
-----+----+-------+-------+----+----+---+----+---------------------1/1 FORW 200000
52 ROOT 1/1 PTP EDG 8000-00:30:f1:5b:37:73
1/2
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/2
NS
No 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/3
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/3
NS EDG 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/4
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/4
NS
No 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/5
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/5
NS EDG 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/6
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/6
NS EDG 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/7
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/7
NS EDG 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/8
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/8
NS
No 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-145
show spantree cist ports
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
-> show spantree cist ports active
Spanning Tree Port Summary for Cist
Oper Path
Desig
Prim. Op Op
Port
St
Cost
Cost
Role Port Cnx Edg Desig Bridge ID
-----+----+-------+-------+----+----+----+----+---------------------1/1 FORW 200000
52 ROOT 1/1 PTP EDG 8000-00:30:f1:5b:37:73
output definitions
Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number or a logical port. If the slot number is 0, then the port number refers to a link
aggregate logical port number (e.g., 0/31).
Oper St
The port operational state as defined by application of the Spanning
Tree Protocol. Possible port operational states include: disabled, blocking, listening, learning, and forwarding.
Path Cost
The contribution of this port to the path cost towards the Spanning Tree
root bridge that includes this port. Path cost is a measure of the distance
of the listed port from the root bridge in the number of hops. Configured through the bridge slot/port path cost command.
Desig Cost
The path cost of the Designated Port of the segment connected to this
port. If this is the root bridge or the Spanning Tree status of the port is
administratively disabled, this value is 0.
Role
The role of the port for this Spanning Tree instance. Possible port roles
are: root, designated, alternate, and backup.
Prim. Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module for the primary port associated with this Spanning Tree
instance. This information is only available if the port role is backup.
Op Cnx
Operational connection type: PTP, NPT, or NS (nonsignificant).
Shows the current operational state of the port’s connection type. See
the bridge slot/port connection command on page 16-87 for more
information.
Op Edg
Operational connection type: EDG. Shows the current operational state
of the port’s connection type. See the bridge slot/port connection
command on page 16-87 for more information.
Desig Bridge ID
The bridge identifier for the designated bridge for this port’s segment.
-> show spantree cist ports configured
Spanning Tree Port Admin Configuration for Vlan 1
Port Adm Man. Config Adm Adm Aut Rstr Rstr Role/ OS8800
PVST+
Port Pri
St. Mode Cost
Cnx Edg Edg Tcn
Root Guard 10G Opt Cfg Stat
-----+----+----+-----+-------+----+----+----+----+-----------+--------+-------1/1
7
ENA
No
0
AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT
Off
1/2
7
ENA
No
0
AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT
Off
1/3
7
ENA
No
0
AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT
Off
1/4
7
ENA
No
0
AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT
Off
page 16-146
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree cist ports
output definitions
Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number or a logical port. If the slot number is 0, then the port number refers to a link
aggregate logical port number (e.g., 0/31).
Port Pri
The Spanning Tree priority for the port (0–15). The lower the number,
the higher the priority. Configured through the bridge slot/port priority command.
Adm St
The Spanning Tree administrative status of the port: enabled or disabled. Configured through the bridge slot/port command to enable or
disable Spanning Tree on a port.
Man. Mode
The manual mode setting for the port: yes indicates that the blocking or
forwarding state of the port was manually set and the port does not participate in the Spanning Tree Algorithm; no indicates that the Spanning
Tree Algorithm is managing the port state. Configured through the
bridge slot/port mode command.
Config Cost
The configured path cost value for this port. Configured through the
bridge slot/port path cost command.
Adm Cnx
The administrative connection type: PTP, NPT, or AUT. Configured
through the bridge slot/port connection command.
Adm Edg
The edge port administrative status: yes indicates that the port is an
admin edge port; no indicates that the port is not an admin edge port.
Configured through the bridge slot/port connection command.
Aut Edg
The edge port automatic status: yes indicates that the port is an automatic edge port; no indicates that the port is not an automatic edge port.
Configured through the bridge cist slot/port auto-edge or bridge 1x1
slot/port auto-edge command.
Rstr Tcn
The restricted TCN capability: yes indicates that the port supports the
restricted TCN capability; no indicates that the port does not support
the restricted TCN capability. Configured through the bridge cist slot/
port restricted-tcn or bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-tcn command.
Rstr Role/Root Guard
The restricted status of the port: Yes indicates that the port is restricted
from becoming the root; No indicates that the port is not restricted from
becoming the root. Configured through the bridge cist slot/port
restricted-role or bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-role command.
OS8800 10G Opt.
N/A
PVST+ Cfg Stat
The PVST+ status on the switch: enabled or disabled. Configured
through the bridge mode 1x1 pvst+ command to enable or disable
PVST+ mode on the switch.
PVST+ Stat
Indicates whether or not the PVST+ interoperability status is enabled
(ENA) or disabled (DIS) for the port. Configured throught the bridge
mode 1x1 pvst+ command.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-147
show spantree cist ports
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
show spantree ports
Implicit command for displaying Spanning Tree port information
for the flat mode CIST instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
show spantree msti ports
Explicit command for displaying Spanning Tree port information
for an MSTI when the switch is operating in the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree mode.
show spantree 1x1 ports
Explicit command for displaying Spanning Tree port information
for a VLAN instance when the switch is operating in the 1x1 or flat
Spanning Tree mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortPriority
vStpInsPortState
vStpInsPortEnable
vStpInsPortPathCost
vStpInsPortDesignatedCost
vStpInsPortDesignatedBridge
vStpInsPortAdminEdge
vStpInsPortAutoEdge
vStpInsPortRestrictedRole
vStpInsPortRestrictedTcn
vStpInsPortManualMode
vStpInsPortRole
vStpInsPrimaryPortNumber
vStpInsPortAdminConnectionType
vStpInsPortOperConnectionType
page 16-148
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree msti ports
show spantree msti ports
Displays Spanning Tree port information for a flat mode Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI).
show spantree msti [msti_id] ports [forwarding | blocking | active | configured]
Syntax Definitions
msti_id
An existing MSTI ID number (0-4094).
forwarding
Displays Spanning Tree operational port parameters for ports that are
forwarding for the CIST instance.
blocking
Displays Spanning Tree operational port parameters for ports that are
blocked for the CIST instance.
active
Displays a list of active ports associated with the specified instance.
configured
Displays Spanning Tree administrative port parameters for the CIST
instance.
Defaults
parameter
default
msti_id
all MSTIs
forwarding | blocking | active |
configured
all ports
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If an msti_id number is not specified, this command displays the Spanning Tree port operational status,
path cost, and role values for all associated MSTIs.
• This is an explicit Spanning Tree command that displays Spanning Tree port information for an MSTI
regardless of which mode (1x1 or flat) is active on the switch.
• Note that minimal information is displayed when this command is used in the 1x1 mode, as MSTIs are
not active in this mode. In addition, if MSTP is not the selected flat mode protocol, this command will
fail.
• The configured keyword is only available when an instance number is specified with this command. In
addition, this keyword cannot be used in combination with either the forwarding or blocking
keywords.
• Note that MSTI 0 also represents the CIST instance that is always present on the switch. To view the
CIST instance using this command, specify zero (0) for the msti_id number.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-149
show spantree msti ports
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> show spantree msti ports
Msti Port Oper Status Path Cost Role
-----+-----+------------+---------+----0 1/1
FORW
200000
ROOT
0 1/2
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/3
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/4
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/5
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/6
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/7
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/8
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/9
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/10
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/11
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/12
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/13
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/14
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/15
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/16
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/17
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/18
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/19
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/20
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/21
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/22
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/23
DIS
0
DIS
0 1/24
DIS
0
DIS
0 5/1
DIS
0
DIS
0 5/2
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/1
FORW
200000
MSTR
1 1/2
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/3
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/4
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/5
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/6
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/7
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/8
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/9
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/10
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/11
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/12
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/13
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/14
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/15
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/16
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/17
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/18
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/19
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/20
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/21
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/22
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/23
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/24
DIS
0
DIS
1 5/1
DIS
0
DIS
1 5/2
DIS
0
DIS
page 16-150
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree msti ports
-> show spantree msti 2 ports
Spanning Tree Port Summary for Msti 2
Oper Path
Desig
Prim. Op Op
Port
St
Cost
Cost
Role Port Cnx Edg Desig Bridge ID
-----+----+-------+-------+----+-----+---+---+---------------------1/1 FORW 200000
0 MSTR 1/1
PTP EDG 8002-00:d0:95:57:3a:9e
1/2
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/2
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/3
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/3
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/4
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/4
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/5
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/5
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/6
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/6
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/7
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/7
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/8
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/8
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/9
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/9
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/10 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/10 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/11 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/11 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/12 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/12 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/13 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/13 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/14 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/14 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/15 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/15 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/16 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/16 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/17 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/17 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/18 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/18 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/19 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/19 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/20 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/20 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/21 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/21 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/22 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/22 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/23 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/23 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/24 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/24 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
5/1
DIS
0
0 DIS 5/1
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
5/2
DIS
0
0 DIS 5/2
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
-> show spantree msti 2 ports active
Spanning Tree Port Summary for Msti 2
Oper Path
Desig
Prim. Op Op
Port
St
Cost
Cost
Role Port Cnx Edg Desig Bridge ID
-----+----+-------+-------+----+-----+---+---+----------------------1/1 FORW 200000
0 MSTR 1/1
PTP EDG 8002-00:d0:95:57:3a:9e
output definitions
Msti
The Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI) number. MSTI 0 represents the CIST. Configured through the bridge msti command.
Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number or a logical port. If the slot number is 0, then the port number refers to a link
aggregate logical port number (e.g., 0/31).
Oper St
The port operational state as defined by application of the Spanning
Tree Protocol. Possible port operational states include: disabled, blocking, listening, learning, and forwarding.
Path Cost
The contribution of this port to the path cost towards the Spanning Tree
root bridge that includes this port. Path cost is a measure of the distance
of the listed port from the root bridge in the number of hops. Configured through the bridge msti slot/port path cost command.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-151
show spantree msti ports
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
output definitions (continued)
Desig Cost
The path cost of the Designated Port of the segment connected to this
port. If this is the root bridge or the Spanning Tree status of the port is
administratively disabled, this value is 0.
Role
The role of the port for this Spanning Tree instance. Possible port roles
are: root, designated, alternate, master, and backup.
Prim. Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module for the primary port associated with this Spanning Tree
instance. This information is only available if the port role is backup.
Op Cnx
Operational connection type: PTP, NPT, or NS (nonsignificant).
Shows the current operational state of the port’s connection type. See
the bridge slot/port connection command on page 16-87 for more
information.
Op Edg
Operational connection type: EDG. Shows the current operational state
of the port’s connection type. See the bridge slot/port connection
command on page 16-87 for more information.
Desig Bridge ID
The bridge identifier for the designated bridge for this port’s segment.
-> show spantree msti 2 ports configured
Spanning Tree Port Admin Configuration for Msti 2
Port Adm Man. Config Adm Adm Aut Rstr Rstr OS8800
Port Pri
St. Mode
Cost Cnx Edg Edg Tcn Role 10G Opt.
-----+----+----+----+-------+----+----+----+----+----+-------1/1
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/2
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/3
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/4
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/5
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/6
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/7
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/8
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/9
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/10
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/11
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
1/12
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
output definitions
Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number or a logical port. If the slot number is 0, then the port number refers to a link
aggregate logical port number (e.g., 0/31).
Port Pri
The Spanning Tree priority for the port (0–15). The lower the number,
the higher the priority. Configured through the bridge msti slot/port
priority command.
Adm St
The Spanning Tree administrative status of the port: enabled or disabled. Configured through the bridge slot/port command to enable or
disable Spanning Tree on a port.
page 16-152
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree msti ports
output definitions (continued)
Man. Mode
The manual mode setting for the port: yes indicates that the blocking or
forwarding state of the port was manually set and the port does not participate in the Spanning Tree Algorithm; no indicates that the Spanning
Tree Algorithm is managing the port state. Configured through the
bridge slot/port mode command.
Config Cost
The configured path cost value for this port. Configured through the
bridge msti slot/port path cost command.
Adm Cnx
The administrative connection type: PTP, NPT, or AUT. Configured
through the bridge slot/port connection command.
Adm Edg
The edge port administrative status: yes indicates that the port is an
admin edge port; no indicates that the port is not an admin edge port.
Configured through the bridge slot/port connection command.
Aut Edg
The edge port automatic status: yes indicates that the port is an automatic edge port; no indicates that the port is not an automatic edge port.
Configured through the bridge cist slot/port auto-edge or bridge 1x1
slot/port auto-edge command.
Rstr Tcn
The restricted TCN capability: yes indicates that the port supports the
restricted TCN capability; no indicates that the port does not support
the restricted TCN capability. Configured through the bridge cist slot/
port restricted-tcn or bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-tcn command.
Rstr Role
The restricted role port status: yes indicates that the port is a restricted
role port; no indicates that the port is not a restricted role port. Configured through the bridge cist slot/port restricted-role or bridge 1x1
slot/port restricted-role command.
OS8800 10G Opt.
N/A
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show spantree ports
Implicit command for displaying Spanning Tree port information
for the flat mode CIST instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
show spantree cist ports
Explicit command for displaying Spanning Tree port information
for a CIST instance when the switch is operating in the 1x1 or flat
Spanning Tree mode.
show spantree 1x1 ports
Explicit command for displaying Spanning Tree port information
for a VLAN when the switch is operating in the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree mode.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-153
show spantree msti ports
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortPriority
vStpInsPortState
vStpInsPortEnable
vStpInsPortPathCost
vStpInsPortDesignatedCost
vStpInsPortDesignatedBridge
vStpInsPortAdminEdge
vStpInsPortAutoEdge
vStpInsPortRestrictedRole
vStpInsPortRestrictedTcn
vStpInsPortManualMode
vStpInsPortRole
vStpInsPrimaryPortNumber
vStpInsPortAdminConnectionType
vStpInsPortOperConnectionType
page 16-154
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree 1x1 ports
show spantree 1x1 ports
Displays Spanning Tree port information for a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
show spantree 1x1 [vid] ports [forwarding | blocking | active | configured]
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1-4094).
forwarding
Displays Spanning Tree operational port parameters for ports that are
forwarding for the CIST instance.
blocking
Displays Spanning Tree operational port parameters for ports that are
blocked for the CIST instance.
active
Displays a list of active ports associated with the specified instance.
configured
Displays Spanning Tree administrative port parameters for the CIST
instance.
Defaults
parameter
default
vid
all VLAN instances
forwarding | blocking | active |
configured
all ports
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If a vid number is not specified, this command displays the Spanning Tree port operational status, path
cost, and role values for all VLAN instances.
• Specifying a range of VLAN IDs is also allowed. Use a hyphen to indicate a contiguous range (e.g.,
show spantree 1x1 10-15 ports). Note that only one VLAN entry—a single VLAN ID or a range of
VLAN IDs— is allowed with this command. Multiple entries are not accepted.
• This is an explicit Spanning Tree command that displays Spanning Tree port information for a VLAN
instance regardless of which mode (1x1 or flat) is active on the switch.
• Note that minimal information is displayed when this command is used in the flat mode, as VLAN
instances are not active in this mode.
• The configured keyword is only available when an instance number is specified with this command. In
addition, this keyword cannot be used in combination with either the forwarding or blocking
keywords.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-155
show spantree 1x1 ports
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Examples
-> show spantree 1x1 ports
Vlan Port Oper Status Path Cost Role
-----+-----+------------+---------+----1 1/1
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/2
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/3
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/4
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/5
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/6
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/7
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/8
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/9
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/10
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/11
DIS
0
DIS
1 1/12
FORW
19
DIS
-> show spantree 1x1 1 ports
Spanning Tree Port Summary for Vlan 1
Oper Path
Desig
Prim. Op Op
Port
St
Cost
Cost
Role Port Cnx Edg Desig Bridge ID
-----+----+-------+-------+----+-----+---+---+---------------------1/1
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/1
NS EDG 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/2
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/2
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/3
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/3
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/4
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/4
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/5
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/5
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/6
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/6
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/7
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/7
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/8
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/8
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/9
DIS
0
0 DIS 1/9
NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/10 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/10 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/11 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/11 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/12 FORW
19
0 DIS 1/12 PTP NO 0001-00:d0:95:6a:79:50
-> show spantree 1x1 1 ports active
Spanning Tree Port Summary for Vlan 1
Oper Path
Desig
Prim. Op Op
Port
St
Cost
Cost
Role Port Cnx Edg Desig Bridge ID
-----+----+-------+-------+----+----+---+---+----------------------1/12 FORW
19
0 DIS 1/12 PTP EDG 0001-00:d0:95:6a:79:50
-> show spantree 1x1 10-13 ports
Spanning Tree Port Summary for Vlan 10
Oper Path
Desig
Prim. Op Op
Port
St
Cost
Cost
Role Port Cnx Egd Desig Bridge ID
-----+----+-------+-------+----+----+----+---+---------------------1/46 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/46 NS EDG 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
Spanning Tree Port Summary for Vl 11
Oper Path
Desig
Prim. Op Op
Port
St
Cost
Cost
Role Port Cnx Edg Desig Bridge ID
-----+----+-------+-------+----+-----+---+---+--------------------1/36 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/36 NS EDG 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/37 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/37 NS NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
page 16-156
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree 1x1 ports
Spanning Tree Port Summary for Vlan 12
Oper Path
Desig
Prim. Op Op
Port
St
Cost
Cost
Role Port Cnx Edg Desig Bridge ID
-----+----+-------+-------+----+-----+---+---+---------------------1/42 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/42 NS EDG 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
1/43 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/43 NS
NO 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
Spanning Tree Port Summary for Vlan 13
Oper Path
Desig
Prim. Op Op
Port
St
Cost
Cost
Role Port Cnx Edg Desig Bridge ID
-----+----+-------+-------+----+-----+---+---+---------------------1/38 DIS
0
0 DIS 1/38 NS EDG 0000-00:00:00:00:00:00
output definitions
Vlan
The VLAN ID associated with the VLAN Spanning Tree instance.
Configured through the vlan commands
Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number or a logical port. If the slot number is 0, then the port number refers to a link
aggregate logical port number (e.g., 0/31).
Oper St
The port operational state as defined by application of the Spanning
Tree Protocol. Possible port operational states include: disabled, blocking, listening, learning, and forwarding.
Path Cost
The contribution of this port to the path cost towards the Spanning Tree
root bridge that includes this port. Path cost is a measure of the distance
of the listed port from the root bridge in the number of hops. Configured through the bridge 1x1 slot/port path cost command.
Desig Cost
The path cost of the Designated Port of the segment connected to this
port. If this is the root bridge or the Spanning Tree status of the port is
administratively disabled, this value is 0.
Role
The role of the port for this Spanning Tree instance. Possible port roles
are: root, designated, alternate, master, and backup.
Prim. Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module for the primary port associated with this Spanning Tree
instance. This information is only available if the port role is backup.
Op Cnx
Operational connection type: PTP, NPT, or NS (nonsignificant).
Shows the current operational state of the port’s connection type. See
the bridge slot/port connection command on page 16-87 for more
information.
Op Edg
Operational connection type: EDG. Shows the current operational state
of the port’s connection type. See the bridge slot/port connection
command on page 16-87 for more information.
Desig Bridge ID
The bridge identifier for the designated bridge for this port’s segment.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-157
show spantree 1x1 ports
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
-> show spantree 1x1 1 ports configured
Spanning Tree Port Admin Configuration for Vlan 1
Port Adm Man. Config Adm Adm Aut Rstr Rstr Role/ OS8800
PVST+
Port Pri
St. Mode
Cost Cnx Edg Edg Tcn Root Guard 10G Opt Cfg Stat
-----+----+----+----+-------+----+----+-----+----+---------+--------+--------1/1
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
1/2
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
1/3
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
1/4
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
1/5
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
1/6
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
1/7
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
1/8
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
1/9
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
1/10
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
1/11
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
1/12
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
-> show spantree 1x1 10-13 ports configured
Spanning Tree Port Admin Configuration for Vlan 10
Port Adm Man. Config Adm Adm Aut Rstr Rstr Role/ OS8800
PVST+
Port Pri
St. Mode
Cost Cnx Edg Edg Tcn Root Guard 10G Opt Cfg Stat
-----+----+----+----+-------+----+----+-----+----+---------+--------+--------1/46
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
Spanning Tree Port Admin Configuration for Vlan 11
Port Adm Man. Config Adm Adm Aut Rstr Rstr Role/ OS8800
PVST+
Port Pri
St. Mode
Cost Cnx Edg Edg Tcn Root Guard 10G Opt Cfg Stat
-----+----+----+----+-------+----+----+-----+----+---------+--------+--------1/36
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
1/37
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes
No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
Spanning Tree Port Admin Configuration for Vlan 12
Port Adm Man. Config Adm Adm Aut Rstr Rstr Role/ OS8800
PVST+
Port Pri
St. Mode
Cost Cnx Edg Edg Tcn Root Guard 10G Opt Cfg Stat
-----+----+----+----+-------+----+----+----+----+----------+--------+--------1/42
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
1/43
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
Spanning Tree Port Admin Configuration for Vlan 13
Port Adm Man. Config Adm Adm Aut Rstr Rstr Role/ OS8800
PVST+
Port Pri
St. Mode
Cost Cnx Edg Edg Tcn Root Guard 10G Opt Cfg Stat
-----+----+----+----+-------+----+----+----+----+----------+--------+--------1/38
7 ENA No
0 AUT
No Yes No
No
DIS
AUT OFF
output definitions
Port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number or a logical port. If the slot number is 0, then the port number refers to a link
aggregate logical port number (e.g., 0/31).
Port Pri
The Spanning Tree priority for the port (0–15). The lower the number,
the higher the priority. Configured through the bridge 1x1 slot/port
priority command.
Adm St
The Spanning Tree administrative status of the port: enabled or disabled. Configured through the bridge slot/port command to enable or
disable Spanning Tree on a port.
page 16-158
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree 1x1 ports
output definitions (continued)
Man. Mode
The manual mode setting for the port: yes indicates that the blocking or
forwarding state of the port was manually set and the port does not participate in the Spanning Tree Algorithm; no indicates that the Spanning
Tree Algorithm is managing the port state. Configured through the
bridge slot/port mode command.
Config Cost
The configured path cost value for this port. Configured through the
bridge 1x1 slot/port path cost command.
Adm Cnx
The administrative connection type: PTP, NPT, or AUT. Configured
through the bridge slot/port connection command.
Adm Edg
The edge port administrative status: yes indicates that the port is an
admin edge port; no indicates that the port is not an admin edge port.
Configured through the bridge slot/port connection command.
Aut Edg
The edge port automatic status: yes indicates that the port is an automatic edge port; no indicates that the port is not an automatic edge port.
Configured through the bridge cist slot/port auto-edge or bridge 1x1
slot/port auto-edge command.
Rstr Tcn
The restricted TCN capability: yes indicates that the port supports the
restricted TCN capability; no indicates that the port does not support
the restricted TCN capability. Configured through the bridge cist slot/
port restricted-tcn or bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-tcn command.
Rstr Role/Root Guard
The restricted status of the port: Yes indicates that the port is restricted
from becoming the root; No indicates that the port is not restricted from
becoming the root. Configured through the bridge cist slot/port
restricted-role or bridge 1x1 slot/port restricted-role command.
OS8800 10G Opt.
N/A
PVST+ Cfg
The type of BPDU used on the port: AUTO indicates that IEEE
BPDUs are used until a PVST+ BPDU is detected; ENA indicates
that PVST+ BPDUs are used; DIS indicates that IEEE BPDUs are
used. Configured through the bridge port pvst+ command.
PVST+ Stat
Indicates whether or not the PVST+ interoperability status is enabled
(ENA) or disabled (DIS) for the port. Configured throught the bridge
mode 1x1 pvst+ command.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-159
show spantree 1x1 ports
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
show spantree ports
Implicit command for displaying Spanning Tree port information
for the flat mode CIST instance or a 1x1 mode VLAN instance.
show spantree cist ports
Explicit command for displaying Spanning Tree port information
for a CIST instance when the switch is operating in the 1x1 or flat
Spanning Tree mode.
show spantree msti ports
Explicit command for displaying Spanning Tree port information
for an MSTI when the switch is operating in the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree mode.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortNumber
vStpInsPortPriority
vStpInsPortState
vStpInsPortEnable
vStpInsPortPathCost
vStpInsPortDesignatedCost
vStpInsPortDesignatedBridge
vStpInsPortAdminConnectionType
vStpInsPortOperConnectionType
vStpInsPortAdminEdge
vStpInsPortAutoEdge
vStpInsPortRestrictedRole
vStpInsPortRestrictedTcn
vStpInsPortManualMode
vStpInsPortRole
vStpInsPrimaryPortNumber
vStpInsPortAdminConnectionType
vStpInsPortOperConnectionType
page 16-160
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree mst region
show spantree mst region
Displays the Multiple Spanning Tree (MST) region information for the switch.
show spantree mst region
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Three MST region attributes (configuration name, revision level, and configuration digest) define an
MST region as required by the IEEE 802.1Q 2005 standard. Switches that share the same values for
these attributes are all considered part of the same region. Currently each switch can belong to one
MST region at a time.
• This command is available when the switch is operating in either the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree mode.
Examples
-> show spantree mst
Configuration Name
Revision Level
Configuration Digest
Revision Max hops
Cist Instance Number
region
: Region 1
: 0
: 0xac36177f 50283cd4 b83821d8 ab26de62
: 20
: 0
output definitions
Configuration Name
An alphanumeric string up to 32 characters that identifies the name of
the MST region. Use the bridge mst region name command to define
this value.
Revision Level
A numeric value (0–65535) that identifies the MST region revision
level for the switch.
Configuration Digest
An MST region identifier consisting of a 16 octet hex value (as per the
IEEE 802.1Q 2005 standard) that represents all defined MSTIs and
their associated VLAN ranges. Use the bridge msti and bridge msti
vlan commands to define VLAN to MSTI associations.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-161
show spantree mst region
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
output definitions (continued)
Revision Max hops
The number of maximum hops authorized for region information. Configured through the bridge mst region max hops command.
Cist Instance Number
The number of the CIST instance, which is currently zero as there is
only one region per switch. Therefore, only one CIST exists per switch
Note that this instance is also known as the flat mode instance and is
known as bridge 1 when using STP or RSTP.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show spantree msti vlan-map
Displays the range of VLANs associated to the specified MSTI.
show spantree cist vlan-map
Displays the range of VLANs associated to the CIST instance.
show spantree map-msti
Displays the MSTI that is associated to the specified VLAN
MIB Objects
vStpMstRegionTable
vStpMstRegionNumber
vStpMstRegionConfigDigest
vStpMstRegionConfigName
vStpMstRegionConfigRevisionLevel
vStpMstRegionCistInstanceNumber
vStpMstRegionMaxHops
page 16-162
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree msti vlan-map
show spantree msti vlan-map
Displays the range of VLANs associated with the specified Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI).
show spantree mst [msti_id] vlan-map
Syntax Definitions
msti_id
An existing MSTI ID number (0–4094).
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If an msti_id is not specified, then the VLAN to MSTI mapping for all defined MSTIs is displayed.
• This command is available when the switch is operating in either the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree mode.
• Initially all VLANs are associated with the flat mode CIST instance (also known as MSTI 0).
Examples
-> show spantree msti vlan-map
Spanning Tree Msti/Cist Vlan map
----------------------------------Cist
Name
VLAN list
:
: 1-9,14-4094
Msti 1
Name
VLAN list
:
: 10-11
Msti 2
Name
VLAN list
:
: 12-13
-> show spantree msti 2 vlan-map
Spanning Tree Msti Vlan map
----------------------------Msti 2
Name
VLAN list
:
: 12-13
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-163
show spantree msti vlan-map
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
output definitions
Cist Instance
Identifies MSTI VLAN mapping information for the CIST instance.
Msti
The MSTI ID number that identifies an association between a Spanning
Tree instance and a range of VLANs.
Name
An alphanumeric value that identifies an MSTI name. Use the bridge
msti command to define an MSTI name.
VLAN list
The range of VLAN IDs that are associated with this MSTI.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show spantree mst region
Displays the MST region information for the switch.
show spantree cist vlan-map
Displays the range of VLANs associated to the CIST instance.
show spantree map-msti
Displays the MSTI that is associated to the specified VLAN
MIB Objects
vStpMstInstanceTable
vStpMstInstanceNumber
vStpMstInstanceName
vStpMstInstanceVlanBitmapState
page 16-164
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree cist vlan-map
show spantree cist vlan-map
Displays the range of VLANs associated with the flat mode Common and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST)
instance.
show spantree cist vlan-map
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is available when the switch is operating in either the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree mode.
• Initially all VLANs are associated with the flat mode CIST instance 0 (also known as MSTI 0).
Examples
-> show spantree cist vlan-map
Spanning Tree Cist Vlan map
----------------------------Cist
Name
VLAN list
:
: 1-9,14-4094
output definitions
Name
An alphanumeric value that identifies the name of the CIST. Use the
bridge msti command to define a name for this instance.
VLAN list
The range of VLAN IDs that are associated with the CIST instance.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show spantree mst region
Displays the MST region information for the switch.
show spantree msti vlan-map
Displays the range of VLANs associated to the specified MSTI.
show spantree map-msti
Displays the MSTI that is associated to the specified VLAN
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-165
show spantree cist vlan-map
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
MIB Objects
vStpMstInstanceTable
vStpMstInstanceNumber
vStpMstInstanceName
vStpMstInstanceVlanBitmapState
page 16-166
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree map-msti
show spantree map-msti
Displays the Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI) that is associated to the specified VLAN.
show spantree mst vid vlan-map
Syntax Definitions
vid
An existing VLAN ID number (1–4094).
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is available when the switch is operating in either the 1x1 or flat Spanning Tree mode.
• Initially all VLANs are associated with the flat mode CIST instance (also known as MSTI 0).
Examples
-> show spantree 200 map-msti
Vlan
Msti/Cist(0)
------+-------------------------200
0
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show spantree mst region
Displays the MST region information for the switch.
show spantree msti vlan-map
Displays the range of VLANs associated to the specified MSTI.
show spantree cist vlan-map
Displays the range of VLANs associated to the CIST instance.
MIB Objects
vStpMstVlanAssignmentTable
vStpMstVlanAssignmentVlanNumber
vStpMstVlanAssignmentMstiNumber
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-167
show spantree mst port
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree mst port
Displays a summary of Spanning Tree connection information and instance associations for the specified
port or a link aggregate of ports.
show spantree mst port {slot/port | logical_port}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
logical_port
The Link aggregate ID number (0–31).
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command is only available when the switch is running in the flat Spanning Tree mode.
• Note that MST 0 also represents the flat mode CIST instance, which all ports are associated with when
the switch is running in the flat Spanning Tree mode.
Examples
-> bridge mode flat
-> show spantree mst port 1/10
MST parameters for interface 1/10:
Conection Type: NS
Edge Port: YES
Boundary Port: YES
MST | Role | State | Pth Cst | Vlans
-------------------------------------------------------0
DIS
DIS
0
200
2
DIS
DIS
0
-> show spantree mst port 1/1
MST parameters for interface 1/1 :
Conection Type: PTP
Edge Port: NO
Boundary Port: YES
MST | Role | State | Pth Cst | Vlans
-------------------------------------------------------0
ROOT
FORW
19
1
-> bridge mode 1x1
-> show spantree mst port 1/10
Current STP mode is 1x1, MSTI instances are inactive
page 16-168
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show spantree mst port
output definitions
Connection Type
Operational connection type: PTP, NPT, NS (nonsignificant) or EDG.
Shows the current operational state of the port’s connection type. See
the bridge slot/port connection command on page 16-87 for more
information.
Edge Port
Indicates whether or not the port is an edge port (YES or NO).
Boundary Port
Indicates whether or not the port is a boundary port (YES or NO). A
boundary port connects an MST bridge to a LAN that belongs to a different MST region.
MST
The Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI) number that is associated
with this port.
Role
The role of the port for this Spanning Tree instance. Possible port roles
are: root, designated, alternate, master, and backup.
State
The port operational state as defined by application of the Spanning
Tree Protocol. Possible port operational states include: disabled, blocking, listening, learning, and forwarding.
Pth Cst
The contribution of this port to the path cost towards the Spanning Tree
root bridge that includes this port. Path cost is a measure of the distance
of the listed port from the root bridge in the number of hops.
Vlans
The VLAN ID of the default VLAN for the port.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show spantree cist ports
Displays Spanning Tree port information for the flat mode Common
and Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) instance.
show spantree msti ports
Displays Spanning Tree port information for a flat mode Multiple
Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI).
show spantree 1x1 ports
Displays Spanning Tree port information for a 1x1 mode VLAN
instance.
MIB Objects
vStpInsPortTable
vStpInsPortAdminConnectionType
vStpInsPortAdminEdge
vStpInsPortAutoEdge
vStpMstInstanceNumber
vStpInsPortRole
vStpInsPortState
vStpInsPortPathCost
vStpMstVlanAssignmentTable
vStpMstVlanAssignmentVlanNumber
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-169
show bridge rrstp configuration
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show bridge rrstp configuration
Displays the current RRSTP status for the switch.
show bridge rrstp configuration
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
N/A
Examples
-> show bridge rrstp configuration
RRSTP Global state is Enabled
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge rrstp
Enables RRSTP on a switch.
show bridge rrstp ring
Displays information for all the rings or a specific ring present in the
system.
MIB Objects
vStpInfo
VStpRrstpGlobalState
page 16-170
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
show bridge rrstp ring
show bridge rrstp ring
Displays information for all the rings or for a specific ring present in the system.
show bridge rrstp ring [ring_id]
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
An existing ring ID number (1–128).
Defaults
By default displays information for all rings.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the ring_id parameter with this command to display information for a specific ring.
Examples
-> show bridge rrstp ring
RingId
Vlan-Tag
Ring-Port1
Ring-Port2
Ring Status
-----------+------------+---------------+--------------+--------------2
1000
1/19
1/10
enabled
6
20
1/1
1/8
disabled
128
1
0/1
0/31
enabled
output definitions
RingId
The numeric ID of the RRSTP ring.
Vlan-Tag
The VLAN to which the RRSTP ring frames are tagged.
Ring-Port-1
The first port in the RRSTP ring.
Ring-Port-2
The second port in the RRSTP ring.
Ring Status
The current state of the RRSTP ring (Enabled or Disabled).
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-171
show bridge rrstp ring
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
Related Commands
bridge rrstp ring
Creates a RRSTP ring comprising of two ports.
show bridge rrstp
configuration
Displays the current RRSTP status for the switch.
MIB Objects
vStpRrstpRingConfigTable
vStpRrstpRingId
vStpRrstpRingPort1
vStpRrstpRingPort2
vStpRrstpRingVlanTag
vStpRrstpRingState
vStpRrstpRingRowStatus
page 16-172
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge mode 1x1 pvst+
bridge mode 1x1 pvst+
Enables or disables PVST+ mode on the switch, enabling it to operate with Cisco switches.
bridge mode 1x1 pvst+ {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Enables the pvst+ mode.
disable
Disables the pvst+ mode.
Defaults
PVST+ is disabled by default.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• In order to handle PVST+ mode, the ports must be configured in 1x1 mode.
• This command enables the ports to handle PVST+ BPDUs.
• In this mode, the bridge priority field of the bridge ID can only be changed by a multiple of 4096.
Examples
-> bridge mode 1x1 pvst+ enable
-> bridge mode 1x1 pvst+ disable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
bridge port pvst+
Configures the type of BPDU to be used on a port when PVST+ mode is
enabled.
MIB Objects
vStpTable
vStpMode
vStpModePVST
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-173
bridge port pvst+
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge port pvst+
Configures the type of BPDU to be used on a port when PVST+ mode is enabled.
bridge port {slot/port | agg_num} pvst+ {auto | enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module (e.g., 3/1 specifies port 1 on slot 3).
agg_num
Specifies the aggregate group.
auto
IEEE BPDUs are used until a PVST+ BPDU is detected.
enable
Specifies that PVST+ BPDUs will be used.
disable
Specifies that IEEE BPDUs will be used.
Defaults
parameters
default
auto | enable | disable
auto
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• In order to handle PVST+ mode, the ports must be configured in 1x1 mode.
• Initially, a port sends or receive IEEE BPDUs. Once a PVST+ BPDU is received, the port will send
and receive only PVST+ BPDUs for tagged VLANs and IEEE BPDUs for default VLANs.
Examples
-> bridge port 1/3 pvst+ enable
-> bridge port 2/2 pvst+ auto
Release History
Release 6.3.1; command was introduced.
page 16-174
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
bridge port pvst+
Related Commands
bridge mode 1x1 pvst+
Enables or disables PVST+ mode on the switch.
MIB Objects
vStpPortConfigTable
vStpPortConfigIfInedx
vStpPortConfigPVST
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 16-175
bridge port pvst+
page 16-176
Distributed Spanning Tree Commands
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
17
Ethernet Ring Protection
Commands
Ethernet Ring Protection (ERP) is a protection switching mechanism for Ethernet ring topologies, such as
multi-ring and ladder networks. This implementation of ERP is based on Recommendation ITU-T G.8032
and uses the ring Automatic Protection Switching (APS) protocol to coordinate the prevention of network
loops within a bridged Ethernet ring.
Loop prevention is achieved by allowing the traffic to flow on all but one of the links within the protected
Ethernet ring. This link is blocked and is referred to as the Ring Protection Link (RPL). When a ring failure condition occurs, the RPL is unblocked to allow the flow of traffic to continue through the ring.
ERP and the Ring Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RRSTP) are both used for the prevention of loops in
ring-based topologies but have the following differences in their implementation and functionality:
• RRSTP uses a different destination MAC address for each ring, based on the ring ID. ERP uses the
same destination MAC address for all ERP protocol frames and identifies the ring based on a unique
Service VLAN associated with each ring, which carries the ERP protocol frames.
• When a link failure is detected, RRSTP quickly sets the blocking ports to a forwarding state but relies
on MSTP for actual protocol convergence. ERP does not require any support from MSTP. ERP has an
inherent mechanism to recover from a failed state once the failed link is active again.
• MSTP determines which ports of a fully active RRSTP ring are blocked. The blocked ports (Ring
Protection Link) for an ERP ring is pre-determined and configured by the user.
• RRSTP requires a ring of contiguous RRSTP nodes. ERP allows non-ERP nodes to participate in the
ring by using the connectivity monitoring capabilities of Ethernet OAM to alert ERP of a link failure
through non-ERP nodes.
MIB information for the Ethernet ring protection command is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
AlcatelIND1Erp.mib
ALCATEL-IND1-ERP-MIB
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 17-1
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
A summary of available commands is listed here:
erp-ring
erp-ring protected-vlan
erp-ring rpl-node
erp-ring wait-to-restore
erp-ring enable
erp-ring ethoam-event remote-endpoint
erp-ring guard-timer
clear erp statistics
show erp
show erp protected-vlan
show erp statistics
page 17-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
erp-ring
erp-ring
Creates an Ethernet Ring Protection (ERP) ring using the specified ports and service VLAN ID. The
service VLAN transmits ERP control traffic, such as Ring Automatic Protection Switching (R-APS)
messages, through the ring and the specified level number identifies an APS Management Entity Group
(MEG) to which the service VLAN belongs.
erp-ring ring_id port1 {slot/port | linkagg agg_num} port2 {slot/port | linkagg agg_num} service-vlan
vlan_id level level_num [guard-timer guard_timer] [wait-to-restore-timer wtr_timer] [enable | disable]
no erp-ring ring_id
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
The ERP ring ID number. The valid range is 1- 2147483647.
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module.
agg_num
The link aggregate ID number.
vlan_id
The service VLAN ID number.The valid range is 1- 4094.
level_num
The MEG level number for the service VLAN. The valid range is 0-7.
guard-timer
The guard timer value, in centi-secs, for the ring node.
wtr-timer
The wait-to-restore timer value, in minutes, for the Ring Protection Link
(RPL) node.
enable
Administratively enables the ERP ring.
disable
Administratively disables the ERP ring.
Defaults
parameter
default
guard_timer
50
wtr_timer
5
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove a ring from the switch configuration. Note that administratively disabling ring ports is recommended before deleting the ring to avoid creating any network
loops. Once the ring is deleted, then ensure that the same ports are administratively enabled under
Spanning Tree control.
• The specified ring identification number must be unique within a switch.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 17-3
erp-ring
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
• ERP is not supported on mobile ports, mirroring ports, link aggregate member ports, high availability
ports, Multicast VLAN receiver ports (ERP is supported on Multicast VLAN sender ports only),
VLAN Stacking user network interface (UNI) ports, or RRSTP ring ports.
• If a port is tagged with the service VLAN ID or the service VLAN is the default VLAN for the port,
then the port is not eligible to become an ERP ring port.
• Specify an existing VLAN ID for the service VLAN ID. Use the same VLAN ID and level number for
the service VLAN on each switch that participates in the ERP ring.
• If the ERP switch participates in an Ethernet OAM Maintenance Domain (MD), configure the ERP
service VLAN to use the same level number that is used for the Ethernet OAM MD.
• Specify a static VLAN ID for the ERP service VLAN; dynamic VLANs are not configurable as service
VLANs.
• The service VLAN can belong to only one ERP ring at a time. Up to four rings per switch are allowed.
• The specified service VLAN ID must not participate in a Spanning Tree instance that is associated with
non-ERP VLANs. This may require changing the Spanning Tree configuration for the VLAN ID prior
to using this command.
• An ERP ring port can belong to only one ERP ring at a time.
• An ERP type NNI-SVLAN binding has to be created before establishing an ERP ring on that SVLANNNI binding.
Examples
->
->
->
->
erp-ring 1 port1 1/1 port2 2/4 service-vlan 10 level 2 enable
erp-ring 2 port1 linkagg 1 port2 2/10 service-vlan 20 level 2
erp-ring 3 port1 linkagg 2 port2 linkagg 4 service-vlan 30 level 7
no erp-ring 2
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show erp
Displays the ERP ring configuration for the switch.
show erp protected-vlan
Displays the protected VLAN configuration for the switch.
show erp statistics
Displays ERP ring statistics.
ethernet-service svlan nni
Creates a NNI-SVLAN binding.
page 17-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
erp-ring
MIB Objects
alaErpRingId
alaErpRingServiceVid
alaErpRingMEGLevel
alaErpRingStatus
alaErpRingPort1
alaErpRingPort2
alaErpRingWaitToRestore
alaErpRingGuardTimer
alaErpRingRowStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 17-5
erp-ring protected-vlan
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
erp-ring protected-vlan
Configures a VLAN as a protected VLAN for an ERP ring. The ring ports associated with the specified
ring ID are tagged with the protected VLAN ID.
erp-ring ring_id protected-vlan vlan_id1[-vlan_id2] [vlan_id1[-vlan_id2]]
no erp-ring ring_id protected-vlan [vlan_id1[-vlan_id2]]
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
The ERP ring ID number. The valid range is 1- 2147483647.
vlan_id1[-vlan_id2]
The VLAN ID number. To specify multiple VLAN IDs in a single
command, use a hyphen to indicate a contiguous range of VLAN IDs
and a space to separate multiple VLAN ID entries (for example, 10-20
30 100).
Defaults
NA
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove a protected VLAN from the ERP ring configuration.
• The ERP ring ID number specified must already exist in the switch configuration, unless the VLAN ID
specified belongs to a VLAN Stacking SVLAN.
• The VLAN ID specified must already exist in the switch configuration.
• Specify only static VLAN IDs; dynamic VLANs are not configurable as protected VLANs.
• A protected VLAN can belong to only one ERP ring at a time.
• The specified protected VLAN ID must not participate in a Spanning Tree instance that is associated
with non-ERP VLANs. This may require changing the Spanning Tree configuration for the VLAN ID
prior to using this command.
• A SVLAN with two ERP VPA type NNI ports is automatically configured as an ERP protected VLAN
on a ring if the two NNI ports constitute its ring ports.
• Deletion of SVLAN-NNI binding results in removal of the SVLAN from the corresponding ERP
protected VLAN database.
Examples
->
->
->
->
->
erp-ring 1 protected-vlan 11
erp-ring 1 protected-vlan 12-20 25-40 100
erp-ring 2 protected-vlan 30-50
no erp-ring 1 protected-vlan
no erp-ring 1 protected-vlan 25-40
page 17-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
erp-ring protected-vlan
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
Related Commands
erp-ring
Configures an ERP ring.
show erp
Displays the ERP ring configuration for the switch.
show erp protected-vlan
Displays the protected VLAN configuration for the switch.
MIB Objects
alaErpRingId
alaErpRingVlanProtectedVid
alaErpRingVlanRowStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 17-7
erp-ring rpl-node
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
erp-ring rpl-node
Configures a switch as a Ring Protection Link (RPL) node. This command also identifies the ERP port as
an RPL connection port. The RPL remains blocked to prevent loops within the ERP ring.
erp-ring ring_id rpl-node {port slot/port | linkagg agg_num}
no erp-ring ring_id rpl-node
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
An existing ERP ring ID number. The valid range is 1- 2147483647.
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module.
agg_num
The link aggregate ID number.
Defaults
NA
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove the RPL designation for the specified ring.
• The RPL node can be configured only when the ring is disabled; RPL configuration applied to the ring
while it is enabled is rejected.
• The specified ERP ring ID must already exist in the switch configuration.
• This command applies only to ERP ring ports; ports not configured as ERP ring ports are not eligible to
become RPL ports.
• Only one of the two ring ports configured for the switch can be designated as an RPL node port.
Examples
-> erp-ring 1 rpl-node port 2/1
-> erp-ring 2 rpl-node linkagg 2
-> no erp-ring 2 rpl-node
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
page 17-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
erp-ring rpl-node
Related Commands
erp-ring
Configures an ERP ring.
erp-ring wait-to-restore
Configures the wait-to-restore timer value for the Ring Protection
Link (RPL) node.
show erp
Displays the ERP ring configuration for the switch.
MIB Objects
alaErpRingId
alaErpRingPortIfIndex
alaErpRingPortType
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 17-9
erp-ring wait-to-restore
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
erp-ring wait-to-restore
Configures the wait-to-restore timer value for the Ring Protection Link (RPL) switch. This timer determines the number of minutes the RPL switch waits before returning the RPL ports to a blocked state after
the ERP ring has recovered from a link failure.
erp-ring ring_id wait-to-restore wtr_timer
no erp-ring ring_id wait-to-restore
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
An existing ERP ring ID number. The valid range is 1- 2147483647.
wtr_timer
The number of minutes to wait before restoring the RPL to a blocked
state. The valid range is 1-12.
Defaults
By default, the wait-to-restore timer value is set to 5 minutes.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to set the timer back to the default setting of 5 minutes.
• The specified ERP ring ID must already exist in the switch configuration.
• This command applies only on a switch that serves as the RPL node for the ERP ring.
Examples
-> erp-ring 1 wait-to-restore 6
-> no erp-ring 1 wait-to-restore
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
Related Commands
erp-ring
Configures an ERP ring.
erp-ring rpl-node
Configures a Ring Protection Link (RPL) port connection.
show erp
Displays the ERP ring configuration for the switch.
MIB Objects
alaErpRingId
alaErpRingWaitToRestoreTimer
page 17-10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
erp-ring enable
erp-ring enable
Enables or disables an ERP ring identified by the specified ring ID. This command applies to enabling or
disabling existing ERP rings.
erp-ring ring_id {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
An existing ERP ring ID number. The valid range is 1- 2147483647.
Defaults
By default, ERP rings are disabled when they are created.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• The specified ring ID must already exist in the switch configuration.
• Enabling a ring is also allowed at the time the ring is created.
Examples
-> erp-ring 1 enable
-> erp-ring 1 disable
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
Related Commands
erp-ring
Configures an ERP ring.
show erp
Displays the ERP ring configuration for the switch.
MIB Objects
alaErpRingId
alaErpRingStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 17-11
erp-ring ethoam-event remote-endpoint
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
erp-ring ethoam-event remote-endpoint
Configures an ERP ring port to accept or drop a loss of connectivity event for a Remote Ethernet OAM
Maintenance End Point (MEP). This command allows ERP to interact with Ethernet OAM to monitor nonERP nodes that may exist in an ERP ring.
erp-ring ring_id ethoam-event {port slot/port | linkagg agg_num} remote-endpoint mep_id
no erp-ring ring_id ethoam-event {port slot/port | linkagg agg_num}
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
An existing ERP ring ID number. The valid range is 1- 2147483647.
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module.
agg_num
The link aggregate ID number.
mep_id
The remote MEP ID number. The valid range is 1-8191.
Defaults
By default, ERP ports drops Ethernet OAM loss of connectivity events.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to configure the ERP ring port to drop loss of connectivity events.
• The specified ring ID must already exist in the switch configuration.
• The specified remote MEP ID number is only allowed on one ring port within the same ERP ring.
Examples
-> erp-ring 1 ethoam-event port 1/1 remote-endpoint 10
-> erp-ring 1 ethoam-event linkagg 1 remote-endpoint 20
-> no erp-ring 1 ethoam-event port 1/1
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
page 17-12
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
erp-ring ethoam-event remote-endpoint
Related Commands
erp-ring
Configures an ERP ring.
show erp
Displays the ERP ring configuration for the switch.
MIB Objects
alaErpRingId
alaErpRingPortEthOAMEvent
alaErpRingPortRmepId
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 17-13
erp-ring guard-timer
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
erp-ring guard-timer
Configures the guard timer value for the specified ERP ring node. The guard timer is used to prevent ring
nodes from receiving outdated Ring Automatic Protection Switching (R-APS) messages. During the
amount of time determined by this timer, all received R-APS messages are ignored by the ring protection
control process.
erp-ring ring_id guard-timer guard_timer
no erp-ring ring_id guard-timer
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
An existing ERP ring ID number. The valid range is 1–2147483647.
guard_timer
The guard timer value. The valid range is 1–200 centi-secs.
Defaults
parameter
default
guard_timer
50
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to set the timer back to the default value of 50 centi-secs.
• The specified ring ID must already exist in the switch configuration.
Examples
-> erp-ring 1 guard-timer 10
-> no erp-ring 1 guard-timer
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
Related Commands
erp-ring
Configures an ERP ring.
show erp
Displays the ERP ring configuration for the switch.
MIB Objects
alaErpRingId
alaErpRingGuardTimer
page 17-14
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
clear erp statistics
clear erp statistics
Clears ERP statistics for all rings, a specific ring, or a specific ring port.
clear erp statistics [ring ring_id [port slot/port | linkagg agg_num]]
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
An existing ERP ring ID number. The valid range is 1- 2147483647.
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module.
agg_num
The link aggregate ID number.
Defaults
By default, statistics are cleared for all ERP rings in the switch configuration.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Enter a ring ID to clear the statistics for a specific ring.
• Enter a ring ID and a ring port number or link aggregate ID to clear the statistics for a specific port or
link aggregate.
• The specified ring ID must already exist in the switch configuration.
• The specified port must belong to the ring identified by the ring ID.
Examples
->
->
->
->
clear
clear
clear
clear
erp
erp
erp
erp
statistics
statistics ring 5
statistics ring 5 port 1/2
statistics ring 5 linkagg 10
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 17-15
clear erp statistics
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
Related Commands
erp-ring
Configures an ERP ring.
show erp
Displays the ERP ring configuration for the switch.
show erp statistics
Displays ERP ring statistics.
MIB Objects
alaErpClearStats
alaErpRingTable
alaErpRingId
alaErpRingClearStats
alaErpRingPortTable
alaErpRingPortIfIndex
alaErpRingPortClearStats
page 17-16
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
show erp
show erp
Displays the ERP configuration information for all rings, a specific ring, or for a specific ring port.
show erp [ring ring_id | [port slot/port | linkagg agg_num]]
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
An existing ERP ring ID number. The valid range is 1- 2147483647.
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module.
agg_num
The link aggregate ID number.
Defaults
By default, configuration information is displayed for all ERP rings in the switch configuration.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Enter a ring ID to display the configuration for a specific ring.
• Enter a ring port number or a link aggregate ID to display the configuration for a specific port or link
aggregate.
• The specified ring ID must already exist in the switch configuration.
Examples
-> show erp
Legends: *
- Inactive Configuration
WTR - Wait To Restore
MEG - Maintenance Entity Group
Ring
ID
Ring Ring
Port1 Port2
Ring
Status
Serv WTR Guard MEG
Ring
Ring
VLAN Timer Timer Level
State
Node
(min) (csec)
----------+------+------+---------+----+-----+-----+-----+-----------+-------1
1/15
1/1
enabled 4094
3
50
2
idle
rpl
2
6/7
4/1
enabled 4093
1
50
1
idle
rpl
3
4/7
6/1
enabled 4092
1
50
3
idle
rpl
4
4/8
6/23
enabled 4091
5
50
4
idle non-rpl
Total number of rings configured = 4
-> show erp ring 1
Legend: * - Inactive Configuration
Ring Id
Ring Port1
: 1,
: 1/15,
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 17-17
show erp
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
Ring Port2
Ring Status
Service VLAN
WTR Timer (min)
Guard Timer (centi-sec)
MEG Level
Ring State
Ring Node Type
RPL Port
Last State Change
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1/1,
enabled,
4094,
3,
50,
2,
idle,
rpl,
1/1,
SUN DEC 25 06:50:17 2016 (sysUpTime 00h:01m:31s)
output definitions
Ring ID
The ERP ring ID number.
Ring Ports
The slot and port number of the ring ports.
Ring Status
The ring status (enabled or disabled).
Service VLAN
The Service VLAN ID.
WTR Timer
The wait-to-restore timer value in minutes for RPL node.
Guard Timer
The guard timer value in centi-secs for the ring node.
MEG Level
The Service VLAN Management Entity Group (MEG) level.
Ring State
Indicates the state of the ring.
Ring Node Type
Indicates the type of the ring node.
Last State Change
Indicates the time when the last state change occurred.
-> show erp port 1/15
Legend: * - Inactive Configuration
Ring-Id : 1
Ring Port Status
Ring Port Type
Ethoam Event
: forwarding,
: non-rpl,
: disabled
-> show erp port 1/1
Legend: * - Inactive Configuration
Ring Id : 1
Ring Port Status
Rint Port Type
Ethoam Event
Rmepid
:
:
:
:
blocking,
RPL,
enabled,
10
output definitions
Ring ID
The ERP ring ID number.
Ring Port Status
The status of the ring port (blocking or forwarding).
Ring Port Type
The type of ring port (RPL or non-RPL).
Ethoam Event
Indicates whether or not the ring port accepts Ethernet OAM loss of
connectivity events (enabled or disabled).
Rmepid
The remote Ethernet OAM MEP ID number from which this port
accepts loss of connectivity events. This field displays only when the
ring port is configured to receive such events.
page 17-18
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
show erp
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show erp protected-vlan
Displays the protected VLAN configuration for the switch.
show erp statistics
Displays ERP ring statistics.
MIB Objects
alaErpRingId
alaErpRingStatus
alaErpRingServiceVid
alaErpRingMEGLevel
alaErpRingPort1
alaErpRingPort2
alaErpRingPortIfIndex
alaErpRingState
alaErpRingPortStatus
alaErpRingPortType
alaErpRingPortEthOAMEvent
alaErpRingPortRmepId
alaErpRingWaitToRestoreTimer
alaErpRingGuardTimer
alaErpRingLastStateChange
alaErpRingTimeToRevert
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 17-19
show erp protected-vlan
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
show erp protected-vlan
Displays the protected VLAN configuration for all ERP rings or for a specific ring.
show erp [ring ring_id] protected-vlan
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
An existing ERP ring ID number. The valid range is 1- 2147483647.
Defaults
By default, the protected VLAN configuration is displayed for all ERP rings in the switch configuration.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Enter a ring ID to display the protected VLANs for a specific ring.
• The specified ring ID must already exist in the switch configuration.
Examples
-> show erp protected-vlan
Ring Id
: 1,
Protected VLAN : 10 20 30-40
Ring Id
: 2,
Protected VLAN : 50
-> show erp ring 3 protected-vlan
Ring Id
: 3,
Protected VLAN : none
output definitions
Ring ID
The ERP ring ID number.
Protected VLAN
The VLAN IDs of the protected VLANs associated with the ring ID.
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
page 17-20
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
show erp protected-vlan
Related Commands
show erp
Displays ERP ring configuration for the switch.
show erp statistics
Displays ERP ring statistics.
MIB Objects
alaErpRingId
alaErpRingVlanProtectedVid
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 17-21
show erp statistics
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
show erp statistics
Displays the ERP statistics for all rings, a specific ring, or a specific ring port.
show erp statistics [ring ring_id [port slot/port | linkagg agg_num]]
Syntax Definitions
ring_id
An existing ERP ring ID number. The valid range is 1- 2147483647.
slot/port
The slot number for the module and the physical port number on that
module.
agg_num
The link aggregate ID number.
Defaults
By default, statistics are displayed for all ERP rings in the switch configuration.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Enter a ring ID to display the statistics for a specific ring.
• Enter a ring ID and a ring port number or link aggregate ID to display the statistics for a specific port or
link aggregate.
• The specified ring ID must already exist in the switch configuration.
• The specified port must belong to the ring identified by the ring ID.
Examples
-> show erp statistics
Legends: R-APS - Ring Automatic Protection Switching
RPL
- Ring Protection Link
Ring-Id : 1
Ring Port : 1/15
Signal Fail PDUs
Sent : 3,
Recv : 0,
Drop : 0
No Request PDUs
Sent : 37,
Recv : 37,
Drop : 0
No Request RPL Block PDUs
Sent : 4322,
Recv : 0,
Drop : 0
Invalid R-APS PDUs
Recv : 0
page 17-22
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
show erp statistics
Ring Port : 1/1
Signal Fail PDUs
Sent : 6,
Recv : 0,
Drop : 0
No Request PDUs
Sent : 37,
Recv : 38,
Drop : 0
No Request RPL Block PDUs
Sent : 4322,
Recv : 0,
Drop : 0
Invalid R-APS PDUs
Recv : 0
Ring-Id : 2
Ring Port : 6/7
Signal Fail PDUs
Sent : 6,
Recv : 0,
Drop : 0
No Request PDUs
Sent : 16,
Recv : 14,
Drop : 0
No Request RPL Block PDUs
Sent : 4347,
Recv : 0,
Drop : 4341
Invalid R-APS PDUs
Recv : 0
-> show erp statistics ring 3
Legends: R-APS - Ring Automatic Protection Switching
RPL
- Ring Protection Link
Ring-Id : 3
Ring Port : 4/7
Signal Fail PDUs
Sent : 6,
Recv : 0,
Drop : 0
No Request PDUs
Sent : 16,
Recv : 14,
Drop : 0
No Request RPL Block PDUs
Sent : 4351,
Recv : 0,
Drop : 0
Invalid R-APS PDUs
Recv : 0
Ring Port : 6/1
Signal Fail PDUs
Sent : 6,
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 17-23
show erp statistics
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
Recv : 0,
Drop : 0
No Request PDUs
Sent : 13,
Recv : 13,
Drop : 0
No Request RPL Block PDUs
Sent : 4358,
Recv : 0,
Drop : 0
Invalid R-APS PDUs
Recv : 0
-> show erp statistics ring 1 port 1/15
Legends: R-APS - Ring Automatic Protection Switching
RPL
- Ring Protection Link
Ring-Id : 1
Ring Port : 1/15
Signal Fail PDUs
Sent : 3,
Recv : 0,
Drop : 0
No Request PDUs
Sent : 37,
Recv : 37,
Drop : 0
No Request RPL Block PDUs
Sent : 4338,
Recv : 0,
Drop : 0
Invalid R-APS PDUs
Recv: 0
output definitions
Ring ID
The ERP ring ID number.
Ring Port
The slot and port number of the ring port.
R-APS
The type of Ring Automatic Switching Protocol (R-APS) event message (NR = no request, RB = RPL is blocked, SF = signal failure). APS
is the protocol ERP uses to monitor and control ring links.
Send
Total number of R-APS messages sent.
Recv
Total number of R-APS messages received.
Drop
Total number of R-APS messages dropped.
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
page 17-24
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
show erp statistics
Related Commands
show erp
Displays the ERP ring configuration for the switch.
show erp protected-vlan
Displays the protected VLAN configuration for the switch.
clear erp statistics
Clears ERP ring statistics.
MIB Objects
alaERPClearStats
alaERPRingClearStats
alaErpRingPortClearStats
alaErpRingId
alaErpRingPortIfIndex
alaErpStatsSignalFailPduTx
alaErpStatsSignalFailPduRx
alaErpStatsSignalFailPduDrop
alaErpStatsNoRequestPduTx
alaErpStatsNoRequestPduRx
alaErpStatsNoRequestPduDrop
alaErpStatsRPLBlockPDUTx
alaErpStatsRPLBlockPDURx
alaErpStatsRPLBlockPDUDrop
alaErpStatsPDUErr
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 17-25
show erp statistics
page 17-26
Ethernet Ring Protection Commands
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
18
Loopback Detection
Commands
Loopback Detection (LBD) automatically detects and prevents forwarding loops on ports that have
forwarded network traffic which has looped back to the originating switch. LBD detects and prevents
Layer 2 forwarding loops on a port either in the absence of other loop detection mechanisms such as
STP/RSTP/MSTP, or when these mechanisms cannot detect it (for example, a client equipment can drop
BPDUs, or the STP protocol can be restricted to the network edge). On a linkagg port, if one port of
linkagg is getting shutdown due to LBD, then all the ports of linkagg goes to shutdown state.
Loopback Detection is enabled globally on a chassis or on a per-port basis. Once a loop is discovered, the
port from which the loop originated is placed into an “Inactive” state. When the two ports of a switch are
connected to each other through a hub, either the port is shutdown or it is in normal state.
When loopback occurs, a trap is sent and the event is logged. The port can manually be enabled again
when the problem is resolved, or a Network Manager can define a recovery interval that automatically
places the port into a “Normal” state after a defined period.
MIB information for the Loopback Detection commands is as follows:
Filename:
Module:
alcatelIND1LBD.mib
ALCATEL-IND1-LBD-MIB
A summary of available commands is listed here:
loopback-detection
loopback-detection port
loopback-detection transmission-timer
loopback-detection autorecovery-timer
show loopback-detection
show loopback-detection port
show loopback-detection statistics port
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 18-1
loopback-detection
Loopback Detection Commands
loopback-detection
Enables or disables Loopback Detection (LBD) globally on the switch.
loopback-detection {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
enable
Enables LBD on the switch.
disable
Disables LBD on the switch.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• LBD can be enabled globally and per port without any dependency but loopback-detection is
operational only if LBD is enabled globally and also on the specific port.
• LBD can be configured for a port and the configuration can be applied and retained, whether LBD is
enabled globally. However, LBD functionality on a port is available only when LBD is enabled
globally on the switch.
Examples
-> loopback-detection enable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
loopback-detection port
Enables or disables LBD on a specific port.
show loopback-detection
Displays LBD configuration information.
MIB Objects
alaLdbConfigTable
alaLdbGLobalConfigStatus
page 18-2
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Loopback Detection Commands
loopback-detection port
loopback-detection port
Enables or disables LBD on a specific port.
loopback-detection port slot/port [-port2] {enable | disable}
Syntax Definitions
slot/port
The slot number and the physical port number of the module that is
being configured for LBD.
-port2
Specifies the last port in the range of ports.
enable
Enables LBD on the specified port.
disable
Disables LBD on the specified port.
Defaults
parameter
default
enable | disable
disable
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Loopback Detection must be enabled globally to enable LBD functionality on a specific port.
• LBD can be configured for a port and the configuration can be applied and retained, whether LBD is
enabled globally. However, LBD functionality on a port is available only when LBD is enabled
globally on the switch.
Examples
-> loopback-detection port 1/1 enable
-> loopback-detection port 1/1-8 enable
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 18-3
loopback-detection port
Loopback Detection Commands
Related Commands
loopback-detection
Enables or disables LBD globally on the switch.
show loopback-detection
Displays LBD configuration information.
MIB Objects
alaLdbPortConfigTable
alaLdbPortConfigEntry
alaLdbPortConfigIndex
alaLdbPortConfigLdbAdminStatus
alaLdbPortConfigLdbOperStatus
page 18-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Loopback Detection Commands
loopback-detection transmission-timer
loopback-detection transmission-timer
Configures the LBD transmission timer on the switch. The transmission time is the time period between
the consecutive LBD packet transmissions.
loopback-detection transmission-timer seconds
Syntax Definitions
seconds
The time period in seconds between LBD packet transmissions. The
valid range is from 5 to 600 seconds.
Defaults
parameter
default
seconds
30
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If the timer value is not configured, the default value of 30 seconds is assigned to the transmission
period.
• The timer can be modified at any time. However, the new timer value takes effect only after the timer
is restarted.
Examples
-> loopback-detection transmission-timer 200
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
loopback-detection
Enables or disables LBD globally on the switch.
show loopback-detection
Displays LBD configuration information.
MIB Objects
alaLdbConfigTable
alaLdbGLobalConfigTransmissionTimer
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 18-5
loopback-detection autorecovery-timer
Loopback Detection Commands
loopback-detection autorecovery-timer
Configures the LBD autorecovery timer on the switch. The autorecovery time is the time period in seconds
that passes after which ports that were shut down through LBD are moved to normal state or inactive state,
depending on the parameter that is set on the switch.
loopback-detection autorecovery-timer seconds
Syntax Definitions
seconds
The LBD autorecovery timer in seconds. The valid range is from 30 to
86400 seconds.
Defaults
parameter
default
seconds
300
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• If the autorecovery timer value is not configured, the default value of 300 seconds is assigned to the
autorecovery period.
• The timer can be modified at any time. However, the new timer value takes effect only after the timer
is restarted.
Examples
-> loopback-detection autorecovery-timer 300
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
loopback-detection
Enables or disables LBD globally on the switch.
show loopback-detection
Displays LBD configuration information.
MIB Objects
alaLdbConfigTable
alaLdbGLobalConfigAutorecoveryTimer
page 18-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Loopback Detection Commands
show loopback-detection
show loopback-detection
Displays the global LBD configuration information for the switch.
show loopback-detection
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use this command to display the global configuration of LDB.
• To view information for a specific port, use the show loopback-detection port command.
Examples
-> show loopback-detection
Global LBD Status
Global LBD Transmission Timer
Global LBD Auto-recovery Timer
: Enabled
: 200 sec
: 300 sec
-> show loopback-detection port 1/1
Global LBD Status
Global LBD Transmission Timer
Global LBD Auto-recovery Timer
Port LBD Status
Port LBD State
:
:
:
:
:
Enabled
200 sec
300 sec
Enabled
Normal
output definitions
Global LBD Status
The status of LBD of the switch (Enabled or Disabled).
Global LBD Transmission
Timer
Displays the time interval in seconds between LBD packet
transmissions.
Global LBD Auto-recovery
Timer
Displays the autorecovery time period in seconds. It is the time period
that passes after which ports that were shut down through LBD are
moved to normal state.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 18-7
show loopback-detection
Loopback Detection Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
loopback-detection
Enables or disables LBD globally on the switch.
show loopback-detection port
Displays LBD configuration information for all ports on the switch.
MIB Objects
alaLdbConfigTable
alaLdbGLobalConfigStatus
page 18-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Loopback Detection Commands
show loopback-detection port
show loopback-detection port
Displays global LBD configuration information on the switch. When slot and port number are mentioned,
the LBD configuration information of the specific port is displayed.
show loopback-detection port [slot/port]
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to view LBD information of a specific port on a switch.
Examples
-> show loopback-detection port
Slot/Port
Admin State
OperState
-------------+---------------+----------------1/2
enabled
Normal
-> show loopback-detection port 1/1
Global LBD Status
Global LBD Transmission Timer
Global LBD Transmission Timer
Port LBD Status
Port LBD State
:
:
:
:
:
Enabled
200 sec
300 sec
Enabled
Normal
output definitions
Global LBD Status
The status of LBD of the switch (Enabled or Disabled).
Global LBD Transmission
Timer
Displays the time interval in seconds between LBD packet
transmissions.
Global LBD Auto-recovery
Timer
Displays the autorecovery time period in seconds. It is the time period
that passes after which ports that were shut down through LBD are
moved to normal state.
Slot/Port
The slot/port number LBD port.
Admin State
The administrative state of the port (Enabled or Disabled).
Oper State
The operational state of the port (Normal or Inactive).
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 18-9
show loopback-detection port
Loopback Detection Commands
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
loopback-detection
Enables or disables LBD globally on the switch.
show loopback-detection
Displays LBD configuration information for the switch or for a specific
port.
MIB Objects
alaLdbConfigTable
alaLdbGLobalConfigStatus
page 18-10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
Loopback Detection Commands
show loopback-detection statistics port
show loopback-detection statistics port
Displays LBD statistics information for a specific port on the switch.
show loopback-detection statistics port [slot/port]
Syntax Definitions
N/A
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to view LDB statistics of a specific port on a switch.
Examples
-> show loopback-detection statistics port 1/1
LBD Port Statistics
LBD Packet Send
Invalid LBD Packet Received
: 1
: 0
output definitions
Slot/Port
The slot/port number LBD port.
LBD Packet Send
The number of LBD packet sent from the port.
Invalid LBD Packet Received
The number of invalid LBD packets received on the port.
Release History
Release 6.6.1; command was introduced.
Related Commands
loopback-detection
Enables or disables LBD globally on the switch.
show loopback-detection
Displays LBD configuration information for the switch or for a specific
port.
MIB Objects
alaLdbConfigTable
alaLdbGLobalConfigStatus
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 18-11
show loopback-detection statistics port
page 18-12
Loopback Detection Commands
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
19 CPE Test Head Commands
The Customer Provider Edge (CPE) Test Head traffic generator and analyzer is a Test-OAM (Operation,
Administration, and Maintenance) tool used in the Metro Ethernet Network to validate the customer
Service Level Agreements (SLA). This functionality allows the operator to validate the Metro Ethernet
Network between customer end points, which is critical when provisioning or troubleshooting network
services.
This implementation of CPE Test Head supports unidirectional, ingress tests. Traffic is generated at the
UNI port as if the traffic was generated from a test head connected to the UNI port. This validates the
actual customer SLA by subjecting the test traffic to the ingress QoS defined at the UNI port (Ethernet
SAP profile or QoS policy rules for priority and bandwidth control) and the egress QoS defined at the
egress NNI port and carrier network.
The CPE test is non-disruptive to traffic running on other UNI ports that are associated with the same SAP
profile as the test UNI port. All UNI ports, including CPE test ports, are subject to any SAP profile or QoS
configuration associated with the port. This is important to consider when analyzing test results.
The feature provides a multi-stream test capability. The CPE multi-test feature is supported on non-metro
switches with metro license. The feature supports a stack containing up to eight switches.
Multi-stream test requires a free port. The port should not be used and should not have any configuration.
When a multi-stream test starts, the port is made out of service. The port is made operational again and the
configuration is retained when the test is stopped.
MIB information for the CPE Test Head commands are:
Filename:
Module:
alcatelIND1testoam.mib
ALCATEL-IND1-TEST-OAM-MIB
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 19-1
CPE Test Head Commands
A summary of available commands is listed here:
Single-test
Multi-test
page 19-2
test-oam
test-oam src-endpoint dst-endpoint
test-oam port
test-oam vlan test-frame
test-oam role
test-oam duration rate packet-size
test-oam frame
test-oam start stop
show test-oam
show test-oam statistics
clear test-oam statistics
test-oam group
test-oam group tests
test-oam feeder
test-oam group src-endpoint dst-endpoint
test-oam group role
test-oam group port
test-oam group direction
test-oam group duration rate
test-oam group start
test-oam group stop
clear test-oam group statistics
show test-oam group
show test-oam group statistics
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CPE Test Head Commands
test-oam
test-oam
Configures the CPE test name and an optional description. The test name is used to identify and configure
a CPE test profile.
test-oam string [descr description]
no test-oam string
Syntax Definitions
string
The name of the CPE test, an alphanumeric string between 1 and 32
characters. This name is used to identify a specific CPE test and is also
referred to as the test ID.
description
The description to assign to the test name, an alphanumeric string
between 1 and 32 characters.
Defaults
parameter
default
description
DEFAULT
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove the specified CPE test configuration.
• This command creates a new CPE test profile that is identified by the test name. Make sure the name
specified does not exist in the switch configuration.
• A maximum of 32 tests can be configured.
• Only one test can be active on the switch at any given time.
Examples
-> test-oam Test1
-> test-oam Test2 descr second-test
-> no test-oam Test2
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 19-3
test-oam
CPE Test Head Commands
Related Commands
show test-oam
Displays the CPE test configuration and status.
show test-oam statistics
Displays CPE test statistics.
MIB Objects
alaTestOamConfigTable
alaTestOamConfigTestName
alaTestOamConfigTestDescription
alaTestOamConfigRowStatus
page 19-4
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CPE Test Head Commands
test-oam src-endpoint dst-endpoint
test-oam src-endpoint dst-endpoint
Configures the source and destination endpoints for the specified test.
test-oam string [src-endpoint src-string] [dst-endpoint dst-string]
Syntax Definitions
string
The name of an existing CPE test.
src-string
The management IP address or DNS host name of the switch that will
transmit test traffic.
dst-string
The management IP address or DNS host name of the switch that will
receive test traffic. This is the switch on which traffic analysis is done.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Using the DNS host name of the switch is highly recommended, as this name is unique and is mapped
to an IP address configured for the switch.
• This command automatically overwrites the source and destination endpoint values previously
configured for the specified CPE test.
Examples
-> test-oam Test1 src-endpoint SW1 dst-endpoint SW2
-> test-oam Test1 src-endpoint SW1
-> test-oam Test1 dst-endpoint SW2
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
Related Commands
test-oam port
Configures the port on which the CPE test will run.
show test-oam
Displays the CPE test configuration and status.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 19-5
test-oam src-endpoint dst-endpoint
CPE Test Head Commands
MIB Objects
alaTestOamConfigTable
alaTestOamConfigTestName
alaTestOamConfigSourceEndpoint
alaTestOamConfigDestinationEndpoint
page 19-6
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CPE Test Head Commands
test-oam port
test-oam port
Configures the port on which the CPE test will run. Use this command on the switch that will generate the
test traffic. If the switch is going to receive test traffic, configuring a test port is not necessary.
test-oam string port slot/port
Syntax Definitions
string
The name of an existing CPE test.
slot/port
The port on which the CPE test will generate traffic.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• In an Ethernet Service environment, the UNI port is designated as the test port on the generator switch
to simulate traffic coming in on the port as if it was sent from a test head device. This will subject the
test traffic to the SAP profile.
• Note that the customer traffic is disrupted on ports configured as CPE test ports. Configuring a port
that is not in use is recommended. In addition, if the test port is a UNI port associated with an SAP
profile, only that UNI port is used for the test. Traffic on other UNI ports associated with the same
profile is not disrupted by the CPE test.
• All UNI ports, including CPE test ports, are subject to any SAP profile or QoS configuration
associated with the port. This should be considered when test results are analyzed.
• This command automatically overwrites the port value previously configured for the specified CPE
test.
Examples
-> test-oam Test1 port 1/2
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 19-7
test-oam port
CPE Test Head Commands
Related Commands
test-oam vlan test-frame
Configures the source mac-address, destination mac-address, and the
SVLAN for the test-frame used in the test.
show test-oam
Displays the CPE test configuration and status.
MIB Objects
alaTestOamConfigTable
alaTestOamConfigTestName
alaTestOamConfigPort
page 19-8
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CPE Test Head Commands
test-oam vlan test-frame
test-oam vlan test-frame
Configures the SVLAN and the source and destination MAC addresses for the test frame. Use this
command to configure these test parameters on both the generator (local) switch and the analyzer (remote)
switch for the specified CPE test.
test-oam string [vlan svlan] [[test-frame [src-mac src-address] [dst-mac dst-address]]
Syntax Definitions
string
The name of an existing CPE test.
svlan
The service VLAN ID. This is used for traffic analysis and test-frame
accounting.
src-address
Source mac-address of the test-frame.
dst-address
Destination mac-address of the test-frame.
Defaults
parameter
default
src-address
00:00:00:00:00:00
dst-address
00:00:00:00:00:00
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Although the source and destination MAC addresses are optional parameters with this command, the
test will not run if these addresses are set to all zeros (the default).
• Make sure that routing is disabled on the specified SVLAN.
• Avoid configuring any IEEE reserved MAC addresses as the destination MAC address for the test.
• This command automatically overwrites the SVLAN, source MAC, or destination MAC values previously configured for the specified CPE test.
Examples
-> test-oam Test1 vlan 100 test-frame src-mac 00:01:02:00:00:02 dst-mac
00:00:01:00:00:90
-> test-oam Test1 vlan 100
-> test-oam Test1 test-frame src-mac 00:01:02:00:00:02 dst-mac 00:00:01:00:00:90
-> test-oam Test1 test-frame src-mac 00:01:02:00:00:02
-> test-oam Test test-frame dst-mac 00:00:01:00:00:90
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 19-9
test-oam vlan test-frame
CPE Test Head Commands
Related Commands
test-oam role
Configures the switch as a generator or analyzer for the test.
show test-oam
Displays the CPE test configuration and status.
MIB Objects
alaTestOamConfigTable
alaTestOamConfigTestName
alaTestOamConfigVlan
alaTestOamConfigFrameSrcMacAddress
alaTestOamConfigFrameDstMacAddress
page 19-10
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CPE Test Head Commands
test-oam role
test-oam role
Configures the role the switch will perform for the specified CPE test. The type of role assigned
determines whether the switch transmits (generator) or receives (analyzer) test frames.
test-oam string role {generator | analyzer}
Syntax Definitions
string
The name of an existing CPE test.
generator
Configures the switch as the test generator.
analyzer
Configures the switch as the test analyzer.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use this command on the switch that will perform the specified role.
• Configuring a generator and an analyzer switch for each test is required.
• Only one role can be assigned to the switch for a particular test.
• This command automatically overwrites the previously configured switch role for the specified CPE
test.
Examples
-> test-oam Test1 role generator
-> test-oam Test2 role analyzer
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 19-11
test-oam role
CPE Test Head Commands
Related Commands
test-oam duration rate packet- Configures the test frame duration, rate and packet-size for the test.
size
show test-oam
Displays the CPE test configuration and status.
MIB Objects
alaTestOamConfigTable
alaTestOamConfigTestName
alaTestOamConfigRole
page 19-12
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CPE Test Head Commands
test-oam duration rate packet-size
test-oam duration rate packet-size
Configures the duration, rate, and packet-size for the specified test. Use this command to configure these
test parameters on the generator switch.
test-oam string [duration secs] [rate rate] [packet-size bytes]
Syntax Definitions
string
The name of an existing CPE test.
secs
The duration of the test, in seconds. This is the amount of time the
generator will actively transmit test packets to the remote (analyzer)
switch. The valid time range is 1–3600 seconds
rate
The rate, in kbps or mbps, at which test traffic is generated. The
minimum value allowed is 8 kbps to line rate. The granularity of the
transmit rate is 8 Kbps for 100 Mbps port and 2 Mbps for 1Gig ports.
bytes
The packet size, in bytes. The valid range is 64–9212 bytes.
Defaults
Parameter
Default
secs
5 secs
rate
8k
bytes
64 byte
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• This command automatically overwrites any duration, rate, and packet size parameter values
previously configured for the specified CPE test.
• The status of the CPE test will change to “ended” when the test duration time expires.
• This command automatically overwrites the duration, rate, or packet size values previously configured
for the specified CPE test.
Examples
->
->
->
->
test-oam
test-oam
test-oam
test-oam
Test1
Test1
Test1
Test1
duration 10 rate 8k packet-size 64
rate 8m
duration 10
packet-size 64
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 19-13
test-oam duration rate packet-size
CPE Test Head Commands
Related Commands
test-oam frame
Configures the test frame parameter values for the CPE test.
show test-oam
Displays the CPE test configuration and status.
MIB Objects
alaTestOamConfigTable
alaTestOamConfigTestName
alaTestOamConfigDuration
alaTestOamConfigGeneratorBandwidth
alaTestOamConfigGeneratorPacketSize
page 19-14
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CPE Test Head Commands
test-oam frame
test-oam frame
Configures the test frame parameter values for the specified CPE test. Use this command on the switch
that will generate the test frame traffic.
test-oam string frame
[vlan-tag vlan-id priority priority drop-eligible {true | false}}]
ether-type {hex-num | ipv4 {src-ip src-ipv4 dst-ip dst-ipv4 [ttl ttl] [tos tos] [protocol {udp | tcp}
{src-port src-port dst-port dst-port}]}]} [data-pattern pattern]
Syntax Definitions
string
The name of an existing CPE test.
vlan-id
The VLAN ID of the frame.
priority
The priority value. The valid range is 0–7.
true
Sets the drop-eligible bit to true.
false
Sets the drop-eligible bit to false.
hex-num
The hexadecimal ethertype value. The valid range is 0x600–0xfffe.
src-ipv4
The source IP address for an IPv4 test frame.
dst-ipv4
The destination IP address for an IPv4 test frame.
ttl
The time-to-live value. The valid range is 0–255.
tos
The type-of-service value for QoS features. The valid range is 0x0–0xff.
udp
Specifies the UDP protocol.
tcp
Specifies the TCP protocol.
src-port
The source port of the generated test frame.
dst-port
The destination port of the generated test frame.
pattern
The data pattern present in the generated test frame. The valid range is
0x0000–0xffff.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 19-15
test-oam frame
CPE Test Head Commands
Defaults
Parameter
Default
priority
7
drop-eligible
false
ttl
64
tos
0x0
pattern
0x0000
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Specify the Ether type in hexadecimal format to configure a Layer 2 test frame.
• Specify ipv4 as the Ether type to configure a Layer 3 test frame. When this option is selected, entering
a source and destination IP address is required.
• Do not specify reserved Ether type values.
• This command automatically overwrites the test packet parameter values previously configured for the
specified CPE test.
Examples
If the ether-type is a hexadecimal number (Layer 2 test frame):
-> test-oam Test1 frame vlan-tag 1 priority 2 drop-eligible false ether-type 0x0100
data-pattern 0x0010
If the ether-type is IPV4 (Layer 3 test frame):
-> test-oam Test1 frame vlan-tag 1 priority 2 drop-eligible false ether-type ipv4
src-ip 1.1.1.1 dst-ip 2.2.2.2 ttl 4 tos 0x01 protocol udp src-port 2000 dst-port
3000 data-pattern 0x0010
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
page 19-16
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CPE Test Head Commands
test-oam frame
Related Commands
test-oam start stop
Start or stop the CPE test.
show test-oam
Displays the CPE test configuration and status.
MIB Objects
alaTestOamConfigTable
alaTestOamConfigTestName
alaTestOamEtherConfigTable
alaTestOamIpv4ConfigTable
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 19-17
test-oam start stop
CPE Test Head Commands
test-oam start stop
Starts or stops the CPE test operation.
test-oam string {[vlan vlan-id] [port slot/port] [packet-size bytes] start | stop}
Syntax Definitions
string
The name of an existing CPE test.
vlan-id
The service VLAN ID. This value is required only for traffic analysis
and test frame accounting and is not related to the VLAN tag specified
for the actual test frame.
slot/port
The switch port on which the test is run.
bytes
The size of the test packet, in bytes. The valid packet size range is
64–9212 bytes.
start
Starts the CPE test operation.
stop
Stops the CPE test operation.
Defaults
Parameter
Default
bytes
64
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Ensure that routing is disabled on the specified service VLAN.
• The optional vlan, port, and packet-size parameters specify “active” parameter values that are applied
when the specified CPE test is started. If these same parameters are defined within a CPE test profile,
they are considered “configured” parameter values. Active parameter values override configured
parameter values when the test is started.
• If no active parameter values are specified with this command, the test is started using the configured
values defined in the CPE test profile. However, if active parameter values are not specified and the
CPE test does not contain any configured values for these parameters, the test will not run.
• Specifying any of the optional parameter values does not change the configured values associated with
the CPE test.
• If the specified port resides on a switch that will transmit test traffic, the port will generate the test
frames. However, if the switch is an analyzer switch, specifying a port is not required.
• Start the specified test on the analyzer switch first and then on the generator switch.
page 19-18
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CPE Test Head Commands
test-oam start stop
• The test will stop when the test duration time expires or when the test is manually stopped using the
test-oam stop command.
• Manually restart the test if the test is interrupted by a takeover, restart, or hot swap.
• The previous statistics related to the test will be cleared automatically once the test is started.
Examples
->
->
->
->
->
->
test-oam
test-oam
test-oam
test-oam
test-oam
test-oam
Test1
Test1
Test1
Test1
Test1
Test1
start
vlan 100 start
port 1/1 start
packet-size 100 start
vlan 100 port 1/1 packet-size 100 start
stop
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show test-oam statistics
Displays CPE test statistics.
show test-oam
Displays the CPE test configuration and status.
MIB Objects
alaTestOamConfigTable
alaTestOamConfigTestName
alaTestOamConfigVlan
alaTestOamConfigPort
alaTestOamConfigGeneratorPacketSize
alaTestOamConfigTestIdState
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 19-19
show test-oam
CPE Test Head Commands
show test-oam
Displays the CPE test configuration and status.
show test-oam [tests | string]
Syntax Definitions
tests
Displays information for all the CPE tests.
string
The name of an existing CPE test.
Defaults
N/A
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the tests parameter to display information for all CPE tests configured on the switch.
• Use the string parameter to display detailed information for a specific CPE test.
Examples
-> show test-oam tests
Total Test-Ids: 4
Test-Id Port Src-Mac
Dst-Mac
Vlan Direction
Status
---------+-----+----------------+------------------+-----+-------------+----------Test1
1/1 00:11:22:33:44:55 00:22:33:44:55:66 100
unidirectional ended
Test2
1/2 00:44:22:33:44:55 00:66:33:44:55:66 200
unidirectional stopped
Test3
2/3 00:00:00:00:00:03 00:00:00:00:00:04 200
unidirectional not-started
Test4
1/1 00:00:00:00:00:07 00:00:00:00:00:08 100
unidirectional running
output definitions
Test-Id
The CPE test name (ID). Configured through the test-oam command.
Port
The port on which the test is run. Configured through the test-oam port
command.
Src-Mac
The source MAC address of the test frame. Configured through the
test-oam vlan test-frame command.
Dst-Mac
The destination MAC address of the test frame. Configured through the
test-oam vlan test-frame command.
Vlan
The service VLAN (SVLAN) associated with the test. Configured
through the test-oam vlan test-frame command.
Direction
The direction of the test traffic. Note that only unidirectional traffic
tests are supported.
Status
The operational status of the test
page 19-20
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CPE Test Head Commands
show test-oam
-> show test-oam Test1
Legend: dei-drop eligible indicator
TEST Parameters for Test1:
Source Endpoint
: SW1,
Destination Endpoint : SW2,
Test Description
: Ether Test,
Direction
: unidirectional,
Source MAC
: 00:11:22:33:44:55,
Destination MAC
: 00:22:33:44:55:66,
Duration
: 10(secs),
Vlan
: 100,
Role
: generator,
Port
: 1/1,
Tx Rate
: 80m,
Frame Size
: 100,
State
: start,
Status
: running
Frame Configuration:
Frame Type : ether,
Vlan
: 200,
Priority
: 7,
Pattern
: 0x0001,
Dei
: none,
Ether Type : 0x8000,
output definitions
Source Endpoint
The host name for the source (generator) switch. Configured through
the test-oam src-endpoint dst-endpoint command.
Destination Endpoint
The host name for the destination (analyzer) switch. Configured
through the test-oam src-endpoint dst-endpoint command.
Test Description
Description for the test name. Configured through the test-oam
command.
Direction
The direction of the test traffic. Note that only unidirectional traffic
tests are supported.
Source MAC
The source MAC address for the test frame. Configured through the
test-oam vlan test-frame command.
Destination MAC
The destination MAC address for the test frame. Configured through
the test-oam vlan test-frame command.
Duration
The amount of time the test will run. Configured through the test-oam
duration rate packet-size command.
Vlan
The service VLAN (SVLAN) associated with the test. Configured
through the test-oam vlan test-frame command.
Role
The role of the switch for this test (generator or analyzer). Configured
through the test-oam role command
Port
The port on which the test is run. Configured through the test-oam port
command.
Tx Rate
The rate at which packets are transmitted on the test port. Configured
through the test-oam duration rate packet-size command.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 19-21
show test-oam
CPE Test Head Commands
output definitions
Frame Size
The size of the test frame. Configured through the test-oam duration
rate packet-size command.
State
The administrative state of the test (stop or start). Configured through
the test-oam start stop command.
Status
The operational status of the test (running, ended, stopped, or not
started).
Frame Configuration
The test frame type (ether or ipv4) and associated parameter values.
Configured through the test-oam frame command.
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show test-oam statistics
Displays CPE test statistics.
MIB Objects
alaTestOamConfigTable
alaTestOamEtherConfigTable
alaTestOamIpv4ConfigTable
page 19-22
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CPE Test Head Commands
show test-oam statistics
show test-oam statistics
Displays the statistics for all CPE tests or for a specific test name. Use this command on both the
generator and analyzer switch to determine test results.
show test-oam [string] statistics
Syntax Definitions
string
The name of an existing CPE test.
Defaults
By default, statistics are displayed for all CPE tests.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the string parameter with this command to display statistics for a specific CPE test.
• The statistics displayed depend on the role the switch is performing for the test (generator or analyzer).
For example, the analyzer switch may not show any packet count in the TX fields because it is the
receiving switch.
Examples
-> show test-oam Test1 statistics
Test-Id
TX-Ingress
TX-Egress
RX-Ingress
-----------------+------------+------------+----------Test1
1200366
1200366
0
-> show test-oam statistics
Test-Id
TX-Ingress
TX-Egress
RX-Ingress
-----------------+------------+------------+-------------Test1
1200366
1200366
0
Test2
0
0
1200366
output definitions
Test-Id
The CPE test name (ID).
TX-Ingress
The number of ingress test packets generated on the ingress UNI.
TX-Egress
The number of egress test packets transmitted on the egress NNI.
RX-Ingress
The number of test packets received on the ingress NNI. This value is
relevant on the receiving (analyzer) switch for the specific test.
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 19-23
show test-oam statistics
CPE Test Head Commands
Related Commands
show test-oam
Displays the CPE test configuration and status.
clear test-oam statistics
Clears CPE test statistics.
MIB Objects
alaTestOamConfigTable
alaTestOamConfigTestName
alaTestOamTxIngressCounter
alaTestOamTxEgressCounter
alaTestOamRxIngressCounter
page 19-24
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
CPE Test Head Commands
clear test-oam statistics
clear test-oam statistics
Clears the statistics for all CPE tests or for a specific test name.
clear test-oam [string] statistics
Syntax Definitions
string
The name of an existing CPE test.
Defaults
By default, statistics are cleared for all CPE tests.
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
Use the string parameter with this command to clear the statistics for a specific CPE test.
Examples
-> clear test-oam Test1 statistics
-> clear test-oam statistics
Release History
Release 6.6.2; command was introduced.
Related Commands
show test-oam statistics
Displays CPE test statistics.
show test-oam
Displays the CPE test configuration and status.
MIB Objects
alaTestOamConfigTable
alaTestOamConfigTestName
alaTestOamStatsClearStats
OmniSwitch 6250/6450 CLI Reference Guide
June 2013
page 19-25
test-oam group
CPE Test Head Commands
test-oam group
Configures the CPE test group name and an optional description. The group name is used to identify and
configure a CPE test group.
test-oam group string [descr description]
no test-oam group string
Syntax Definitions
string
The name of the CPE test group, an alphanumeric string between 1 and
32 characters. This name is used to identify a specific CPE test-oam
group.
description
The description to assign to the CPE test group, an alphanumeric string
between 1 and 32 characters.
Defaults
parameter
default
description
DEFAULT
Platforms Supported
OmniSwitch 6250, 6450
Usage Guidelines
• Use the no form of this command to remove the specified C